ENCYCLOPEDIA OF AQUARIUM & POND FISH

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF AQUARIUM & POND FISH DAVID ALDERTON PHOTOGRAPHY BY MAX GIBBS

LONDON • NEW YORK • MELBOURNE MUNICH • DELHI Dorling Kindersley SENIOR ART EDITOR Joanne Doran SENIOR EDITOR Simon Tuite MANAGING ART EDITOR Lee Griffiths MANAGING EDITOR Deirdre Headon PRODUCTION CONTROLLER Kevin Ward DTP DESIGNER Louise Waller Produced for Dorling Kindersley by cobaltid The Stables,Wood Farm, Deopham Road, Attleborough, Norfolk, NR17 1AJ www.cobaltid.co.uk ART EDITORS EDITORS Paul Reid, Darren Bland, Marek Walisiewicz, Kati Dye, Pia Hietarinta, Lloyd Tilbury Maddy King, Steve Setford US EDITOR Christine Heilman PHOTOGRAPHY PhotoMax/Max Gibbs and Craig Wardrop EDITORIAL CONSULTANTS Timothy Hovanec, Ph.D. Marshall Meyers Robert Weintraub First American Edition 2005 This edition published in 2008 Published in the United States by DK Publishing, 375 Hudson Street, NewYork, NewYork 10014 08 09 10 11 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Copyright © 2005, 2008 Dorling Kindersley Limited Text copyright © 2005, 2008 David Alderton Without limiting the rights undercopyright reserved above, no part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), without the prior written permission of the copyright holder and the above publisher of this book. Published in Great Britain by Dorling Kindersley Limited All information correct at time of going to press. Readers should note that the care information in the book is general and not a substitute for professional advice. Neither the author nor the publishers can be liable or responsible for any loss, damage, or injury to health allegedly arising from any information or suggestion in this book. All fish shown in the pictures specially taken for this book were properly handled and not harmed in any way A catalog record for this book is available from the Library of Congress DK books are available at special discounts when purchased in bulk for sales promotions, premiums, fund-raising, or for educational use. For details contact: DK Special Markets Department, 375 Hudson Street, NewYork, NY 10014 or [email protected]. ISBN 978-0-7566-3678-4 Reproduced by Colourscan, Singapore Printed and bound in China by Toppan Printing CO (HK) LTD Discover more at www.dk.com

Contents Preface 10 INTRODUCTION TO Maintenance 47 How to use this book 11 Feeding the fish 48 FRESHWATER FISH 24 Routine tasks 50 INTRODUCTION TO What to consider 26 Illness and treatment 53 FISHKEEPING 12 Setting up the tank 29 Health concerns 54 Diversity 14 Choosing the tank 30 Breeding 59 What is a fish? 16 Lighting and heating 32 Reproductive behavior 60 Evolution and classification 20 Filtration and aeration 34 Breeding in aquariums 64 The popularity of fishkeeping 22 Choosing plants 36 Fish genetics 70 Preparing the tank 38 Brackish water 43 Choosing and introducing fish 44 Checking the water 46

DIRECTORY OF Tetras 96 Asian and African cichlids 146 Anabantoids 104 Lake Malawi cichlids 148 FRESHWATER FISH 72 Lake Tanganyika cichlids 154 Bettas 104 Livebearers 156 Cyprinids 74 Paradisefish and gouramis 108 Swordtails 160 Danios 76 Bushfish 114 Platies 162 Rasboras 78 Catfish 116 Guppies 165 Barbs 82 Armored catfish 120 Mollies 168 Corydoras 122 Killifish 170 Characoids 88 Synodontids 126 Rainbowfish 176 Predatory species 92 Loricariids 128 Melanotaenia species 178 Larger vegetarian species 94 Pimelodids 132 Loaches 180 Bagrids 134 Other American species 182 Cichlids 136 Other Asian species 184 Angelfish 140 Other African species 186 Discus 142 Brackish water species 188 Dwarf cichlids 144

DIRECTORY OF Siting and substrate 208 Clownfish 244 Heating and filtration 210 Triggerfish 246 FRESHWATER PLANTS 190 Selecting the decor 212 Filefish 248 Preparing the tank 214 Boxfish and porcupinefish 250 Floating plants 192 Maintenance 217 Angelfish 252 Substrate plants 194 Food and feeding 218 Butterflyfish 256 Monitoring and adjusting 220 Gobies 260 INTRODUCTION TO Illness and treatment 223 Squirrelfish 262 Health concerns 224 Lionfish and scorpionfish 264 MARINE FISH 200 Breeding 229 Wrasse 266 Reproduction and breeding 230 Batfish 270 What to consider 202 Groupers and grunts 271 Setting up the tank 205 DIRECTORY OF Grammas and pygmy basslets 273 Blennies and mandarinfish 275 Lighting considerations 206 MARINE FISH 234 Rabbitfish 277 Hawkfish 278 Surgeonfish and tangs 236 Sea horses 279 Damselfish 240 Other popular marine fish 280

DIRECTORY OF Choosing and introducing fish 311 DIRECTORY OF Coldwater fish in the home 312 MARINE INVERTEBRATES 284 Maintenance 315 POND PLANTS 362 Food and feeding 316 Sponges and anemones 286 Pond management 318 Marginal plants 364 Corals 288 Illness and treatment 321 Oxygenators 370 Crustaceans 290 Health concerns 322 Floating plants 372 Mollusks and annelids 294 Breeding 325 Water lilies and lotuses 374 Echinoderms 296 Reproductive cycle 326 Breeding 328 Glossary 380 INTRODUCTION TO Useful websites 382 DIRECTORY OF Index of common and scientific POND FISH 298 POND FISH 330 names 383 What to consider 300 General index 394 Setting up the pond 303 Goldfish 332 Acknowledgments 399 Koi 344 Building a pond 304 Other coldwater fish 358 Pumps and filters 306 Plants and landscaping 308

10 ● P R E F A C E Preface Starting with a blank sheet of paper creates both challenges and possibilities, and planning this book proved no exception! The greatest headache when embarking on such a venture is choosing which species to include. Our selection is based on international trade data collated by the Pet Industry Joint Advisory Council (PIJAC) of the United States.This novel approach should ensure comprehensive coverage of the species most commonly sold by aquarium stores, while also allowing for the inclusion of some of the more unusual species that occasionally become available. Having selected the fish, invertebrates, and plants, the next problem was to decide what to call them.This may seem a rather bizarre statement, but a single species may have eight or more scientific names, each of which has its own supporters, and a similar number of common names. As a result, we have incorporated a wide range of alternative names—both scientific and common— into the name index at the back of the encyclopedia. I hope that this index will form a useful reference resource in its own right, and help to overcome the confusion caused by the widespread use of different names to describe the same species in books, in magazines, and on the Internet. Another unique feature of this encyclopedia, achieved with the help of Max Gibbs’s superb photography, is the behavioral studies that run through the directory sections. Understanding more about the lifestyles of fish will not only give you greater confidence as an aquarist, but also help you to get the most out of this fascinating, rewarding, and immensely enjoyable hobby. David Alderton

H O W T O U S E T H I S B O O K ● 11 How to use this book CONFLICT RESOLUTION This encyclopedia is divided into three main sections, covering Feature boxes in the Although many cichlids are aggressive, most freshwater aquariums, marine aquariums, and ponds. Each section directories of fish and disputes are resolved without actual physical includes practical advice on how to care for your fish, along with invertebrates give conflict. The bright red of the Firemouth a directory of relevant species, organized into related groups. fascinating insights Cichlid (Cichlasoma meeki), shown below, into the lifestyles warns other fish to steer clear. If this does not of fish, and reveal work as a deterrent, a Firemouth will inflate amazing adaptations its throat and flare out its gill covers. This to different habitats. makes the fish appear larger and more intimidating, and may persuade a would-be rival to back down and swim away. In the aquarium, however, conflict is more likely because the fish cannot avoid one another. Each group of fish is Specially commissioned photographs introduced with an overview provide stunning close-ups of fish of the defining characteristics. behavior and anatomical features. Practical pages tell you how to set up Feature boxes focus on the tank, feed the fish, monitor health specific aspects of biology and treat illness, and encourage or behavior, many of breeding. Photographic step-by-step which can be seen in the sequences illustrate important care home aquarium or pond. and maintenance tasks. Directory pages profile The fish’s scientific Cichlasoma meeki more than 800 species name appears in italics of fish, invertebrates, on a colored band. and plants suitable for aquariums and ponds. The most widely used Firemouth Cichlid common name appears SYMBOLS AND DATA below the scientific ORIGINS Occurs in Central America, occurring in name. Alternative Guatemala and on Mexico’s Yucatan Peninsula. FISH PLANTS common names may be SIZE 6 in (15 cm). Core facts in each directory entry In plant entries, the water data found in the index at DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. are presented in a concise format, may also include hardiness (the the back of the book. WATER Temperature 70–75°F (21–24°C); hard prefixed by easily identifiable plant’s resistance to cold) and (150–200 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). symbols for quick reference. a suggested planting depth. Key information for TEMPERAMENT Territorial and aggressive. hobbyists is provided in at-a-glance form. Color photographs The fiery red on the throat and underside of the ORIGINS – the natural distribution of SIZE – the plant’s height, its spread aid identification. body distinguishes male Firemouths, pictured the species in the wild. over the water’s surface, or the Annotation highlights above, from females. A pair become aggressive dimensions of its leaves. notable features. Note when spawning, and will dig more frequently in SIZE – the typical adult size in aquariums that a fish's appearance the substrate. Firemouths are dedicated parents, or ponds, from the snout to the end of PROPAGATION – ways in which the can be affected by such watching over the eggs and then shepherding the the caudal peduncle. A wild size may plant can be propagated by hobbyists. things as its age, and young into a spawning pit. Brine shrimp make a also be given if this is very different. lighting conditions may valuable rearing food for the young at this stage. INVERTEBRATES affect how it appears in DIET – the feeding preferences of the Data are similar to those for fish, a photograph. fish, and the typical foodstuffs that but less standardized, because should be offered in aquariums or ponds. invertebrates are more diverse. Text profile describes the fish’s color, patterning, WATER – the temperature range and SIZE – the key dimension of a typical and physical features. water chemistry (hardness, salinity, mature adult (e.g., body length in It also gives information and pH) required in the fish’s tank. crustaceans, diameter in starfish). on care and breeding. TEMPERAMENT – the compatibility of DIET – the animal’s feeding habits, Directory entries the fish with its own kind and with along with feeding tips for hobbyists. enable hobbyists to other tank or pond occupants. choose fish for their tank, and compare related species.

INTRODUCTION TO FISHKEEPING

14 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O F I S H K E E P I N G Diversity Africa Lake Malawi Fish have colonized almost every aquatic environment on the planet. Blackfin Icefish inhabit the freezing depths South of the Antarctic Ocean, while Desert Pupfish thrive at Atlantic over 104°F (40°C) in pools in the Nevada Desert.The Ocean huge diversity of fish habitats worldwide has driven the evolution of the countless shapes, sizes, and colors that make fish so fascinating to keep. The observed diversity in the appearance of fish is the product of millions of years of evolution. Imperceptibly, the forces of natural selection have shaped every fish’s external form, internal anatomy, and behavior to deal with the challenges of its own very particular environment; in the Lake Malawi is home to many species of Pseudotropheus cichlids. The species process they have created thousands of living species of fish in (of which a selection is shown below) have highly localized distributions in the world’s seas and fresh waters. Most species are created by the lake, and many have color variants. geographical separation; this occurs when one population of fish becomes fragmented into two or more smaller groups. Natural selection works on each group in slightly different ways, and changes them so that if members of both groups meet again, they are too different to interbreed. By definition, a new species has been created. Pseudotropheus zebra P. zebra (Blue morph) P. zebra (Cobalt blue morph) Of the 25,000 living species of fish, about 60 (Orange blotch morph) percent are marine—a surprisingly low proportion given the extent of the world’s oceans compared to its fresh waters.This is equivalent to one species for every 24,000 cubic miles (100,000 km3) of P. lombardoi (Yellow morph) P. lombardoi (Blue morph) P. elongatus Coral reefs are highly varied habitats— Mangrove forests, where fresh- and The Amazon is the world’s largest Human activity has damaged or they have been called the tropical saltwater habitats merge, are the river, measured by volume. Seasonal reduced many natural fish habitats. rainforests of the seas. They are areas natural home of a number of flooding of this vital fish habitat Some species, however, benefit from of extremely high species diversity, aquarium species, such as enriches the water with food and agriculture, spreading into drainage for both fish and invertebrates. mudskippers and Archer Fish. acts as a trigger for breeding. ditches and paddy fields.

D I V E R S I T Y ● 15 sea water, compared to one species for every 31⁄2 cubic miles New species are constantly being discovered. (15 km3) of freshwater.The diversity of freshwater fish The Red Dwarf Pencilfish (Nannostomus relative to the size of their habitat is due to the ease with mortenthaleri) was first collected as recently which groups of fish can become separated and geographically as 2000 from the Rio Nanay near the town isolated in rivers and pools, compared with the sea. of Albarenga, Peru. Geography and species formation also diversified in their breeding habits, some species scattering their eggs, others displaying a long period of parental care. There is no better example of diversification and species By dividing up the biological “niches” available in the lake, the formation than Lake Malawi in Africa’s Great Rift Valley. cichlids were able to explode in number, without directly Created about two million years ago by a geological fault, the competing with one another for limited resources. 365 mile- (584 km-) long lake is today home to over 1,600 species of cichlids—more than occur in all of the rest of Africa. It is thought that all these cichlids developed from just one or two ancestral species, which entered the lake at the time it was formed.The early lake cichlids adapted to the entire range of different habitats that they encountered in the lake. Some became predators; others plant-eaters. Some became restricted to the shoreline; others occupied the depths of the lake. Some grew to large sizes; others diminished.They BODY SHAPES shape may, however, change with age. The discus, for example, has a compact body when young; it attains its flattened shape only at Fish occur in a wide range of different shapes, which usually relate to several months of age. their lifestyle. Surface-dwelling fish, for example, have flattened backs and upturned mouths, so that they can grab floating food. Body Obviously flattened body; propulsion Tubular body shape provided by the so-called “wings” Tall, flattened body; barring helps to break Narrow, tubular, Tail assists up the fish’s outline wormlike body lacks movement caudal, pelvic, and Propulsive power comes anal fins from body, rather than fin, movements A Spotted Moray Eel (Gymnothorax A discus slips through dense weed to A Pipefish (Syngnathoides sp.) drifts Flatfish spend their lives on or near sp.) hides in its lair. The body shape of escape a predator. Its tall, narrow shape in a bed of sea grass, perfectly the substrate. They have asymmetrical this hunter means it can hide away in is typical of species that live in slow- camouflaged by its shape and color. bodies, with both eyes on the same side caves or under rocks, from where it can moving waters. Fast currents would It even holds its body at a slight angle of the head. They are able to burrow into ambush prey. make swimming difficult for this fish. to accurately mimic the sea grass. the substrate, hiding most of the body.

16 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O F I S H K E E P I N G What is a fish? Defining a fish is harder than it seems.To most people, Eye, with outer Dorsal fin it is an animal that lives and breathes in water. iris and central dark pupil Fin rays Some fish, however, emerge onto land, breathe air, and use their fins like legs. And many other Body scales animals, including amphibians, mammals, and invertebrates, live in water.To add further Mouth confusion, some creatures called fish—starfish, Gill cover or jellyfish, and cuttlefish—are not really fish at all. operculum Ventral or Urogenital Caudal Pectoral fin pelvic fin and anal peduncle Fish are vertebrates, which means that—like humans, openings but unlike starfish, jellyfish, and cuttlefish—they possess Common Goldfish Anal fin a backbone. Most are cold-blooded (ectothermic), so they cannot raise their body temperature above that of their The body shape of a fish is determined by its skeleton. Caudal or environment, unlike mammals and birds; this limits the Most fish have bony skeletons, but primitive species, tail fin notably sharks and rays, have skeletons of cartilage. Crescent effective range of fish to warmer waters (though there are many exceptions). All fish have gills, which they rely upon to which are thin, overlapping outgrowths of the varying degrees to obtain oxygen, and most species have two outer skin that protect the body.They secrete pairs of fins in place of arms and legs, as well as several other a slimy coating that protects them from parasites fins on the body.The majority of fish are covered in scales, and bacteria and helps them slip through the water.The presence of scales helps to distinguish fish from amphibians—another BODY COVERINGS group of water-dwelling vertebrates. The skin of a fish is usually covered by protective scales or bony Body and fins plates. A fish has the same number of scales throughout its life; if some are lost, they will be replaced, but new scales are not added. There are many alternative body plans for fish. Several basic types of body covering are recognized. A “typical” fish is designed to be streamlined so that it can cut through the water with the least Ctenoid scales, such Cycloid scales, such Bony plates, as seen in effort. It has a spindle-shaped profile, though Round as those of a Queen as those of a goldfish, this catfish, offer better it is somewhat wider to the front of the Deeply cleft Angelfish, have a have a smooth rear protection than scales, midline, and its head joins the body without comblike rear edge. edge. Like ctenoid but restrict mobility. a neck. Its eyes are flush with the head, and Ctenoid and cycloid scales, they have a hard They start as folds in only the fins extend beyond the body; even scales are found in surface layer over a the skin of fry; the folds the fins can be pressed flat against the sides the vast majority of harden and develop into to minimize water resistance. bony fish. deeper fibrous layer bony plates. made of collagen. Fish rely on their fins for locomotion, though they may have more specialized uses in some species. Swimming through water, which is much more dense than air, Lacking scales or plates, Synodontis The shape of the caudal (tail) fin varies between Selectively catfish rely on their thickened skin species, and greatly affects swimming ability. Fish bred twintail and plentiful mucus for protection. with deeply forked tails rank among the most Many bottom-dwelling fish lack powerful swimmers. In some cases, the tail has scales on their undersides. become enlarged naturally, or by selective breeding, into a more decorative feature.

W H A T I S A F I S H ? ● 17 The shape of the fins identifies the sexes in Some cichlids, such as the Chessboard Cichlid The elaborate fins of the domesticated male species like Trichogaster Gouramis (see pp.112–13). (see p.144) pictured here, display lyre-tailed Siamese Fighting Fish (see pp.104–6) are larger and Males have longer and more tapering dorsal and extensions on their caudal fins. The function of more flamboyant than in its wild counterparts. Fish ventral fins than females. this elaborate tail is to attract and select mates. have been bred selectively for this characteristic. requires considerable muscular effort, and the main thrust can support themselves or even walk around. Sometimes for swimming is provided by the caudal fin at the rear of the pectoral fins are equipped with spines for defence. In the body; this starts the rippling movement that spreads gouramis, the pectoral fins may be transformed into hairlike through the fish’s body.The dorsal fin, which runs down structures that help the fish locate food by detecting scents the center of the back, helps to keep the fish moving in a in the water. straight line, and is counterbalanced on the underside of the body by the anal fin. Some fish, notably characoids, have an additional smaller fin behind the dorsal fin.This is known as the adipose fin, and Paired ventral (or pelvic) fins are set on either side of the as its name suggests, it acts as a store of adipose (fatty) tissue, midline in front of the anal fin on the underside of the body. and has only a minor role in locomotion. They act like stabilizers, keeping the fish upright, and in some species, such as corydoras catfish, they are used to hold the Fin variants eggs during spawning.The pectoral fins, located farther The shape and position of the fins vary between species, and forward, close to the gills on each side of the body, also help provide valuable clues to their lifestyle. For example, shoaling the fish to maneuver. In bottom-dwelling species, these fins fish that live in areas of open water have forked caudal fins, may be adapted for use as props, or legs on which the fish which provide them with good propulsive power.The open V-shaped structure gives little drag, but does MOUTH SHAPES not have the power to provide rapid propulsion from a stationary position. Sit-and-wait The shape, size, and position of a fish’s mouth give a good insight predators that catch their prey in a sudden into its feeding habits. Predators tend to have much larger mouths burst of speed tend to have rounded, than omnivores. Some species have obvious canine-shaped teeth; in paddle-shaped caudal fins—ideal others, teeth are absent or less clearly visible. for fast acceleration.To move quickly from a standing start, some fish rapidly expel a stream of water from their gills in an aquatic form of jet propulsion. Surface-feeders, Mid-water feeders, Bottom-feeding fish, The bladelike teeth of the piranha such as hatchetfish, such as tetras, have like the plecos, have enable the fish to bite chunks out of have a relatively short slightly protrusive jaws suckerlike mouths for its quarry. Fish teeth can be found upper jaw, which so they can catch scraping food and in a variety of places. Some species enables them to grab passing food particles. algae from rocks, and have them on their jaw bones or on invertebrates at the This is the most scavenging from the the bones of the roof of the mouth; water’s surface easily. common mouth design. bottom of the tank. others have patches of teeth on the tongue or pads of teeth on the gill arches in the throat.

18 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O F I S H K E E P I N G Kidney Swim bladder Oxygen is taken up over Vertebral column Spinal cord the gill surface, and waste carbon dioxide is released into the water Brain Nostrils Urinary Gills Gills are highly bladder efficient breathing Heart organs, able to extract Urogenital 80 percent of the opening Liver Stomach (present Water, carrying Deoxygenated water oxygen dissolved in the Gonad Gall in some fish) dissolved oxygen, leaves the gill chamber water around them. Anus bladder enters the mouth via the gill flap (operculum) Fish have many organs—such as the brain, stomach, Digestion and respiration liver, and kidneys—in common with humans. Others, like the gills and swim bladder, are not present in our bodies. The digestive system of a fish is typical of vertebrates; as with terrestrial species, herbivorous fish tend to have Water position and buoyancy longer intestines than carnivores, because plant matter is tough, fibrous, and difficult to break down.The respiratory All fish rely on their fins—especially the pectoral and ventral system, however, is unique to fish. Most fish extract oxygen fins—to control their position in the water and prevent them from the water, rather than the air, using gills, which are from being swept away by currents. In fish that live in fast- located on the sides of the head behind the eyes, hidden flowing mountain streams, the fins can be fused together; under flaps known as opercula. the result is a suction cup that anchors the fish in place. This adaption is seen in the hillstream loaches of the family Gills are bony rods to which are attached fleshy filaments, Balitoridae. Position in the water is also influenced by the rich in thin-walled blood capillaries.Water enters the fish’s swim bladder—an elongated gas-filled organ situated beneath open mouth, which then closes.The water is forced over the vertebral column.To achieve neutral buoyancy (when the the filaments and out again through the opercula. Oxygen fish neither rises nor sinks) the swim bladder must occupy dissolved in the water is taken up into the bloodstream about eight percent of the fish’s body volume.The amount through the filaments, which usually have fine secondary of gas in the bladder can be adjusted in two ways: the fish can flaps (or lamellae) to maximize the surface area available for gulp down air, which enters the swim bladder via the foregut; gas exchange. Astonishingly, the total surface area of the gills or gas can be released into the bladder from blood vessels. can be more than ten times the fish’s outer body area.Within Porcupine fish Spines on inflated Fish deter predators in a variety of ways. Some species use fish deter attack clever camouflage to break up their outline against the colorful reef background; others are armed with venomous spines or can inflate their bodies, making themselves too large to swallow. False eye confuses Venomous predators spines Threadfin Volitans Butterflyfish Lionfish Black bar masks body shape

W H A T I S A F I S H ? ● 19 the mouth, straining devices called gill rakers prevent SENSES AND COMMUNICATION food and debris from passing over and damaging the gills. Although fish brains are poorly developed compared to those of Some fish also gulp atmospheric oxygen using the swim mammals, fish possess acute and often highly specialized senses bladder as a basic “lung.” These species are usually the natural and means of communication. inhabitants of muddy pools, where dissolved oxygen may be in short supply. Barbels—structures on the lips that resemble elongated Color and pattern whiskers—are common in fish Almost all fish use color to aid camouflage or to that live in water where visibility attract mates. Some are colored with inconspicuous is poor. Barbels may contain browns and greens to blend in with the background and touch and taste organs that help escape the attention of predators; others—such as the the fish navigate and find food. flatfish—change their pattern to match their background. The brilliant colors displayed by many tropical species are The lateral line runs down also a form of camouflage; bold vertical stripes, for example, each side of the fish’s body. It break up the outline of a body and make it hard to see. And comprises a row of pores opening dark stripes through the eyes often continue through the iris, into a channel that leads to the making the eye almost invisible. Some fish have “false” head. The channel is filled with eyespots (also called ocelli) on their tails; predators will a viscous jelly, which detects attack what they believe to be the head, giving the prey vibrations in the water. a few moments to escape. Fish that have a solid, dark color tend to have lots Fish eyes are similar to those of of pigment in their skin, while species that appear silvery other vertebrates, and can see have little skin pigment but rely more on the iridescence of colors. Vision is particularly sharp the scales.This reflectiveness is caused by the presence of the in fish that live close to the chemical guanine—a waste product from the blood. Many fish surface. The Four-Eyes (see have transparent bodies as fry, and only develop color with age. pp.156–7) can see in both air and water at the same time. The co-ordinated movement of a shoal of fish increases the chances of survival of each individual. Many eyes are Electrical fields produced by more effective than one at detecting danger, while mormyrids (see p.186), like this swimming in close formation makes it harder for an Peter’s Elephant-Nose, enable individual to be targeted by a predator. fish to sense their environment. Some experiments suggest that the electrical signals may also be used in communication. Some species use sound to communicate with each other, such as the Croaking Gourami (see p.110). Their “drumrolls” are produced by the action of muscles beating against the swim bladder.

20 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O F I S H K E E P I N G Evolution and classification Fish are the oldest of all vertebrates (animals with Lungfish, forming the family backbones), with an ancestry dating back more than Ceratodiformes, have changed very 500 million years. However, the earliest fish to appear little in appearance since they first in the world’s oceans were very different from those evolved over 400 million years ago. seen today, since they had no jaws or scales.They lacked specialized fins, so they relied solely on tail movements to propel them through the water. Internally, their spine was made of cartilage, rather than bone. The first scaly fish with movable jaws arose around 440 million there were recognizable forerunners of many of today’s years ago, their jaws having evolved from the front gill arches. freshwater species, including Hypsidoris, a primitive catfish These fish also possessed several pairs of spines along the lower with sensory barbels and protective spines on its pectoral fins. sides of the body, from which paired fins later developed. The fossil record shows that modern fish evolved from five ancient Fish did not colonize freshwater habitats until comparatively groupings. Two of these groups are now extinct; of the remaining three, the recently in their history, but by about 66 million years ago, Osteichthyes—the bony fish—are the most numerous and diverse today. 550 500 435 410 Millions of years ago 135 65 1.75 Present day 355 295 250 203 Class Diplorhina Agnatha (jawless fish) These were the earliest fish. They had a Class Cephalaspidomorphi boneless skeleton composed of cartilage. Lacking jaws, they had to rasp or suck at Class Myxini Sea Lamprey their food, or swallow floating morsels. Hagfish Placodermi (extinct) This lineage typically had broad plates rather than teeth in their jaws. Acanthodii (extinct) The first jawed vertebrates, these fish had a rather sharklike body shape. Class Holocephali Order Chimaeriformes Ratfish Chondrichthyes (cartilaginous fish) Class Elasmobranchii Order Squaliformes Spiny Dogfish Members of this class typically have a Order Lamniformes White Shark cartilaginous skeleton and toothlike Order Rajiformes Undulate Ray scales, but they lack a swim bladder. The pelvic fins of males act as claspers, to hold the female during mating. The teeth are continually replaced throughout life—a characteristic also shared by Osteichthyes. Class Actinoptygii Order Acipenseriformes Plated Osteichthyes (bony fish) Class Sarcopterygii Order Lepisosteiformes Sturgeon A bony skeleton, overlapping scales, and Longnose Gar a gas-filled swim bladder characterize Order Perciformes these fish. There are two classes of bony Order Lepidosireniformes Naso Tang fish: in the Actinoptygii, or ray-finned Order Coelacanthiformes fish, the fins are supported by lengths of Lungfish bone; in the Sarcopterygii, or lobe-finned fish, lobes of flesh support the fins. Coelacanth

E V O L U T I O N A N D C L A S S I F I C A T I O N ● 21 With the exception of lampreys and hagfish, which are distant CLASSIFICATION AND SCIENTIFIC NAMES relatives of the early jawless fish, living fish fall into one of two groups. Sharks, rays, and their relatives are Chondrichthyes Fish are members of the kingdom Animalia. Within this, they (cartilaginous fish), in which the skeleton is made of cartilage. fall into the Chordata phylum, which contains all vertebrates. The remainder, making up about 95 percent of all fish, are The farther down the hierarchy you go, the more the species in Osteichthyes (bony fish), which have a bony skeleton. Bony fish each group have in common. As far as hobbyists are concerned, it form the most diverse group of vertebrates on the planet, with is the groupings from family downward that are most significant. about 23,500 different species. Family: this grouping typically Family How fish are classified encompasses a number of genera, Colisa lalia The classification of living things is called taxonomy.The basic although occasionally a family may unit of classification is the species—a collection of similar consist of just a single genus. organisms that are capable of breeding together in the wild and Family names are never italicized. producing fertile offspring. Related species are organized into This Dwarf Gourami belongs to the groups called genera, which in turn are arranged into families. Osphronemidae family, one of 72 The grouping process continues, working upward through ever families in the order Perciformes. larger and more general groups known as orders, classes, phyla, and, lastly, kingdoms—the highest level in the hierarchy. Genus: this contains one or more Genus species. The genus name always Betta coccina An integral part of classification is assigning unique scientific starts with a capital letter and is names to individual species. Although scientific names may seem always italicized. The Red Fighter unwieldy because they are usually in Latin, they are understood shown here is part of the genus by scientists around the world, and so are far more useful than Betta, which along with 14 other common names, which often differ from country to country. genera goes to make up the family Osphronemidae. When a new fish is discovered, certain procedures have to be followed before it can be identified as a species in its own Species: the two-part title Species Species right. First, a specimen is lodged with a scientific institute, such comprises the genus name and the as a museum.This is called the type specimen.Then a detailed species epithet. The Siamese Fighting Betta Betta description is published in a recognized scientific publication. Fish is Betta splendens, and the splendens bellica Finally, the fish is ascribed a scientific name and placed in the Slender Gourami Betta genus containing those species to which it is most closely bellica (or B. splendens related. At present, classification relies primarily on comparing and B. bellica). There are the anatomical features of the type specimen to those of other 47 species in the genus Betta. species, but DNA analysis is increasingly being used, since it gives a more accurate picture of the relationships between organisms. Varieties and subspecies: Variety Variety cultivated color or fin varieties Betta splendens var. The loricariid catfish family is a rapidly end with “var.” A third Latin expanding group. To cope with the complexities word in the name (e.g., of classifying these fish, the L-numbering Betta bellica bellica) system was devised. For example, this denotes a subspecies— loricariid is known as L109. a population within a species that shows distinct variation. Betta splendens var. The difficulties inherent in recognizing and differentiating both species and subspecies has led the aquarium trade to develop its own classification system, known as L-numbering, for loricariid catfish (see pp.128–31)— a little-studied family that shows remarkable diversity in appearance.This system uses numbers prefixed by the letter “L” to identify individual pattern and color forms that are not currently recognized by scientists. It sometimes happens that by the time a species is formally classified, it already has several L-numbers associated with it throughout its range.

22 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O F I S H K E E P I N G The popularity of fishkeeping It is unclear when people started keeping fish for their aesthetic qualities, rather than as a source of food, but the activity certainly dates back well over a thousand years. It probably began in China with the domestication of goldfish and koi, and has spread worldwide with advances in aquarium technology and transportation.Today’s aquatic industry produces a vast range of products to make fishkeeping more rewarding than ever before. “Thence home and to see my Lady Pen, where my wife and I were shown a fine rarity: of fishes kept in a glass of water, that will live so for ever; and finely marked they are, being foreign.” This extract from the diary of Samuel Pepys, dated May 28, 1665, shows that ornamental goldfish were known The design of public aquariums has changed radically over the last 100 in Restoration London. Even earlier records of fishkeeping in years, but they continue to fascinate visitors of all ages. China have been found, and one of the oldest surviving essays Victorian enthusiasts on goldfish—The Book of theVermilion Fish—dates back to Interest in fishkeeping in the West blossomed in Victorian England, where the name “aquarium” was first coined, and 1596.While keeping coldwater fish seems to be an ancient keeping fish in the home became immensely fashionable.The first public aquarium opened at London Zoo in 1853, and pursuit, tropical fishkeeping is probably a more recent scientific papers were published setting out the recipe for a “balanced aquarium.” The public flocked to see amazing interest, although Siamese Fighting Fish have been bred displays of native marine life, which were especially popular in the coastal resorts of Great Britain, where water could be selectively in Siam (now Thailand) for many centuries. pumped into the tanks from the sea. Some of the hardier tropical fish—such as Paradise Fish (see pp.108–9)—were kept successfully in the late 19th century, decorating the Imperial Court of the Russian czar.The earliest tropical aquariums were equipped with slate bases, and heated from The international trade in beneath using a naked flame, species for the aquarium is making a perilous life for the fish. growing at a rate of 10–30 percent per year. Aquarium plants are today cultivated and imported on a massive scale. In Japan, the keeping of ornamental fish—particularly colored carp—has a distinguished history that dates back more than 500 years. This Japanese woodcut from 1888 shows children enjoying the pastime.

T H E P O P U L A R I T Y O F F I S H K E E P I N G ● 23 CONSERVATION ISSUES The vast majority of freshwater fish offered for sale to the aquarist are bred in captivity on a commercial scale. A small proportion of freshwater and many marine species, however, are wild-caught for the trade. While some people argue that the trade of live animals should be banned outright, conservationists increasingly agree that the sustainable harvesting of wild fish for the aquarium may benefit both fish populations and the wider environment. This is because the controlled collection of fish provides lucrative local employment and gives governments real incentives to monitor and safeguard precious habitats, such as tropical reefs and rainforests. Marine home aquariums, such as this centerpiece by Aquarium Design, have become extremely popular in recent years, but are harder to establish than freshwater tanks. Simple, compact, low-maintenance, acrylic tanks, such as this stylish BiOrb, make fishkeeping more accessible to the beginner. Transportation and technology The growth of scuba diving has led to a greater interest in keeping marine By the end of the 19th century, England and Germany fish. Recreating reef conditions within dominated the aquarium pastime, exporting fish to the US the aquarium has been made possible and farther afield. However, tropical fishkeeping only took off by specially formulated sea salts and as a hobby in the 20th century, when electricity supplies made efficient lighting. lighting and water heating a reality. Commercial breeding of fish to meet growing demand began in Florida in 1926; the climate of the state and its proximity to the rivers of South America, where many popular aquarium fish originate, made it the ideal base for a fast-growing industry. Breeding of highly ornamental varieties in the US and elsewhere attracted more people to the hobby, while the expansion of air travel after World War II disseminated exotic varieties around the world with unprecedented speed. Today, fishkeeping is big business. Constant improvements in aquarium technology and foods have made caring for fish in the home easier than ever. Furthermore, scientific research has confirmed what generations of fishkeepers have recognized: keeping fish brings measurable health benefits—lowering blood pressure and stress levels—and can promote a higher quality of life.

INTRODUCTION TO FRESHWATER FISH

26 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O F R E S H W A T E R F I S H What to consider People keep fish for a huge range of reasons, from companionship to competition. Most of us, however, just enjoy the calming elegance and color that fish bring to the home. Choosing what fish to keep, and how to house them, is influenced by many subjective judgments, as well as practical considerations such as cost, available space, and ease of maintenance. Adult Oscar, with mature coloration, shown at life size Juvenile Oscars, as purchased in a store, shown at life size Fish for a busy life Fish sold in aquarium stores are likely to be juveniles. They may change greatly in color, pattern, and size by the time they reach The rise in popularity of fishkeeping can be attributed in part maturity. Always find out about a fish’s development and to the ready availability of spectacular species, and advances in requirements before making a purchase. aquarium technology. But at least part of its appeal in the last few decades lies in our changing lifestyles.With leisure time investment in tank, equipment, and fish has been made, diminishing, fish make ideal pets: they do not need walking maintenance, food, and veterinary costs are very low.This or playing with; they can be kept in apartments; and they is not to say that fish keep themselves.They must be fed make no noise or mess.The effects on an electricity bill of regularly (though automatic feeders will reduce the time running a single tank are minimal, and, after the initial demanded here), and you will need to set aside a couple of hours every two weeks or so to carry out partial water BUYING CHECKLIST ● Fish life-spans range from changes in the aquarium, service the filter as required, one year to over a decade. and clean the sides of the tank. ● Think about the size the If you are likely to become fish will reach as adults. Do attached to your pet fish, Pets and show fish not exceed the aquarium’s choose long-lived species. Most people are attracted to fishkeeping by the idea of recommended stocking density. watching and nurturing a colorful collection of fish in the ● Some species reproduce home. Some, however, prefer to keep just one or two fish that ● Consider the sociability readily in home aquariums; develop into real pets, capable of recognizing their owner and of the fish; some species are others have never been captive- even feeding from the hand. Most fish in the latter category— highly aggressive, especially bred. Choose accordingly. including various cichlids and catfish—grow to a relatively prior to breeding. large size and so need spacious accommodation. For this ● Think carefully about tank reason, “pet” fish usually require a higher investment, both at ● Diet varies between size and location. the outset and throughout their lives, in terms of lighting, species. Make sure the correct heating, filtration, and feeding. foodstuffs are readily available.

W H A T T O C O N S I D E R ● 27 Feeding and water chemistry EXTERNAL FISH HOUSE Food and water requirements can impose real restraints on As you become more serious about fishkeeping—and particularly the plants and fish that can be used to stock an aquarium. if you want to breed fish—you may find that one tank is just not enough. Additional tanks may be needed to isolate young fish from Some predatory species, for example, can be difficult to adults, or to treat sick fish. If space in the home is limited, a fish wean off livefoods, and may have to be fed small fish— house may be the answer. This could be a well-insulated and/or not a practical option for a small home setup. Similarly, heated outbuilding, such as a garage or shed, in which tanks can if you intend to establish lush, attractive vegetation in be supported on racks. Get a building inspector to make sure the the tank, you should avoid species that are vegetarian, building is strong enough to support the weight of tanks and water. because the young plants will be nibbled. Certain tropical fish are highly particular about water chemistry, while others are tolerant of varied water conditions. Discus, for example, need soft water; if you live in a hard-water area, you will need to invest in an ion-exchange water softener to keep these species successfully. However, your hard water will be ideal for keeping other species that enjoy these conditions, such as Rift Valley cichlids. Tanks in the home Some aquarists are primarily fascinated by the biology of the fish in their tank, or keep their fish for breeding, and are almost oblivious to the appearance of the aquarium. But for Ensure that the stand the majority, aesthetics are important—creating a harmonious can take the weight design using the tank itself, the fish, plants, backgrounds, and of the tank tank furniture is part of the appeal of fishkeeping. Aquariums are available in all shapes and sizes. Some are designed to rest Specially built on existing furniture, while others can be supported on cabinet supports the special stands or cabinets. Larger tanks can even be used tank, and conceals architecturally—incorporated into the fabric of the home as pumps, filters, and room dividers, for example. In general, the tank should be other equipment visible at eye level, either when standing or when seated, but otherwise there are few rules about tank aesthetics. The Red-Tailed Shark is aggressive toward its own kind, or with other fish that display a similar coloration. Sociability is an important concern when selecting fish for the tank. Tanks are available in almost any size and to fit almost any budget. Cabinet-mounted tanks (above) are pieces of furniture in themselves, while small “plug-and-go“ tanks (right) are ideal for the novice (see p.31).

28 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O F R E S H W A T E R F I S H FISH MIXES If you opt to keep large fish, one or two individuals of the same species will be enough to create a visual impact in the tank. Some smaller species—especially shoaling fish—also look their eye-catching best when kept in a single-species group (far right). Alternatively, fish may be mixed together in a community aquarium (right). This may be themed—perhaps a collection of fish from a particular part of the world, or that share the same water chemistry requirements. Breeding and longevity to breed than egg-laying species.With a little experience, more challenging species can be taken on—even those with Keeping fish is fun and brings great rewards, but breeding a reputation for being reluctant to spawn in captivity, or those them in the home gives remarkable insights into their behavior in which reproduction is little-documented. and biology.Watching a fish build a nest from bubbles, for example, or a cichlid protecting its young, is both fascinating Alongside the reproductive potential of a fish, it is worth and educational—especially for young children. Breeding fish considering its life-span before buying. Adult guppies are for sale can also generate a little income to help support your notoriously short-lived, for example, and are only likely to hobby, and offset some of the additional costs of breeding live for a few months after purchase. Most tropical species live tanks and other necessary equipment. for about two to four years in the aquarium (although some catfish may live for well over a decade), which is longer than If breeding fish is a priority, bear in mind that some species they would survive in the wild. As a general guide, larger fish will reproduce in aquariums far more readily than others. In tend to have a longer life-span than smaller species. general, livebearers, such as guppies (see pp.165–7), are easier SHOWING FISH A number of tropical fish, such as guppies and discus (pictured below), have been selectively bred to accentuate their attractive characteristics, such as their color, patterning, and, in some cases, fin shape and size. Many breeders exhibit their fish, and judging standards have been set up for the most popular varieties, just as they have for breeds of dogs and cats. The Chocolate Gourami is a fish with a reputation for being hard to keep, because it is susceptible to disease. It poses a worthy challenge to more experienced fishkeepers.

FRESHWATER FISH SETTING UP THE TANK

30 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Choosing the tank The tank is the most important piece of equipment you BUYING AND TRANSPORTING A TANK will buy, since it provides a home for your fish. Anyone Staff at aquarium stores can advise you on the type of tank that will meet your needs. The tips below will enable you to do your own quality starting out in fishkeeping faces a bewildering array of checks before purchasing, and help you to get the tank home safely. tanks to choose from, in a wide range of sizes and styles. Spacer bars are set Larger tanks should be made at intervals across from thicker glass. Tanks more Your budget and the space available in your home will the top of the tank than about 24 in (60 cm) long require spacer bars to reinforce influence your choice, but always make the welfare of the structure. These are broad glass struts held in place with the fish the prime consideration when buying a tank. silicone sealant. Make sure that the edges of the spacer bars are Never select a tank simply because it looks good. not rough, otherwise you may cut yourself when servicing the For fish, living space in an aquarium is at a premium, since tank. Covering the edges with the population density in the tank is much greater than in any plastic strips will prevent this. natural aquatic habitat. Consequently, it is best to opt for the largest tank that you can afford and that space allows. Small A slight smearing Check the joints between the tanks are initially cheaper to buy, but they are not necessarily of the sealant glass panels to be sure that there any cheaper to run in the long term.What is more, you may along the side of is an even coverage of silicone find that your fish rapidly outgrow their accommodation. the glass is normal sealant. If an area has been missed, the tank is likely to leak. Before purchasing your tank, it is worth thinking about the Do not attempt to cut away any type and number of fish you want to keep, and to find out apparently surplus sealant, since their adult size.The key factor in assessing the correct stocking this may seriously weaken the density of a tank is its surface area, because it is here, at the joints. Excess sealant may look water–air interface, that gas exchange occurs.The greater the ugly, but it will be inconspicuous surface area, the more dissolved oxygen there will be in the against the substrate when the water, and the more fish the tank will comfortably be able to aquarium is complete. support. It is usually recommended to allow about 12 in2 (75 cm2) of surface area per 1 in (2.5 cm) of adult fish body Check the lower Examine the corners, which are length (excluding the caudal fin). corners carefully potential weak spots on a glass for any sign of tank. Larger, heavier tanks are In addition to the surface area, you also need to consider a compression especially vulnerable to damage the volume of the tank, since the aquarium needs to provide fracture if they have been tipped and adequate swimming space for the fish. Allow about 1 gallon supported on a corner first, of water per inch of adult fish body length (equivalent to about rather than being lifted up 2 liters per centimetre).When making your calculations, horizontally. This can cause remember to deduct ten percent of the total tank volume to the glass to break into gritty take account of rockwork and other decor. fragments that may remain compressed in place, but can still result in a serious weakness. Fish need clean, well- Protect all Be careful when taking your new oxygenated water and the corners purchase home, because tanks space to swim. If you with styrofoam can be cumbersome and heavy. overstock the tank, the The store should tape styrofoam fish’s waste will pollute protectors over the vulnerable the water (see p.52). edges. When carrying the tank, always support it from beneath, regardless of its size. Lay the tank on a rug or similar soft material in the car to prevent it from being scratched, and make sure that it cannot slide around.

C H O O S I N G T H E T A N K ● 31 Tanks and stands A typical box-shaped tank is SITING THE TANK made from panels of glass ● Choose a firm, level surface; use a level to make sure the site held together by a special does not slope. ● Avoid drafty locations, such as in a hallway. Never put the tank silicone sealant, free from ● Decide on a quiet position by by a window or anywhere else an electric outlet where the risk that receives direct sunlight. Colorful accessories like these lids chemicals that may harm of accidental knocks is low, but and edging strips can instantly fish.The silicone forms a with access for maintenance. ● Place glass tanks on styrofoam change the look of your tank. strong, watertight bond, and or a specially made mat to absorb is also flexible, to prevent the unevenness in the surface. panels from being pushed apart by the water pressure. Some aquariums have a protective frame of plastic or metal, although metal is best avoided, since it corrodes. Most tanks come with Second-hand tanks a hood that contains light fixtures and helps reduce A more economical way of starting off is to buy a second-hand evaporation from the water’s surface. tank. Always check glass tanks carefully for signs of leakage, Acrylic tanks are costlier than glass aquariums, but they are and look for any scratches on the inner much stronger and lighter. Acrylic is also clearer than glass surface of the glass. Such scratches may and a better insulator (so the tank loses less heat to the seem innocuous at the time of purchase, surroundings), but it scratches more easily and is harder to but they will be unsightly if they later clean. “Plug-and-go” acrylic tanks can be bought with all the become colonized by algae, and the algae electrical equipment already in place, so you can simply add will be virtually impossible to remove. the substrate and decor, fill the tank, and turn on the power. Acrylic tanks need to be inspected closely Whether you choose glass or acrylic, the finished tank is for scratches, discoloration, and cracks. likely to be heavy—a 20-gallon (90-liter) tank, for example, Electrical equipment, such as a heater or can weigh 285 lb (130 kg) when full. Domestic furniture may fluorescent tube, is best replaced, and the not be able to bear such loads, so consider buying a stand or wiring should be checked by Massive a professional electrician. tower tank cabinet that is designed to take the weight of a full tank. TYPES OF TANKS Small rectangular tank Small corner tank Small hexagonal tank Today, there are many alternatives to the traditional rectangular design, from tall towers to hexagonal tanks and aquariums with curved surfaces. Often the tank’s supporting structure or a cabinet hides all the electrical equipment from view, so that all you see is the fish, plants, and substrate. Large cabinet tank Rounded glass tank Double tank with connecting tunnels

32 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Lighting and heating To create a thriving aquarium, the natural requirements of its Safety is paramount when using inhabitants for light and heat must be matched by artificial means. electricity near water. Rubber caps In tropical regions, water temperatures are around 79°F (26°C), insulate contacts on fluorescent tubes. changing little from one day to the next, while lighting conditions vary according to environment and time of day. Modern technology Full-spectrum tube allows the optimum conditions to be created with relative ease. for plant growth The need for light Almost all animals are dependent on light, and aquarium fish are no exception. Many species rely on their sense of sight to feed and communicate, or use daylight to set their internal clocks, which govern many behavioral and biological processes. Light is vital for the healthy growth of living plants in the tank, and good illumination is necessary for showing fish at their best. Warm white tube for optimum viewing PHOTOSYNTHESIS Carbon dioxide Nearly all plants—terrestrial and aquatic—carry out Aquarium photosynthesis. This process Oxygen plant is vital to all life because it allows plants to manufacture sugars from carbon dioxide and water, which they use as food. The energy for photosynthesis comes from sunlight—but some wavelengths (colors) of light are more effective than others in energizing the process. Certain wavelengths of light are Aquatic plants take up carbon The reflective hood is often equipped with more than one kind of fluorescent needed to promote photosynthesis. dioxide produced by the fish and “fix” tube. The tubes must be long enough to illuminate the entire tank. An These wavelengths must be produced it into sugars. Oxygen given out by the electronic timer will automatically switch the light on and off in a daily cycle. by any bulb or tube used to plant as a by-product of photosynthesis illuminate an aquarium. is used by the fish in respiration. Ordinary tungsten bulbs, suspended over the water, can be used to illuminate a tank. However, they emit large amounts Relative rate of photosynthesis 8 of heat (which causes rapid water evaporation), their light Photosynthesis is most spectrum does not match that needed by plants, and they cast an unattractive yellow pallor over the tank.Today’s aquarists 7 effective when plants are are much more likely to use fluorescent tubes, which run 6 exposed to violet-blue and cooler, and can match the spectral qualities of natural light (see p.207).The tubes are typically housed in a reflector hood, orange-red light placed on top of the tank.The light housing also plays a useful 5 role as a lid, preventing the escape of heat, moisture, and sometimes even leaping fish, while keeping pets and children’s 4 hands out of the aquarium. 3 2 1 0 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 Wavelength of light (nm)

L I G H T I N G A N D H E A T I N G ● 33 CHOOSING A HEATER choose a unit that can be fully submerged in Adjustable your tank. Thermostatic heaters keep water thermostat Thermostatic heaters are the most popular temperature constant by switching the heating and reliable means of heating a tank. They element on and off repeatedly. For this reason, Warm cable are available in various lengths for aquariums they have a relatively short life-span, and of different depths, and in different power should be replaced every two years or so. Anchorage points (wattage) ratings. Allow about 100 watts for Although good-quality heaters are reliable, it is every 26 gallons (100 liters) of water, and wise to put a separate thermometer in the tank Heating element to pick up any irregularities in temperature. at base of heater Heater is fixed to the This should not be positioned directly above Short heaters (left) are suitable for glass of the tank with the heater. Thermostatic heaters are suitable small breeding or isolation tanks. rubber suckers for use with most fish, but some aggressive A heating cable (above) may be species with razor-sharp teeth, such as installed in the base of the tank, The heater is enclosed in piranhas (see p.92), can cut through electrical beneath the substrate. a glass tube, which can cables. For these fish, undergravel heating become warm when the units, which are not accessible, are preferred. unit is in use Thermostatic heaters can only add heat to the tank. In warm climates, overheated rooms, or tanks under bright lights, it may be necessary to install a chiller to reduce water temperature. The amount of light needed in the tank depends largely on There are two ELECTRICAL SAFETY the plant species kept. In general, tanks with many substrate basic types of plants need stronger lighting than those with floating plants, aquarium ● Make sure the power supply and deeper tanks need more than shallow ones. For most tank thermometers— is disconnected before placing setups, it is enough to leave the lights on for about ten hours the traditional your hands in the water. each day; too long a period of illumination will encourage the alcohol-filled growth of algae—not only on the glass, but also on other tank design (far left), ● Allow the heater time to plants, which may cause them to die. Fluorescent tubes should and the LCD type cool before lifting it out of be replaced roughly every 12 months, even if they appear (left), which the water. to be working. Light output falls and quality changes with fits onto the the age of the tube, and although these changes may be outside of the ● Avoid trailing cords and imperceptible, they will stress the plants in the tank. aquarium glass. adaptors. Consider using a cable organizer instead. Heating the aquarium Fish vary greatly in their temperature requirements. The White Cloud Mountain Minnow is adaptable, surviving A freshwater aquarium is usually heated to 76–79°F happily in temperatures from 66°F (19°C) to 82°F (28°C). (24.5–26°C) using a thermostatic heater (see box, above). This is a special waterproof electrical heating element that incorporates a thermostat; the thermostat measures water temperature and switches off the heater when the desired level has been reached.The most efficient units are those that can be fully submerged in the water. A high-capacity tank may need two or even three heaters to maintain the target temperature throughout its whole volume, and more heaters may need to be added in the winter months. Even in a smaller tank, using two heaters is a sensible precaution; if one fails, the other will provide the necessary heat.The overall cost of heating the tank will remain the same as if one device were used.

34 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K FILTRATION TIPS Filtration and aeration ● Add zeolite sachets to remove ammonia from the water, and a starter seed culture An effective aquarium filtration system not only removes waste of bacteria for the biological filter. products from the water by physical or chemical means, but also mirrors the process of biological filtration—the nitrogen ● Be careful not to overfeed the fish and cycle—that occurs in the wild. Filtration goes hand in hand burden the filter with decomposing food. with aeration, in which water is circulated so that it can absorb ● Test the water quality regularly to check oxygen from the air and lose unwanted carbon dioxide. the filter’s efficiency; frequent partial water changes (see pp.50-2) will ease the pressure on the filtration system. In the confines of an aquarium, the NITROGEN CYCLE Ammonia is excreted by fish as waste, and is also waste produced by the fish can quickly produced when any organic matter decays build up to harmful levels without an Fish in the aquarium effective filtration system. Filtration eat plant protein, AMMONIA Beneficial bacteria involves passing the water in the aquarium completing the cycle (NH3) present in the biological through one or several filtration media, filter convert ammonia which purify the water by biological, The nitrogen cycle is a to nitrites chemical, or mechanical means (see box, below). natural process by which There are two basic methods of driving water nitrogenous waste NITRITES Nitrites are converted through the media: using an electric pump, or products are recycled. (NO2-) to nitrates by other using an airlift system, in which air bubbled In biological filters in beneficial bacteria in into the tank through an airstone draws water aquariums, growth of NITRATES the biological filter up an airlift tube. the bacteria that drive (NO3-) this cycle is encouraged. Plants absorb nitrates from the water to use as fertilizer FILTRATION METHODS Clean water exits from the top of the pump There are three basic methods of filtration: and may utilize all three. Many Power line mechanical, biological, and chemical tanks have an undergravel filter, (below). Aquarium filtration systems often shown below, which is a simple Suckers attach involve more than one of these methods, biological filter. Internal power filter unit to glass filters (right), also provide Mechanical filtration uses a biological filtration, but can Water passes up filter medium, such as this filter include additional media for the unit, either wool, to sieve particulate waste purifying water by mechanical through a sponge from the water. The fibrous and chemical means. or through layers structure traps the waste, of different media which can then be removed. Water emerging from airlift creates Airline Water is sucked into Biological filtration involves surface ripples, improving oxygenation the unit at the base the breakdown of waste by Air flows down beneficial bacteria that drive the Water is forced the airline Internal power filter An integral electric nitrogen cycle. These multiply through gravel Airlift tube pump draws water through the filter unit, in media, such as this foam which contains one or several chambers sponge, and in the substrate. housing filtration media inserts. After passing through the media, the clean Chemical filtration relies water is returned to the main tank. mainly on activated carbon to eliminate dissolved waste Filter plate Bubbles emerging Undergravel filter Air pumped through from the water. Unfortunately, with holes from an airstone an airstone within an airlift tube draws this process also neutralizes draw water up water from below the gravel substrate. some medical treatments. the airlift tube This forces the water through the gravel, which contains beneficial bacteria that Water is drawn from break down harmful waste products. below gravel

F I L T R A T I O N A N D A E R A T I O N ● 35 The most common type of system for freshwater aquariums— Powerhead mounted on airlift the undergravel filter—is a simple airlift system. A perforated of undergravel filter corrugated or ridged plate is placed on the base of the tank, and then covered by a substrate of gravel.The plate allows A powerhead, shown above, water to flow under the gravel, while the gravel particles— is a pump that can be added which should be at least 1⁄8 in (3 mm) in diameter to ensure to the airlift tube of an good water movement—form the biological filter medium. undergravel filter to draw water more strongly through Power filters use an electric pump to drive water through the system. Installing a the filtration media.There are two basic types: internal power powerhead also improves filters, which sit inside the tank, and external filters, which the aeration provided by an are housed outside the aquarium and are generally used for undergravel filter. larger aquariums. A range of different media are available for possible to add additional materials—for example, peat or power filters: biological media, coral sand—to this type of filter to alter the water chemistry. such as foam sponge and ceramic granules; mechanical media, such Efficient aeration is vital for the maintenance of a healthy as filter wool; and chemical tank, providing a source of oxygen not only for the fish, but filtration media, such as carbon. also for the beneficial bacteria within the biological filter. Using an air pump to pump air through an airstone (see p.41) The most efficient filters use can help to aerate the tank: the bubbles produced cause surface layers of different media in ripples that increase the area exposed to the air where oxygen combination. It is often exchange can take place. However, if there is enough surface movement generated by the outflow of the filtration system, Cabinet hides External External power filters work on the an additional air pump may not be needed. unsightly equipment power filter same principle as other systems: water is pumped out of the aquarium and The small size of young fish, such as the passes through the filter unit, which Jaguar Cichlid (Heros managuense) fry seen contains one or several types of media, here with their mother, means that they before being returned to the tank. are at risk of being sucked into a power filter. Consequently, breeding AIR PUMP TIPS Airline tanks require less vigorous filtration; a simple sponge Filter Sponge traps filter, pictured left, outflow particulate is probably the waste best solution. Airline with non-return valve Beneficial bacteria ● Fit a non-return valve in develop the airline between the pump on surface and the tank to keep water from entering the pump. ● If the pump gets noisier, have it serviced or replaced. ● Never cover an external pump: this creates a fire risk.

36 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Choosing plants Plants play a key role in the aquarium, offering shade Disguise pot Roots trail and shelter so that fish feel secure, and providing food with rockwork freely in water for herbivorous species.Thriving freshwater plants will or gravel restrict algal growth and help to improve the water conditions by absorbing nitrate and giving off oxygen. Rooted substrate plants, such as Floating plants, such as this Butterfly With hundreds of different colors, leaf shapes, and sizes this cryptocoryne, are often sold in Fern (Salvinia species), are the easiest available, there is endless scope for you to exercise your open-mesh pots, which make them type of plant to maintain. They move creative powers in the design of your aquarium. easy to transfer to the aquarium. around the tank on surface currents. Healthy green Leaves die back color naturally about every nine months It is best to devise a rough planting plan before making any Attaching Some plants have purchases.The standard approach is to have one or two eye- a weight specific growing catching central plants toward the back of the tank, with taller to a cutting conditions. The tubers plants flanking these and extending around the sides. Low- will anchor it of this Wavy-Edged growing foreground plants will give your aquascape a more in the substrate Swordplant (Aponogeton natural look while still allowing you to appreciate the fish until it roots. Green crispus) must rest in cool and the background flora. Floating plants add another tier of Cabomba (Cabomba water at 50°F (10°C) for interest, and create attractive dappled shadows below. caroliniana), shown here, two months after their prefers bright light and leaves die back. They will When choosing plants, make sure they have requirements soft-water conditions. then sprout again. similar to those of the fish that will live in the tank. For example, not all plants will thrive in the hard water needed by Weight Tuber Rift Valley cichlids, nor in brackish surroundings.The behavior of the fish should also influence your choice. Include bushy Establishing new plants plants for nervous fish that like to hide in thick vegetation, and broad-leaved plants for shade-loving bottom dwellers. Floating After buying plants, return them to water as soon as possible; plants provide a refuge for fry, and spawning sites for bubble- nesters, such as gouramis. If the fish like to dig in the substrate, allowing the leaves to dry out, even for a short time, may position substrate plants behind tank décor, where they are less likely to be uprooted. fatally damage the plant. Leaves also become bruised by careless handling, so hold the plant by its base or container. Check leaves for snail eggs, which are laid in jellylike masses, and trim off affected parts, along with dead or dying leaves. Floating plants usually make a trouble-free transition to new surroundings, but do not allow condensation from the hood to drip on them—this will cause the plants to blacken and rot. Rooted substrate plants also establish themselves quickly, but you should constrain their root growth with pots; otherwise, the undergravel filtration will be impaired. Some substrate plants are sold as bunches of cuttings, which need to be separated and planted individually to give them space to grow. Other plants are available as swollen stems, called rhizomes and tubers, that you partially bury in the substrate, leaving any shoots uncovered. Rhizomes can be cut into slices, each of which will root.Tubers cannot be It takes patience and care to establish an attractive, well-planted tank (left), just as it does with a garden. A planting tool (above) can be helpful for putting plants in place when the tank has been partially filled, and for adding new plants without causing serious disruption.

C H O O S I N G P L A N T S ● 37 LIVING OR PLASTIC PLANTS? divided like this, since they have only one growing point. If an established tuberous plant is moved elsewhere, some of There are now highly realistic plastic substitutes for most of the its leaves may die back, but provided the water and lighting popular varieties of aquarium plants. The obvious advantage of conditions in the tank are favorable, it should soon recover. plastic plants is that they do not die back, or spread out and dominate the aquarium. Plastic plants are equipped with a weight to Care and maintenance anchor them in the substrate. Although there is no risk of their being Plants need nutrients for growth.They obtain many of these destroyed by the fish, it is still possible that they may be dug up. nutrients from the water, but adding aquarium fertilizer will ensure that they stay healthy. Rich in potassium, phosphorus, Living plant Plastic plant iron, and other elements, this fertilizer is available as pellets, which can be buried beside a plant, or as a liquid that is added to the tank water. Another way to boost the growth of plants is to place them in pots of enriched aquarium soil, and then sink the pots into the gravel. Never use regular plant potting mix or garden compost, which will poison the fish. Plants, like fish, benefit from an efficient filtration system, especially fine-leaved varieties, which can become clogged with suspended material. In addition, the gentle currents created by a power filter help to keep the foliage moving, to ensure that no part of the plant is permanently shaded. When the plants are established, you will periodically need to cut back excessive growth, or prune straggly plants to encourage new shoots and a better overall shape. BUYING TIPS Large herbivorous fish, such as this Silver Dollar (see p.94), may ● Check plants for signs of destroy plants in a new aquarium damage, such as crushed before they have time to become stems or leaves. fully established. Choose tough, quick-growing plants for this ● Avoid yellowing plants, type of fish, and offer which may be suffering from alternative foods, nutrient deficiencies. such as lettuce, to minimize damage ● Plants that do not to the plants in permanently grow under these vital water are unsuitable, since early stages. they will soon begin to rot. ● Choose plants with lighting needs similar to the fish’s.

38 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Preparing the tank A little forethought goes a long way when setting up an aquarium. Give careful consideration to where you want to site the tank, because if you make a poor choice, you will have to empty the tank and strip it down before it can be moved elsewhere. It is also a good idea to plan the layout of the tank well in advance, so that you end up with an aquarium that not only looks attractive but also allows the fish to display their natural behavior. One of the most important elements in the aquarium will be the substrate—the material covering the floor of the tank.This not only forms an essential part of the habitat for the fish, but also Visualize the finished tank. Knowing provides anchorage for the how you want your tank to look will roots of aquarium plants and make it much easier and quicker to a surface on which beneficial assemble the different elements. bacteria can develop. For fish that require a sandy substrate, use filtration sand or river sand, which are chemically inert (they do not affect the water) and non-compacting. However, most freshwater aquariums use gravel as the substrate, since the water passes Use gravel with rounded stones for bottom-dwellers, substrate feeders, and fish that through it more easily than sand, making the undergravel excavate the substrate for breeding purposes, such as this Black Belt Cichlid (see p.138). Avoid rough or filter (see p.34) more effective. Aquarium gravel is available sharp-edged gravel, which may cut or scratch the fish. in various grain sizes, but make sure that the gravel you choose PREPARATORY TASKS ᕡ Wash the tank ᕢ Position on sponge matting Before adding components such as decor, Add a little water to the tank and wipe the Glass tanks should stand on specially made equipment, and plants, you will need to wash glass with a clean sponge.This will remove sponge matting, to absorb any unevenness the tank and the substrate with clean, warm dust or tiny fragments of glass left over in the surface below, which could cause the water (do not use detergent) and install the from the manufacturing process. joints between the glass panels to leak. undergravel filter. Handling a wet glass tank can be hazardous, so allow the outside of the tank to dry before placing it on its stand, which must be level and stable. As a general hygiene rule, keep equipment used for aquarium tasks, such as sponges and buckets, separate from items used for domestic chores. If possible, pour dirty water down outside drains, not into a kitchen or bathroom sink.

P R E P A R I N G T H E T A N K ● 39 COARSE GRAVEL PEA GRAVEL FINE-GRAINED GRIT GLASS BEADS YELLOW GRAVEL BLUE GRAVEL is appropriate for the fish you intend to keep.The large stones Pea gravel, the most commonly used type, has a grain size of 1⁄8 in (3–4 mm); of coarse-grained gravel, for example, will not be suitable for anything finer may reduce the efficiency of the undergravel filter. Coarser fish that habitually dig in the substrate, bury themselves in it, gravel tends to trap uneaten food in the gaps between the stones. Glass beads or sift the stones in search of food. and dyed gravel provide attractive alternatives, but choose dyed gravel carefully, because strong colors may detract from the appearance of the fish. When buying gravel, bear in mind that a layer of about 2 in (5 cm) is needed to create the filter bed, so allow roughly this will dissolve slowly and increase the water’s hardness.You 2 lb (1 kg) of gravel for every gallon (4 liters) of tank capacity. can test gravel by adding vinegar to a small sample. If it contains Although aquarium gravel is usually prewashed, this does not limestone, the vinegar will fizz as it reacts with the calcium. mean that it is necessarily clean enough for the tank. Rinse it thoroughly to remove all traces of sediment; otherwise, you Rockwork and bogwood may find that a muddy scum forms on the water when you With the gravel bed in place, you can begin to furnish the fill the aquarium. It is also advisable to soak the gravel tank. Rockwork not only looks attractive, but also provides overnight in aquarium disinfectant, to reduce the likelihood egg-laying sites for a number of tropical species—especially of introducing disease or parasites into the tank. cichlids, which favor slate. In addition, rockwork offers fish places to shelter, and more aggressive species may use it to If you intend to keep fish that require soft-water conditions, mark out their territories. avoid gravel containing limestone (calcium carbonate), since ᕣ Clean the gravel ᕤ Install the undergravel filter ᕥ Slope the gravel After soaking the gravel in aquarium Place the filter plate on the aquarium floor. Tip the gravel on to the filter plate, sloping disinfectant, pour it into a colander and If your tank is of a nonstandard size, cut the it slightly upward from front to back.This rinse it under a running faucet, stirring the sheet to fit with a utility knife. Position the will make it easier to spot any buildup of gravel occasionally with your hand. airlift tube at the rear of the tank. mulm (decayed organic matter).

40 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K with an excessive amount of rock, because this will impair the efficiency of the undergravel filter by reducing the area of the substrate through which water can flow. Bogwood—wood that has been either submerged in peaty water or buried in boggy ground for a long time—helps to give the aquarium a more natural feel. It also provides an attractive growing medium for plants such as Java Fern (see p.194). It is especially suitable for aquariums where soft, acidic water conditions are required. Bogwood contains tannin, which will leach into the water and turn it brownish-yellow. The tannin is not harmful to fish, but it spoils the appearance of the tank.To prevent this, presoak bogwood in a bucket of water for several days. Change the water each day, and scrub the bogwood with a clean brush before adding it to the tank. Bogwood is popular with various catfish, which use it as a resting spot and Catering to individual needs rasp away at its surface with their teeth to obtain fiber. Bogwood may float if it has dried out previously, but once fully waterlogged it should stay on the Before finalizing your design for the tank, consider the fish floor of the aquarium. Weigh it down with rocks if necessary. you intend to keep, since they may influence the decor and the layout. For example, annual killifish (see pp.171–2, 174–5) As with gravel, the vinegar test will tell you whether the TANK BACKDROPS rocks you plan to use contain limestone.You can avoid this problem altogether if you opt instead for a chemically inert To hide whatever is behind rock, such as granite or slate. Do not be put off by its your aquarium, or simply relatively drab appearance out of water; the subtle hues to add another dimension to will be much more obvious when the rock is submerged. the tank decor, you can buy printed backdrops to stick Before placing rocks in the aquarium, scrub them in a on the outside of the glass. solution of aquarium disinfectant and give them a good rinse Scenes of rocks or plants can in clean water. Avoid positioning rocks in corners or other increase the naturalistic feel places where water cannot flow easily behind them, because of the aquarium’s design, mulm will accumulate. Embed each rock firmly in the while ancient ruins can add substrate, so that there is no risk of its toppling over or being an air of fantasy. You can undermined by the excavations of the fish. If you want to even achieve the surreal build rocks into towers, cement them together with a silicone effect of displaying your fish sealant designed for aquarium use.Try not to clutter the tank against a desert landscape. Backdrops usually correspond When choosing rocks for the aquarium, always wet the surface to get an to standard tank dimensions, idea of what the color will be like underwater. Only use rocks purchased from although they can be cut to aquarium stores; never be tempted to collect your own, because they may fit if necessary. leach toxins into the water or upset the water chemistry. Sandstone has a Lava comes in various colors, Gray Cumberland stone looks Rustic slate is ideal if you want Artificial rock is rough-hewn appearance but often has sharp edges good alongside green plants tall, slender rock structures a lightweight alternative to Rose quartz can be stunning Marble is available in the real thing in an aquarium with a a wide range of colors contemporary design and patterns

P R E P A R I N G T H E T A N K ● 41 FUN FURNISHINGS There is an almost endless variety of fun objects that can add a sense of playfulness to your tank. Some are stand- alone ornaments, while others can be connected to an airline to serve as airstones. What to include is a matter of personal choice, but only use items designed for use in aquariums, because others may contain chemicals that are toxic to fish. An airstone attached to Ornate decorations can the airline from a pump be hard to clean if algae produces an attractive develop on their surface column of bubbles. The airstone can be disguised by placing a plant in front of it. The coarser the airstone used, the larger the bubbles. need open swimming space, just as they would have in the pools they inhabit in the wild. Conversely, doradid catfish (see pp.118–9), which live in rocky streams, require plenty of hiding places in their aquarium, so you should arrange the rockwork into cavelike retreats. A few fish have very specific requirements. Some African cichlids, such as Signatus (see p.155), spawn in snail shells, and you will have to include these in the tank if you want the fish to breed.The cleaned shells of large edible snails, as sold in gourmet shops, are ideal. Assembling the components Keep to your overall plan for the tank as you assemble the rest of the components. Position the heater unit toward the back of the tank, so that it is both inconspicuous and accessible for maintenance. (Most tank hoods also have holes at the rear, through which you can run power cables to heating and filtration equipment.) Convection currents in the water distribute heat throughout the aquarium; warmed water rises toward A clean terracotta flowerpot on its side forms a ready-made cave where shy fish can shelter. Some of the smaller catfish and cichlids, such as this Pearl Cichlid (see p.139), may even spawn inside flowerpots.

42 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K the top of the tank, cools, and then sinks back down again. Connect the airline from the air pump to the airlift tube of the It is important that water can move freely around the heater; undergravel filter. If you are also using an internal power filter, otherwise, this circulation will be disrupted and local hot place this close to the surface, and well clear of the substrate, spots will develop in the tank. In a large aquarium, it may so that it can circulate water more effectively. be better to use two widely spaced thermostatic heaters, to ensure a more even distribution of warm water. Final tasks With all the decor and equipment in place, add the plants and Place the thermometer (see p.33) at the opposite end of water.When the tank is full, switch on the power. An indicator the aquarium from the heater, so that it records the minimum light on the heater will tell you whether it is operating, while temperature in the tank. (If you are using a separate thermostat bubbles produced by air pumps and power filters will show and heater, position the thermostat there, too.) An LCD that they are functioning properly. thermometer attaches to the outside of the glass, but be careful not to touch the display with your fingers, since this Before introducing the fish, add a commercial seed culture will give a false reading. Keep it out of direct sunlight, too, of beneficial bacteria to the gravel.This can also be useful in which will have the same effect. An alcohol thermometer a tank that does not have an undergravel filter, but still relies will not suffer from these problems because it attaches to the on a medium that carries out biological filtration (see p.34) inside of the glass, but it may be dislodged by large, active fish. in some form, such as the sponge in an internal power filter. ADDING WATER AND PLANTS ᕡ Add water conditioner ᕢ Partially fill the tank Never put tap water in the tank without first Using a watering can with a known volume Pour the water on to a small plate or saucer treating it with a water conditioner. This will of water, measure out and add the correct to avoid disturbing the gravel bed. Fill the neutralize chlorine and chloramine in the amount of water conditioner. Check the tank until the water is at least as deep as the water, which can be fatal to fish. Some water temperature before adding it to the tank. tallest plant you have bought for the tank. conditioners contain aloe vera, which helps to heal any minor injuries that the fish sustain when they are caught and moved. When you add substrate plants, do not bury the crowns, or they will rot. If you want to include floating plants, add these when the tank is full, allowing at least 1 in (2.5 cm) of clear airspace between the surface and the hood. ᕣ Add the plants Set the plants in place using either your hands or a planting stick.Then continue filling the tank carefully, pouring the water slowly to avoid creating a strong current. When the tank is finished and you are happy with the layout, put the hood on to prevent evaporation and to help prevent airborne pollutants from wafting on to the surface of the water.

P R E P A R I N G T H E T A N K • B R A C K I S H W A T E R ● 43 Brackish water The conditions encountered by fish living in estuaries Themed aquariums and mangroves, where fresh water and saltwater meet, can be created, can be recreated in a brackish water aquarium.The based on different equipment required is much the same as for freshwater aquatic habitats. aquariums, but the substrate is usually sandy, so power The one shown filters are more appropriate than undergravel systems. here replicates the conditions in a shallow, slow-moving coastal stream in Central America. The water in a brackish aquarium requires a salinity level, so when topping off to replace lost water, use dechlorinated expressed in terms of specific gravity (SG), of 1.002–1.007 tap water rather than saltwater to keep the salinity within the (marine aquariums have a salinity of at least SG 1.020).To desired range. For significant partial water changes carried out achieve this, dissolve the appropriate amount of marine salt (see during routine maintenance (see pp.50–1), use salinated water. pp.214–15) in dechlorinated tap water, before filling the tank. The movement of water within the tank caused by the filter It is important that the tank used for a brackish water and heater will ensure an even concentration throughout the aquarium is either all-glass or acrylic, with no metal surround. aquarium. Salinity increases as water evaporates from the tank, This is because saltwater rapidly corrodes metal, and any corrosion in the tank pollutes the water and can harm the fish. CREATING A MANGROVE TANK ᕡ Position the potted mangrove shoots ᕢ Add bogwood and stones This fascinating habitat—part water, part Lay a base of sand at least 11⁄2 in (4 cm) Conceal the mangrove pots behind a bank land—requires young mangrove plants, which deep. Place the mangrove pots toward the of tank decor, such as bogwood and large can be bought from aquatic nurseries. Pot the back of the tank. Sink their bases into the pebbles, so that the shoots project over the mangrove shoots to restrict their root growth. sand, but do not completely cover the pots. top. Make sure the structure is stable. You may need to prune them when they start to spread across the tank. Use aquarium sand rather than gravel for the substrate, and keep the water level low to mimic the tidal shallows of a mangrove swamp. A thermostatic heater will not work with the low water level, so use a heating cable (see p.33) and a thermostat. Mudskippers (see p.189) are an ideal choice for a mangrove tank. They will emerge from the water on to the sandy “beach” for short periods. ᕣ Add water and shape the sand ᕤ The finished tank The mudskipper uses its fins to The tank should be less than half full of The beachlike effect of the sandy slope move around water. Add more sand to the tank and shape can be enhanced by the ripples from the on land it so that it resembles a beach. Some of the power filter.The mangrove plants will sand should be above the water level. grow better under strong lighting.

44 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Choosing and introducing fish Once the aquarium is fully prepared and you are certain that everything is functioning properly, you can start to introduce the fish. Although suppliers can ship stock to you, it is probably best to visit a local store, especially when starting out, so that you can see the fish firsthand. Ask experienced aquarists to recommend a store—ideally one that belongs to a recognized trade association. Such bodies run specialized training courses for staff, so you are more likely to receive genuine, professional advice. Elaborate fins No loss of scales A good aquarium store will have free from fungal on the body helpful staff and clean, clearly infection labeled, well-stocked tanks (below). Clear eyes Disease spreads easily between fish in a tank, so when choosing fish, try not Some male fish, such to focus on just one or two good as this guppy, can be specimens that catch your eye, but sexed visually by the also look at their tankmates, to make gonopodium—the sure that they are all healthy (right). copulatory organ Bright body color No reddening Healthy fish, such as this Green Cobra of the fins, or Delta Guppy (Poecilia reticulata), are easy fin damage to spot; they feed well and swim without difficulty. Avoid fish that are distressed, emaciated, or have abnormal body swellings. Choosing freshwater fish from the vast array available can be a daunting task; a little advance research can help you to make the right choices. Select species that share similar water chemistry requirements, and avoid fish that will quickly Checking for problems When you have made your choice, ask to inspect the fish to be outgrow the tank.Temperament and behavior should also sure that they are healthy. Before visiting the store, familiarize yourself with the signs of disease in the chart on page 56, so be considered; lively, shoaling fish, for example, are not ideal that you know what to look for. It is important to view the fish from both sides, which is easiest to do when it has been tankmates for species that prefer calmer, less-populated caught and is in a plastic bag. It can be difficult to determine the condition of some catfish and other sedentary species, but surroundings. Do not mix if they are fairly plump and do not have a hollow-bellied appearance, the likelihood is that they are healthy. active predators with smaller, Adding the fish to the tank SOCIABILITY placid fish that could become Before introducing the fish to the tank, check the water chemistry (see p.46) to make sure that it is suitable for your The “traffic light” system is their prey. Aggressive fish may fish. It is advisable not to populate the tank to its maximum used in some aquatic stores bully less bold companions stocking density at first, in order to avoid putting a strain on to rank sociability. and steal their food. Nervous the filtration system, which will not yet have a fully established colony of beneficial bacteria. Observe the fish closely in these A red spot against a fish’s fish, such as some dwarf early stages, to make sure that they are settling in peacefully. name indicates that it cichlids, may benefit from the must be kept on its own. company of “dither” fish— Yellow means that the more confident species whose fish may have special calm presence helps the fish requirements. to feel more secure. Finally, try to obtain a mix of species Green indicates fish that naturally inhabit different that can be kept in a community tank. levels of the tank.

C H O O S I N G A N D I N T R O D U C I N G F I S H ● 45 INTRODUCING NEW FISH Being moved can be traumatic for fish, and it takes several days for them to acclimatize to their new home. Provide a vitamin C–rich diet at first, to boost the immune systems of the fish and help them avoid stress-related illness. ᕡ Equalize water temperatures Float the bag in the tank for about an hour, so that the temperature inside the bag gradually adjusts to match that in the tank. CATCHING AND TRANSPORTING FISH Most fish can be caught with a net. Patience be steered into a bag, because they can ᕢ Catch the fish is essential, since chasing the fish around the become caught up in the mesh of a net. tank will simply cause them to panic, and When buying fish, the supplier will catch the Net the fish inside the bag, gripping the neck the water resistance will make it even more fish for you. Fish are usually transported in of the bag to stop water from escaping into difficult to catch them. Nets can transfer clear plastic bags, tied at the neck, with a the tank, which could introduce disease. disease between tanks, so dip the net in a solution of ratio of about two-thirds air ᕣ Release the fish aquarium disinfectant after to one-third water. Put the use. Fish with spines should plastic bag in a brown paper Carefully allow the fish to swim out of the bag to make the journey net.To minimize stress for the new arrivals, less stressful for the fish. do not turn on the tank lights for a while. Neck securely tied during transit The store may inflate the bag with oxygen Scoop up the fish from below when it is near the surface. As you lift it from the water, place your hand over the net (above) to stop the fish from escaping.

46 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Checking the water Maintaining water quality in the aquarium involves CONTROLLING UNWANTED VISITORS regular monitoring and adjusting. Prior to adding the fish, measure the water’s pH (its acidity or alkalinity) A few snails in the tank can perform a useful service, cleaning up and hardness (the level of mineral salts in solution). dead plant matter and eating excess food, but they can reproduce When the fish are established, test for toxins, such as so rapidly that they reach plague proportions and devour the plants ammonia and nitrite, which can be a problem in a new in the tank. Snails are often introduced into the tank on aquarium tank (see p.52). If you have a brackish water aquarium, plants. Keep an eye out for their eggs—laid in strands of jelly on you must also monitor the salinity. the undersides of broad leaves, or on the glass—and remove them before they hatch. To catch snails, place a piece of cucumber under The pH scale runs from 0 to 14, with pH7 being neutral. an upside-down saucer, propped up so that the snails can crawl Water conditions giving a pH reading above 7 are described as under. Leave it overnight, then collect any snails under the saucer. alkaline, while below this they are acidic. Small changes in the pH value have very significant effects on water chemistry. The Golden Apple Snail, a morph of the wild greenish-brown South The pH level of the water can be raised by adding coral American species Pomacea bridgesi, sand to the filter, while including aquarium peat acidifies the can reach 2 in (5 cm) long. water. Hardness can be increased by placing limestone rocks or coral shells in the tank, which dissolve slowly.To soften the conditions, add tap water that has been passed through an ion- exchange column, which draws mineral salts from the water, or use a reverse osmosis (R. 0.) system. Testing It takes time for the plants to for become established and for the nitrite filter to function with maximum efficiency, so frequent monitoring of the water conditions is essential in the first few weeks. Adding zeolite, a chemical that removes ammonia from the water, can help in these early stages. Water test kits, which use reactive substances that change color when added to tank samples, can be used to check pH, hardness, and toxin levels. Electronic meters provide a quick but costly way of testing hardness, pH, and salinity. Salinity can also be measured with a simple hydrometer.

FRESHWATER FISH MAINTENANCE

48 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E Feeding the fish Feeding time offers the best opportunity to see your fish SPECIALIST DIETS at close quarters and monitor their well-being. It is also Some prepared freshwater fish foods are specially formulated to cater to the dietary needs of particular groups of fish. Pellets for an opportunity to tame your fish, especially if you feed carnivorous catfish, for example, contain more oil than foodsticks for plant-eating cichlids. Aside from protein, oil (fat), and carbohydrate, them at the same times each day. Freshwater fish can be prepared fish foods also contain fiber. In the wild, fish inadvertently consume a variety of indigestible items, ranging from plant matter given a wide range of foods, but commercial products to fish scales. This roughage helps to prevent blockages in the intestinal tract. are the most convenient and also the safest option, since 15% Carbohydrate + moisture 11% Carbohydrate + diseases may be introduced to the tank along with moisture 11% Ash invertebrate livefoods, such as tubifex worms. 13% Ash Fish require the same key food groups as humans—proteins, carbohydrates, fats, vitamins and minerals. Protein is vital for 2% Fiber healthy growth, especially in young fish. Raising the level of protein in the diet—by providing more livefoods, for example— 7% 54% Protein 52% helps to bring fish into breeding condition. Carbohydrate fuels Fiber Protein the body’s processes, and fat forms a protective cushion around 22% Oil organs and acts as an energy store.Vitamins and minerals are Catfish pellets important for a fish’s metabolism and overall health.Vitamin 13% Oil Cichlid sticks C, for example, helps protect against infection, while calcium and phosphorus are essential for sound skeletal structure. Vegetables, like the pea pod being devoured by this Spotted Catfish, provide fiber as well as vitamins and other nutrients. It is better to use organic vegetables to avoid the risk of introducing harmful chemicals to the tank.

F E E D I N G T H E F I S H ● 49 Special color foods TYPES OF FOOD in the form of flake may be used to Commercially prepared foods sometimes need to be supplemented enhance the intensity with fresh items and livefoods. Freeze-dried livefoods tend to be of coloration in red less palatable to fish than thawed livefoods, because they have fish, such as this a lower water content. Some livefoods can be cultured at home: Red-Eyed Red a container of water left outdoors in summer will attract breeding Swordtail. midges and mosquitoes, and their larvae can be removed with a sieve. The way in which food is presented to the fish is also Quantity and frequency important. The means of delivery should take account of the fish’s Most fish-food packaging gives few details about normal feeding habits. Bottom-feeding catfish, for example, are the quantity that should be used, largely because unlikely to be tempted by flake floating on the surface. this depends on the number and size of the fish in the tank. As a rule of thumb, feed fish little and often—offer PREPARED FOODS food three or four times a day, providing no more than will be eaten within two or three minutes. In a mature tank, there Pellets are good Granules are more Flake floats, so it Tablets are useful will be edible items, such as algae, for the fish to browse on for large fish, such dense than pellets will attract fish for group feeding. outside of their set feeding times. as pacus, which and sink rapidly to to the surface to They are too large Avoid overfeeding—unwanted food scraps will pollute the can swallow them the floor of the feed. Suitable for to be swallowed water, impairing the health of the fish. Providing an unbalanced whole. They may aquarium, making smaller fish, it can whole, so give the diet also causes problems: an excess of fat, for example, leads float for a time them ideal for also be powdered fish time to take to obesity, shortening a fish’s life and possibly causing sterility. before sinking. bottom-dwellers. and fed to fry. several bites. Guard against underfeeding, too. Fry, which need to eat more regularly than adults, may become stunted or deformed if they LIVEFOODS are underfed. Using dedicated fry foods will ensure that they get the nutrients they need. In a community aquarium, make Brine shrimp in Daphnia (“water Chironomus Mosquito larvae sure nervous fish get a chance to feed; otherwise, they too their larval form, fleas”) are a good worms, also known are eagerly eaten may become malnourished. A number of catfish are night- called nauplii, are conditioning food as bloodworms by many surface- feeders, so drop food into their tank just before lights-out. ideal for rearing for smaller fish. because of their dwelling fish. They fry. They can be These crustaceans color, are actually may also help to VACATION SOLUTIONS hatched from can also be used the larval form of stimulate breeding eggs at home. to enhance color. a type of midge. behavior. Automatic battery-operated feeders of the type shown below can be set to dispense measured amounts of food at regular times, ensuring FRESH FOODS that the fish do not go hungry when you are away. Another long- term option is a food block placed on the aquarium floor, which will not pollute the water as other foods would if left uneaten. Carrot was used as Sliced cucumber Shelled peas, both Beef heart, a natural coloring and zucchini are fresh and thawed, trimmed of fat, agent before there a good source of are a good dietary should be used were commercial vitamins and supplement for sparingly, since it color foods. It is roughage for bottom-dwellers; pollutes the water high in fiber and herbivorous catfish avoid using salted and may cause may aid fertility. and some cichlids. canned peas. obesity in fish.

50 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E Routine tasks A well-set-up tank that is functioning properly will only require a minimal amount of time spent on its maintenance.The aquarium should develop into a stable ecosystem, in which toxin levels are kept in check as part of the natural cycle.With regular checks and a few simple “housekeeping” tasks, such as partial water changes, your aquarium will look its best and your fish will stay healthy and content. Regular partial water changes ensure that toxic chemicals do Emperor tetras (see p.100) are very sensitive to accumulations of not build up in the tank and harm the fish.They should be nitrogenous compounds in the tank water. Regular partial water changes carried out once a month or when indicated by water test are therefore especially important for the well-being of these fish. results (see p.46). Start by turning off the power to the tank. Fill a length of siphon tube (see box, opposite) with tap water, the bucket; water should flow from the tank into the bucket. adding a drop of water conditioner to dechlorinate it, just in A gravel cleaner can be attached to the end of the siphon tube; case any should escape into the tank.With a finger over each as you move the cleaner over the substrate, the water flow stirs end of the tube, place one end in the tank and the other into a up the gravel and sucks out particulate waste.When you have bucket. Release the tank finger first, followed by the finger in removed enough water, simply lift the tube out of the tank. REGULAR MAINTENANCE TASKS DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY ● Check the thermometer; if the water ● Carry out water tests to monitor levels of ● Carry out a partial water change— temperature has changed, the heater or the nitrogenous waste. Keep a check on the pH approximately 25 percent of the functional thermostat may be faulty. as well, using either test kits or a meter. tank volume—using a gravel cleaner as well. ● When feeding the fish, watch out for any ● In a newly established aquarium, carry ● Trim dead stalks and leaves from plants. decline in appetite, since this is usually a out a partial water change of up to Add aquarium plant fertilizer to the water. sign of illness. 20 percent every week, since the filtration system will not yet be fully functional. ● Remove any buildup of algae in the tank ● Check the lights above the tank; replace by cleaning, and then adjust the period of a burned-out tube without delay. ● Check for any change in the appearance light exposure within the aquarium. or behavior of the fish that may indicate ● Make sure the filter is working effectively; that they will soon be breeding. ● Where an internal power filter or an if it is not, there may be a blockage in the external filter are being used, strip down, system or even a power failure. ● Siphon out any mulm accumulating on check, and clean the filtration system. the substrate. This will reduce the burden ● Reposition any substrate plants that have on the filtration system. become uprooted and floated to the surface.

R O U T I N E T A S K S ● 51 Long-handled algal scrapers are invaluable for keeping the sides of the aquarium free of algal growth, enabling you to reach right down to the base of the tank. Magnetic scrapers use a short handle on the outside of the glass to control a scraper blade on the inside. Algal overgrowth Some algal growth can be on aquarium plants is beneficial to fish, because it not only unsightly, but can forms part of the natural also prevent them from diet of a number of species, photosynthesizing, which including this Electric Blue. will cause them to die back. Problems with algae Before refilling the tank, add a suitable amount of water Excessive algal growth may occur if the aquarium lights are conditioner to the fresh water, and make sure that it is at left on for too long. It is especially likely if there are no plants the same temperature as that within the tank, or the fish will in the tank, or if the plants in a new tank are not yet fully be stressed by the sudden change. Pour the water in slowly, established, because plants naturally compete with algae for taking care not to disturb the roots of the substrate plants. nitrates and other key growth compounds in the water. Without competition, algae spread more easily, not only If your tank has a biological filter, switch the power back growing on the glass but also covering rockwork and other on as soon as possible, because the aerobic bacteria that provide the basis for filtration will die if they do not receive oxygenated water for some time. Should you need to replace the filter sponge, be sure to add a seed culture of bacteria. Be prepared for an initial deterioration in water quality, since the biological filter will not work efficiently again until the bacteria have colonized the surface of the new filter sponge. PARTIAL WATER CHANGE Cleaning the gravel while siphoning water from the tank improves the filter’s efficiency and ensures that the gravel bed does not become compacted. Save the tank water that you siphon into the bucket; you will need this to rinse the filter sponge. Cleaning the filter sponge ᕡ Siphon out the water ᕢ Clean the gravel Rinse out the sponge in water Place the bucket below the tank to ensure a good Take care not to uproot any substrate plants when taken from the tank, to remove flow. Never suck water through the tube to start using a gravel cleaner.The water flow will not be any debris that has collected. the flow—you could swallow harmful microbes. strong enough to suck gravel up the tube.

52 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E tank decor. Reducing the length of time that the aquarium nitrite poisoning when this chemical is present in concentrations lights are on will help to curb this problem, as will making of just 0.5 mg/liter, whereas most other fish will be unaffected regular partial water changes (which keep the nitrate levels until the level rises to 10–20 mg/liter. Ammonia can be low) and introducing fish that browse on algae. removed by the chemical zeolite, which is either added to the filter (if present) or simply dropped into the water. Monitoring water quality Test kits and meters (see p.46) should be used to make weekly NEW TANK SYNDROME checks on the water quality. Daily visual checks are also vital; any unexpected change in the appearance or behavior of your Water conditions in a new tank take time to stabilize. There is an fish may indicate that there is a problem. For example, if the initial rise in the level of ammonia, which the fish excrete as waste. gills of a fish become brown instead of the normal pink, it is As the biological filter starts to work, beneficial bacteria break down likely that there is too much nitrite in the water.This will the ammonia into slightly less harmful nitrite, which is eventually interfere with the ability of red blood cells to carry oxygen. converted into nitrate. Although this is called new tank syndrome, a Regular partial water changes will usually cure nitrate excess. similar situation can arise in a mature tank if the filter’s efficiency is A rise in the level of nitrite or toxic ammonia may be due to dramatically reduced. This could be caused by the use of antibiotics “new tank syndrome” (see right), caused by overfeeding on a (which will kill the bacteria), a breakdown in the oxygenation of the regular basis (see p.49), or a result of overstocking the tank, filter bed, which is essential for the survival of these aerobic which places extra demands on the filtration system. microbes, or simply the replacement of the filter sponge. Fish differ in their susceptibilities to dissolved chemicals, Level (mg/liter) 11 The rapid initial which is often a reflection of their habitat in 10 peaks of ammonia the wild.Those occurring in fast-flowing 9 Ammonia Nitrite and nitrite in a new water where there is little opportunity 8 tank are followed by for pollutants to accumulate, such as 7 a slower climb in the discus (see pp.142–3), are much more 6 nitrate level. It takes vulnerable than those that naturally inhabit 5 about seven weeks small ponds. Discus show obvious signs of 4 for a biological 3 filter to become 2 fully functional. 1 0 Nitrate 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Time (days) The stocking density of the tank VACATION ISSUES has a direct impact on the efficiency of the filter. The larger the number ● Arrange for a friend or of fish, the more difficult it will be neighbor to check the tank for the filter to deal with their every day in case there is a accumulated waste (see p.30 power failure or any of the for more on stocking densities). equipment malfunctions. ● If someone else is to feed the fish, show them exactly how much food they should give each time, in order to prevent overfeeding. ● As an alternative, consider using an automatic feeder or a food block. ● Carry out a partial water change and check all the equipment before you leave. ● Leave a contact number in case of emergencies.

FRESHWATER FISH ILLNESS AND TREATMENT

54 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : I L L N E S S A N D T R E A T M E N T Health concerns Eyes are bright Body appears plump, and must rather than saggy Fish are susceptible to a wide range of bacterial, viral, not appear fungal, and parasitic diseases.The artificial conditions swollen Scales evenly cover the in the aquarium tend to concentrate the risk of disease body and must lie flat and increase the speed at which illnesses spread, because fish health is strongly influenced by the quality Gill movements Fins and tail of the environment. Early intervention can head off may increase should not many of the most common conditions, but, as with under stress normally be humans, prevention is always better than cure. ragged at A healthy fish appears active and feeds well. This Cockatoo the edges Dwarf Cichlid (Apistogramma cacatuoides) demonstrates what to look for in a well-kept specimen. Minor injuries, such as the rip in Fungal infections are opportunistic, Risk factors the dorsal fin of this corydoras lurking in the tank and invading at catfish, can provide an entry point sites of injury. If untreated, they spread A fish housed alone is less likely to succumb to illness than for life-threatening infections. fast and may kill the fish. one in a community aquarium because it is not subject to bullying by tankmates.This often causes minor injuries, such Get to know your fish as damaged fins and scales, which may then become infected. Aggression usually increases at the beginning of the spawning Most common diseases of aquarium fish are treatable, period, so a close watch should be kept on fish at this time. provided they are identified in their early stages. Later in the course of a disease, obvious symptoms, such as major The greatest risks to health occur when fish are introduced color changes or large parasites, will become apparent, to the aquarium. New acquisitions should be held in a simple but it may be too late for successful intervention.The best isolation tank for two weeks before transfer to the main tank, strategy for disease prevention is therefore close observation; by which time any serious health problems should have knowing how your fish look, feed, swim, and interact with emerged.With new fish, it is often helpful to remove all the others allows you to spot subtle changes in appearance and occupants from the tank, rearrange the tank decor, then behavior that may signal stress or the early stages of disease. introduce new fish together with the previous occupants. This strategy significantly reduces outbreaks of bullying. If you suspect that a fish may be ill, check the tables on pages 56–8 and attempt a diagnosis. If in doubt, consult an WHITE SPOT White spots on the expert at your local aquarium store. Move the affected fish fish’s body contain out of the main tank into a hospital tank (see opposite) for Tomites in the mature protozoan further observation and treatment.This will isolate the fish water find new parasites from its tankmates and prevent cross-infection. Always check fish to attack the quality of water in the tank; dirty or unbalanced water The spots rupture, may cause illness directly or put the fish under stress, so The cysts break releasing parasites predisposing it to attack by pathogens that may already be in open, releasing into the water the tank. Most healthy fish carry a natural burden of parasites, tomites into but environmental stress may lower the immune resistance of the aquarium the fish and allow the parasites to multiply. Each cyst can Parasites produce up to 1,000 form cysts tomites, which are the free-swimming Cysts sink and attach to form of the parasite the aquarium floor Protozoan parasitic infections, such as white spot (also known as “ich”), spread fast within the aquarium. The life cycles of the parasites are completed rapidly and thousands more can be produced in a single cycle.

H E A L T H C O N C E R N S ● 55 Effective treatments ISOLATION AND MEDICATION The effective commercial remedies now available treat the In some cases it is desirable or essential to treat a fish in a separate great majority of tropical fish conditions; a knowledgeable hospital tank—a relatively stress-free environment where sick fish retailer should be able to guide you to the most suitable one. can recuperate. This should be a small tank (about 12 gallons or The treatment may be given in the home tank, in a stripped- 50 liters) containing no living plants, but with a simple filtration down hospital tank, or in a small bath. Carefully follow the system, and perhaps a flowerpot or plastic plant as a refuge. instructions given on the medication. Overdosing is likely to be harmful, especially for a fish already weakened by illness; Using a hospital tank similarly, do not stop the treatment earlier than advised if the to quarantine new fish fish seems to be recovering. Remember to dechlorinate any before transferring them water used to make up treatment solutions and make sure it to the main tank is a is at the same temperature as that in the main tank, in order sensible way of reducing to lessen the stress on the fish. the risk that you will introduce diseases to If an outbreak of unspecified disease occurs in an your other fish. established group of fish (rather than in one individual that can be isolated from the group), regular partial water changes Simple filter in hospital tank will always help, because they lessen the concentration of disease-causing organisms present. Eyedropper Some illnesses simply defy treatment. If you need to kill a Main tank fish painlessly, carefully cut through the spinal cord behind the head with a sharp knife or take it to your veterinarian. Never Glass cover prevents be tempted to flush a fish—living or dead—down the drain. fish from jumping out Home test kits include a wide variety A small glass dish can be used Methylene blue is a traditional of chemical analyses that can be to give concentrated medication— remedy used for a range of carried out to identify almost any for example, to remove external ailments. It will, however, stain problem associated with water quality. bacteria, parasites, and other silicone sealant, and should never disease-causing organisms. be added to the main aquarium. The design of the aquarium itself is influential in keeping the fish healthy. A well- planned tank provides retreats for shy species, and lessens the risk of bullying in more territorial species. HUMAN HEALTH ● Switch off the power before placing your hands in the water. ● Always wear a pair of rubber gloves when coming in contact with tank water. ● Never try to create a flow of water through a siphon by sucking it. ● Don’t dump dirty water down the kitchen sink; use an outside drain if possible.

56 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H : I L L N E S S A N D T R E A T M E N T DIAGNOSIS OF COMMON PROBLEMS The tables on the following pages will help you diagnose the most common conditions affecting freshwater species, and point you toward It is not always easy to distinguish between the different ailments appropriate treatments. First, in the table below, identify the part of the that can affect tropical fish, especially in their early stages. Diagnosis fish’s body that appears to be affected. Next, find the signs of illness may be further complicated by the fact that more than one infective that most closely match those displayed by the fish. Note the number(s) agent is often responsible for the visible symptoms. For example, associated with the relevant signs, and refer to pages 57 and 58 for a when a fish develops white spot (see p.54), bacteria and fungi may fuller description of the possible conditions and their treatment. gain access to the body at the site where the parasites initially attacked, confusing the diagnostic picture. EYES SIGNS OF DISEASE • One or both eyes missing from their sockets, with no other SKIN obvious physical symptoms or behavioral abnormalities ቢ FINS • One or both eyes appear to be bulging abnormally from their COLOR sockets ቦ ቪ ቮ • Area around the eyes becomes abnormally white ቪ • Bulging eye or eyes, accompanied by loss of appetite and • Eyes develop a glazed appearance, and the fish has difficulty color change ቢ co-ordinating its movements • One or both eyes have a cloudy appearance in the central pupillary area ቢ • Skin loses its color, becoming paler than normal, and the fish • Skin has a more slimy appearance than normal ቯ ቲ ታ ቴ appears less active than usual ቱ ት ት • Growth resembling cotton fluff appears on an area of the • Straggly pieces resembling cotton appear to trail down from body or on a fin ቤ ቨ the sides of the body ታ • White, pus-filled pores develop near the head, becoming • Strangely shaped blemishes become evident on the sides ulcerated. Whitish feces may hang from the body ተ of the body ቧ ታ • Fins develop an abnormally ragged appearance, especially • White spots appear over the surface of the fins as well as on evident in the caudal fin ባ the body ቯ • Red streaks start to develop in the fins, which appear to be • Fins are clamped down against the body, making it difficult for congested with blood ባ ቦ the fish to swim normally • Areas missing from the fins; especially evident in fish with • Splits develop in the fins, vertically in the dorsal fin and more unusually long fins horizontally in the caudal fin • Fish becomes paler in color and loses its appetite ቱ ት • Body color alters, with markings appearing less well-defined than normal ቢ ቯ ቲ ታ ቴ ት • Reddish areas become evident on various parts of the body, including the mouth, anal region, and bases of the fins ቦ ቧ • Pale areas develop on the head ተ • Body develops a yellowish-gray cast, which extends to the fins • Eggs develop an abnormal cloudy, milky appearance, especially as well as the body ቴ if infertile ቩ SHAPE • Abdominal area swells significantly, to the extent that the fish • Surface of the body erodes, forming ulcers ቦ ቧ ቯ ተ ታ ቴ BEHAVIOR has difficulty swimming ቢ ቮ • Fish’s profile alters, with its belly area starting to bulge • One or more unusual swellings appear anywhere on the noticeably upward, indicating emaciation ቢ ተ surface of the fish’s body ቪ ቲ • Fish undergoes a progressive loss of weight, in spite of the fact that it appears to have a healthy appetite ቢ • Fish starts to spend longer than normal at the surface of the • Loss of appetite, with the fish becoming less active, and lying tank, sometimes hanging there at an abnormal angle ቲ ቶ on the floor of the aquarium ቦ ቧ ቪ ቫ ቭ • Gill movements become very apparent, causing the fish to • One individual starts to be picked on by other fish in the tank, appear as if it is gasping ቴ ቶ and starts to hide away ቢ ቱ • Fish starts to rub itself against rockwork and other objects in • Fish begins to swim at a strange angle in the tank, sometimes the aquarium ቯ ቲ ታ ቴ ት even upside down ብ ት

C A T F I S H / B A G R I D S ● 135 Chrysichthys stappersii Chrysichthys ornatus Anaspidoglanis macrostoma Stappers’ Catfish Mottled Catfish Flatnose Catfish ORIGINS East Africa, found in Lake Tanganyika, within ORIGINS West Africa, with its distribution centered on ORIGINS Found in West Africa, where it is restricted to Zairean territory. the Congo and Zaire. Niger and Upper Volta. SIZE 8 in (20 cm). SIZE 8 in (20 cm). SIZE 10 in (25 cm). DIET Prepared catfish foods, algae, and livefoods. DIET Prepared catfish foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared catfish foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–75°F (22–24°C); hard WATER Temperature 68–77°F (20–25°C); soft to hard WATER Temperature 73–81°F (23–27°C); soft to hard (150–300 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 8.0–9.0). (50–150 mg/l) and acidic to alkaline (pH 6.5–7.5). (50–150 mg/l) and acidic to alkaline (pH 6.5–7.5). TEMPERAMENT Not to be trusted with small fish. TEMPERAMENT Predatory, solitary as adults. TEMPERAMENT Predatory and solitary. This silver-bodied catfish has large eyes, which are These catfish display a combination of blackish and Spiny dorsal fin especially prominent in juveniles of the species. silvery coloration, although these areas are not Like many other African catfish, Stappers’ Catfish well-defined, creating obvious mottling over much The background of the Flatnose Catfish is is only occasionally available, but it makes an of the body.There are sharp spines on the dorsal pinkish in color, but brown spots, often interesting addition to an aquarium housing larger and pectoral fins.Young Mottled Catfish are overlapping, cover the entire body, including the Lake Tanganyika cichlids, with which it is often reasonably social and are also active during the fins.The sexes are similar in appearance. Shy by imported.The scientific name commemorates day, but as they become adults, they develop into the discoverer of the fish, Dr. L. Stappers. more solitary, nocturnal predators. Part of the area nature, the Flatnose Catfish requires a secluded of the substrate should consist of sand, in which environment, with the surface of the water these catfish can dig. Little is known about the covered by floating plants. Adequate retreats breeding habits of this bagrid. must be provided, and tank furniture should Mottling extends be rearranged to suit the requirements of the to the fins catfish as it grows. Hyalobagrus ornatus transparent to allow the green eggs in the female’s reproductive tract to be visible prior to spawning. Ornate Bagrid The eggs are scattered among fine-leaved aquatic vegetation such as Java Moss (Vesicularia dubyana). ORIGINS Southeast Asia, occurring in Indonesia and These bagrids are very active swimmers, and they Malaysia, where it frequents the Muar river. SIZE 11⁄2 in (4 cm). should always be kept in shoals.They DIET Prepared catfish foods and small livefoods. can be housed safely with other WATER Temperature 68–77°F (20–25°C); hard nonaggressive species. (100–200 mg/l) and near neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Highly social by nature. A dark streak running along each side of the body and a slightly golden area on the side of the head behind the eye help to distinguish this tiny catfish.The body is otherwise sufficiently

136 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y CICHLIDS This large group of fish (the name of which is pronounced “sick-lids”), originates mainly from Central and South America and Africa, although three species (including one recent rediscovery) are known to come from Asia.The characteristics and requirements of cichlids are as diverse as their origins, and most make excellent pets. Some individuals may learn to recognize their owner and even become tame enough to take food from the hand. The breeding behavior of many cichlids is fascinating, because these fish typically The Ram or Butterfly display strong parental instincts.Their Cichlid (Microgeophagus care of the young can be observed closely ramirezi) is one of the in aquarium surroundings. smaller members of the group, growing to less than 3 in (7.5 cm) long. Cichlasoma octofasciatum Amphilophus chrinellus Thorichthys meeki Jack Dempsey Cichlid Midas Cichlid Firemouth Cichlid ORIGINS Central America, occurring on Mexico’s Yucatan ORIGINS Central America, occurring in Costa Rica, ORIGINS Occurs in Central America, occurring in Peninsula and in Guatemala and Honduras. Nicaragua, and Honduras. Guatemala and on Mexico’s Yucatan Peninsula. SIZE 8 in (20 cm). SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 70–77°F (21–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 70–75°F (21–24°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (150–200 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Intolerant and aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive, destructive, and territorial. TEMPERAMENT Territorial and aggressive. Named after the late American boxer because of The Midas gets its name from its gold coloration. The fiery red on the throat and underside of the its pugnacious nature, the Jack Dempsey Cichlid body distinguishes male Firemouths, pictured displays a series of variable turquoise and yellowish Males develop a pronounced swelling, known as a above, from females. A pair becomes aggressive markings over its body. Sexing can be done on the when spawning, and will dig more frequently in basis of the fins: in males, the anal and dorsal fins nuchal hump, on the head. Pairs should be housed have pointed tips, with the latter displaying red the substrate. Firemouths are dedicated parents, edging, too. Pairs look after their young together, on their own in a large, sparsely decorated tank. watching over the eggs and then shepherding the corralling them at first in special spawning pits young into a spawning pit. Brine shrimp make a excavated in the substrate.The eggs, numbering Include rockwork, which will serve as a spawning valuable rearing food for the young at this stage. as many as 800, are laid on cleaned rockwork. site. Partial water changes will mimic the rains that trigger spawning activity in the wild. Females will lay up to 1,000 eggs.The fry feed on mucus on the flanks of the adults. Young are duller in color than adults Juvenile

Amphilophus labiatus Cichlasoma severum C I C H L I D S ● 137 Red Devil Severum CONFLICT RESOLUTION ORIGINS Central America, restricted to Lake Xiloa, Lake ORIGINS Northern parts of South America, extending Although many cichlids are aggressive, most Nicaragua, and Lake Managua in Nicaragua. throughout the Amazon basin. disputes are resolved without actual physical SIZE 10 in (25 cm). SIZE 8 in (20 cm). conflict. The bright red of the Firemouth DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. Cichlid (Thorichthys meeki), shown below, WATER Temperature 75–79°F (24–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 73–77°F (23–25°C); soft (50 mg/l) warns other fish to steer clear. If this does (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). not work as a deterrent, a Firemouth will TEMPERAMENT Aggressive and territorial. TEMPERAMENT Territorial. inflate its throat and flare out its gill covers. This makes the fish appear larger and more Like a number of other Central American cichlid Juvenile intimidating, and may persuade a would-be species, the Red Devil is relatively adaptable in rival to back down and swim away. In the terms of its water chemistry needs. It is reddish, aquarium, however, conflict is more likely but the precise depth of coloration differs between because the fish cannot avoid one another. individuals.The female of a pair, discernible by her blunt genital papilla and smaller size, may lay up to 700 eggs, guarding them until they hatch after about three days. It may take a further week for the fry to become free-swimming. The black band extending from the dorsal to the ventral fin is a key feature of the Severum.Young individuals show a series of such bands running down the sides of the body, but these fade as they grow older. Once mature, males can be identified by the elongated tips on the dorsal and ventral fins, and by the reddish-brown patterning on the head. Pairs may not always prove compatible. Archocentrus nigrofasciatus Convict Cichlid ORIGINS Central America, ranging from Guatemala southward to Panama. SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. WATER Temperature 68–77°F (20–25°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Aggressive and territorial. The black and bluish stripes on the body of this fish are not dissimilar to the pattern of old prison uniforms—hence the name Convict Cichlid.The female lacks the extensions to the dorsal and ventral fins seen in the male, but she is more colorful, with yellowish-orange underparts. A rare albino variant has also been bred. Provide a relatively bare aquarium for spawning purposes, but add a clay flowerpot and some slate to give a choice of egg-laying sites. As with related species, bloodworm and other livefoods are important to keep these fish in good condition. Convict Cichlids also feed readily on vegetation, so they should only be housed with tough plants, which they are unlikely to destroy. Pairs will usually care for their young, but should they ignore them, it may be better to transfer the brood to a separate tank where they can be reared safely on their own.

138 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Aequidens pulcher Cleithracra maronii Aequidens rivulatus Blue Acara Keyhole Cichlid Green Terror ORIGINS Central and northern South America, from ORIGINS Northwestern South America, restricted to ORIGINS Northwestern South America, occurring in Panama to Colombia and Venezuela. Also in Trinidad. parts of Guyana. western Ecuador and central Peru. SIZE 8 in (20 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 8 in (20 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 64–77°F (18–25°C); soft (50 mg/l) WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); soft (50 mg/l) WATER Temperature 68–77°F (20–25°C); soft (50 mg/l) to neutral (pH 7.0). and acidic (pH 6.5). to neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Territorial but not very aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Territorial and aggressive. Although the exact coloration of Blue Acaras varies Captive-bred strains of the Keyhole Cichlid are Turquoise body markings separate these cichlids between individuals, they all display obvious bluish often much smaller in size than wild stock. A black from related species.The male, pictured below, markings set against a darker background. Mature stripe passing through the eye and roughly circular is more brightly colored than the female and males can usually be identified by the extensions black markings on the upper body adjacent to the usually larger. Most males acquire a nuchal hump at the rear of the dorsal and anal fins. Regular dorsal fin are characteristic features of this cichlid. on the forehead as they mature. It is usually better water changes to maintain water quality are very It is less destructive in aquariums than its relatives, to keep pairs in a tank on their own, especially for important for Blue Acaras, while raising the water rarely digging or damaging plants.The female will breeding, offering plenty of retreats and spawning temperature slightly, up to 82°F (28°C), should lay up to 300 eggs, and then guard them until they surfaces. Hatching can take four days; the fry encourage spawning. hatch. She will also care for the resulting fry. become free-swimming one week later. SUBSTRATE EXCAVATORS Many of the New World cichlids are eager excavators of the substrate. This behavior is reflected in the name of one particular genus, Geophagus, which literally means “earth- eater.” Such cichlids do not normally swallow the gravel that they pick up with their strong jaws, but instead move it a short distance and then simply spit it out. As you can see from this picture of a Black Belt Cichlid (Cichlasoma maculicauda), they can move relatively large amounts with each mouthful. Part of the reason for digging is undoubtedly to search for edible livefoods, such as worms, that may be lurking in the substrate, but this behavior is also linked with the cichlids’ breeding habits. The cichlid fry require a safe area when they first emerge from their eggs, while they are not yet free-swimming. In order to keep their brood together and safe from would-be predators, the adults dig a series of pits in the substrate where their offspring can shelter. Within an aquarium setup, this digging can lead to plants floating up to the surface if they are not set in pots. It may also compromise the workings of an undergravel filter. Rockwork, in particular, needs to be securely positioned to prevent it from being undermined by these excavations.

C I C H L I D S ● 139 Astronotus ocellatus The Oscar’s dull, greenish-brown background color is offset with lighter, reddish-orange Oscar markings arranged in irregular patterns.There can be considerable variation between individuals. ORIGINS South America, from the basins of the Amazon Soon becoming tame enough to feed from the and Orinoco southward to Paraguay. hand, Oscars need an efficient filtration system to SIZE 14 in (35 cm). prevent any deterioration in water quality. Females DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. develop a genital papilla prior to spawning, with WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); soft (50 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). pairs forming a strong pair bond. TEMPERAMENT Not to be trusted with small companions. Red Tiger Oscar Selective breeding has led to the development of Oscars in which large, bright orange areas predominate on the body. Longfin Albino Oscar These Oscars display elongated fins, and this characteristic feature can be combined with any color. Note the red eye. Geophagus brasiliensis Blue, pearl-like markings on many of the scales, Cichlasoma festae set against a bluish-gray background, give this Pearl Cichlid cichlid a very distinctive appearance. However, no Festivus two individuals have exactly the same patterning. ORIGINS Eastern South America, from the Atlantic coast Pearl Cichlids are very adaptable in terms of their ORIGINS Northern South America, occurring in western of Brazil to Rio de la Plata in Argentina. water chemistry needs.They will busily excavate Guyana and parts of the Amazon basin. SIZE 11 in (28 cm). the substrate, especially as the time for spawning SIZE 8 in (20 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. approaches. If a pair repeatedly eat their eggs after DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 68–77°F (20–25°C); soft (50 mg/l) spawning, they are unlikely to be compatible. WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); soft (50 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). and acidic (pH 6.5). TEMPERAMENT Territorial but not very aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Only territorial when breeding. Festivus have a thick, uneven black area running from the eye toward the dorsal fin. Below the eye is a circular, orange-yellow blotch, along with smaller yellow spots.The dorsal fin is more elongated in males.These nervous fish need a well-planted aquarium, with a piece of slate for spawning.They make good companions for Pterophyllum angelfish (see pp.140–1). Pelvic fins have long, narrow extensions

140 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Pterophyllum scalare Semitransparent fins Coloration is brighter on Angelfish upperparts ORIGINS South America, occurring through much of the First band Amazon basin, eastward from Peru to Belem, Brazil. passes through SIZE 6 in (15 cm). the eye DIET Prepared foods, vegetable matter, small livefoods. WATER Temperature 75–82°F (24–28°C); soft Long, narrow (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). pelvic fins TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful, but territorial. Silver Angelfish This variety most closely approximates Golden Angelfish Originally known as the Butterball, This graceful cichlid is among the most popular to the wild form, displaying the characteristic four- the Golden Angelfish was first developed in the United of all tropical fish.Young Angelfish are sometimes banded patterning. The intensity of the black bands will States during the 1970s. The trend has since been to recommended for community aquariums, but their fade somewhat if the fish are kept under bright light. create individuals with a deeper, more orange appearance. long fins make easy targets for fin-nippers such as Tiger Barbs (see p.83). Furthermore, Angelfish will the larger Amazon Swordplants (Echinodorus spp.) much smaller number of eggs and then eat them, soon grow too large for the tank, and may start to Surround the thermostatic heater with mesh to but they will usually spawn again within a month. bully their companions. It is best to house these dissuade the fish from spawning nearby; heat will fish in a single-species setup, where a pair may destroy the eggs. Angelfish eggs are susceptible to The newly hatched fry are transferred to a pit be persuaded to breed.The only way of visually fungus, so you may need to add fungicide to the excavated in the substrate, where they are watched distinguishing the sexes is when the female swells water.The female lays up to 1,000 eggs, which the over by both parents. Feed the young on fry food with eggs prior to spawning. pair guards until they hatch three days later. A young initially, and then on brine shrimp.When they are pair breeding for the first time may produce a free-swimming, they may nibble mucus off the In the early stages of pair-bonding, the fish lock flanks of the adults to supplement their diet. jaws and engage in mouth-wrestling, which may be mistaken for aggression.The spawning site is usually a vertical surface, such as a piece of slate or a rigid leaf of one of Black Angelfish The black pigmentation on the fins and body of these fish keeps their striped patterning largely hidden. The body also shows green iridescence.

C I C H L I D S / A N G E L F I S H ● 141 Marbled Black evident Pterophyllum altum patterning on the fins is highly Altum Angelfish individual ORIGINS South America, occurring in Colombia and Touch-sensitive Venezuela in the central part of the Rio Orinoco. pelvic fins SIZE 10 in (25 cm). DIET Prepared foods, vegetable matter, small livefoods. Golden Marble Angelfish The black “marbling” is more WATER Temperature 82–86°F (28–30°C); soft extensive in some individuals than others. Gold coloration (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). is displayed from the top of the head up to the dorsal fin. TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful, but territorial. Distinctive The Altum Angelfish has a much taller body red area than the Angelfish itself. It also has a flattened area above the jaw and a steeper, less curved profile leading up to the dorsal fin. Altum Angelfish can be housed together in groups. As with the Angelfish, this species needs a relatively deep tank to accommodate its elongated shape. Altum Angelfish are difficult to breed, but maintaining good water chemistry may help to encourage spawning, as may raising the water temperature slightly and increasing the amount of livefoods in the diet. Check fish for signs of white spot (see p.58) before buying, and also if water temperature falls significantly for any period. Triangular THIN AND WEEDY caudal fin Angelfish live in relatively slow- Even coloration flowing, reedy stretches of water, where with no banding their tall, narrow body shape allows them to weave in and out of the German Blue Blushing Angelfish First bred in Germany, vegetation with ease. When danger this variety has a pale, silvery-blue body color and a threatens, they can dart in contrasting bright-red area below the eyes. among the reeds to avoid A darker Chocolate form also exists. detection. Even if they are spotted and pursued, they have Golden coloration an advantage over larger, bulkier on upper body predators, which cannot move as swiftly through the mass Black of plant stems. A wild marbling Angelfish’s body stripes confer a further advantage, Gold Marbled Elongated helping to break up the outline of Veiltail Angelfish rays on the the fish so that it blends in with The veiltail caudal fin the reed stalks and shadows. characteristic was first recorded in A tank for Angelfish should 1956 in Germany. contain areas of thick plant growth into which the fish can retreat when nervous. Aquatic Amazonian plants with upright leaves, such as the Ruffled Amazon Swordplant (Echinodorus major), are ideal for this purpose. Taller Vallisnerias can also be used, because they thrive in the deeper aquariums that adult Angelfish require.

142 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Symphysodon aequifasciata Blue Discus Red eye color ORIGINS South America, from Rio Putumayo in Peru Band at eastward through the Amazon basin in Brazil. base of Blue Diamond Discus The darker markings on this SIZE 8 in (20 cm). caudal fin fish are almost invisible; the blue coloration is intense DIET Discus foods and small livefoods. over the entire body. WATER Temperature 75–84°F (24–29°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). partial water changes. Once they are mature—by TEMPERAMENT Quite placid and social. the time they are just over 4 in (10 cm) in length— the females can be identified (on close examination) The Blue Discus, named after its disk body shape, “Heckel” Dark band passes by the rounded profile of the forehead, which has a has grown in popularity over recent years thanks band through the eye more humped appearance in the males.The genital to the wide range of color varieties available. Four area behind the long, thin pelvic fin is a further aid basic forms are known in the wild.The green form Heckel’s Discus This form, named after German to sexing this species, since the male’s sperm duct is originates from the upper Amazon, while a brown ichthyologist Dr. J. Heckel, displays a broad black narrow and triangular in shape, while the female’s variety is found around Belem and Manaus, closer band that extends down the center of the body. egg-laying tube, or ovipositor, is broader and to the river’s mouth. Reddish fish occur near the more rectangular in appearance. Amazonian town of Alenquer, and a bluish strain Discus.These fish need a relatively tall tank, because was discovered in the Rio Purus, Rio Manacapura, of their body shape, and water conditions that and nearby lakes.Wild Heckel’s Discus from the mimic the blackwater environment that they Rio Negro is a separate species (Symphysodon discus), naturally inhabit. If kept in less-than-ideal but commercially available forms may be hybrids conditions, they are at risk from various diseases, developed in breeding programs with the Blue including the parasitic illness known as hole-in-the- head (see p.58). Blue Discus are best housed as a Turquoise Discus Much of the early development group in a single-species setup, although this of this variety was undertaken in Germany. The facial markings on each of these fish are unique. demands a large tank with efficient filtration, supported by regular

Individual C I C H L I D S / D I S C U S ● 143 patterning Even depth of colour Red Dark Vibrant blue Faint traces pelvic fins vertical fin markings of banding stripes on the flanks Red Snakeskin Discus The horizontal pattern of light wavy lines that decorates the body is said to resemble the Brown Discus This native color form has been Cobalt Blue Discus As its name suggests, this variety markings on some snakes. maintained by breeders. It is probably the most displays a rich blue color over its entire body, and is prolific of all the wild variants. largely free of darker markings. Breeding pairs must be housed on their own in Orange- Individual blue a tank that contains rockwork, such as slate, on red iris patterning which the fish can spawn. If the tank incorporates a thermostatic heater, this should be kept in a special Pigeon Blood Discus Developed in Asia, like many of Blue marks heater guard, otherwise any eggs that are laid near it today’s strains of Red Discus, the coloration of this fish on anal fin will be destroyed. Prior to spawning, the fish clean can be made more intense by color-feeding (see p.49). Blue Discus Despite its name, the extent and depth of their chosen site, where the female subsequently the blue coloration on this fish is far less than that deposits 200–400 eggs. Pairs spawning for the first currently seen on other blue varieties. time may eat their eggs, particularly if they are disturbed during this period. Even so, the pair will probably spawn again before long, especially if livefoods feature prominently in their diet. It can take up to ten attempts before they are successful. Blue Discus show great parental care, and often help the fry to hatch from their eggs (see box, bottom right). Red-Spotted Leopard Discus Vivid red NOURISHING THE YOUNG markings set against a blue background typify this variety, but not all fish from the same Discus fry are often seen swimming alongside spawning are necessarily well marked. their parents, nibbling at their flanks. They do this to obtain discus milk—a secretion that adults produce to nourish the fry. The “milk” may also contain immunoglobulins to protect the young fish from infections until their own immune systems are fully functioning. Discus fry that grow up with their parents develop at a faster rate than those reared in isolation, indicating the benefit of discus milk.

144 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Dicrossus filamentosus Nannacara anomala Apistogramma borellii Chessboard Cichlid Golden Dwarf Cichlid Umbrella Dwarf Cichlid ORIGINS South America, in the Rio Orinoco basin in ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout northern parts ORIGINS South America, found in parts of the Mato Colombia and the Rio Negro basin in Brazil. of South America. Grosso, Brazil, and the Pantanal, Paraguay. SIZE 31⁄2 in (9 cm). SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). DIET Livefoods and prepared foods. DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods WATER Temperature 73–77°F (23–25°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful and social. TEMPERAMENT Males are territorial. Alternating light and dark blotches along the side Sexing is straightforward with this species: females Male of the body help to identify this shy cichlid, as does are plain yellow and smaller in size than the males, the red line below the eye.The male, shown above, which are more colorful, with bluish markings Darker area along has more colorful fins and a more deeply forked on their flanks. Darker blotched markings may center of body caudal fin than the female. A single male should be appear on the sides of the female’s body just prior housed with several females in a well-planted tank; to spawning. A well-planted aquarium is required, As with other Apistogramma dwarf cichlids, the rockwork will provide the fish with egg-laying with suitable retreats for breeding.This is a cave- Umbrella shows clear sexual dimorphism, with the sites.The female watches over her brood at first. breeding cichlid; the female guards the eggs and male generally larger and more colorful than the then watches over her offspring.Young fish are female.This is a typical member of the group, less colorful than adults. displaying variable coloration. Umbrellas are Male rather nervous fish, and settle better if housed with smaller, nonaggressive shoaling fish, such as tetras, which require similar water conditions. Apistogramma macmasteri The female Red-Tailed Dwarf, pictured here, lacks Apistogramma agassizii the red markings seen on the male’s caudal fin. Red-Tailed Dwarf Cichlid Keep these fish in a small group made up of a Agassiz’s Dwarf Cichlid single male and several females. Partially buried ORIGINS South America, occurring in the Rio Meta, clay flowerpots make ideal spawning sites.These ORIGINS South America, occurring in many of the close to Villavicencio, Colombia. should be spaced around the aquarium to provide tributaries on the southern side of the Amazon. SIZE 4 in (10 cm). a retreat for each female. A typical spawning results SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. in up to 120 eggs, with the fry hatching in three DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 73–86°F (23–30°C); soft days.The male sometimes helps to guard the fry. WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). TEMPERAMENT Males are territorial. TEMPERAMENT Males are territorial. The appearance of these dwarf cichlids is variable, with a number of morphs recognized, all of them brightly colored.Yellow predominates in the individual pictured below, but others have reddish- orange fins.Weekly partial water changes of about ten percent of total volume are important for all dwarf cichlids, to keep the nitrate level low.Water changes may trigger spawning, and will lessen the risk of fungal attacks on the eggs.

C I C H L I D S / D W A R F C I C H L I D S ● 145 Apistogramma nijsseni FACTORS INFLUENCING BREEDING Nijssen’s Dwarf Cichlid Suitable retreats in the aquarium are vital for be that this is also the case with other group successful breeding with Apistogramma dwarf members. When the water temperature is above ORIGINS South America, in the lower Rio Ucayali and cichlids, because these fish are cave-spawners. 84.4°F (29.1°C) only male fish result, while the the Rio Yavari in Peru. The female, such as the Cockatoo Dwarf pictured offspring are all female when the water is SIZE 31⁄2 in (9 cm). here, instinctively seeks out a site that affords 68–73°F (20–23°C). The influence of pH is DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. her relative safety. In Nijssen’s Dwarf (see left), relatively slight, but the percentage of eggs WATER Temperature 73–86°F (23–30°C); soft environmental conditions have been shown to that hatch in naturally soft water is much (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). have a direct impact on breeding, and it may higher than in hard water environments. TEMPERAMENT Males are territorial. Female Rounded caudal fin The coloration of the larger male is more variable than that of the female, which is predominantly black and yellow. Like the female, the male has a rounded caudal fin—unusual in male dwarf cichlids. As with other members of this group, Nijssen’s is highly insectivorous, and may prove reluctant to sample other foods. Mosquito larvae are particularly useful for encouraging spawning. The regular addition of aquarium peat to the filter (see p.46) is recommended.These cichlids need a tank well-stocked with aquatic plants. Apistogramma cacatuoides When extended, the long rays at the front of this dwarf cichlid’s dorsal fin resemble a crest. As in the Cockatoo Dwarf Cichlid other Apistogramma species, a single male should be housed with several females.The male frequents the ORIGINS South America, in parts of Peru and in adjacent middle layer of the tank, while the females establish areas of Brazil and Colombia. small territories near the bottom. He visits their SIZE 31⁄2 in (9 cm). territories to breed, but will remain outside the DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. entrance to the spawning cave.When a number of WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft females have broods at the same time, the young of (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). different groups may join together. TEMPERAMENT Males are territorial. Red Cockatoo Dwarf Cichlid These red morphs are Dorsal fin “crest” is shown here folded among the most popular of the Cockatoo Dwarf variants. back against the body Fish available today have been extensively developed by selective breeding. Cockatoo Dwarf Cichlid Sunburst Cockatoo Dwarf Cichlid This variant gets its This species, like many name from its brilliant yellow and red coloration. The dwarf cichlids, is highly female, shown above, can be identified by the more variable in coloration. rounded shape of her caudal fin. The fin rays are longer at both ends of the dorsal fin than at the middle.

146 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Etroplus maculatus Etroplus suratensis Pelvicachromis subocellatus Orange Chromide Green Chromide Eyespot Krib ORIGINS Asia, found in western coastal areas of India ORIGINS Asia, occurring in coastal parts of India and ORIGINS Western Africa, where it is widely distributed, and Sri Lanka. also Sri Lanka. from Gabon to the Congo River in Zaire. SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 18 in (45 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. WATER Temperature 68–79°F (20–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 75–79°F (24–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (100–150 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). TEMPERAMENT Not aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Can be intolerant. TEMPERAMENT Territorial when breeding. Dorsal fin almost Green Chromides display variable coloration, These cichlids vary greatly in appearance, but they reaches the with dark brown vertical stripes on the body, usually have blackish bands along the body, pinkish caudal fin dominating the background green.These fish are underparts, and often an eye-spot on the tail. less colorful and grow significantly larger than Males are larger than females and have longer These pale-yellow cichlids have a regular pattern Orange Chromides (see left).They also benefit from pelvic fins, and their dorsal and anal fins are more of orange spots running over the body, as well as being kept in a brackish environment, although pointed.The female’s color is at its finest just prior faint blue markings. Selective breeding has led to Greens can readily be maintained in freshwater. to spawning, which occurs in caves, with the male the creation of a more orange variant. Unlike most There is no way of distinguishing gender; the driving away fish that venture too close. Eyespot cichlids, this species benefits from being kept in throats of both sexes turn black when breeding. Kribs sometimes occur in brackish waters. slightly brackish water, especially when breeding, since protects the eggs from fungal attack. After spawning on rockwork, a pair will guard the site and watch over their young in special pits. Pelvicachromis humilis Yellow Krib ORIGINS West Africa, where it occurs in parts of Sierra Male Leone, Liberia, and southeastern Guinea. SIZE 5 in (13 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. WATER Temperature 75–82°F (24–28°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). TEMPERAMENT Territorial when breeding. The upperparts of theYellow Krib’s body are dark olive-green with darker vertical bars. Males are larger and have yellow underparts, while females are whitish beneath with violet or red on the belly. At least three different localized color variants are known. Kribs occur in areas of forest, so they need a Female relatively dark aquarium, with floating plants to diffuse the lighting. A number of caves should be included in the tank; clay flowerpots buried in the gravel are ideal for this purpose. Prior to spawning, these cichlids start digging in the substrate.When displaying, the female performs a series of shimmering movements to attract her mate. She stays with the brood until they are free- swimming and have emerged from the cave after about a week.They can then be left together as a family group; the young cichlids require foods such as brine shrimp.

C I C H L I D S / A S I A N A N D A F R I C A N C I C H L I D S ● 147 Nanochromis parilus Pseudocrenilabrus philander Bar-Tailed Dwarf Cichlid South African Mouth-Brooder ORIGINS Africa, occurring in the Zaire river basin, Male ORIGINS Southern Africa, from Angola, southern Zaire, especially in the vicinity of Stanley Pool. and Mozambique down to South Africa. SIZE 3 in (8 cm). SIZE 41⁄2 in (11 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods, flake, and livefoods. WATER Temperature 75–82°F (24–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 68–79°F (20–26°C); hard (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Territorial. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive and territorial. The red streaks on the caudal fin help to Relatively long explain why these colorful and attractive Female pectoral fins dwarf cichlids are described as Bar-Tailed. These fish can be sexed quite easily, since the The variations in the size and color of these fish males are not only larger, but their dorsal and reflect their wide distribution. In all cases, though, anal fins also taper to more evident points. only the male, pictured above, shows a red spot In addition, females tend to have more pinkish near the rear of the anal fin and gold on the flanks; underparts.Their tank needs to be well-planted, the female is much duller. Decorate the aquarium and the addition of aquarium peat to the filtration with plants set in pots and rockwork retreats. system is also recommended. Plenty of retreats are South African Mouth-Brooders burrow repeatedly important because Bar-Tailed Dwarf Cichlids are into the base of the aquarium when spawning. cave-spawners. A female typically lays about 100 eggs in her chosen cave. She guards them while her mate patrols outside and aggressively chases off other males. Once the fry are free-swimming, both the male and female will watch over them. Small livefoods are vital for successful rearing at this stage, with regular partial water changes becoming increasingly significant as the young grow larger. EGYPTIAN MOUTH-BROODER Hemichromis bimaculatus Hemichromis lifalili Mouth-brooding is best documented in Jewel Fish Lifalili Cichlid the cichlids of Africa’s Rift Valley, but it is also a feature of other cichlids in East Africa, ORIGINS West Africa, found in forested areas from ORIGINS Western Central Africa, occurring in various including the Egyptian Mouth-Brooder southern Guinea to central Liberia. lakes and rivers in Congo and Zaire. (Pseudocrenilabrus multicolor), shown below. SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). In most mouth-brooders, the female collects DIET Prepared cichlid foods, flake, and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods, flake, and livefoods. the falling eggs in her mouth, where they are WATER Temperature 70–77°F (21–25°C); soft WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); soft then fertilized by sperm from the male. In the (50–100 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). Egyptian, however, the eggs are laid in a pit TEMPERAMENT Aggressive when spawning. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive when spawning. in the substrate and fertilized there, after which the female gathers them up. The Egyptian lays The reddish coloration of these cichlids becomes The reddish color of these cichlids is offset by a relatively large number of eggs—typically even more vibrant when they are spawning. Both pale blue spots. Colors become more vibrant in about 100—while other species only produce sexes display the three black blotches along the as many as they can fit in their mouths. body, but males may be identified by the presence the male at spawning time, while the female of a pattern of fine spots on the sides of the head. turns darker. Breeding requirements are similar Compatibility can be a problem, but established to those of the Lilalili Cichlid—well-oxygenated pairs will breed readily, with the female laying water and a diet of livefoods will improve results. up to 500 eggs on a flat rock in a secluded part After hatching, the fry are closely guarded by of the tank.These should hatch in two days. their parents, and are regularly moved from one spawning pit to another.

148 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Labidochromis sp. Lupingo identity of many Lake Malawi cichlids that some A HEAD START IN LIFE of those that are common in aquariums do not Lupingo Labidochromis have recognized scientific names.This is partly Many Lake Malawi cichlids use mouth- because even local populations of a species can brooding to increase the chances of survival ORIGINS East Africa, in Lake Malawi, around Lupingo in differ dramatically in appearance. Consequently, of the next generation. While other species the northeastern part of the lake. these cichlids are often named after the area of lay large numbers of eggs, many of which are SIZE 6 in (15 cm). the lake where a population was discovered. eaten along with newly hatched fry, mouth- DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. These descriptions are known as trade names. brooders produce fewer eggs but care for WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard In Labidochromis species, the female carries the their offspring in their mouths and protect (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). fertilized eggs in her mouth, releasing the free- them right the critical early stages of life. TEMPERAMENT Quite peaceful. swimming fry about three weeks later. Once the young cichlids are able to swim, the female opens her jaws and allows the fry to A vivid, dark blue body coloration marked with emerge. She still keeps a watchful eye on black vertical bars, plus yellowish markings on the them at first, and whenever danger threatens, dorsal fin, typify this Lake Malawi cichlid. the youngsters will instinctively dart back There is such confusion over the into the safety of her mouth. Labidochromis caeruleus Protomelas fenestratus Cyrtocara moorii Labidochromis Electric Fenestratus Malawi Blue Dolphin ORIGINS East Africa, found only in Lake Malawi, typically ORIGINS East Africa, in Lake Malawi, where this species ORIGINS East Africa, all around Lake Malawi, especially on the northwest side of the lake. is found typically in the east-central region. in the south; also in Lake Malombe. SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 9 in (23 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Quite peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Quite peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful. Male This cichlid can be identified by the thick, dark The sides of this blue-bodied fish often show signs barring on its body.While the head is blue, the of darker vertical barring. Despite its extensive Dark fins sides of the body have a yellowish-orange hue. range in the lake, there are no recognized color Males are more brightly colored than females. This species exists in a range of color morphs, Fenestratus is an active, mouth-brooding fish that morphs.The distinctive bulge on the head is such as the bright yellow form shown here. Both occurs relatively close to the shore, in areas where more apparent in males. Blue Dolphins are the male and the female display a stripe along the there are both boulders and sandy stretches. Once found in sandy rather than rocky areas.They dorsal fin, but only the male has black ventral fins. free-swimming, the young Fenestratus need a diet Labidochromis cichlids are part of the mbuna group, that includes livefoods, such as brine shrimp. often shadow cichlids that dig in the substrate, whose members occur in rocky areas of Lake in anticipation of finding edible items unearthed Malawi close to the shore, where they browse Blue dorsal fin by the excavations. on algae.This species is one of the most placid, but a male should be kept with several females. Darker vertical markings

C I C H L I D S / L A K E M A L A W I C I C H L I D S ● 149 Pseudotropheus socolofi Pseudotropheus barlowi Labeotropheus trewavasae Eduardi Golden Fuscoides Trewavas’s Cichlid ORIGINS East Africa, occurring in the middle of the ORIGINS East Africa, occurring in the southern part of ORIGINS East Africa, in Lake Malawi, where this species eastern side of Lake Malawi, in rocky coastal areas. Lake Malawi, especially around the Maleri Islands. is widely distributed. SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Quite peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Males are quite aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Males are aggressive. Both sexes of Eduardi are predominantly blue in Golden-yellow coloration predominates in This blue cichlid is very similar to Fuelleborn’s color; yellow egg-spots at the rear of the anal fin these cichlids.This mbuna species has a highly Cichlid (see below) in terms of its requirements and serve to distinguish the male.The term “mbuna”, fragmented distribution in Lake Malawi because appearance, although numerous color morphs are which is applied to a number of cichlids from fish will not stray from their rocky feeding recognized.Trewavas’ Cichlid is slightly slimmer Lake Malawi, derives from a local Chichewa grounds over adjacent sandy areas, so they never and smaller than its relative, with red markings word for these fish, which feed on algae establish themselves in new habitats.The result is sometimes apparent on its fins.Within Lake and associated invertebrates in rocky areas. that they are restricted to isolated populations and Malawi it occurs in deeper water than The Eduardi is a mouth-brooding species, with thus show a considerable diversity in coloration. Fuelleborn’s, which prefers coastal shallows. the female caring for the eggs. Males display such strong territorial instincts that they cannot be mixed safely in the aquarium. Darker caudal fin Labeotropheus fuelleborni Fuelleborn’s Cichlid ORIGINS East Africa, in Lake Malawi, most common in the southwest and absent from the northeast. SIZE 7 in (18 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Males are not social. This cichlid usually carries yellow markings on the sides of its body, but color otherwise varies considerably between individuals. Males are aggressive by nature, fighting with rivals and doggedly pursuing potential mates. For this reason, house just one male with a number of females.The males can, however, be kept safely in the company of various other mbuna cichlids, including Melanochromis species.When breeding, a mature male establishes a favored spawning ground, often inside a cave.The female lay her eggs, and takes them into her mouth for protection. Attracted by the egg spots on the male’s anal fin, she takes in sperm to fertilize the eggs in her mouth.The male takes no further part in caring for the brood, so it is best to transfer the female to a separate tank. She will release the young cichlids about three weeks later. Rearing foods can include powdered flake.

150 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Nimbochromis livingstonii Sciaenochromis fryeri Iodotropheus sprengerae Livingstoni Electric Blue Rusty Cichlid ORIGINS East Africa, occurring only in Lake Malawi, ORIGINS East Africa, occurring only in Lake Malawi, ORIGINS East Africa, occurring only in Lake Malawi, where it is widely distributed throughout the lake. widely distributed along the rocky shoreline. where it is found in the southeastern part of the lake. SIZE 10 in (25 cm). SIZE 7 in (18 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Highly predatory. TEMPERAMENT Predatory and territorial. TEMPERAMENT Reasonably nonaggressive. A mottled brown-and-silver pattern with a The rich blue of male Electric Blues takes up to The background color of this cichlid is bluish, slight bluish cast identifies this mouth-brooding a year to develop. Females are always paler. Like with whitish areas and darker stripes on the sides cichlid. Males can be distinguished by the red other mouth-brooding cichlids, eggs are fertilized of the body, and a prominent black area on the suffusion on their anal fin.The distinctive color in the female’s mouth. Once they emerge, the dorsal fin. Some individuals display areas of rusty scheme gives Livingstoni the appearance of a young do not return to their mother’s mouth, even coloration. Caves and gravel are recommended dead fish as it lies on the bottom of the lake. Any if danger threatens. Males are aggressive toward small fish or invertebrate that arrives to investigate other males and fish with a similar coloration. for the tank to mimic the rocky areas where the “corpse” is snapped up into the capacious Electric Blues eat fry in the wild, so they will prey these fish naturally occur.The females are mouth of this ambush hunter. on smaller species in the tank. mouth-brooders, laying over 30 eggs; they may breed at an age of less than four months. Orange- brown iris Faint traces of dark Male barring on the flanks Haplochromis compressiceps Malawi Eye-Biter ORIGINS East Africa, occurring throughout Lake Malawi, relatively close to the shore. SIZE 9 in (23 cm). DIET Livefoods of various types. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Predatory. Large jaws and a narrow head characterize this aggressive hunter, which is bluish in color overall, with a dark stripe running along the midline.The long dorsal fin, which is black at the front, becomes taller and largely transparent toward the rear, where it is tipped with red.The common name derives from the way these cichlids strike at the eyes when attacking large prey.Their more usual prey— invertebrates and smaller fish—are simply seized whole. A large aquarium with open and rocky areas is recommended for this species, which, if necessary, can be accommodated with similar- sized lake cichlids.When breeding, the male Malawi Eye-Biter is territorial, creating hollow depressions in the sand on the floor of the lake, to which it attracts females for mating purposes. The female collects the eggs after spawning, and the young hatch in her mouth.

C I C H L I D S / L A K E M A L A W I C I C H L I D S ● 151 Copadichromis borleyi Melanochromis exasperatus Melanochromis auratus Red Kadango Pearl of Likoma Auratus Cichlid ORIGINS East Africa, found only in Lake Malawi, where ORIGINS East Africa, in eastern Lake Malawi; also ORIGINS East Africa, occurring in eastern Lake Malawi, it is widely distributed. introduced into the southwest part of the lake. where it is encountered around the rocky shoreline. SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods, vegetable matter, livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods, algae, and livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Quite peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Males are territorial but not destructive. TEMPERAMENT Males are territorial and aggressive. The coloration of Red Kadangos is quite variable. Sexing is simple in this largely bluish species, Blue morph While males tend to have blue heads and orange which is found off Likoma Island, because only the from near bodies, females are silvery with golden-yellow males display the black stripe that runs the length Likoma Island markings on their fins. In the wild, these fish are of the dorsal fin. Males also have yellow egg spots found in rocky areas with sand nearby. Include on the anal fin.These are absent in the mouth- Male’s blue large rocks in the tank to provide sites where brooding females, which have more pronounced stripe extends males can establish their territories. Females will reddish markings on their bodies. Males are through the eye produce 30–60 eggs, and the young emerge from aggressive toward one another, and should be their mother’s mouth after about three weeks. kept apart. House a single male with several This was one of the first Lake females in a single-species setup. Malawi species to be kept by aquarists, and it Male remains popular today. Females of the species carry conspicuous golden bands on their flanks; in males, the band is blue.Tanks housing these fish should include rocky areas, since spawning naturally takes place in caves. Females are mouth-brooders, and several should be housed in the company of an individual male. Pseudotropheus zebra Tangerine morph, the dorsal fin has an orange MOTION DETECTORS shade. Individuals with heavily barred bodies Zebra Cichlid usually originate from clearer waters.There is Some cichlids, notably the Aulonocaras also a variation in size, with the largest fish found (which means “pipe-heads”), have large ORIGINS East Africa, in Lake Malawi, mainly in the north around Makulawe Point, off Likoma Island.These sensory pores on their heads. These work in and northwest, but also on the eastern shoreline. cichlids only occur in rocky areas, grazing on algae conjunction with the lateral line to detect SIZE 51⁄2 in (12 cm). with their enlarged lips. In aquariums, they benefit movements in the water. Being inhabitants DIET Flake, livefoods, and vegetable matter. from the addition of spirulina algae to their diet. of relatively deep, dark water, the cichlids WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard This is another matriarchal, mouth-brooding use the pores to locate invertebrate prey that (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). may be near the head but not visible in the TEMPERAMENT Males are antisocial. species, with the young emerging gloomy surroundings. This sensory system may about three weeks after also have other functions, such as helping the As with many of the lake cichlids, the mating has occurred. fish to home in on their eggs after spawning, coloration of the Zebra Cichlid varies and helping females to keep track of their fry. throughout its range.The body is The pores should not be confused with hole- typically bluish, with males displaying in-the-head disease (see p.58), an ailment yellow egg spots on the ventral fins (see sometimes encountered in cichlids. below). However, in the case of the

152 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Aulonocara baenschi Aulonocara roberti Aulonocara jacobfreibergi Sunshine Peacock Orange-Shouldered Peacock Butterfly Peacock ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to Lake Malawi, though ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to Lake Malawi, where it ORIGINS East Africa, widely distributed around the rocky widely distributed there. is widely distributed. shoreline of Lake Malawi. SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 51⁄2 in (12 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods, livefoods, vegetable matter. DIET Prepared cichlid foods, livefoods, vegetable matter. DIET Prepared cichlid foods, livefoods, vegetable matter. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Males are antisocial. TEMPERAMENT Males are antisocial. Large eyes The striking, partially blue coloration associated Male Butterfly Peacocks grow noticeably larger with this group of cichlids is the reason they are than females.They can also be identified by their Only the male of this species displays brilliant known as Peacocks. In this particular species, there more pointed dorsal and ventral fins, as well as yellow coloration on its flanks and has a bluish is orange coloration behind the head and along the their elongated pectoral fins. Although the male head.The female is silvery overall, and typically underparts, and the caudal fin is vibrantly spotted of this mouth-brooding species has no egg spots displays slight traces of dark barring on the with blue. Always pair Peacocks carefully, not just on its ventral fin to attract the female, fertilization sides of the body. A number of different color to prevent hybridization, but also to ensure that of the eggs still occurs in the female’s mouth. A morphs of this cichlid have been described and male should be housed in the company of several are available to buy; the pictured example is the the different morphs from separate parts of the females. He will display to them in a cave. Yellow Regal morph, which is yellowish rather lake retain their individual characteristics. than blue on the top half of the head. Vertical blue bands Aulonocara hansbaenschi near the head.The top of the dorsal fin has a COLOR AND SIGHT whitish or pale blue border. Females are duller Blue Peacock Cichlid than males, displaying banded patterning The relatively large eyes of cichlids indicate on a whitish background.There is considerable that sight is an important sense for these fish. ORIGINS East Africa, on the eastern coast of Lake difficulty in unraveling the relationships between Cichlids generally have good color vision, and Malawi near Masinje; introduced around Thumbi Island. the different Lake Malawi cichlids, and Blue the differences in coloration between the SIZE 4 in (10 cm). Peacock Cichlids are often described mistakenly various Lake Malawi cichlids help members of DIET Prepared cichlid foods, livefoods, vegetable matter. as Aulonocara nyassae—a related but distinct the same species to recognize potential mates WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard species. A tank for these mouth-brooding fish in areas where several species occur together. (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). should incorporate a number of caves, since Blue Coloration also gives a clue to the depth at TEMPERAMENT Males are antisocial. Peacock Cichlids like to stay well concealed. A which these fish live. Blue cichlids tend to power filter will provide good surface movement occupy shallower areas, while species from The head of the male Blue Peacock is a rich, royal to improve oxygenation, replicating the action deeper regions are likely to be predominantly blue, as is much of the body, which also bears dark yellow—an adaptation that helps them spot patterning and often yellowish or red coloration of the waves on the surface their own kind in murky water. of the lake.

C I C H L I D S / L A K E M A L A W I C I C H L I D S ● 153 Aulonocara stuartgranti Regal Peacock ORIGINS East Africa, in northwest Lake Malawi, and ranging down the eastern side to Makanjila Point. SIZE 43⁄4 in (12 cm). DIET Flake, livefoods, and vegetable matter. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Males are antisocial. These mouth-brooders can be sexed quite easily, thanks to the contrast between the bright blue of the males and the grayish appearance of the females (which are also slightly smaller). Males clearly display yellow egg spots on their ventral fin and yellow barring on the tail. In view of the extensive distribution of this cichlid, however, it is not surprising that a number of different color forms have been identified.The one shown here is known as the Blue Regal.This species has not proved to be aggressive, so it is suitable for inclusion in a community tank housing similar nonaggressive cichlids from the lake.The young can be reared easily on brine shrimp and powdered flake once they have emerged from their mother’s mouth.Their scientific name acknowledges the biologist Stuart Grant, who pioneered the study of Lake Malawi cichlids. Aulonocara korneliae Cynotilapia afra Chilotilapia rhoadesii Blue-Gold Peacock Afra Cichlid Rhoadesii Cichlid ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to Lake Malawi, where ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to Lake Malawi, where it ORIGINS East Africa, in the south of Lake Malawi, where it occurs in the vicinity of Chisumulu Island. occurs near the northern shoreline. it usually occurs in muddy and often deep waters. SIZE 33⁄4 in (9 cm). SIZE 41⁄2 in (12 cm). SIZE 10 in (25 cm). DIET Prepared cichlid foods, livefoods, vegetable matter. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared cichlid foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Males are antisocial. TEMPERAMENT Males are antisocial. TEMPERAMENT Males are antisocial. Alternating vertical bars of blue and black, with There are many different color morphs of this The male Rhoadesii Cichlid, shown above, is much a golden background color, characterize male mouth-brooding cichlid, which has a single tooth brighter in color than the female, which is silvery Blue-Gold Peacocks; females are a dull shade of in each jaw. Afra Cichlids benefit from the with two dark stripes, one below the dorsal fin grayish-brown. Like many Lake Malawi cichlids, provision of caves in the aquarium.They dig in the the Blue-Gold Peacock has only become known to substrate in search of invertebrates, and the males and the other along the midline behind the gills. science fairly recently, being identified in 1987. also dig as part of courtship displays. As members This cichlid hunts for snails in the wild, and In the tank, use rocks and a sandy substrate to of the mbuna group, they should be offered a diet although it can be weaned onto alternative foods, mimic the lake environment. Mosquito larvae are that includes spirulina algae, which helps to any snails in the aquarium will be eaten.The large the favored livefood for this species. maintain their coloration. size of this mouth-brooder means that a breeding group requires a particularly spacious aquarium. Long dorsal fin Golden-orange morph

154 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Tropheus moorii Yellow-Banded Moorii It is not Moorii possible to rely on the coloration of ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to Lake Tanganyika, these Moorii to where it occurs in the southern part of the lake. determine the sexes, SIZE 6 in (15 cm). because the banded DIET Cichlid diets and vegetable matter, including algae. patterning is WATER Temperature 72–81°F (22–27°C); hard very variable. (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Somewhat territorial. Striped Moorii This morph is from the southwestern coast of Lake Tanganyika. As with all Moorii, its tank must include rockwork. These fish are similar in their habits to the mbuna cichlids of Lake Malawi, feeding on algae growing on rocks around the lake’s perimeter.The many different morphs, which vary widely in appearance, are often named after the area of the lake in which they occur. Moorii are lively fish, and thus may prove disruptive in a community tank. Difficult to sex, they are maternal mouth-brooders. Xenotilapia flavipinnis Julidochromis regani Cyphotilapia frontosa Yellow-Finned Xenotilapia Striped Julie Frontosa ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to the northern part of ORIGINS East Africa, around the rocky shoreline of ORIGINS East Africa, in Lake Tanganyika, where it occurs Lake Tanganyika. Lake Tanganyika. in slightly deeper water away from the shoreline. SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 15 in (35 cm). DIET Cichlid diets and livefoods. DIET Cichlid diets and livefoods. DIET Cichlid diets and livefoods. WATER Temperature 75–79°F (24–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 75–79°F (24–26°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Territorial when breeding. TEMPERAMENT Predatory. The distinctive yellow markings on the fins of Long, low dorsal fin Relatively Striped patterning and a distinctive hump on the these large-eyed cichlids are more pronounced in slim body forehead help to distinguish this cichlid, male fish males.Yellow-Finned Xenotilapias should be kept in generally have a larger hump. Its large size and groups, although disagreements may arise during predatory nature mean that the Frontosa should the spawning period.The female collects and cares for the eggs in her mouth, with the male often not be mixed with smaller companions.The sharing the mouth-brooding duties.These fish female lays about 50 eggs in a cave and then feed close to the substrate.Their aquarium incubates them in her mouth. At first, she also should have little decor and a sandy base. broods her young in a similar way at night.The male must be removed after spawning to prevent him from devouring the eggs and offspring. The chocolate-colored body of the Striped Julie has pale yellow stripes along its length, and there is often some blue on the lower fins. A tank for this relatively large cichlid needs a sandy base; there should be plenty of rocky areas and caves where the fish can hide. Sexing is difficult, but females swell noticeably with eggs prior to spawning, which occurs in caves.The eggs, which number up to 300, are guarded in the cave by both adults.

C I C H L I D S / L A K E T A N G A N Y I K A C I C H L I D S ● 155 WATCHFUL PARENTS one of the parents may try to bring them back Neolamprologus brichardi to the group, sometimes even retrieving them The care that adult cichlids lavish on their in the mouth. Aquarium studies suggest that Brichardi offspring frequently extends well beyond the behavior of this type is acquired rather than hatching period. Like the Giant Tanganyika instinctive; indeed, where adult cichlids are faced ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to the rocky shoreline of Cichlids (Boulengerochromis species) shown with no risk of brood predation, their parental Lake Tanganyika. below, the family swims together, and the instincts decline over several generations. The SIZE 4 in (10 cm). watchful adults drive off potential predators. addition of nonaggressive but active companions DIET Cichlid diets, livefoods, and vegetable matter. They warn their young of approaching danger (often described as “dither fish”) to the tank will WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard by rippling their bodies in a distinctive way— cause the adults to become more protective (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). a behavior known as jolting—or by flashing toward their offspring again. TEMPERAMENT Social and peaceful. their brightly colored pelvic fins at their offspring. Should any of the fry lag behind, Extended rays on the caudal fin give these elegant cichlids a lyre-tailed appearance; this feature is most pronounced in males. Unlike many cichlids, this species shoals readily. It is safe to keep a pair with their offspring.They spawn several times in succession, and the older fry may help the adults to guard their younger siblings. Extended tip to dorsal fin Lamprologus signatus Bluish-white tips to fins Signatus Lamprologus leleupi ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to deeper waters in the central part of Lake Tanganyika. Leleupi SIZE 21⁄2 in (5.5 cm). DIET Cichlid diets and livefoods. ORIGINS East Africa, found on both the western and WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard eastern sides of Lake Tanganyika. (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). SIZE 41⁄4 in (11 cm). TEMPERAMENT Territorial. DIET Cichlid diets and livefoods, such as shrimp. WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); hard The dark background color of this fish is (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5–8.0). interrupted by lighter vertical bands, which TEMPERAMENT Intolerant of its own kind. are more pronounced in the male. Adult females are about 1 in (2.5 cm) smaller The color of this fish ranges from lemon through than males.This enables them to occupy to rich yellow, with the northwestern race, the empty shells of freshwater snails, in L. l. melas, being a burnished brown. Carotene-rich which they can lay their eggs in relative foods will help to maintain the color.The female, safety. Keep a single male in the which has shorter pelvic fins than the male, company of several females and provide spawns on the roof of a cave.While she lays up shells in the tank, allowing two or more to 150 eggs, the male fiercely defends the entrance per female. Spare shells may be used as to the nesting cave. If the young Lelupis are not retreats by newly hatched fry. Avoid removed before they are six weeks old, they are mixing these bottom-dwellers with likely to be eaten by their parents. other fish that frequent the lower levels of the tank; rainbowfish Slim body (see pp.176–9) are suitable companions. Small weekly Trailing pelvic fins water changes are advisable for all Lake Tanganyika cichlids.

156 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y LIVEBEARERS These popular fish are characterized by their breeding habits.The eggs are fertilized internally; in most species, sperm are transferred to the female via the male’s gonopodium—a tubelike projection of the anal fin—and the eggs subsequently develop in the relative safety of the female’s body. Some livebearers, including limias, have a restricted distribution in the wild, and are not widely kept. Others, including guppies, platies, and swordtails, are popular worldwide. The ease with which they can be bred has led to the development Sexing livebearers is not difficult. The of these fish into a host of upper fish in this pair of Red-Tailed exhibition varieties. Goodeids (Xenotoca eiseni) is male, as evidenced by the hump on his head. Anableps anableps Gambusia sexradiata Gambusia affinis Four-Eyes Tropical Mosquitofish Mosquitofish ORIGINS Ranges from southern Mexico southward into ORIGINS Central America, occurring in parts of Mexico, ORIGINS North America, occurring in the San Antonio northern parts of South America. northern Guatemala, and northern Belize. river and the Rio Medina in Texas. SIZE 101⁄2 in (27 cm). SIZE 21⁄2 in (6.5 cm). SIZE 21⁄2 in (6.5 cm). DIET Livefoods preferred. DIET Flake and small livefoods. DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–86°F (22–30°C); hard WATER Temperature 61–77°F (16–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 61–77°F (16–25°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Alert by nature. TEMPERAMENT Social and nonaggressive. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful and social. Although dullish brown in color, these livebearers Silver and blue feature strongly on the body of this Both sexes are brownish with silvery underparts, are fascinating to keep, particularly because they fish, while the fins are marked with red and blue. but females are significantly larger than males. In breed so readily. Males are much smaller than Unlike other mosquitofish, this species does the wild, these fish feed on mosquito larvae, and females, and rarely exceed 6 in (15 cm) in length. not tolerate brackish water. Include floating they have been widely introduced in tropical areas The female can produce a batch of 6–13 offspring, plants in its tank. Females are twice as large to control mosquito numbers. Up to 60 young are each measuring up to 11⁄2 in (4 cm) long, twice a as males and have broader bodies. Some 10–35 born after a gestation of 24 days.The tank should year. An aquarium for Four-Eyes should not be young are born about a month after mating, and be well-planted to provide hiding places for the filled to the top, and must be covered to prevent further broods follow at one-month intervals. fry, or they will be eaten.The fry will take small them from leaping out.This species sometimes livefoods, and are best reared in their own tank. prefers brackish water. Swollen belly indicates Dorsal fin a gravid female set well back

L I V E B E A R E R S ● 157 Heterandria formosa Heterandria bimaculata Poecilia melanogaster Least Killifish Two-Spot Livebearer Blackbelly Limia ORIGINS North America, where it is restricted to the ORIGINS Central America, from Mexico southward to ORIGINS The Caribbean, where it is restricted to the state of South Carolina. parts of Guatemala, Belize, and Honduras. island of Jamaica. SIZE 13⁄4 in (4.5 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 61–77°F (16–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–82°F (22–28°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (150–200 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). TEMPERAMENT Social and nonaggressive. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Males often harass partners. Female These fish are often brownish-yellow, and many of Bluish body color is characteristic of these the scales have darker borders. A dark spot is livebearers.They can be kept in groups, ideally Variable black markings Silvery-white evident on the caudal fin.The male is smaller containing more females than males (to prevent on the dorsal and anal fins underparts and can be identified by his gonopodium. individual females from being chased constantly by would-be partners). Algal growth in the tank Females may produce over 100 fry every two is beneficial because it supplements the diet. months. After giving birth, the females must be Blackbelly Limias are not prolific breeders; the removed, or they will eat their offspring. females produce no more than 25 fry every six weeks or so after reaching maturity. A broad but uneven black stripe running down the Anal fin extension sides of the body, and an obvious black blotch called the gonopodium on the dorsal fin, help to identify this tiny fish.The males, which are just 3⁄4 in (2 cm) Male long, rank among the smallest of all vertebrates. Breeding is straightforward, but Female instead of giving birth to her brood of up to 20 fry all at once, the female produces offspring over an extended period of two weeks. A tank for Least Killifish needs to be densely planted. Poecilia nigrofasciata develop a hump on their heads as they grow older. ALL-SEEING EYES They also have a narrow keel, which extends Black-Barred Limia back on the underside of the body between the The surface-dwelling Four-Eyes (see anal and caudal fins. Like related species, Black- opposite) is so called because each pupil ORIGINS The Caribbean, where it is restricted to the Barred Limias will take a wide variety of foods, is divided into two parts. This adaptation Haitian part of Hispaniola. and benefit from vegetable matter in their diet. enables the Four-Eyes to see simultaneously SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). Females have relatively large broods, producing both above and below the waterline, alerting DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. as many as 50 fry at a time; broods are born it to feeding opportunities and predators in WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); hard every six weeks or so.The percentage of male either environment. The eyes are positioned (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.1). offspring apparently increases when females high on the head, so the fish can lie in the TEMPERAMENT Peaceful by nature. are kept at higher temperatures. water with the rest of its body submerged, rather like a crocodilian. In the wild it The distinctive black barring on the body of this occasionally clambers out of the water to livebearer shows best under bright light.The body rest on rocks, and it should be given the coloration itself is variable, although it tends to opportunity to do this in the aquarium, too. be yellowish, especially around the head. Mature males, which are slightly smaller than females,

158 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Girardinus metallicus Dermogenys pusilla Belonesox belizanus Girardinus Malayan Halfbeak Pike-Top Minnow ORIGINS The Caribbean, where it is widely distributed in ORIGINS Southeast Asia, ranging from Thailand and the ORIGINS Central America, ranging from southeastern Cuba, except in the extreme east. Malay Peninsula down to parts of Indonesia. Mexico down to Honduras. SIZE 31⁄2 in (9 cm). SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 8 in (20 cm). DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. DIET Mainly small livefoods. DIET Smaller livefoods and fish. WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 77–86°F (25–30°C); hard WATER Temperature 79–90°F (26–32°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.1). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (200–300 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). TEMPERAMENT Placid. TEMPERAMENT Males are quarrelsome. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive. Both sexes have a metallic sheen, but the Bluish Jaw adapted to This fish not only has a body shaped like a pike, female (foreground of picture) is much larger patches surface feeding but also has similar predatory habits and hunts by than the male, which averages just 2 in (5 cm). ambushing its prey. Females are the larger sex and A mature male can also be distinguished by his display yellowish or even orange coloration at the black gonopodium. Females can give birth every base of their anal fin. Pike-Top Minnows hide away three weeks, with the average brood comprising around 50 fry. A densely planted tank will help in vegetation, and may prefer brackish water. to prevent the young from being cannibalized. Their young are about 1 in (2.5 cm) long at birth, and are rarely eaten by the female. Long, slim body Known as Halfbeaks because the upper jaw is much shorter than the lower, these livebearers often occur in brackish water. Insects, such as wingless fruit flies (Drosophila spp.) and mosquito larvae, can be bred as food for them.These fish can jump well, so cover their tank. Raising the water temperature encourages breeding, but stillbirths are not uncommon.The broods, consisting of about 30 young each, are produced at eight-week intervals. Phallichthys amates Skiffia multipunctata apparent in this species than in some livebearers, but males can be distinguished easily by their Merry Widow Spotted Skiffia notched anal fin and the yellow edging on the dorsal fin.This fin is also irregularly notched, ORIGINS Central America, found in Guatemala and from ORIGINS Central America, restricted to the Mexican which explains why these fish are also referred to Honduras to Panama. states of Jalisco and Michoacán. as Sawfins. It is important not to allow the water SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). in their aquarium to become too warm, because DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. this may reduce the likelihood of successful WATER Temperature 72–82°F (22–28°C); hard WATER Temperature 68–77°F (20–25°C); hard breeding.The period between mating and birth (150–200 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.1). can extend for up to 60 days, and there are often TEMPERAMENT Placid. TEMPERAMENT Placid. fewer than 20 fry in a brood.The young, which measure just under 1⁄2 in (about 1 cm) at birth, A random pattern of black spots and blotches attain maturity at the age of about two months. is evident on the body of the Spotted Skiffia.The difference in size between the sexes is much less A black stripe through the eye, a black spot near the vent, and black edging on the dorsal fin typify this fish; males are significantly smaller in size. The Orange Dorsal Livebearer (P. a. pittieri) is a related but slightly larger form, with different- colored edging on the dorsal fin. Females give birth every month, producing around 50 fry on each occasion—or sometimes as many as 150.

L I V E B E A R E R S ● 159 BEAK WRESTLING Ameca splendens body. In the more plainly colored male, shown below, the caudal fin is edged with black and then Trials of strength are common between male Butterfly Splitfin yellow, and the dorsal fin is more prominent. Malayan Halfbeaks (see opposite). The fish Females give birth to offspring that have an lock their mouthparts together and remain in ORIGINS Central America, in the Rio Ameca and the Rio attachment resembling an umbilical cord; this this position for 20 minutes or more, until the Teuchitlán in Jalisco State, Mexico. disappears soon after birth. A typical brood weaker individual releases his grip and backs SIZE 41⁄2 in (12 cm). consists of about 30 young, born about two off. This can cause injury to the beak, so it is DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. months after mating.Young females giving birth not to be encouraged, and male Halfbeaks WATER Temperature 68–84°F (20–29°C); hard for the first time have only a small number of should generally be kept apart from one (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). offspring, which may vary noticeably in size. another. The protruding lower jaw can also TEMPERAMENT Males are territorial and aggressive. These goodeids require a well-lit tank with be injured if these fish become alarmed and plenty of retreats, and they will browse swim wildly at the sides of the tank. This is These livebearers can be sexed not only by their readily on algae growing in their quarters. most likely to occur when they are first size but also by their coloration.The larger female transferred to new surroundings. has an irregular pattern of black spots over her Allotoca dugesii Characodon lateralis Alfaro cultratus Golden Bumblebee Goodeid Rainbow Goodeid Knife-Edge Livebearer ORIGINS Central America, occurring in the Mexican ORIGINS Central America, found mainly in the upper ORIGINS Central America, found in parts of Nicaragua, states of Jalisco, Guanajuato, and Michoacán. Rio Mezquital in Durango State, Mexico. Costa Rica, and western Panama. SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 21⁄4 in (5.5 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. DIET Prepared foods, plant matter, and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 68–75°F (20–24°C); hard WATER Temperature 75–82°F (24–28°C); soft (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.1). (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.1). (50–100 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Can be a fin-nipper. TEMPERAMENT Relatively shy. TEMPERAMENT Shy, but may be aggressive. Yellowish-gold As the name suggests, this is a colorful goodeid; the Knifelike edge Male’s indicates a male adult male, shown below, displays areas of gold and gonopodium The body of the male Golden Bumblebee is black red.The female Rainbow Goodeid produces and yellowish-gold; the larger female has bluish fewer than 25 offspring per brood, with the lower parts. House a male with two females, brood interval being about eight weeks. because he will bully a solitary female.The female Again, it is best to keep these goodeids in gives birth to up to 70 fry every two months or trios, but do not mix them with related species so. Although goodeids are easy to keep, they are because of the risk of hybridization.Their aquarium not as widely available as most other livebearers, should have plenty of vegetation. such as the more colorful guppies and swordtails. A row of scales projecting beyond the lower edge of the body gives these fish their distinctive knifelike appearance. Both sexes are pale yellowish-brown in color. Clear, clean water is very important for the well-being of Knife-Edge Livebearers; regular partial water changes are essential, since the fry in particular are prone to bacterial ailments.These fish can sometimes be kept in slightly brackish surroundings. Provide the fry with brine shrimp as a rearing food.

160 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Xiphophorus hellerii Female Swordtail Male ORIGINS Central America, ranging down the Atlantic name of these livebearers derives from Golden Comet Swordtail The black tail side from Mexico to northwestern Honduras. xiphos, the Greek word for “sword.”) streaks are called the comet characteristic. SIZE 4 in (10 cm). Females, which are larger than males, sometimes Golden Swordtails tend to be less brightly DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. develop the sword, too, as a result of hormonal colored than red forms. The broader body of the WATER Temperature 70–77°F (21–25°C); hard changes.These individuals, however, are female can be seen in this pair. (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). unable to reproduce as males. TEMPERAMENT Males are often quarrelsome. Dorsal fin has Swordtails can prove to be quite prolific when an extension In common with most domesticated livebearers, breeding; larger females produce as many as the Swordtail’s color and pattern are very 200 fry in a single brood, and can repeat this different from those of the wild type. Many feat every month or so. However, if the young of these fish have a hybrid ancestry, thanks to are to survive, the female must be transferred earlier crossings both with other types of to a breeding trap in a suitable nursery tank. swordtail and also with platies (see p.162). Few livebearers are more notorious for hunting Wild swordtails are usually quite plain-looking down and cannibalizing their offspring than and greenish, blue, or reddish in coloration, swordtails.The young are relatively simple to while some display blotched patterning.Wild rear on their own if provided with items such populations can vary significantly in as fry foods and brine shrimp. appearance from place to place. In aquarium surroundings, mature male swordtails are aggressive toward one another. It is relatively straightforward to identify the potential troublemakers, since only the males possess the impressive swordlike extension to the lower rays of the caudal fin. (The scientific Reddish-spotted dorsal fin Lyre-tailed fin with symmetrical swords Male’s sword- Black Calico Swordtail This Red Wag Lyre Swordtail The caudal fin has like extension form was developed in the a sword on both its upper and lower rays, while its laboratory. The black gene is black coloration contrasts with the reddish color of linked to tumor formation. the body. The lips are also black. Gonopodium Sword visible in confirms that this young male this is a male Pineapple Swordtail The appearance of this very popular form varies from yellow through to intense red. The depth of the Pineapple Swordtail’s coloration can be improved by color-feeding. Green Swordtail (left) These fish are the ancestors of today’s domesticated varieties, but their subdued coloration means they are not as widely kept. The patterning varies throughout their natural range.

L I V E B E A R E R S / S W O R D T A I L S ● 161 Xiphophorus birchmanni Xiphophorus montezumae stock is rarely available today. Males have a larger dorsal fin than females, although they are Sheephead Swordtail Montezuma Swordtail otherwise slightly smaller in size.Their broods average about 50 fry, with the interval between ORIGINS Central America, occurring in various ORIGINS Central America, restricted to eastern Mexico, broods usually being about seven weeks, although waterways around Hidalgo, Veracruz, Mexico. in the states of Tamaulipas and San Luis Potosi. seasonal factors may affect their breeding behavior. SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). The Montezuma Swordtail is not especially DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. brightly colored, although there can be individual WATER Temperature 70–77°F (21–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 70–77°F (21–25°C); hard exceptions.Typically, these fish are bluish-silver (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). and display a pattern of dark spots on the flanks. TEMPERAMENT Males are often quarrelsome. TEMPERAMENT Males are often quarrelsome. The sword of the male is often greenish or yellow, with fairly prominent black edging. It is important This swordtail species is unusual, because the male The key feature of the Montezuma Swordtail is not to keep these or other swordtails in the has no trace of a sword on his caudal fin. He can the way in which the male’s sword projects almost company of fin-nipping species, because their still be easily distinguished from the female by his horizontally, rather than downward as in other swords will inevitably be attacked. In addition, gonopodium and larger dorsal fin.Well-oxygenated swordtails.The length of the sword varies in fish their aquarium needs to incorporate plenty water is important for this species, which has only from different populations, although wild-type of open swimming areas so that they do not been available to hobbyists since about 1990.The damage their swords in confined spaces. broods are small, typically consisting of 10–35 fry. Mottled dorsal fin Gonopodium of male Slightly curved caudal fin PREVENTING A SERIOUS DUEL One way of reducing aggression between male swordtails is to house them in a mixed group. There is still likely to be intermittent squabbling, but the disputes will not be as fierce. The swordtails will also be less likely to bully other tank occupants. Avoid mixing swordtail species, because hybridization is likely and there will be conflict between the different males. Equally, they should not be kept alongside platies, with which swordtails will readily interbreed.

162 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Xiphophorus maculatus The Platy is suitable for both a community Coffee and Ink Platy The spotted patterning on this aquarium and a single-species setup. A tank for variant is larger than on the so-called Salt and Pepper Platy these fish should incorporate a clear area at the Platy, often resulting in a rather blotchy appearance. front for swimming, with some specimen plants, The caudal peduncle is largely black. ORIGINS Central America, occurring in Veracruz state in and denser planting around the back and sides. It is important to include plants such as Java Black stripes Mexico and southward to Belize and Guatemala. Moss (Vesicularia dubyana) if you hope to breed on dorsal fin these livebearers successfully. Some of the young SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). fish will survive long enough in this dense Fan-shaped vegetation to grow to a size at which they will no anal fin DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. longer be seen as a meal by other fish in the tank. The Platy benefits from being kept at a slightly Gold Comet Platy Gold variants were among the first to WATER Temperature 64–77°F (18–25°C); hard higher temperature than its variegated relative. be created. This form combines peachy-gold coloration with black stripes on the top and bottom of the caudal (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). Rounded fin. It is also known as the Twin-Bar Platy. caudal fin TEMPERAMENT Peaceful and social. Upturned mouth Even depth The Platy has a broad body and naturally rounded of coloration fins. Spotted patterning on the caudal peduncle and dorsal fin is common in the wild, and it has Blue Platy The distinctive sky-blue body color of been maintained in a number of domestic strains. the Blue Platy contrasts with the dark spot on the The caudal peduncle spot is more like a crescent caudal fin. A blue strain of platy with a red caudal moon in some cases, which explains why the Platy fin now seems to have died out. is occasionally called the Moonfish.The wild form is usually olive-brown, although some individuals Rich, even, orange- display reddish coloration—a feature that is very red body coloration evident in domestic strains.These strains have been created both by selective breeding and by hybridization with other Xiphophorus species, especially the Variegated Platy (X. variatus). The different strains are described on the basis of their coloration, patterning, and fin type, and it is quite possible for two or even three of these characteristics to be evident in a single individual, as typified by a Blue Wagtail Hi-Fin Platy, for example. Such is the scope represented by the different characteristics identified in the Platy that in excess of 325,000 varieties could be created without resorting to hybridization with other Xiphophorus species.What sometimes occurs is that, in the quest to establish a particular feature, the breeding stock is too closely related, which reduces the fertility of the strain. Unless corrected by outcrossing to unrelated bloodlines, the strain may ultimately die out. Pintail Red Wagtail Platy The Pintail first arose in Germany. Specimens in which the elongated part of the caudal fin has become wider are known as Plumetails.

L I V E B E A R E R S / P L A T I E S ● 163 Male’s Yellow may shine gonopodium through the black in places Blue Coral Platy Paler and more whitish than the Blue Platy, this form has a deep blue spot at the base of the Black Platy The amount of caudal peduncle, and displays black, crescent-shaped black on this strain is variable, markings on the adjacent part of the caudal fin. sometimes covering the entire body except the face and throat. High, flowing fin Pale head Center of body is a lighter shade of orange Male’s Underparts gonopodium are also pale Sunset or Marigold Hi-Fin Platy The color of these fish becomes a more intense orange toward the rear of the body, with the caudal fin being darker in color than the others. The dorsal fin is long and trailing. BEARING LIVE YOUNG Watching a female platy—such as this Salt and Pepper Platy—giving birth, one might get the impression that these fish have strong maternal instincts, but in reality they fail to acknowledge their offspring at all. As a result, the young fish are at risk of being eaten as soon as they are born. The safest option, therefore, is to transfer a gravid female to a breeding trap in a separate tank, where she can give birth in peace and cannot harm her offspring. In platies and most other livebearing fish there is nothing akin to the placental attachment between mother and young that is seen in mammals. The female platy’s body simply serves as a shelter for her developing eggs, with the young uncurling from their egg sacs as they are born. By protecting their eggs in this way, livebearing fish ensure that their offspring will survive through to hatching at the very least, rather like mouth-brooders (see p.148). Females can produce a small brood of about 80 or so offspring every four to six weeks. She can do this without having to mate on each occasion, because she is able to store the male’s sperm in her body.

164 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Xiphophorus variatus Golden coloration most evident on Platy Variatus the underparts ORIGINS Central America, occurring in eastern Mexico, from Tamaulipas state to Veracruz. SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 61–77°F (16–25°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). TEMPERAMENT Placid and social. As its name suggests, this fish exists in a variety of forms in the wild, where it occurs in ponds and slow-flowing stretches of water. Many wild populations are localized, and so develop individual characteristics. Platy Variatus are adaptable, simple to maintain, and breed readily. Mature females can give birth to as many as 100 offspring each month. They can be sexed easily, since the female is larger and lacks the gonopodium, the male copulatory organ. It is difficult to obtain wild-type strains today because breeders have altered the coloration, patterning, and size of these fish so extensively. Platy Variatus will hybridize with other platies, and also with swordtails. Greenish hue apparent on upper body Blue Tuxedo Platy Variatus A Tuxedo Platy’s body Hi-Fin Golden Parrot Platy Variatus This always combines black (at the rear) with another color, attractive gold and green platy also displays such as blue in the case of this variant. the “hi-fin” characteristic, in which the dorsal fin is greatly enlarged. Clear dorsal fin Area covered by black Variegated Platies will patterning is variable feed readily at the Golden Platy Variatus This variety was surface of the tank probably developed from the Platy Variatus that occur in Mexico’s Rio Axtla, which display similar markings and a red tail. Calico Platy Variatus This variant displays a mottled patterning. There is a Hawaiian strain, in which black covers almost the entire side of the body. Orange Black highlights caudal fin the golden scales Green Platy Variatus The vibrant gold of this form is variable, with some individuals appearing more orange. This may reflect their diet as well as their breeding.

L I V E B E A R E R S / P L A T I E S A N D G U P P I E S ● 165 Poecilia reticulata Guppy ORIGINS South America, occurring in the Caribbean and Characteristic caudal Contrasting fin marking bluish body in South America north of the Amazon. Wild Guppy These fish may be found in brackish water, colour and the addition of salt to their aquarium is recommended. SIZE 2 in (5 cm). Wild Guppies are not readily available today, and domestic German Yellow Guppy Named after its country of strains will prove far more adaptable. origin, this is a particularly striking variety in which the DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. enlarged caudal fin and the dorsal fin are both yellow. Gonopodium Fin shape, as well as color, is important in fancy guppies. WATER Temperature 70–77°F (21–25°C); hard Caudal fin has unbroken red coloration, with paler edges Enlarged red caudal (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). Blonde Guppy The red caudal fin and rear part of the fin contrasts with body contrast with the lighter blonde coloration seen on black coloring TEMPERAMENT Placid and social. the underparts near the head. The use of color food is often recommended for red strains of guppies. Red Tail Half-Black Guppy As with other strains One of the best known of all tropical fish, the created by selective breeding, fertility may be impaired Guppy is named after Rev.Thomas Guppy, who if these fish are heavily inbred. Not all such strains are identified it on the Caribbean island of Trinidad.The commercial products; some are bred by enthusiasts only. several thousand varieties available to aquarists today are far removed from their wild ancestors, and can be found in a wide range of colors and with many different body patterns and fin types. The different color variations are displayed most impressively in male fish, which are naturally more colorful as well as smaller than females. (All the fish illustrated here are male.) Guppies show well as a group in a single-species tank, but they can also be kept with other nonaggressive fish as part of a community aquarium.The female Guppy gives birth to live offspring, but unfortunately these are likely to be cannibalized soon after birth, even in a breeding tank setup, unless the young can escape out of reach.Various breeding traps are available for this purpose (see p.66).When buying these fish, it is worth remembering that the largest females give birth to correspondingly bigger broods. Silver-Backed Tuxedo Guppy The distinctive black area on the flank varies in size and density between individuals. Sloping head Rainbow Cobweb Delta Guppy This is another “composite variety,” so called because of its varied coloration, cobweblike pattern, and the delta shape of its caudal fin.

166 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Poecilia reticulata (continued) One of the most significant factors to consider Golden Snakeskin Delta Guppy The snakeskin patterning can be when breeding guppies is that a female only needs This is one of a number of guppy combined with other colors, but it to mate once in order to continue producing varieties that have become very popular is usually associated with varieties young throughout her life—potentially giving in Russia. It is thought that the famous displaying a broad caudal fin birth to seven or more broods using sperm Moscow Blue strain may have evolved stored in her body.This is why even if you from the Snakeskin line. The reptilian choose a well-marked male and female from the markings extend same tank in a pet store, the likelihood will be that Variable coloring on tail over the entire body at least some of the young will not be the offspring includes distinct areas of of that particular male (although the majority of yellow, red, and white offspring are likely to be the result of the most recent mating).This also explains how females kept on their own can give birth to young. The only way to be sure of the parentage of guppies is to separate the sexes as early as possible. As soon as the young males can be recognized by their gonopodium—usually when they are about three weeks old—they should be transferred to a separate tank.The females will be noticeably larger than the males from three months onward, by which time some of the males will already be sexually mature. A female guppy will have her first brood approximately a month after mating. The number of offspring produced is likely to be small at first, sometimes no more than 10, but it increases to between 50 and 100 per brood as the female grows bigger. Some strains are more prolific breeders than others. Cornflower Blue Delta Guppy (below) Red Varitail Guppy (above) Broad-tailed guppies like Gold Cobra Delta Guppy Of American origin, Cobra The exact patterning on the broad tail the Red Varitail tend to be more popular than those Guppies are now popular internationally. The male (seen varies between individuals, allowing them with narrow tails, because the wide caudal fin allows above) is always more colorful than the female, although to be distinguished quite easily, for some striking tail patterns to be developed. she may display a patterned caudal fin in some strains. but the body coloration should be a consistent feature. Even projections on the caudal fin Golden coloration on the body Golden Lyretail Guppy The upper and lower rays of this guppy’s caudal fin are greatly extended, creating a sleek appearance. It is important in the lyre-tailed forms that these two areas are symmetrical and even in size. Tuxedo Rainbow Delta Guppy When selecting these and other delta-tailed guppies, be sure to check that there is no significant damage to the broad caudal fin, which could lead to a life-threatening infection.

L I V E B E A R E R S / G U P P I E S ● 167 Poecilia reticulata Endler’s Livebearer ORIGINS South America, where this attractive wild form of the Guppy is found in parts of Venezuela. SIZE 2 in (5 cm). DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 70–77°F (21–25°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). TEMPERAMENT Peaceful and social. These spectacularly colored fish are a wild form of the guppy. Despite this, Endler’s Livebearers must not be housed with guppies, because they hybridize readily with them and soon lose their distinctive characteristics.The body colors of Endler’s Livebearers range from blues and greens through to oranges and reds.These fish are prolific breeders, but they have a relatively short life-span of no more than a year. Selective breeding of Tuxedo Multicolored Delta Guppy The tuxedo THE GRAVID SPOT guppies began during the characteristic (the black area toward the rear of the body) 1950s, but unfortunately, a can be combined with different colors to striking effect. Breeders of popular livebearers have relied number of strains—even some This variety also has the broad delta-tail. on the appearance of the dark gravid spot to that are carefully maintained—are indicate that a female is about to give birth. not stable.This means that many of the resulting Relatively even, This spot is formed by the dark lining of the offspring may not display the most desirable blackish tip on the abdomen, known as the peritoneum, which characteristics of their parents. Cobra patterning is broad caudal fin bulges against the sides of the female’s body one of the most stable characteristics in terms of just before she gives birth, pushed out by the markings.This is a dominant genetic characteristic, Blue Tuxedo Guppy This particular variety is also increasing size of her brood. The gravid spot so well-marked individuals are always likely to pass described as the Blue Delta-Tail Half Black, based on its is less apparent in swordtails, simply because their cobra patterning on to the next generation. body coloration. The broad caudal fin is predominantly the female’s abdominal wall is more muscular. However, recessive characteristics, such as tuxedo blue, with variable black markings. Once the gravid spot has appeared, the female patterning, may disappear for several generations should not be moved, otherwise she is likely of a particular bloodline, and then reemerge to abort her brood. unexpectedly at a later stage. Flamingo Guppy The breeding trend with this strain has Irregular patterning been to improve the depth of the red coloration. Early running across the examples were considerably paler than those being bred caudal fin today. Flamingo Guppies are also called Golden Redtails. Green Variegated Delta Guppy Like other guppies with a delta-shaped caudal fin, the Green Variegated Delta Guppy is a slower swimmer than sleeker-tailed forms. This variety should be housed in a single-species tank.

168 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Poecilia butleri The coloration of Pacific Mexican Mollies in derives from melanistic examples of the wild form. the wild is variable, ranging from shades of blue Like the Pacific Mexican, the Black Molly has Pacific Mexican Molly through to yellowish and silvery tones. Darker a low dorsal fin, a relatively elongated body, and a coloration is seen in some individuals, notably compact, rounded caudal fin.The black coloration ORIGINS Central America, ranging from northern Mexico in the race known as Limantour’s Molly (P. m. has also been combined with marbled and balloon into Guatemala and Honduras. limantouri).The wild Pacific Mexican Molly is the characteristics. Black varieties look good in an SIZE 31⁄2 in (8.5 cm). ancestor of the Black Molly, the most popular of aquarium alongside bright orange swordtails (see DIET Prepared foods, vegetables, and small livefoods. the domesticated varieties available today.The p.160).These fish often fare better when kept in WATER Temperature 75–81°F (24–27°C); hard Black Molly was created in the 1930s by a breeder slightly brackish water.This seems to make them (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). in New Orleans, although the exact route of less vulnerable to the parasitic illness known as TEMPERAMENT Placid and social. “ich,” or white spot (see p.58), which shows up its development is now unclear. clearly against the color of their bodies. Females Its distinctive matt-black typically produce 40–300 offspring per brood. coloration almost certainly Black marbled patterning Marbled Lyretail Molly In this form, the upper and lower extends onto the fins rays of the caudal fin are elongated. However, changes to the structure of the caudal fin are not common in mollies. Upturned mouth indicates that these fish are naturally surface feeders Marbled Molly A relative of the Black Molly and another descendant of the Pacific Mexican Molly, this fish has a varied pattern of large, irregular black blotches, making it easy to distinguish from spotted or dotted forms. CLONED FISH The Amazon Molly (P. formosa) is believed to be a wild hybrid of the Sailfin and Pacific Mexican species. Its common name refers not to its distribution (which extends from parts of the southern U.S. into Central America) but to the fabled all-female tribe of South America. Only one in every 10,000 of these fish is a biological male, and the arrangement of the males’ chromosomes suggests that they are sterile. The offspring produced by female mollies are therefore clones of their mothers, making the Amazon Molly the first unisexual vertebrate to be discovered. Female Amazons still need to mate in order to give birth, so they attract males of other molly species, by interrupting their courtship rituals, and also simply by living alongside them so that the males eventually come to identify with them. While sperm produced by these males triggers the development of an Amazon Molly’s eggs, it does not fertilize them. The eggs contain the complete genetic blueprint of the young, rather than just the half normally contributed by female vertebrates that reproduce sexually.

L I V E B E A R E R S / M O L L I E S ● 169 Poecilia velifera Spotted Silver Molly This variant Height and shape displays black spots on its silvery of dorsal fin varies Sailfin Molly body. The distribution of the spots is entirely random, allowing individuals ORIGINS Central America, restricted to the Yucatan to be distinguished by their appearance. peninsula of Mexico. SIZE 7 in (18 cm). their offspring can vary greatly, because of DIET Prepared foods and small livefoods. crossings involving the Pacific Mexican Molly WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); hard (see opposite) and the other sailfin form, P. latipinna, (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). which has a shorter, less impressive dorsal fin. Like TEMPERAMENT Generally social. other mollies, Sailfins will live in groups, but it is important to house several males together; if there The Sailfin Molly has a long, tall dorsal fin that are just two, the weaker individual will inevitably runs almost the entire length of the fish’s back. be bullied. Sailfin Mollies have been used extensively in the development of today’s domesticated variants, Darker markings which exist in a wide range of colors.These present on relatively large mollies must be kept under good the fins water conditions; if conditions are less than ideal, they display their unhappiness by rocking gently back and forth in the same spot—a behavior known as shimmying.Wild Sailfin Mollies usually require a brackish environment, and this may also be of benefit to their domesticated relatives.When acquiring these fish, always check whether they have been kept in brackish water previously, so that you can adjust the conditions in their tank accordingly to ensure a trouble-free period of acclimatization. Female Sailfin Mollies may produce a brood of more than 100 fry as regularly as every six weeks.The height of the dorsal fin in Marmalade Molly (below) These mollies are a Green Molly (above) This variety is easily distinguished Lyre-Tailed Black Balloon Molly These fish have a vibrant orange, with some individuals resembling by its pale, greenish body color and the lines of darker compact, rounded body shape, and sometimes encounter platies (see p.162) in their depth of coloration. dots running along its sides. difficulty in swimming as a consequence. Black coloration Body surface highlights size is reflective and shape of dorsal fin Rounded Upturned caudal fin mouth Golden coloration may vary in intensity Goldfin Metallic Marble Sailfin Sometimes called the Starburst Molly, the black areas on this variety are mainly restricted to the dorsal and caudal fins. Marbling is consistent throughout the fish’s life Brown Marble Sailfin Molly This individual is heavily marbled, although there is little pigmentation on the outer parts of the dorsal and caudal fins.

170 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y KILLIFISH These narrow-bodied, often highly colorful fish deserve to be far more popular.Their small size means that they do not need to be accommodated in a large, expensive tank. In addition, many of the more widely available killifish are easy to maintain, and they can often be persuaded to spawn in home aquariums.Their main drawbacks are that some are highly aggressive toward their own kind, and, since they feed naturally on small invertebrates in the wild, it can be difficult to wean Some killifish, such as the Red- them onto substitute diets. Sexing is Striped Killie (Aphyosemion simple, since the fins of the males are striatum), can be kept at near more pointed than those of the females. room temperature. Keeping them too warm dulls their color and shortens their life-span. Aphyosemion australe Fundulopanchax gardneri Aphyosemion striatum Common Lyretail Clausen’s Steel-Blue Killie Red-Striped Killie ORIGINS West Africa, found in parts of Gabon, ORIGINS West Africa, recorded in parts of Nigeria and ORIGINS Occurs in West Africa, restricted to pools and Cameroon, and Zaire. western Cameroon. swamps in northern Gabon. SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 2 in (5 cm). DIET Livefoods and prepared diets. DIET Livefoods and prepared diets. DIET Livefoods and prepared diets. WATER Temperature 64–75°F (18–24°C); soft WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); soft WATER Temperature 64–72°F (18–22°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). TEMPERAMENT Peaceful and social. TEMPERAMENT Males are quarrelsome. TEMPERAMENT Nonaggressive. Variable spotted Brilliant blue coloration and a variable red-spotted Tall dorsal fin patterning patterning along the body identify the male of this species, seen below.The female Clausen’s Steel- Brightly coloured Male Blue Killie has brown dots on its flanks and a Male Fins are sides to the tail duller coloration on the fins.This species does yellow and red not require brackish water. Spawning in the aquarium occurs on fine-leaved plants or on a spawning mop. If the tank is left full of water, the fry will hatch after two weeks. Male Common Lyretails are much more brightly Bright red horizontal stripes running along the colored than females, and have pronounced caudal- body and a blue background help to distinguish fin rays that give the tail a lyrelike shape.They need a male Red-Striped Killies. Females are a dull slightly brackish environment and a densely planted golden-brown shade, with rounded fins. Like other tank.They are usually kept in a single-species setup, killifish, they eat small livefoods, even freeze-dried partly because their small size limits the choice of items.The water should be slightly brackish, and tankmates, but also so they do not hybridize with their tank must be densely planted. It must also be other killifish. Lyretails tend to live for about three kept covered, since these fish can jump. Java Moss years—longer than most types of killifish. (Vesicularia dubyana) is a good spawning medium.

K I L L I F I S H ● 171 Aphyosemion bivittatum Aphyosemion bitaeniatum Fundulopanchax sjostedti Two-Striped Killie Twin-Banded Killifish Blue Gularis ORIGINS West Africa, found in parts of Cameroon, ORIGINS West Africa, occurring in coastal parts of ORIGINS West Africa, found in shallow waters in Ghana, Nigeria, and Togo. Nigeria, Benin, and Togo. Cameroon, and Nigeria. SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 5 in (13 cm). DIET Livefoods and prepared diets. DIET Livefoods and prepared diets. DIET Livefoods and prepared diets. WATER Temperature 72–75°F (22–24°C); soft WATER Temperature 72–75°F (22–24°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Males can be quarrelsome. TEMPERAMENT Relatively aggressive. The color of these killifish is highly variable, but Male The color on the flanks of the Blue Gularis is in all cases males have more elaborate fins than variable—yellowish in some individuals, as seen females.The upper stripe on the fish’s body is With their tall dorsal fin, the males of this below, and greenish-blue in others. Keep just one more prominent than the lower, which runs along species are exceptionally eye-catching.Their the underparts. As in other related aphyosemions, male in the company of several females, and spawning is a lengthy process that takes place over coloration is variable, although red may make sure the tank has a peat base, since these the course of several days amid aquatic plants. For dominate, and there are usually two darker killifish are substrate-spawners. Remove the adults breeding purposes, several males should be housed stripes down the sides of the body. Females are after spawning, and carefully drain the tank before with a single female.The eggs start to hatch after a a dull brown, with less elaborate fins. Male Twin- removing the egg-laden peat and partially drying period of three weeks. Banded Killifish will fight, so they should be kept it. Refill the tank after laying a new peat base. apart. House a single male with two females for Dorsal fin folded down spawning, which usually occurs among plants. Dorsal fin is set well back Male Irregular Trident-shaped spotting caudal fin Lower stripe is less well defined Fundulopanchax walkeri Stunning bluish coloration on the flanks, red spots ISOLATION AND DIVERSITY on the sides of the body, and yellowish fins are the Walker’s Aphyosemion key features of these fish.They spawn either among Some killifish, notably members of the plants or on a peat base. Peat with eggs buried in it Nothobranchius and Cynolebias genera, and ORIGINS West Africa, found in southern Ghana and should be removed and stored in a warm place in a few Aphyosemion species, are known as southeastern Ivory Coast. a plastic bag, so that it partially dries but does not “annual killifish”, because they die in the dry SIZE 2 in (5 cm). become powdery. After about six weeks, put the season when the temporary shallow pools in DIET Livefoods and prepared diets. peat back into the tank.The eggs will hatch quite which they live evaporate. Others, including WATER Temperature 68–73°F (20–23°C); soft rapidly, and the fry can be reared on brine shrimp. Lyretails, inhabit permanent bodies of water. (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). Killifish populations tend to be isolated from TEMPERAMENT Aggressive and active. one another, so these fish often display a wide range of colour morphs. The diversity that exists within a single species can be seen by comparing the pair of Lyretails below with the example illustrated opposite (see bottom left).

172 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Nothobranchius palmqvisti caudal fin and a bluish body covered with a LONG-LASTING EGGS meshlike pattern of red lines. Females are smaller Palmqvist’s Notho and duller in color than the males, which are Life is a brief affair for annual killifish quarrelsome by nature.The care of these fish is (see p.171), because the adult fish die each ORIGINS East Africa, found in coastal regions of Kenya straightforward, although they often do better in year when their pools dry up. However, the and Tanzania. slightly brackish water.When breeding Palmqvist’s population itself survives, thanks to the SIZE 2 in (5 cm). and other nothos, place the fish in a relatively way in which the killifish spawn on the DIET Small livefoods and prepared diets. small aquarium; it should be only about half-full of substrate as the water level falls. Drying WATER Temperature 64–68°F (18–20°C); soft water and have a peat base. Offer the fish plenty of mud encases the eggs (shown magnified (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). livefoods, and allow the water to evaporate below) and protects them until the rains TEMPERAMENT Aggressive. naturally.The falling water level should trigger return, perhaps as much as two years later, spawning behavior, and the female will filling the pools and allowing the next Nothobranch killifish can be distinguished from lay her eggs in the peat substrate. generation of killifish to hatch. The young Aphyosemions by their broader bodies. Palmqvist’s fish grow rapidly, feeding largely on insects, Notho is an annual killifish (see p.171) with a red and may reach maturity in just six weeks. Nothobranchius korthausae Nothobranchius guntheri Epiplatys annulatus Korthaus’ Notho Gunther’s Nothobranch Banded Panchax ORIGINS East Africa, restricted to swamp areas of Mafia ORIGINS East Africa, from Mombasa, Kenya, to the ORIGINS West Africa, in streams in parts of Sierra Island, Tanzania. Pangani River in Tanzania, and on the island of Zanzibar. Leone, Nigeria, Liberia, and Guinea. SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 13⁄4 in (4.5 cm). DIET Small livefoods and prepared diets. DIET Small livefoods. DIET Small livefoods and prepared diets. WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). TEMPERAMENT Aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful. There are several morphs of this killifish.The Highly colorful, yet variable in appearance, Male example above is one of two red-tailed forms; the these killifish should be kept in groups of other has a blue body. In brown morphs, the body several females and one male.They will Scales evident Red horizontal lines are brown rather than red, and the caudal fin spawn in peat, but often die soon afterward. in darker areas lines on caudal fin is brown and yellow. Males are always brighter than To hatch the eggs, dry the peat, rewet, and dry females.The dependence of notho killifish on again before placing in a tank. Some eggs only seasonal pools of water in the wild means that the hatch on a second contact with water; this strategy water chemistry in the tank is crucial for these fish. helps to protect wild populations from being They can live for a couple of years in aquariums. wiped out if their pool dries up prematurely. The distinctive patterning of Banded Panchax— four broad, dark bands separated by paler areas—allows them to be identified with ease. Males have more colorful fins than females and also possess blue irises. Banded Panchax should be kept in a well-planted tank, under subdued lighting.They tend to swim close to the surface, and will spawn among the vegetation, or on a spawning mop.These killifish will not eat their eggs, which should hatch after eight days.

K I L L I F I S H ● 173 Epiplatys sexfasciatus Aplocheilus blockii Aplocheilus dayi Six-Barred Panchax Dwarf Panchax Day’s Green Panchax ORIGINS West Africa, where its distribution is restricted ORIGINS Asia, occurring in southern India in the vicinity ORIGINS Asia, occurring in southern India in the vicinity to Cameroon. of Madras; may also occur on Sri Lanka. of Madras; may also occur in Sri Lanka. SIZE 41⁄4 in (11 cm). SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 2 in (5 cm). DIET Small livefoods and prepared diets. DIET Livefoods and prepared diets. DIET Small livefoods and prepared diets. WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. Male The yellow markings on the bodies of these The flanks of Day’s Green Panchax are bluish and killifish, which are the smallest members of their bear dark markings. Females have smaller, more This killifish is named after the six vertical bands rounded fins than males.These lively killifish, which that encircle its body, although these bands tend to genus, are more vibrant in the males. Dwarf can be kept with other fish of a similar size, tend to be fairly inconspicuous.There are several localized Panchax are reasonably tolerant, both of their own occupy the upper levels of the aquarium. A cover forms, but in all cases the males are larger and kind and of other nonaggressive fish of a similar for the tank is vital to prevent them from leaping more colorful than the females, which have more size. As with other plant-spawning killifish, the eggs out.They spawn quite readily, and the eggs, which rounded fins. A breeding group of a male and two should be removed from the plants in the breeding are clearly visible, take 12–14 days to hatch. or three females will spawn among vegetation such tank each day and hatched separately.The young as Java Moss (Vesicularia dubyana), or on a spawning Dwarf Panchax will require infusoria at first. mop.The eggs hatch within two weeks, and the fry can be reared largely on brine shrimp. Aplocheilus panchax Blue Panchax ORIGINS Asia, from southern India eastward through Thailand and the Malay Peninsula to parts of Indonesia. SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). DIET Small livefoods and prepared diets. WATER Temperature 68–77°F (20–25°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). TEMPERAMENT Rather aggressive by nature. The Blue Panchax is one of the most widely distributed killifish species, with a number of variants found throughout its extensive range.The greenish body has a blue color along each side that often highlights the outline of the scales.The fins of the male (the lower of the two fish shown here) are more colorful than those of the female (the upper fish). Blue Panchax will spawn quite readily among fine-leaved vegetation in a breeding tank.The eggs are laid in batches, which can be hatched in small containers filled with mature water.The young typically emerge 10–14 days later; the length of this period is partly influenced by the water temperature. Partial water changes are very important for the subsequent well-being of the fry as the young Blue Panchax grow in size.

174 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y UNUSUAL KILLIFISH is the Blue Tanganyika Killifish (Lamprichthys Epiplatys fasciolatus tanganicanus). While most killifish live in Killifish are seen less often in aquatic outlets temporary pools with relatively soft, acidic Orange Panchax than other groups of fish, simply because their water, this species inhabits Lake Tanganyika, reproductive cycle makes it unprofitable to farm where the water is very hard and alkaline. The ORIGINS West Africa, occurring in Liberia, Nigeria, and them commercially in large numbers. Instead, Blue Tanganyika is the largest of all the African Sierra Leone. killifish are most often available as eggs, which killifish, with males reaching 51⁄2 in (13 cm) long. SIZE 31⁄4 in (8 cm). enthusiasts trade among themselves. For this It lives in schools around the lake’s rocky shores. DIET Livefoods and prepared foods. reason, some odd varieties, with anomalous WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft requirements, are sometimes seen. One example (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful. These killifish do not display any well-defined pattern of banding. Males have red and greenish speckling on their bodies, with some populations being more colorful than others. Females are a much duller shade of yellowish-brown, with a rounded rather than elongated caudal fin. These killifish require a well-planted aquarium, and will spawn among vegetation, such as moss. Orange Panchax may be persuaded to take flake sprinkled on the surface. Male Females have Anal and transparent fins dorsal fins set well back Austrolebias adloffi About ten vertical dark bands run down the Austrolebias alexandri greenish-gray body of the male Banded Pearlfish. Banded Pearlfish The male’s dorsal and anal fins are more pointed Entre Rios Pearlfish than those of the female, whose coloration is made ORIGINS South America, in the lowlands between up of dark blotches on a brown background. Less ORIGINS South America, in southern Brazil, western southern Brazil and eastern Uruguay. aggressive than some related pearlfish, this species Uruguay, and northeastern Argentina. SIZE 2 in (5 cm). may spawn almost continually, so a removable SIZE 2 in (5 cm). DIET Small livefoods and prepared foods. peat tray is useful.The eggs will hatch after being DIET Small livefoods and prepared foods. WATER Temperature 68–75°F (20–24°C); hard out of the water for eight weeks. WATER Temperature 68–75°F (20–24°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Males aggressive to unresponsive females. TEMPERAMENT Can be aggressive. Males are more brightly colored than females, with a yellowish-green body color and vertical bars along the flanks. In females, the body is blotched with brown and black. A red-eyed, pink-bodied strain also exists, in which the males have darker pink barring on the body and pale spotted fins. Although these pearlfish prefer small livefoods, they may also be persuaded to sample flaked foods quite readily.

K I L L I F I S H ● 175 Austrolebias nigripennis Cynolebias melanotaenia Simpsonichthys bokermanni Black-Finned Pearlfish Fighting Gaucho Bokerman’s Cynolebias ORIGINS South America, in Argentina and also in parts ORIGINS South America, occurring in both southeastern ORIGINS South America, restricted to pools close to of southern Brazil and Uruguay. Brazil and northern Uruguay. Ilheus, Bahia, near the Brazilian coast. SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 2 in (5 cm). DIET Small livefoods and prepared foods. DIET Small livefoods and prepared foods. DIET Small livefoods and prepared foods. WATER Temperature 68–72°F (20–22°C); soft WATER Temperature 64–75°F (18–24°C); soft WATER Temperature 68–75°F (20–24°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). TEMPERAMENT Can be aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive toward its own kind. TEMPERAMENT Can be aggressive. Mature males of this species are blackish with a Fins have The identifying characteristics of the Bokerman’s variable pattern of iridescent greenish spots and a serrated edges Cynolebias are its greenish-gold body and blue gill green band across the top of the dorsal fin. Females can be recognized by their light gray coloration. A white throat plus two yellow bands along each covers, with vertical blue lines behind. Pale blue The base of the spawning tank needs a thick layer side of the body, separated by a darker stripe, are speckling is also apparent on the fins of males. of peat for spawning purposes. Store the eggs defining features of this pearlfish.The top of the Females are duller, with a black spot on the in moist peat in a plastic bag.They can be body is brownish, with reddish-brown color on flank.These fish spawn in the substrate. As with returned to the water after two to three months, the fins. Females are less brightly colored.The other species, the peat carrying the eggs must be and may remain viable for up to three years. quarrelsome nature of Fighting Gauchos means that stored in a plastic bag at room temperature for their tank must be well-planted and have many about two months, before being returned to the retreats; however, they can be housed safely with aquarium so that the eggs may hatch. unrelated fish. Pairs spawn on a peat substrate. The resulting fry can be reared on brine shrimp. Male Yellowish underparts Jordanella floridae American Flagfish ORIGINS Extends from Florida around the Gulf Coast and down to Mexico’s Yucatan peninsula. SIZE 21⁄2 in (6.5 cm). DIET Small livefoods and prepared diets. WATER Temperature 66–77°F (19–25°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Males are aggressive. The deep yet narrow body of the American Flagfish is decorated with a combination of bluish- green and reddish-orange speckles; vibrant red is displayed on the dorsal fin.The female of the species can be distinguished from the male by a blackish spot at the rear of the dorsal fin and her generally duller appearance. Inhabiting densely vegetated stretches of water in the wild, American Flagfish require similar surroundings in their aquarium, otherwise they will prove to be nervous tank occupants.Vegetable matter is an important component of the diet of these fish, and they will browse readily on algae growing in the aquarium. Males will become quite aggressive as the time for spawning approaches.The female can produce up to 70 eggs, either scattering them among the vegetation or burying them in the substrate.The male will usually guard the eggs for a week or so until they hatch.

176 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y RAINBOWFISH The brilliantly colored rainbowfish have grown rapidly in popularity in recent years as they have become more readily available. A significant number of new species have been discovered and introduced to the aquarium hobby since the 1980s, and there are almost certainly others awaiting discovery, especially in New Guinea. Local populations within a species may look very different, and it is important to maintain their individual features. Unfortunately, some Threadfin Rainbowfish rainbowfish breeders are now hybridizing their (Iriatherina werneri) stock in an attempt to create even more colorful vary slightly across their offspring.There is some evidence that these fish range, with those from may themselves occasionally hybridize in the wild. New Guinea being darker than their Australian relatives. Iriatherina werneri Bedotia madagascariensis Glossolepis incisus Threadfin Rainbowfish Bowfish Salmon-Red Rainbowfish ORIGINS New Guinea, between the Fly and Merauke ORIGINS East Africa, where it is found only in upland ORIGINS New Guinea, where it is restricted to Lake rivers; also occurs in northern Australia. areas on the island of Madagascar. Sentani in Irian Jaya. SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. DIET Small livefoods preferred. WATER Temperature 72–84°F (22–29°C); soft WATER Temperature 68–75°F (20–24°C); hard WATER Temperature 77–86°F (25–30°C); hard (50–100 mg/l) and acidic to alkaline (pH 6.5–7.5). (150–200 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (150–200 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. Long filaments on male’s Yellow fins The male bowfish is multicolored, with shades of Silvery overlay second dorsal fin suggest blue apparent on the flanks; the female is yellow on some scales northern and has a rounded, rather than jagged, dorsal fin. Queensland Bowfish thrive in groups, and will not eat their Sexing is straightforward because the male is ancestry eggs (which become tangled among vegetation) salmon-pink while the female is yellowish and or their fry.Young bowfish are unusual in that they olive-green. Juveniles tend to resemble adult females in appearance, but the young males change swim immediately after hatching, initially in color once they are about 2 in (5 cm) in length. a somewhat vertical stance, although they soon In the wild, Salmon-Red Rainbowfish feed on adopt a more horizontal posture. small invertebrates and associate in areas of aquatic vegetation. Females lay batches of between 100 Mature males display with their elaborate fins and 150 eggs, which usually hatch within 10 days. during the courtship ritual, holding them erect and then flicking them up and down. An aquarium planted with fine-leaved vegetation is essential for spawning; females lay over the course of several days.The eggs can take a week or longer to hatch, and the fry can be reared on tiny rotifers. Adult fish prefer to eat small livefoods, but will take flake powdered onto the water’s surface.

R A I N B O W F I S H ● 177 Chilatherina bleheri Pseudomugil signifer Pseudomugil furcatus Bleher’s Rainbowfish Australian Blue-Eye Forktailed Blue Eye ORIGINS New Guinea, occurring in Lake Holmes and ORIGINS Australia, from northern Queensland southward ORIGINS Eastern New Guinea, occurring between associated streams, and in Mamberamo, Irian Jaya. to Narooma in New South Wales. Collingwood and Dyke Ackland Bays. SIZE 43⁄4 in (12 cm). SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). DIET Prefers small livefoods. DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. DIET Small livefoods preferred. WATER Temperature 77–86°F (25–30°C); hard WATER Temperature 59–82°F (15–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); soft to hard (150–200 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic to alkaline (pH 5.5–7.8). (50–150 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Territorial when spawning. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. A deep-bodied appearance is a characteristic Greenish upperparts typify The male Forktail, shown below, is more brightly feature of Bleher’s Rainbowfish, with males southern populations colored than the female, has a larger dorsal fin, attaining a larger size than females and being and often shows red on its pelvic and pectoral fins. more vibrantly colored.The front of the Characteristic body is an iridescent silvery-green, becoming blue iris Forktails occur in clear, fast-flowing streams yellowish and then purplish-red toward the tail. where there is a good covering of aquatic plants, It is possible to tell when males are in spawning These rainbowfish vary significantly in appearance so their tank should be well-planted but include condition because they display a yellow-orange throughout their range. Northern specimens have clear areas for swimming. Spawning may occur on stripe on the forehead.The species is named after very long filaments on their dorsal and anal fins, the substrate or among plants.The eggs develop Heiko Bleher, a well-known German aquarist. and are larger than their southerly counterparts. slowly, and can take up to two weeks to hatch. The males’ coloration changes with age, and becomes more vibrant when they are in spawning Raised pectoral fins condition. Females are less colorful than males. Australian Blue-Eyes are found in fresh and brackish waters, and even in the sea in some areas. Marosatherina ladigesi Male Celebes Rainbowfish are more colorful than SPLIT-FIN DESIGN females and have longer fin rays.These fish are Celebes Rainbowfish sensitive to water quality, so it is vital to check the One of the most distinctive characteristics parameters to which they are acclimatized. Change of this group of fish is the structure of the ORIGINS Indonesia, where it occurs on the island of conditions slowly, by making a partial water dorsal fin, which is divided into two parts, Sulawesi (formerly known as Celebes). change of 25 percent of the tank’s volume each with an obvious gap between. This SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). week. Under favorable conditions, adults may arrangement enables each part of the DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. spawn almost nonstop for months, although they dorsal fin to be raised or lowered largely WATER Temperature 68–82°F (20–28°C); hard often eat their eggs. Hatching takes up to 11 days. independently of the other. It is usually the (150–200 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5). front part of the fin that is kept lowered, TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. probably so that it does not interfere with the swimming ability of the rainbowfish. This suggests that the function of the split fin is primarily for display. The shape of the fin can also be useful in distinguishing between the sexes. The rear part of the second dorsal generally tapers to a point in the males, although this characteristic is less evident in the rainbowfish of Lake Tebera, New Guinea.

178 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Melanotaenia boesemani Boeseman’s Rainbowfish ORIGINS New Guinea, occurring in the Ajamaru Lakes area of the Vogelkop Peninsula. SIZE 43⁄4 in (12 cm). DIET Eats prepared diets and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 77–86°F (25–30°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic to alkaline (pH 6.5–8.0). TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. In terms of its coloration, Boeseman’s Rainbowfish is a fish of two halves.The head and front of the body are bluish, while the rear half is yellowish-orange, sometimes bordering on red. Males are brighter in color, display more elongated rays on their dorsal fins, and have a deeper body.Their aquarium needs to incorporate open areas for swimming, as well as vegetation such as Java Moss (Vesicularia dubyana), which can serve as a spawning site. Females typically lay between 100 and 200 eggs, with hatching occurring approximately a week later. Originally collected by Dr. Marinus Boeseman on a Dutch expedition in 1954, this species was then rediscovered in 1982. Some live specimens were sent to Europe by Heiko Bleher, where they bred successfully, thus providing the foundation for today’s aquarium strains. Melanotaenia maccullochi Melanotaenia parkinsoni Melanotaenia lacustris Dwarf Rainbowfish Parkinsoni Rainbowfish Lake Kutubu Rainbowfish ORIGINS Australia, in parts of Queensland and also in ORIGINS Eastern New Guinea, between Milne Bay and ORIGINS Central New Guinea, in Lake Kutubu and the the Northern Territory. the Kemp Welsh river. Soro river, which flows out from the lake. SIZE 23⁄4 in (7 cm). SIZE 51⁄2 in (14 cm). SIZE 43⁄4 in (12 cm). DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–86°F (22–30°C); soft WATER Temperature 77–84°F (25–29°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); hard (50–100 mg/l) and acidic to alkaline (pH 5.5–7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.6). (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 8.0–9.0). TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. Second Striped The attractive appearance of this rainbowfish is Larger second Juvenile dorsal fin patterning best appreciated under subdued lighting, which dorsal fin emphasizes the yellow, golden, and blue areas on Dark horizontal stripes along the sides of the Bluish stripe Body is deeper body characterize this rainbowfish; the stripes the body and fins. Individuals display some in mature males become more wavy and broken on the lower variation in coloration—some are more orange parts. Females are less colorful but grow larger than yellow. Females resemble males, but are than males.There are color differences between generally duller in color. Some males have isolated populations; the orange fin markings that enlarged anal and dorsal fins, and the fins in some typify fish around Cairns are absent in those from individuals have a slightly ragged appearance. the Jardine river region. Dwarf Rainbowfish occurring near the Litchfield National Park in the The blue coloration of these rainbowfish varies Northern Territory have more yellowish bodies, according to water conditions and diet. An orange and are decidedly smaller in size. area on the nape of the neck indicates that they are in spawning condition. Spawning itself can be a protracted affair, with the females laying eggs in batches over the course of several days. In the wild, these fish are found in parts of Lake Kutubu where there is floating vegetation near the surface. In aquariums, they should be kept in single-species groups to avoid hybridization with other fish.

R A I N B O W F I S H / M E L A N O T A E N I A S P E C I E S ● 179 Melanotaenia herbertaxelrodi Melanotaenia affinis Melanotaenia splendida Lake Tebera Rainbowfish New Guinea Rainbowfish Splendid Rainbowfish ORIGINS Central highlands of New Guinea near Lake ORIGINS Northern New Guinea, including the Sepik river ORIGINS Northern Australia, Aru Island, and between Tebera, part of the Purari river system. (Pagwi), and Madang (Blue Water Creek morph). Etus Bay and the Aramia river in southern New Guinea. SIZE 5 in (13 cm). SIZE 51⁄2 in (14 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 75–81°F (24–27°C); hard WATER Temperature 70–82°F (21–28°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–82°F (22–28°C); soft (100–150 mg/l) and alkaline (pH 7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic to alkaline (pH 5.6–7.4). TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. The yellowish body of these fish has a dark central Three separate varieties of this species are known, There are between four and six subspecies of this band along the midline.The middle section of the with the so-called Standard having the widest rainbowfish, all of which show reddish-brown first part of the dorsal fin is longer in male Lake range. In all cases, males are more colorful, with Teberas.The males’ appearance alters at the start speckling on the body. Males are generally more of the spawning period, when they develop a blue elaborate dorsal and anal fins, and grow slightly brightly colored and have deeper bodies than or white stripe that runs from the dorsal fin and larger than females. New Guinea Rainbowfish the females.The young of both sexes are duller down over the head.This stripe gradually becomes have proved to be very adaptable, reflecting than the adults, taking up to a year to acquire much darker in color. Lake Teberas live in shallow, the fact that in the wild their environment can their full coloration. It is vital to keep the vegetated areas, so they will benefit from having a change markedly though the year. Like related nitrate level in the tank low, so make sure the well-planted area in their tank. Females lay up to species, they should be kept in shoals. Females filtration system is efficient and carry out partial 150 eggs, which hatch about ten days later. lay up to 200 eggs when spawning. water changes every week or so. Slender body is High back deeper in males Melanotaenia praecox Well-oxygenated water is also important, since DIVERSIFICATION Peacock Rainbowfish naturally inhabit fast-flowing Peacock Rainbowfish waters. It has been suggested that only males Rainbowfish form an extremely adaptable display red edges to their fins, although this group. This is illustrated not only by ORIGINS New Guinea, occurring in small areas of the characteristic can in fact be seen in both sexes. differences in appearance between individuals Mamberamo river system, near Iritoi, Dabra, and Siewa. Yellow fin-edges are more common in aquarium of the same species, but also by the way in SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). strains. One recently discovered wild population which these fish have colonized localized DIET Eats both prepared diets and small livefoods. has red stripes on the body. Females spawn over habitats, such as Lake Tebera in New Guinea, WATER Temperature 75–81°F (24–27°C); soft several days, producing up to 50 eggs per day; the which is now home to unique species of (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). eggs stick to vegetation. Hatching takes about a rainbowfish. Their adaptability is further TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. week, and the fry can be reared on brine shrimp. confirmed by the Mountain Rainbowfish Feeding the adults well makes them less likely to (Melanotaenia monticola) shown here. The brilliant neon blue of these rainbowfish is eat their eggs or offspring. Occurring at high altitude in New Guinea, it displayed to best effect when they are kept in has adapted to life in water that is typically aquariums with floating plants to diffuse the light. just 61–64°F (16–18°C)—far colder than the lowest temperatures tolerated by other New Guinea rainbowfish.

180 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y LOACHES Often confused with catfish, loaches belong to the family Cobitidae and occur in both tropical and temperate regions. All loaches have barbels around the mouth and, even though it is not always obvious, a spine below each eye. When a loach feels threatened, it will raise its spines, making itself more difficult for a predator to swallow.The spines can easily become entangled in a net, so extra care is called for when catching these fish. Loaches are mostly shy, nocturnal fish, and so may have to be coaxed into view with livefoods. The Clown Loach (Botia macracanthus) is more conspicuous in the aquarium than many of its relatives, not only because of its attractive patterning, but also because it is more active in the daytime. Pangio kuhlii Acantopsis choirorhynchus Botia morleti Coolie Loach Horse-Face Loach Skunk Loach ORIGINS Southeast Asia, on the Malay Peninsula, as well ORIGINS Southeast Asia, from Vietnam and Myanmar ORIGINS Southeast Asia, ranging eastward from as Java, Sumatra, and other nearby islands. (Burma), via the Malay Peninsula, to Borneo and Sumatra. northern India to Thailand. SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 9 in (23 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Prefers worms, but will take tablets. DIET Prepared foods and livefoods. DIET Eats a wide variety of foods. WATER Temperature 75–86°F (24–30°C); soft (50 mg/l) WATER Temperature 75–86°F (24–30°C); soft (50 mg/l) WATER Temperature 79–86°F (26–30°C); soft (50 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). TEMPERAMENT Relatively social. TEMPERAMENT Nonaggressive. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. The beautiful banding of Coolie Loaches is highly Long, thin body The golden-yellow coloration of the Skunk Loach is broken by a black stripe running variable, ranging from predominantly yellow to Horselike head shape along the entire length of the body, and reddish between individuals.These fish burrow The pattern of dark spots on a brownish-yellow a black band that encircles the caudal background is variable, probably reflecting the peduncle. Like other Botia loaches, it has two pairs readily into the substrate, and may even disappear different local habitats in which this fish naturally of sensory barbels on its snout, which help it to occurs. In the aquarium, very little will be seen of locate food as it digs in the substrate.The lighting completely out of the Horse-Faced Loach, since it spends most of its for this fish should be subdued, and the tank decor time either on the bottom of the tank or buried in must include retreats where the fish can shelter. sight beneath the the substrate with just its face protruding. A fine- grained covering over at least part of the tank’s Longitudinal stripe Banding undergravel base is recommended for burrowing purposes. may not filter plate if Aquarium plants should be set in pots, to prevent them from being uprooted by the loach’s activities. encircle the they can gain underparts access to this part of the Eel-like tank. Spawning body is possible in aquarium surroundings, with the green eggs simply being scattered among the tank vegetation.

L O A C H E S ● 181 Botia macracanthus Botia striata Botia modesta Clown Loach Zebra Loach Redtail Loach ORIGINS Southeast Asia, where it occurs in various parts ORIGINS Asia, restricted to muddy waters in parts of ORIGINS Asia, including northeast India, Vietnam, of Indonesia, including Sumatra, and on Borneo. southern India. Thailand, and the Malay Peninsula. SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 91⁄2 in (24 cm). DIET Prepared foods and livefoods. DIET Prepared foods of all types. DIET Prepared foods and livefoods. WATER Temperature 75–86°F (24–30°C); soft (50 mg/l) WATER Temperature 75–86°F (24–30°C); soft (50 mg/l) WATER Temperature 75–86°F (24–30°C); soft (50 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). TEMPERAMENT Usually active and lively. TEMPERAMENT Nonaggressive. TEMPERAMENT Shy. Dark dorsal fin The patterning of the Zebra Loach consists of All the fins alternating pale yellow and brownish vertical have an Males may have orange hue larger tails stripes, with the paler bands especially being variable in width.These loaches should be Sensory Broad bands of orange and black on the body of kept in groups.They will often choose to hide barbels the Clown Loach allow this species to be identified away for long periods under bogwood and in other around without difficulty. Clown Loaches thrive in groups, retreats. In common with other Botia loaches, the mouth although large specimens will occasionally prey on breeding is unknown in aquarium surroundings. much smaller companions. Clown Loaches have a Feeding is very straightforward, with small worms Although the body coloration of disconcerting habit of floating on their sides.This being a favorite food of these loaches. this species sometimes appears to be is not usually a sign of their imminent demise— bluish-gray, in optimum water conditions it is simply the position in which these fish it will change to a much brighter shade of blue, sometimes choose to rest. making a striking contrast with the orange on the fins.These loaches are adapted to group living, but they may be less well-disposed toward similar species sharing their tank. Nocturnal by nature, they will hide away during the day, often under the substrate, and emerge to feed at night. Botia sidthimunki This small species has dark horizontal and vertical DESIGNED FOR BURROWING bands on its upper body that interconnect to create Dwarf Loach a distinctive chainlike pattern. Dwarf Loaches are The wormlike shape that characterizes many lively and active fish that look best when kept loaches makes them efficient burrowers. They ORIGINS Asia, occurring in muddy lakes from northern together in a group, and make an ideal choice for a are able to wriggle their slender bodies down India to northern Thailand. community setup. Cryptocoryne plants are a good into the substrate with surprising speed. SIZE 21⁄4 in (5.5 cm). addition to their aquarium, since the fish like to Numerous species rely on this technique to DIET Flake and small livefoods. rest on their broad leaves. Dwarf Loaches will escape from danger, rather than trying to WATER Temperature 75–86°F (24–30°C); soft (50 mg/l) comb the tank floor in search of edible items. swim away to safety. The mottled patterning and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). of burrowing loaches helps to conceal their TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. presence as they lie partially buried in sediment on the bottoms of rivers and streams. The eyes of loaches are typically located high on the head. This is another adaptation to a burrowing lifestyle, since it enables them to survey the water above while remaining hidden from view themselves.

182 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y OTHER AMERICAN SPECIES This varied selection of popular American species demonstrates the amazing adaptability of fish. For example, the Amazon Puffer, whose relatives are confined to marine and brackish waters, has changed its body chemistry to enable it to exploit salt-free environments. In other species, such as Knifefish, Ocellated Stingrays, and Violet Gobies, the body shape has altered to help the fish merge into the background or enable them to burrow in the substrate.The streamlined Arawana, which lurks much closer to the surface, has developed the ability to breathe atmospheric air directly, The Ocellated Stingray an adaptation that enables it to catch prey (Potamotrygon motoro) swims by leaping dramatically out of the water. with a rippling motion of its greatly enlarged pectoral fins. Colomesus asellus Gobioides broussonnetii Osteoglossum bicirrhosum Amazon Puffer Violet Goby Arawana ORIGINS Ranges widely through tropical parts of South ORIGINS Ranges from the southern United States down ORIGINS South America, occurring in the Amazon and America, including Brazil. through Central America to Santa Catarina, Brazil. western Orinoco regions, extending to Guyana. SIZE 10 in (25 cm). SIZE 24 in (60 cm). SIZE 40 in (100 cm). DIET Various livefoods. DIET Small livefoods. DIET Meat-based foods. WATER Temperature 73–79°F (23–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 73–77°F (23–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 75–86°F (24–30°C); soft (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). TEMPERAMENT Active. TEMPERAMENT Territorial and aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Predatory. This puffer has a bright-yellow iris, a random The long, grayish body These striking fish have a distinctive outline when pattern of gold and brownish-black on its upper of this fish is tinged with seen in profile.Their fins appear to merge around body, and white undersides.Young individuals have violet and has a reflective the rear end of their body; adult males have longer a more burnished appearance, with less intense sheen.The tank should have a thick anal fins than females.The problem with these fish dark markings. Amazon Puffers are predatory, and layer of sand in which the fish can burrow, with is that they grow very large, and unless they can any snails in their aquarium are likely to be eaten, rockwork and caves to provide extra hiding places. be moved to an indoor pond (in temperate areas) since mollusks form part of their natural prey. The Violet Goby must be kept alone. It may benefit it may be impossible to keep them. Arawanas are These fish may also dig in the substrate for worms, from the addition of some marine salt to the water. incredibly agile, able to jump out of the water to so the tank should have a sandy base. seize invertebrates on overhanging branches.They will also prey on fish.

O T H E R A M E R I C A N S P E C I E S ● 183 Apteronotus albifrons STING IN THE TAIL Black Ghost Knifefish The arrangement of fins in rays, such as this around the wound, while venom is pumped Venezuelan stingray (Potamotrygon histrix), is directly into the bloodstream. The effects of the ORIGINS South America, occurring in parts of Venezuela, very different from that seen in other fresh- venom on humans vary between the different Ecuador, Peru, Brazil, and Guyana. water fish. The unusual pectoral fins, which stingray species, but they are always painful and SIZE 20 in (50 cm). extend all around the sides of the body, are in some people they can even be life-threatening. DIET Livefoods. responsible for the distinctive swimming motion. WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft Stingrays lack a dorsal fin and derive no These ancient relatives of sharks rely on their (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). propulsive power from the caudal fin. However, sting for protection against potential predators, TEMPERAMENT Shy, sometimes aggressive. the caudal fin does have a defensive function: including crocodilians and even jaguars, which it is equipped with a stinger in the form of a sometimes hunt them in the shallows. Stingrays The dense black body of this fish is punctuated raised, venomous spine. The spine pierces an are also well-camouflaged to help them avoid by two contrasting white areas—one on the head, attacker’s flesh, triggering a localized infection detection, and can modify their coloration to a the other at the rear, often on the caudal peduncle. certain degree to blend in with the river bottom. The Black Ghost Knifefish generates a weak electrical current that helps it to find its prey in murky water, acting rather like a form of radar. An aquarium for these fish should be shaded, with a dark substrate and a well-planted interior that offers the fish a range of hiding places. Eyes blend in with body color Knife-like shape Eigenmannia virescens Potamotrygon motoro aquarium.There is a very real danger associated with keeping these fish—take great care to avoid Glass Knifefish Ocellated Stingray contact with the stinger when servicing the tank. Always wear sturdy, unperforated gloves, and keep ORIGINS South America, from Colombia’s Rio Magdalena ORIGINS South America, where it is restricted to the disturbance to an absolute minimum.Whenever south to the Plate river in Argentina. rivers of Paraguay. possible, use tongs rather than your hands to carry SIZE 131⁄2 in (35 cm). SIZE 12 in (30 cm). out tank maintenance. In spite of their venomous DIET Livefoods. DIET Meat-based diets. sting, these fish are not inherently aggressive, and WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft groups can be kept together in a large aquarium. (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0). The floor covering of the tank should be deep and TEMPERAMENT Nervous yet social. TEMPERAMENT Fairly placid, but has a dangerous sting. sandy.This will enable the fish to burrow into the substrate, where they will lie with just their eyes There is a significant difference in size between the The spots on the body of this ray consist of a exposed. Mating is unknown in aquariums, but in sexes in this species, with females rarely growing light center surrounded by a dark outer circle. the wild it occurs in September and October, with larger than 8 in (20 cm). Both sexes have a long, Patterning is highly variable, perhaps to match the young rays being born about five months later. narrow body shape with neither a caudal fin nor the different habitats in which these fish occur. a dorsal fin. Glass Knifefish live in groups with a It is also affected by the level of lighting in the well-organized social structure, which helps to reduce conflict.The dominant male is usually the largest in the group.These Knifefish are most active after dark, although spawning usually occurs early in the morning, with up to 200 eggs being laid. Semi-transparent body

184 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y OTHER ASIAN SPECIES Some Asian species are far more popular in their home region than elsewhere in the world, often because of the myths and folklore that surround them.The Dragon Fish of Southeast Asia, for example, is believed to bestow good fortune on its keeper. Such unusual species are sporadically available from specialist dealers, and may be worth seeking out for their novelty and beauty.These fish The predatory Dragon Fish vary greatly in size and care requirements. (Scleropages formosus) is Some, such as the Knight Goby, have endangered in the wild. close marine relatives and may benefit Stocks available to aquarists from slightly brackish water conditions. today are captive-bred, in order to safeguard the future of the species. Mogurnda mogurnda A tank for these fish should incorporate a number Oryzias latipes of retreats in the form of rock caves or upturned Purple-Striped Gudgeon flowerpots. Pairs should ideally be kept on their Medaka own for spawning purposes, since males become ORIGINS From Southeast Asia to New Guinea and more territorial and aggressive at this time. A pair ORIGINS Asia, from China to Japan and South Korea; northern and central parts of Australia. will spawn in a cave chosen by the male, with up may also occur on some Indonesian islands. SIZE 7 in (17.5 cm). to 200 eggs being laid. After driving away the SIZE 11⁄2 in (4 cm). DIET Livefoods and prepared foods. female, the male will keep watch over the eggs. DIET Prepared diets and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 75–86°F (24–30°C); hard Hatching occurs within about two days, depending WATER Temperature 68–79°F (20–26°C); hard (50–100 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.2). on the water temperature.The male loses interest (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Territorial. in the fry once they are free-swimming, and may TEMPERAMENT Placid and quite social. eat the young if he is not removed.The fry can be The striped patterning that characterizes the reared on small livefoods. The Medaka, which frequents the upper levels Purple-Striped Gudgeon is most apparent on the of the tank, exists in a number of color forms; head and gill covers, while dark spots are scattered the golden morph (below) is one of the most over the attractive sky-blue flanks.Visual common. Females have shorter, more rounded anal distinctions between the sexes are slight, but fins, and fewer reflective scales on the rear of the female Purple-Striped Gudgeons grow body. Immediately after spawning, a string of eggs noticeably larger than males. resembling a bunch of grapes can be seen trailing from the female’s vent.The eggs are soon deposited among fine-leaved vegetation.

O T H E R A S I A N S P E C I E S ● 185 Stigmatogobius sadanundio Tateurndina ocellicauda Xenentodon cancila Knight Goby Eye-Spot Sleeper Silver Needlefish ORIGINS Mainland Southeast Asia and Indonesian ORIGINS Southeast Asia, occurring in New Guinea, ORIGINS Asia, ranging from India and Sri Lanka east to islands, including Java, Sumatra, and Borneo. where it is restricted to eastern Papua. Myanmar (Burma), Thailand, and Malaysia. SIZE 31⁄2 in (8.5 cm). SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 12 in (30 cm). DIET Livefoods and algae. DIET Small livefoods preferred. DIET Livefoods, typically fish. WATER Temperature 68–79°F (20–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 68–79°F (20–26°C); soft WATER Temperature 72–82°F (22–28°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). (150–200 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Quite territorial. TEMPERAMENT Nonaggressive. TEMPERAMENT Predatory. Variable black Divided dorsal fin These striking gobies display red markings on Jaws lined with teeth marking a blue background, and yellowish underparts. Females are more rotund than males, and have These slender fish have a dark stripe along each more pronounced yellow banding along the side of the body. Although they are difficult to sex, edges of the dorsal and anal fins. A pair seeks males generally have a dark edge on their dorsal and anal fins. Silver Needlefish need to be kept in out a spawning site, and the male guards a group under relatively subdued lighting.The tank the eggs until they hatch. Fry can be reared should include plants and plentiful open spaces for on brine shrimp once they are free-swimming. swimming. It must also be covered, to prevent the fish from jumping out. Silver Needlefish naturally Male prey on small fish, but in aquariums it may be possible to wean them onto larger invertebrates. The pale-silver body of the male Knight Goby is dotted with black spots that become more numerous toward the rear.The female has similar markings but is more yellow and has smaller fins. Knight Gobies may benefit from being kept in slightly brackish water conditions.They require an aquarium with plenty of cavelike retreats in which the fish can spawn.The male will guard the eggs, which are laid on the underside of the cave roof. Toxotes jaculatrix SHARP-SHOOTING FISH Archer Fish The hunting ability of the Archer Fish is remarkable. Rather than seeking food in ORIGINS A wide distribution, from the Middle East the water, it patrols just below the surface, through southern parts of Asia to Australia. searching with its sharp eyes for invertebrates SIZE 10 in (25 cm). on overhanging vegetation. Using its powerful DIET Livefoods. jaws, the Archer Fish sucks water into its WATER Temperature 77–86°F (25–30°C); hard mouth and carefully targets its intended (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). quarry from below the water line. Then it TEMPERAMENT Smaller individuals may be bullied. raises its mouth up slightly, just breaking through the surface, and fires a powerful jet Very short of water at the unsuspecting victim. If its aim upper jaw is true, the creature is caught off guard and knocked into the water below, where the The predatory Archer Fish has a silvery body and Archer Fish snaps it up. The water jet is a a yellowish tinge to the caudal fin.The sides of the formidable hunting weapon, being effective body display black blotches, as do the fins.This over distances up to 5 ft (1.5 m). reasonably social fish needs a deep, covered tank, and it may benefit from the addition of some Young Archer Fish begin to fire water jets marine salt to the water. Archer Fish have yet at quite an early age, but it takes practice to be bred successfully in aquariums.This may be to perfect their shooting skills. The biggest linked to the fact that the adults are believed to problem to overcome is refraction, which head out to sea to spawn on reefs. causes an object to appear to be in a different position when seen from below the water line. The Archer Fish deals with this by careful positioning. It shoots from almost directly under its quarry and adopts an upright posture in the water, thereby reducing refraction to a minimum and significantly increasing its chances of hitting the target.

186 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y OTHER AFRICAN SPECIES Africa is home to a wide range of unique and fascinating fish.The fossil record shows that some of these, notably the African lungfish (see opposite), have altered relatively little over millions of years. Lungfish and similar species, such as Cuvier’s Bichir, are most likely to be seen in specialist aquatic stores, partly because they can be difficult to keep.The long-snouted mormyrids, or “elephant fish,” rank among the most popular of the other African groups, thanks to their bizarre appearance.They also have the ability to generate weak electrical currents. Like the lungfish, Africa’s Reed Fish (Erpetoichthys calabaricus) can breathe out of water thanks to its swim bladder, which takes over the job of oxygenating the blood when the gills cannot function as normal. Gnathonemus petersii Campylomormyrus rhynchophorus Pantodon buchholzi Peter’s Elephant-Nose Down Poker Butterflyfish ORIGINS Western and central parts of Africa, ranging ORIGINS West Africa, in Angola and the Congo basin, ORIGINS West Africa, where it occurs in parts of Nigeria, from Nigeria and Cameroon to Zaire. especially around Kinshasa. Cameroon, and Zaire. SIZE 9 in (23 cm). SIZE 81⁄2 in (22 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Mainly livefoods. DIET Mainly livefoods. DIET Mainly livefoods. WATER Temperature 72–82°F (22–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 72–75°F (22–24°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–86°F (23–30°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 5.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). TEMPERAMENT Territorial. TEMPERAMENT Territorial. TEMPERAMENT Will not mix with other surface-dwellers. The elongated lower jaw of this mormyrid fish The Down Poker has a speckled body and a long, With its elegant pectoral fins, this fish resembles a resembles an elephant’s trunk. In the wild, it is thick proboscis formed by its elongated jaws.This butterfly in flight.The straight back and upturned used to dig for food in the muddy substrate. Mainly mouth indicate that it spends much of its time at nocturnal in habit, these fish can be identified by mormyrid requires subdued lighting, along the surface. A tank for Butterflyfish needs to be two vertical white stripes extending down each side with a fine substrate in which it can dig for shallow and covered, with floating plants over part of the body from the dorsal fin. Elephant-Noses can invertebrates, such as small worms. It is of the surface. Butterflyfish congregate beneath generate electrical impulses, which help them to difficult to wean off livefoods, but in vegetation, darting out to obtain food.Their eggs, navigate in murky water.They do not get along well numbering up to 200, also float on the surface. with their own kind, and their breeding behavior time this fish may eat flaked food as well. Down in home aquariums has yet to be documented. Pokers should not be kept together, but they can be housed singly with other nonaggressive species. Long, narrow Brownish-black caudal peduncle coloration

O T H E R A F R I C A N S P E C I E S ● 187 Polypterus senegalus Xenomystus nigri COCOONED IN MUD Cuvier’s Bichir African Knifefish Lungfish get their name from their ability to breathe air out of water. Air is taken up via ORIGINS Africa, in parts of Senegal, Gambia, Chad, and ORIGINS West Africa, occurring in the the Niger river in folds in the swim bladder, which increase the Niger, and in the White Nile and lakes Rudolf and Albert. Liberia, Niger, Zaire, and Gabon; also in the upper Nile. organ’s surface area and allow more blood SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 12 in (30 cm). to flow through it, facilitating gas exchange. DIET Livefoods. DIET Livefoods. Thanks to this auxiliary method of respiration, WATER Temperature 77–82°F (25–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); soft lungfish can survive through the dry season, (50–100 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5). when the pools that they inhabit evaporate. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive and quarrelsome. TEMPERAMENT Becomes territorial with age. As water levels fall, a lungfish burrows down into the substrate, and becomes sealed in Light greenish coloration and pale underparts Shaped like a knife blade, this fish is brown to the drying mud. With its body covered in typify these eel-like fish.They also have a number brownish-gray, occasionally with vertical stripes mucus to prevent water loss, and using its of small dorsal fins running down their back, and down the body. Knifefish require a well-planted swim bladder to breathe, it remains inert supplementary gills to help them survive in the aquarium, and must not be kept with smaller in its muddy cocoon until the rains return, wild in poorly oxygenated water. Cuvier’s Bichirs companions.They tend to be nocturnal, and typically four to six months later. The require a large yet relatively shallow tank, with may make bell-like sounds by compressing their lungfish then frees itself from its cocoon planting kept to a minimum but with plenty of swim bladders.The female is more colorful and reverts to its aquatic existence. retreats, such as bogwood. As members of the pike when she is in spawning condition, often turning family, they are highly predatory by nature. reddish-brown. She may produce up to 200 eggs. Protopterus annectens fish needs to be housed on its own in a large, well-planted aquarium with relatively shallow African Lungfish water.The tank must have a soft, fine substrate, and include bogwood to provide a suitable retreat. ORIGINS Africa, from Senegal eastward to Nigeria, and Feeding this unpicky predator is straightforward— from Zaire southward to Zambia and Mozambique. even aquarium snails sharing its quarters are likely SIZE 26 in (65 cm). to be eaten. It has not yet proved possible to breed DIET Carnivorous. these lungfish in aquarium surroundings.This is WATER Temperature 79–86°F (26–30°C); soft partly because of their intolerant nature, which (50–100 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). makes pairings difficult to achieve. Lungfish are TEMPERAMENT Aggressive and predatory. not fussy about the pH and relative hardness of the water in their tank, but good filtration is essential An elongated gray body, narrow, trailing pectoral to keep ammonia levels low. fins, and a crestlike dorsal fin running down the back make the African Lungfish unmistakable.This

188 ● F R E S H W A T E R F I S H D I R E C T O R Y BRACKISH WATER SPECIES A brackish-water tank lets you keep a number of interesting, but often overlooked, species that are native to estuarine waters.The home aquarium can be a mixed community setup, or a recreation of a specialized habitat, such as a swamp. It could incorporate mangrove plants and mudskippers (see p.43), which venture out of water more regularly than any other fish. Brackish water tanks are not difficult to maintain; correct water conditions are initially achieved by adding The Spotted Puffer a small amount of sea salt. Some of the (Tetraodon fluviatilis) more adaptable aquarium plants will grow will thrive in a brackish in these surroundings, although plastic environment, but other substitutes can also be used. members of this family occur in freshwater and marine habitats. Monodactylus argenteus Coius microlepis Paramsassis ranga Mono Siamese Tigerfish Glassfish ORIGINS Range extends from East Africa eastward as ORIGINS Southeast Asia, in parts of Cambodia ORIGINS Asia, found throughout India, Myanmar far as parts of Indonesia and Australia. (Kampuchea), Thailand, and on Sumatra and Borneo. (Burma), and Thailand. SIZE 10 in (25 cm). SIZE 16 in (40 cm). SIZE 3 in (8 cm). DIET Livefoods and vegetable matter. DIET Livefoods of various types. DIET Livefoods of various types. WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 7.6–8.0) with SG 1.002–1.007. (pH 7.6–8.0) with SG 1.002–1.007. (pH 7.6–8.0) with SG 1.002–1.007. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful, but avoid small companions. TEMPERAMENT Predatory. TEMPERAMENT Instinctively rather nervous. Angular dorsal fin The vertical yellow and black stripes of these Lateral line fish help to explain their name.Their dorsal fin has a decidedly spiky appearance. Although Skeleton Siamese Tigerfish are unlikely to grow as big in aquariums as they do in the wild, juveniles will still ultimately need a large tank. Siamese Tigers cannot be trusted with smaller companions, since other fish naturally form part of their diet. Swim bladder Symmetrical shape Although The internal organs of Glassfish are visible through their skin. Males have a more pointed swim bladder, largely silver, the and bluer edges on their fins. Spawning can be induced by raising the water temperature. Up to Mono’s patterning does 150 eggs are scattered among plants.They hatch in a day, and the fry are free-swimming soon after.These differ to some extent between individuals.The fish are sometimes injected with bright dyes and sold as “painted glassfish”; even if they survive, their prominence of the black banding through the eye garish colors will fade after a few months. and behind the gills is variable, as is the amount of yellow coloration on the fins. Monos look most effective if kept in a group.They are elegant but rather nervous fish by nature.

B R A C K I S H W A T E R S P E C I E S ● 189 Macrognathus aculeatus Periophthalmus barbarus SANCTUARY IN THE SWAMP Lesser Spiny Eel Mudskipper Mangrove swamps occur in tidal areas, often close to estuaries, where salt-tolerant plants ORIGINS Southeast Asia, in brackish environments close ORIGINS East Africa, south to Madagascar, and east to grow in the mud. The tangled mass of the to the shoreline. parts of southeast Asia and Australia. plants’ submerged roots provides sanctuary SIZE 14 in (35 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). for the young of fish, such as the Tiger Scat DIET Livefoods of different types. DIET Livefoods of all types. (see bottom left), which slip easily between WATER Temperature 73–82°F (23–28°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–86°F (25–30°C); alkaline the roots and out of reach of larger predators. (pH 7.6–8.0) with SG 1.002–1.007. (pH 7.6–8.0) with SG 1.002–1.007. Mudskippers in particular have adapted to TEMPERAMENT Predatory and aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Territorial. the mangroves, because they can survive temporarily out of water on the exposed The distinguishing features of this species are the An aquarium for these fish needs to be relatively mudflats at low tide, as visible below. When alternate light and dark horizontal bands along large and have a raised area like a beach at one end the tide comes in, the mudskippers’ brown, the side of the body and the false eye-spots on the to allow the fish to hop onto land, just as they mottled coloration helps to camouflage dorsal fin. As with other spiny eels, there are a them as they lie on the muddy bottom. number of spines in front of the dorsal fin itself. would at low tide in the wild.Tree roots and Nocturnal by nature, and eager burrowers into plants, too, will be needed, and an external the aquarium substrate, Lesser Spiny Eels do not power filter is essential to maintain the water rank among the most conspicuous of aquarium occupants.They will hunt for food on the floor quality. Keeping the aquarium covered will help of the tank, so provide them with foods that sink to ensure that the air inside is warm and humid to the bottom. Spiny eels tend not to agree with when the mudskippers emerge from the water. one another when kept in small groups. Scatophagus argus The spotted patterning that characterizes young Brachygobius xanthozona Scats alters as they mature, with the background Tiger Scat color becoming silvery rather than golden. Being Bumblebee Goby vegetarian, these fish will damage or destroy living ORIGINS Indo-Pacific region, from the coasts of India plants in their aquarium. Java Fern (Microsorum ORIGINS Southeast Asia, in brackish waters close to extending eastward to the Pacific islands. pteropus) must not be incorporated, since it may be the shoreline. SIZE 12 in (30 cm). toxic to Scats if they eat it. Scats are active fish by SIZE 2 in (5 cm). DIET Largely vegetarian. DIET Small livefoods preferred. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline nature, and a group will require WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 7.6–8.0) with SG 1.002–1.007. a large, spacious aquarium. (pH 7.6–8.0) with SG 1.002–1.007. TEMPERAMENT Social and nonaggressive. TEMPERAMENT Territorial by nature. The yellowish-orange and black banding on these small gobies resembles that of a bumblebee. Males tend to be more brightly colored and thinner than females. Bumblebee Gobies spend their time close to the bottom of the tank.Their eggs, which are susceptible to fungus even in brackish water, are hidden under a rock and guarded by the male until they hatch about four days later. Provide retreats to lessen displays of territorial aggression.

DIRECTORY OF FRESHWATER PLANTS

192 ● F R E S H W A T E R P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y FLOATING PLANTS Floating plants are chosen less for their appearance than those growing in the main body of the tank, and more for their function.They provide spawning sites and food for many fish species, and also give cover and help to diffuse harsh aquarium lighting. Floating plants vary widely in both size and leaf shape, and some grow on land as well as in water. Currents in the tank have a marked effect on the distribution of floating plants, so you may have to adjust the filter outlet to achieve an even spread. As with many floating plants, the leaves of Fairy Moss (Azolla filiculoides) overlap like roof tiles, masking the water’s surface and diffusing the light that passes down to the lower levels of the aquarium. Pistia stratiotes Azolla caroliniana Limnobium laevigatum Water Lettuce Carolina Fairy Moss Amazon Frogbit ORIGINS Abundant in waterways in tropical and ORIGINS From the U.S. to South America; introduced to ORIGINS From Mexico through Central America to subtropical parts of the world. Europe in the 1870s, and now found wild in some areas. Paraguay in South America. SIZE Leaves can be up to 4 in (10 cm) in length. SIZE Leaves each measure about 1⁄2 in (1.5 cm). SIZE Leaf diameter is 1–2 in (2.5–5 cm). WATER Temperature 72–86°F (22–30°C); soft WATER Temperature 68–86°F (20–30°C); hard WATER Temperature 68–86°F (20–30°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Break off the plantlets that develop on PROPAGATION Reproduces asexually, so simply divide PROPAGATION Split up existing plants; the divisions the stemlike stolons. an existing clump. will grow rapidly. The leaf clusters of this floating plant are lettuce- Leaves can form The rosette-shaped leaves of Amazon Frogbit are like in appearance.The tiny flowers emerge in the a dense surface paler underneath and sometimes display dark axils, between the leaf and stalk, while the trailing covering markings on top.They are able to float thanks to roots—which extend down to a depth of 30 cm their spongy, air-filled structure, which gives them (12 in)—may be used as spawning sites by some Fairy Moss can appear bright red under intense a slightly swollen, convex appearance. Aquarium egg-laying fish. Good lighting is vital for the lighting, but more usually it will be bright green, strains are female, and although they flower quite successful spread of the plant, which grows fast as seen above.This plant will soon spread over the readily, there is no likelihood that they will set under favorable conditions. Prevent condensation surface of an aquarium, and is a useful supplement seed in the absence of the male flower’s pollen. from dripping on to the leaves to the diet of vegetarian fish. It also provides a because the plant will rot. support for the nests of bubble-nesting species, such as gouramis, and serves as a retreat for fry, which may find food among its trailing roots.

F L O A T I N G P L A N T S ● 193 Salvinia auriculata Lemna minor Wolffia arrhiza Butterfly Fern Duckweed Watermeal ORIGINS Found widely in waterways from Mexico south ORIGINS Found throughout the world in both temperate ORIGINS Found throughout the world, in both temperate as far as Paraguay in South America. and tropical regions. SIZE Leaves are 1 in (2.5 cm) long, 1⁄2 in (1.25 cm) wide. SIZE Leaves are small, measuring about 1⁄5 in (5 mm). and tropical regions outside polar areas. WATER Temperature 64–77°F (18–25°C); soft WATER Temperature 41-86°F (5–30°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.8–7.2). (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.2). SIZE Tiny leaves measure about ⁄1 in (1 mm). PROPAGATION Simply break up the branches formed PROPAGATION Split off a few pieces from a mat; they 25 by this fern. will soon start to replicate. WATER Temperature 59–82°F (15–28°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Split off a few pieces from a mat; they will soon start to replicate. Duckweed grows under a wide range of conditions, even in an unlit aquarium, provided that it receives some natural light.This plant is a useful addition to a rearing tank, and can serve as a food source for vegetarian fish. If there are no plant-eaters to keep its growth in check, remove some of the duckweed with a net to prevent it from choking the surface. This is another species for which bright lighting is Watermeal is the smallest flowering plant known. very important. If the tank has a glass cover, it must Although the genus Wolffia comprises eight be tilted slightly so that condensation droplets do recognized species, they are all very similar in not fall on to the ferns, because this will cause the appearance.Watermeal is easy to grow, with its plants to rot. It may occasionally be necessary to green coloration turning reddish under bright thin out the growth, because Butterfly Fern can light. A ready supply of trace elements in the spread rapidly into a dense mat that will prevent water will encourage rapid growth. light from reaching other plants beneath. Riccia fluitans Ceratopteris thalictroides Liverwort Watersprite ORIGINS Another widely distributed species, occurring in ORIGINS Grows widely throughout the world’s tropical regions. parts of the Americas, Asia, and Europe. SIZE Up to 24 in (60 cm) tall when rooted. WATER Temperature 72–86°F (22–30°C); soft SIZE Leaves typically no more than ⁄1 in (2 mm). (50–100 mg/l) and slightly acidic (pH 6.5). 12 PROPAGATION Young plants develop on the edges of existing leaves. WATER Temperature 68–82°F (20–28°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Break off a piece from an existing clump to add to a new tank. Liverwort differs from other floating plants in that This is one of the most versatile of all aquarium it grows just below the surface, where it ultimately plants, since it can either be rooted in the forms large balls. It can also be grown out of substrate or float on the surface.When allowed to water in damp mud. It will thrive under relatively float, it has a more flattened appearance, with the hard water conditions in the aquarium. Liverwort leaves appearing slightly broader, while the white is especially valuable in tanks housing livebearers, roots simply trail down in the water.Watersprite’s providing fry with a safe refuge from the predatory coloration is variable, depending not only on attentions of other tank occupants. the lighting conditions, but also on the levels of dissolved nutrients in the water. Bright lighting is essential if it is to thrive, but if the illumination is too intense, the leaves may become scorched and die back.Watersprite is not a long-lived plant, being effectively an annual. Mature leaves produce buds that ultimately give rise to new plants.These may be separated from the parent plant once they are about 11⁄2 in (4 cm) across, but they can also be left to detach themselves.They will then float up to the surface and develop there naturally, sometimes protruding above the waterline.

194 ● F R E S H W A T E R P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y SUBSTRATE PLANTS Hundreds of plants are available to the freshwater aquarist, and selecting the right species means matching the optimum conditions for the plants to the needs of your fish. Plants and fish should share water chemistry needs and thrive under the same lighting conditions.Themed tanks, in which the geographical origins of fish and plants are matched, can work well. If your tank fish browse on vegetation, avoid slow-growing plants, which will not recover quickly enough; similarly, avoid prolific species that will soon outgrow a small tank. The cryptocoryne group includes some of the most popular aquarium plants. It contains 60 different species, although only about half are cultivated for aquarium use. This is one of the smaller species, known as the Dwarf Crypt (C. nevillii). Vesicularia dubyana Aponogeton madagascariensis Microsorum pteropus Java Moss Madagascar Laceplant Java Fern ORIGINS Parts of southern Asia, ranging from India ORIGINS The island of Madagascar, off the Southeast ORIGINS Occurs widely throughout Southeast Asia, through the Malay Peninsula to Java. coast of Africa, and also on nearby Mauritius. ranging into southern parts of China. SIZE Forms strands up to 4 in (10 cm) long. SIZE Leaves can be 20 in (50 cm) in length. SIZE Leaves may grow as large as 12 in (30 cm). WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); soft WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); soft WATER Temperature 72–86°F (22–30°C); hard (50–100 mg/l) and acidic to neutral (pH 6.5–7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.2). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.8). PROPAGATION Break off pieces of the moss and fix them PROPAGATION Divide a rhizome. A root above the PROPAGATION Divide mature specimens, or remove the in position as required. substrate may also produce a plant. Rarely seeds. tiny plantlets that form on older leaves. Madagascar Laceplants will grow readily from rhizomes, but they can be tricky to maintain. Shade them from bright light and keep them cool. Well-filtered water will stop debris from clogging their open leaf structure and prevent contamination by algae. Coloration varies from green to greenish-brown This moss will help to create a natural aquascape, Tough, The tough nature of Java Fern enables it to survive growing readily over rockwork and on bogwood. rigid in tanks where most plants would be destroyed by In the first instance, attach it with an elastic band leaves the fish, although there have been suggestions that and allow it to put down its rootlike hapterons, it is toxic to a few species.The rhizome should be which will bind it in place.Take care to ensure that attached to the decor with an elastic band, rather the lighting is not too bright, otherwise the Java than set in the substrate.The fronds will develop moss will be overgrown by algae in the water. transparent areas if the lighting is too bright.

S U B S T R A T E P L A N T S ● 195 Rotala macrandra Crinum thaianum Giant Red Rotala Onion Plant ORIGINS Asia, occurring in India and on the nearby ORIGINS Southeast Asia; particularly abundant island of Sri Lanka. in southern Thailand. SIZE Typically about 8 in (20 cm) tall in aquariums. SIZE Leaves can be up to 60 in (1.5 m) long. WATER Temperature 72–79°F (22–26°C); soft WATER Temperature 64–81°F (18–27°C); hard (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.5–6.9). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Split off shoots and plant these in the PROPAGATION May occasionally develop offsets on the substrate, where they will root easily. bulb; these can be taken off and replanted. Bright lighting accentuates the red coloration of Numerous types of Onion Plant are available, all this attractive species. Unfortunately, Giant Red of which reach a relatively large size.The straplike Rotala is difficult to establish in aquariums, and leaves can be up to 3 in (7.5 cm) wide, and are it can be damaged easily by rough handling. variable shades of green. In the wild, the Onion However, it is worth the effort, because it makes Plant will often grow above the surface, and it a striking contrast with green plants.To create is then that it produces its characteristic white the best effect, plant flower.The flower reveals that this is not a shoots in groups. member of the onion family, but a relative of the popular Amaryllis houseplant.The Onion Plant Side shoots Leaves are looks best in a large, deep aquarium, especially can be broken greenish above when planted toward the back of the tank. If the off and rooted and reddish below bulb is set deep in the substrate, with just its shoulder visible, it should soon establish itself and start sprouting leaves. Onion Plants are quite tough, so they can be incorporated successfully in aquariums housing large vegetarian fish, where more delicate plants would be consumed.They are also unfussy about their water conditions, and do not require brightly lit surroundings. Nymphaea maculata African Tiger Lotus ORIGINS Found naturally in parts of western Africa, notably in Gabon and Congo. SIZE Spread may be up to 18 in (45 cm) across. WATER Temperature 68–86°F (20–30°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION It may be possible to take shoots off the tuber. Can also be grown from seed. The Tiger Lotus, a broad-leaved relative of the water lily, has two distinct forms. The African Tiger Lotus, shown here, has greenish leaves with purple blotches and pale green undersides.The Red Tiger Lotus has reddish leaves, again marked with purple. Once planted in the substrate, tubers should grow rapidly under bright light. The leaves, up to 6 in (15 cm) in diameter, provide retreats for small fish.Tiger Lotuses may flower in the tank, producing white blooms above the surface that open at night. If the resulting seeds are left to fall into the tank, they may germinate on the substrate.

196 ● F R E S H W A T E R P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y Barclaya longifolia Bacopa caroliniana Glossostigma elatinoides Orchid Lily Giant Red Bacopa Glosso ORIGINS Southeast Asia, occurring from Myanmar ORIGINS Found naturally from southern parts of the ORIGINS Found in Australia, in New South Wales and (Burma) to parts of Thailand and Malaysia. United States into northern Mexico. Tasmania, and also in New Zealand. SIZE Up to 12 in (30 cm) across. SIZE Stems can grow up to 12 in (30 cm) long. SIZE About 1 in (2.5 cm) in height. WATER Temperature 77–86°F (25–30°C); soft WATER Temperature 68–75°F (20–24°C); hard WATER Temperature 68–82°F (20–28°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.8–7.2). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Small plantlets on the rhizome can be PROPAGATION Strip off the lower two pairs of leaves PROPAGATION Clumps can be split up and used as split off and planted. May also be propagated from seed. from the stem and plant in the substrate as a clump. cuttings. Alternatively, runners can be used. The Orchid Lily produces a series of attractive This small plant is ideal for the foreground of the upright leaves and may even bloom on occasion. tank, creating a pleasing carpet of growth that The red flower produced is able to self-fertilize. provides a refuge for fish fry. It spreads through Under brightly lit conditions, the leaves will be the substrate, and benefits from small amounts green, but relatively subdued lighting will bring of aquarium plant fertilizer. If its surroundings out a more brownish tone.The substrate must be are not well lit, Glosso will become taller and nonalkaline for this plant to thrive. rather straggly in appearance. The leaves of this plant have no stalk but attach directly to the stems.They display a rich coppery color in bright light, but appear more green under subdued illumination. A variegated form is also sometimes available. In the wild, the Giant Red Bacopa often grows as a bog plant above the water, but it thrives equally well submerged in a tank. Telanthera lilacina Red Telanthera ORIGINS Grows widely throughout tropical regions of South America. SIZE Can grow up to 12 in (30 cm) high. WATER Temperature 72–86°F (22–30°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic (pH 6.0–6.5). PROPAGATION Easily propagated by means of cuttings, which will root readily in the substrate. This plant may be found growing above the water’s surface in its native habitat, but it adapts well to cultivation underwater in an aquarium. Red Telanthera will only be seen in its full depth of color if the tank is brightly lit.The upper surface of the leaves tends to be greenish with red hues, while purplish-red coloration is concentrated on the undersides.This plant is a good choice for a themed Amazon tank, although it can also be used in a community aquarium. Red Telanthera is best placed at the sides of the tank, or toward the rear. Set cuttings into the substrate so that they grow to form a dense clump, and place green plants of a similar height nearby in order to emphasize the contrasting leaf colors. Make sure you strip off the lower leaves from Red Telanthera before planting, because they will rot if they are buried. Use small rocks to weigh down the bases of the cuttings until they root and become established.

S U B S T R A T E P L A N T S ● 197 Ludwigia mullertii Nymphoides aquatica Red Ludwigia Banana Plant ORIGINS This plant does not grow naturally in the ORIGINS Occurs naturally in the eastern states of the wild, but its ancestors occur in North America. United States, extending along the Atlantic coastline. SIZE Can grow to a height of 15 in (38 cm). SIZE Can grow up to 12 in (30 cm). WATER Temperature 68–86°F (20–30°C); soft WATER Temperature 68–77°F (20–25°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Very easily propagated from cuttings, PROPAGATION Divide the rootstock, remove although it may also be grown from seed. small plantlets, or split off runners. This vigorously growing plant is Although this adaptable plant probably a natural hybrid between Marsh Ludwigia (L. palustris) and a will tolerate being permanently different Red Ludwigia (L. repens). The key requirement of Red submerged in a tank, it prefers Ludwigia is bright light, which will maintain its distinctive red coloration. shallower waters similar to those of its Because of its rather elongated shape, Red Ludwigia looks at its best when it is planted natural habitat.The leaves of the Banana in clumps. Regular trimming back of the stems should help to ensure a denser, less Plant spread out over the surface in the straggly appearance, and as a result provide more cover for the fish in the tank.This hardy plant is aquarium, and it may especially useful in tanks housing fish that require relatively low water temperatures, because it will produce white Bright light grow well in such surroundings. If it is included in flowers on stalks encourages an uncovered tank, it may grow above the water’s above the water good leaf surface and subsequently flower, although the white growth blooms it produces are tiny and inconspicuous. level. In the wild, the banana-like roots act as a water reservoir to sustain the plant in times of drought. Leaf shape indicates a close relationship with water lilies Cabomba caroliniana Ceratophyllum submersum Cardamine lyrata Cabomba Hornwort Bitter Cress ORIGINS From the southeastern United States along the ORIGINS Grows widely throughout the world’s tropical ORIGINS Asia, found naturally in parts of eastern China, eastern side of Central America down to Argentina. and subtropical regions. as well as in Korea and Japan. SIZE Branches can grow to well over 20 in (50 cm). SIZE May reach a length of 18 in (45 cm). SIZE Can grow to about 12 in (30 cm) in height. WATER Temperature 68–79°F (20–26°C); soft WATER Temperature 68–82°F (20–28°C); hard WATER Temperature 59–77°F (15–25°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.2). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Roots easily from cuttings placed into PROPAGATION Very easy to propagate; pieces break off PROPAGATION Take cuttings, which will rapidly establish the substrate. naturally, giving rise to new plants. themselves in the substrate. There are numerous varieties of Cabomba: some This is an ideal choice for tropical aquariums. have larger whorls of fine leaves than that pictured, House it with Paradise Fish (see p.108) and others have mauve-tipped leaves. Good lighting and other species that share the is important for these plants, which are best same waters in the wild. planted in groups near the back of the tank, using This plant prefers cool pieces of slate to weigh them down until they take surroundings, and may root. Cut back leggy plants to encourage vigorous not thrive at temperatures and compact new growth. above 68°F (20°C).The leaf Fine-leaved This attractive plant has fine green foliage. It form ranges from structure needs to be held down in the substrate with rocks, circular to kidney- because it has lost the ability to anchor itself with shaped. Above the Central stem anchors roots. Hornwort is also fragile, and pieces break surface, the leaves are in the substrate off easily, usually from the crown.These may then pointed, and small, white grow at the water’s surface as floating plants. flowers are produced. Hornwort fares well under bright light. Planted in clumps, the stems will entwine

198 ● F R E S H W A T E R P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y Anubias barteri Barter’s Anubias ORIGINS West Africa, occurring in Nigeria, Gabon, Ivory Coast, and Cameroon. SIZE Leaves may be up to 12 in (30 cm) long. WATER Temperature 72–77°F (22–25°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.0–7.5). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome and transplant the pieces to different areas of the tank. A number of local strains of this plant occur throughout West Africa.The smallest is the Dwarf Anubias (A. b. var. nana), pictured right, which is widely cultivated for aquarium use because of its compact shape.The relatively thick leaves are about 2 in (5 cm) across, and the stalks are of a similar length.The largest variety, the Lance-Leaf Anubias (A. b. var. lanceolata), has long, narrow leaves. Barter’s Anubias is slow-growing, and benefits from a substrate fertilizer. It grows from a rhizome, which should not be buried but simply left on the substrate, where its roots will spread out. It is thus possible to anchor this plant to tank decor such as bogwood.The plant’s low height makes it ideal for the front of a tank, and it will thrive under subdued lighting. Its spathe flower, which is produced above the water’s surface, is unlikely to yield fertile seed. Hygrophila polysperma Shinnersia rivularis Vallisneria tortifolia Dwarf Hygrophila Mexican Oak-Leaf Plant Twisted Vallisneria ORIGINS Occurs in southern Asia; particularly common ORIGINS Central America, where its distribution is ORIGINS Probably southern Europe. Now occurs widely in many parts of India. restricted to Mexico. in tropical and subtropical localities. SIZE May reach 10 in (25 cm) or so in height. SIZE May reach 12 in (30 cm) in height. SIZE Leaves typically measure up to 8 in (20 cm) long. WATER Temperature 59–86°F (15–30°C); hard WATER Temperature 68–79°F (20–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 72–82°F (22–28°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Take cuttings using the lower leaves that PROPAGATION Can be grown either from cuttings or by PROPAGATION Split off the runners produced by are trimmed off before the plants are set in place. transplanting runners. established plants. Dwarf Hygrophilia is one of the most adaptable and It is unclear whether this plant is a hybrid or a easily cultivated of all aquarium plants.The long, natural variant of the Straight Vallisneria (V. spiralis). green leaves sometimes develop red tips when the Allow space between the plants so that light can plant is kept in brightly lit surroundings.This fast- penetrate: this is vital for their spreading plant will provide valuable cover in the growth. A larger form is the tank, although its growth may be curbed if snails Asiatic Vallisneria (V. asiatica), attack the leaves before it becomes established. which has serrated leaf edges. Long, twisted, ribbonlike leaves The stems of this plant, which grows upright when submerged, are thick and robust.The tooth-edged, oaklike leaves vary in color from light to dark green. Groups planted near the back of the tank look very attractive. Easy to establish, the Mexican Oak-Leaf Plant thrives not only in brightly lit conditions, but also under more subdued lighting.

S U B S T R A T E P L A N T S ● 199 Vallisneria gigantea Echinodorus tenellus Sagittaria subulata Giant Vallisneria Pygmy Chain Swordplant Dwarf Sagittaria ORIGINS Mainland Southeast Asia and various islands, ORIGINS Occurs widely through the Americas, from the ORIGINS North America, where it occurs on the eastern including New Guinea and the Philippines. state of Michigan to southern Brazil. side of the continent, down the Atlantic coast. SIZE Leaves may be up to 40 in (1 m) long. SIZE Grows to a height of about 6 in (15 cm). SIZE About 6 in (15 cm) in height. WATER Temperature 72–82°F (22–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 59–79°F (15–26°C); hard WATER Temperature 55–79°F (13–26°C); hard (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.2). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.2–7.0). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.5). PROPAGATION Split off and transplant the runners PROPAGATION Separate and transplant runners. Can also PROPAGATION Split off runners produced by mature produced by established plants. be grown from seed. plants and transplant them elsewhere. This large, straight-leaved Vallisneria species makes Open-weave A large expanse of this hardy, adaptable plant plastic pots resembles a grass lawn, and provides a safe retreat a striking centerpiece for a large aquarium. constrain for fry.To achieve this effect, place several plants root growth in the mid-ground area, with gaps between them. Cultivated strains that develop a reddish hue under They will soon spread out and fill in the gaps, Groups of these small swordplants form attractive especially on a coarse gravel substrate. bright light are particularly foreground cover in the tank. Cultivated strains vary in height, so adjustments may be needed attractive. Changes in water Tall, straight once the plants are established. If allowed to grow above the surface in shallow water, the leaves will quality may cause this leaves be broader, and flowers will be produced and may give rise to fertile seed. sensitive plant to die back. Leaves may be over 1 in (2.5 cm) wide Lilaeopsis novaezelandiae Saururus cernuus False Tenellus Lizard’s Tail ORIGINS This plant is native to Australia and ORIGINS Range extends down the eastern side of North New Zealand. America, from Canada to Florida. SIZE Can grow to 3 in (7.5 cm) in height. SIZE Leaves may grow to 8 in (20 cm) in length. WATER Temperature 64-82°F (18–28°C); soft WATER Temperature 64–75°F (18–24°C); soft (50–100 mg/l) and acidic to neutral (pH 6.4–7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 6.5–7.2). PROPAGATION Readily produces runners that can be PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome, take cuttings, or split split off and transplanted elsewhere. off and transplant runners. Similar in appearance to the Pygmy Chain The name of this swamp-dwelling plant derives Swordplant (see above), False Tenellus is a popular choice for the foreground of the tank, partly from the spiked arrangement of its yellowish- because it grows well in a wide range of water temperatures.This plant establishes itself readily, white flowers.The leaves, which are a variable and spreads well, especially when planted in a substrate that contains added nutrients. In fact, shade of green, appear slightly False Tenellus can be so prolific that its growth may sometimes need to be curbed to prevent it hairy at first, but they become from dominating the tank, since this could impair the efficiency of the undergravel filter and lead to smoother as they age. Lizard’s a deterioration in water quality. False Tenellus is often sold in bunches, with each plant consisting Tail grows from a rhizome, of one to three narrow leaves that taper to a point and lack a petiole (the part that usually connects a but thrives only when leaf to the stem). Other Lilaeopsis species may also become available to aquarists from time to time, it can spread both but they all look very much alike and have similar growth characteristics and requirements. above and below the surface. It is a temperate plant, so must not be kept too warm. In a pond it should be containerized so that it does not damage Heart-shaped the lining. leaves

INTRODUCTION TO MARINE FISH

202 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O M A R I N E F I S H What to consider A marine aquarium, populated with stunningly patterned reef Body inflated in a fish and invertebrates in crystal-clear water, makes a stunning defensive posture centerpiece for any room. Historically, marine tanks have been considered more difficult to establish and maintain than Porcupinefish (see freshwater setups, but today’s aquarium technology and p.251) cannot be breeding methods put them within reach even of novice aquarists. housed with invertebrates, because they are likely to prey on them. Tankmates for these fish need to be chosen with care. There are plenty of good reasons to keep marine fish in the The amount of free swimming space required by a marine fish depends partly home aquarium.They are diverse, often beautifully colored, on the species. Triggerfish, for example, often show aggression to each other and their biology and behavior are endlessly fascinating; you when several are kept in a smaller tank, but they can sometimes live together will never tire of watching a cleaner wrasse at work, for harmoniously, especially when young, if kept in very spacious surroundings. example, or a clownfish weaving between the tentacles of an anemone. Marine fishkeeping can also present real challenges, even for the experienced freshwater aquarist, so keeping a successful saltwater aquarium is particularly rewarding. Marine fish are considered challenging because seawater is very stable in both composition and temperature. Unlike freshwater fish, most marine species have little tolerance for fluctuations in water quality, and so keeping them in a home aquarium demands more monitoring, more attention to detail, and more patience, especially in the early stages, because the tank may take up to three months to become fully established. Tanks are available in all shapes and sizes (see pp.30–1). A marine tank is often more costly to maintain than its freshwater equivalent, not least because larger tanks (of at least 48 gallons, or 180 liters) are preferred.This is because Stocking densities in marine tanks are MARINE CHOICES A clownfish (right) generally lower than in freshwater swims between the setups (see p.30), and depend on type ● Marine tanks need careful protective tentacles planning for long-term of a sea anemone. of fish kept, maintenance, filtration, success. Take time before Clownfish are the and feeding regimens. buying to learn about the fish, most widely bred invertebrates, and equipment. marine fish. ● Consider whether you can afford the extra time commitment involved in keeping marine species. ● If you wish to breed fish, choose marine species carefully—many will not reproduce in the aquarium. ● Bigger is better where marine tanks are concerned.

W H A T T O C O N S I D E R ● 203 it is much easier to ensure the stability of water composition REEF CONSERVATION for the tank occupants in a greater volume of water.The tank will also need more power, because brighter lighting is needed Nearly all marine fish seen in home aquariums originate from to support marine algae and invertebrates, and power heads coral reef areas (see below), rather than from the open seas. Up should be used for effective biological filtration (see p.211). to 30 million fish are caught for the trade every year in countries including Indonesia, the Philippines, Vietnam, Brazil, and Sri Lanka. Types of marine aquariums The aquarium trade, together with most national governments, is There are two basic categories of marine aquariums: those working hard to promote sustainable reef management and outlaw in which the fish are kept on their own and those that practices such as the use of cyanide to catch fish and the capture include various types of invertebrate as well; the latter are of species with low survival rates. When carefully regulated, the often described as reef tanks. A fish-only tank is usually trade in fish can provide a revenue for local people that far exceeds recommended for novice fishkeepers because it avoids the that from fishing, and so can encourage care for these fascinating but highly fragile environments. • Reef areas Reef tanks (above), containing a mixture of fish and invertebrates, provide an ongoing challenge for more experienced fishkeepers.

204 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O M A R I N E F I S H pitfalls of compatibility that can arise when fish are mixed DANGEROUS FISH Spines inflict with starfish, anemones, shrimp, or other invertebrates that may form their prey. In many other respects, the factors Some marine fish have a burning, relating to the choice and siting of a marine tank are similar painful sting to those that apply to freshwater setups (see pp.30–1).The tank itself may be glass or acrylic (the latter is lighter in weight but powerful teeth that can scratches more easily). It must be sited on a suitable stand or piece of furniture on a strong, level floor, preferably adjacent inflict a painful bite, or sharp to a load-bearing wall and electrical outlets.The tank should be located well away from windows, radiators, or any other spines that can injure the environmental hazards, and surrounded by an uncluttered area to allow access for maintenance and water changes. unwary fishkeeper. Other species can inflict venomous stings that are not only dangerous to humans but can kill other tank inhabitants. In some cases, chemicals released into the water cause toxic poisoning of many or all of the tank inhabitants. Although they Stocking the tank may be highly decorative, these It is easy to make mistakes when stocking your marine tank, fish, which include scorpion-, rock-, and a little research before buying will pay great dividends and lionfish, as well as boxfish, pufferfish, and squirrelfish, are probably later. As a general rule, start with a few inexpensive fish in best avoided by novice aquarists. a fish-only tank—you can always graduate to a reef tank later. Lionfish produce a venom that is a nerve poison, or neurotoxin. When injected into a fish, A great variety of species are available through the aquarium it paralyzes its muscles, including the heart. trade, the majority of which are collected from the oceans rather than raised in captivity.This can make some species hard to feed, because they are accustomed to livefoods and reluctant to take substitute of marine fish, unless they are of a species that has a distinctive juvenile pattern or diets, even when these are clearly much smaller in size than adults in the same tank. contain all the ingredients Planning for the future needed to keep them in good If you are setting up a community aquarium, try to select fish that occupy different areas or health. At first, avoid species levels within the tank, because this adds visual interest, and also lessens the potential for with very specialized diets territorial disputes.The stocking levels in a marine aquarium need to be built up gradually (sea horses, for example, need (see p.216), so it is a good idea to plan the a diet based on brine shrimp evolution of your tank from the outset, taking into account the compatibility of fish to be nauplii); instead, choose fish introduced. Adding the fish in groups rather than haphazardly as individuals will help that can be kept on marine reduce the likelihood of bullying. flake or similar prepared The Blue Ribbon Eel is one of the largest species that can be kept in a home aquarium. It can grow Telling sexes apart is difficult in foods, and, if possible, to 3 ft (1 m) in length, but is sedentary, most marine species; when buying select tank-raised marine occupying the lower part of the tank. a shoal, you may well end up with fish, such as clownfish, a preponderance of males, which which are particularly may display aggressive behavior. easy to keep. Buying policy If possible, try to view the fish yourself before buying; this will allow you to make sure they are healthy and feeding well. Look for lively, alert specimens, with good, clean colors and no obvious blemishes.The fish should not appear abnormally thin (for the species), swim at a strange angle, or display abnormal gill movements.Try to purchase young fish—not just because they are less expensive than larger, mature specimens, but because they are likely to adapt better to aquarium life than adults. It is, however, hard to tell the age

MARINE FISH SETTING UP THE TANK

206 ● M A R I N E F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Lighting considerations Lighting the marine aquarium is both an art and a science. In an ideal setup, the light should appear natural, and should enhance the colors and forms of the tank occupants, but it must also be of the correct intensity and quality to sustain life. Achieving this balance requires some planning, especially in reef tanks. The marine fishkeeper is presented with an apparently Lighting arrays or bewildering variety of lighting alternatives; choosing the right hoods often include two one depends largely on the types of marine organism housed fluorescent tubes—one in the aquarium. Most fish are tolerant of a wide range of creating good viewing lighting conditions, so for a fish-only setup it is usually enough conditions, the other to provide lighting that displays the fish most effectively. Light providing blue light. levels should not, however, be set too low, or the growth of undesirable red/brown algae will be encouraged. along with their hosts. In their natural setting—shallow reefs in tropical seas—these organisms are exposed to bright light Lighting a reef tank is a very different matter. Many from the sun for eight to ten hours per day, and these invertebrates in reef aquariums, such as corals and anemones, conditions must be replicated with artificial lighting if they are only survive because they form partnerships with tiny to survive in a tank. Using sunlight to illuminate the aquarium photosynthetic algae that live inside their bodies (see box, is not a viable option. Instead, special tubes and bulbs, usually below). If the algae do not receive sufficient light, they die, mounted in a specially made hood, are used to simulate both the intensity and the quality of light falling on a reef. LIGHT AND INVERTEBRATES A natural coral reef has many Certain invertebrates, such as various sea anemones, corals, and different zones of light. Colored some mollusks, contain photosynthetic algae called zooxanthellae in corals predominate in the sunlight their fleshy bodies. This is a symbiotic relationship in which the zone. Deeper down, leather corals, algae supply their host invertebrate with food and oxygen, and in anemones, tubeworms, and others return receive shelter and take up some by-products of the animals. are more prevalent. Darker areas are When a sea anemone (bottom left) opens its tentacles, the occupied by soft corals, sponges, and maximum amount of light reaches its algal partners; the tiny invertebrates that lack zooxanthellae. greenish bodies of the zooxanthellae are visible in the close-up of a coral polyp (below right). However, not all invertebrates in a marine tank thrive under high light levels, and there should be suitable retreats in an aquarium if it is to house crabs and sponges.

L I G H T I N G C O N S I D E R A T I O N S ● 207 SPECTRAL OUTPUT OF LIGHTS Natural daylight is made up of a mixture of wavelengths (colors of light)—literally all the colors of the rainbow. However, most fluorescent tubes and light bulbs emit light at some wavelengths in preference to others. In the marine aquarium, it is vital to select lighting that supplies the wavelengths of light that are needed by plants and by symbiotic algae. If you are in any doubt, consult your aquarium dealer. A reef tank changes in appearance between day (left) Natural daylight Spectrum of light and night (right). When lit, corals and anemones open; in at the water’s surface the dark, they close up and fish may appear duller in color. Spectrum of light at a depth of 16 ft (5 m) The algae within corals and anemones need light at the blue end of the visible spectrum (see box, right) to photosynthesize. Color composition For this reason, marine aquarists tend to light their tanks of light at surface with fluorescent actinic tubes that strongly emit blue wave- lengths. Often, a more neutral daylight-simulating tube is Color composition used alongside the actinic tube to replicate the viewing of light at depth conditions under sunlight and eliminate any bluish cast. Regular domestic (tungsten or halogen) bulbs are not suitable, 400 500 600 700 because the light quality is inappropriate, and because they Wavelength (nm) generate excessive heat, which tends to increase water temperature and cause evaporation. Sunlight contains more or less equal proportions of all wavelengths of light. As it passes through water, red and yellow components are filtered out, which is why Fluorescent tubes are available in a range of lengths to reefs appear to be bathed in blue light. To set up a reef aquarium, it is essential suit almost any size of tank.They have a long life-span (up to duplicate these lighting conditions using bulbs or fluorescent tubes (below). to two years) and specialized tubes are designed to deliver a consistent high output throughout their life. In the case of Artificial light marine invertebrate set-ups, however, powerful metal halide bulbs may be the best option, but must incorporate an ultra- violet filter for safety. Mercury vapor lights are another possibility, but are costly and run very hot, so need to be carefully mounted in order to disperse the heat produced. Balanced daylight tubes give out Actinic tubes give out a predominantly a powerful penetrating light that violet-blue light, which is required by matches the spectrum of natural light zooxanthellae—the algae that live for optimal viewing. symbiotically with corals. Specialist aquarium tubes are Grow lights are used principally in designed for power and consistency of freshwater tanks; the red-rich light light output. They promote the growth they emit enhances the appearance of invertebrates and algae. of many animals.

208 ● M A R I N E F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Siting and substrate There are no firm rules about where to position a marine aquarium in the home, but following a few simple guidelines will help maximize the health of the fish, and ensure human safety.The choice of substrate (such as gravel or sand) greatly influences the overall appearance of the tank, and is more than just cosmetic. Substrate composition directly affects water chemistry, and so influences the long-term welfare of the fish. Positioning the tank Marine aquariums may be used architecturally, built into walls, or set up as room dividers. They should not, however, be Aquariums should never be moved if they contain water, sand, sited in rooms where cigarette smoke can build up, because or gravel because their great weight makes them prone to this can diffuse into the water and harm fish and invertebrates. shattering.The larger the tank, the longer it takes to empty and strip down for moving; so for marine aquariums, which tend to be larger than their freshwater counterparts, getting the location right the first time is particularly important. As a general rule, set up the tank in the room where you spend most time, and position it at eye level for the best views of the fish.Taller tanks provide eye-level interest whether seated or standing, and are a good choice for compact rooms where there is only space for a tank with a small base. Support the aquarium on a specially built stand or cabinet; if you use an existing piece of furniture, make sure it is strong enough to take the weight of the filled tank and will not be damaged by spillages. Allow enough space around the tank for routine maintenance—you should be able to reach all inner and outer surfaces of the glass without stretching. FILTER AND SUBSTRATE ᕡ Place the tank on sponge matting ᕢ Fit the undergravel filter Most marine aquariums are equipped with Wash out the tank to remove dust or glass Lay the corrugated plastic of the filter an undergravel filter, in addition to a power spicules. Glass aquariums need to be rested plate, with uplift tube attached, on the filter (see p.211). The filter medium is the on special sponge matting to absorb any base of the tank.The plate can be cut to substrate itself—typically, crushed coral or unevenness in the surface beneath. size, and should cover the whole base area. shell, covered with finer coral sand—which becomes colonized by beneficial aerobic bacteria. A mesh net separates the two layers, thus maintaining the flow of water through the filter bed. Always buy prepared substrate from a reputable aquarium dealer, and check it thoroughly for foreign bodies, such as fragments of plastic, metal, and glass, before placing it in the tank.

S I T I N G A N D S U B S T R A T E ● 209 Avoid placing the aquarium SITING TIPS where it will be exposed to Acrylic admits about 15 percent direct sunlight, because you more light than glass of comparable thickness, and it can ● Keep the tank clear of will then lose control over be shaped into more unusual forms with rounded corners. heaters, air conditioning the light intensity and units, and windows. Sudden temperature in the tank. Acrylic tanks are preferred changes in temperature can by some marine aquarists. be lethal to fish. Water and electricity don’t They are lighter and easier to handle than glass, and ● Be prepared to rearrange mix, so it is essential to keep holes may be drilled through the room décor to display the cabling short and neat; avoid them to conceal inlet and outlet pipes. However, they tank to best effect. using messy extensions and do scratch more readily than conventional glass tanks, ● Consider how easy it will always consult a professional and are more expensive. be to service the tank. electrician if you have any DECORATIVE BACKDROPS ● Place the tank on a doubts about your system. completely level surface. Never plug pumps or filters A tank’s inlet and outlet tubes are rather unsightly, but are easily hidden behind a backdrop, stuck to the outside rear of the tank. into switched outlets—it is Commercially available backdrops made from fade-resistant, waterproof plastics feature all all too easy inadvertently to flip the wrong wall switch and sorts of images, from reef scenes, which create a good illusion of shut off the tank’s life support systems. depth, to tropical beaches and even lunar landscapes. Substrate matters The substrate in a marine aquarium is not just for decoration. Some fish, such as jawfish (see p.282), like to burrow, so the sand or gravel used must be of a suitable texture.The substrate is also important in maintaining water chemistry; thanks to its calcium carbonate content, it acts as a buffer, helping to counter the progressive acidification of the water (see p.221). And, when an undergravel filter is used, the substrate also serves as a filter bed (see p.211). In this case, the size and depth of the substrate particles is key; the substrate needs to be deep enough to be effective as a filter, and water must be able to pass between the particles. Usually, the filter plate is covered with a layer of coarse material (see below), such as crushed coral, shell, or dolomite chips (all of which are high in calcium carbonate). Coral sand or aragonite sand is then laid on top of this to create a more natural appearance. ᕣ Add coarse substrate ᕤ Fit the gravel mesh ᕥ Cover with coral sand Place a layer of calcareous substrate— Lay the mesh net over the coarse substrate Pour fine coral sand onto the mesh to a washed in aquarium disinfectant and well layer, turning the edges down.This will depth of about 1 in (2.5 cm). Shape the sand rinsed—onto the filter plate to a depth of prevent the sand from sinking and filling layer to the desired form, typically sloping about 2 in (5 cm), and spread it out evenly. in the spaces between the coarser grains. it forward toward the front of the tank.

210 ● M A R I N E F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Heating and filtration Tropical marine fish thrive at water temperatures of between 77°F (25°C) and 81°F (27°C).Their natural reef environment changes little from day to day, so they are poorly adapted to fluctuations in temperature and water quality. As a result, reef fish are far less tolerant of change than their freshwater cousins: creating and maintaining a constant environment is the key challenge when keeping such species in a home aquarium. Unless you live in a particularly Currents created on the warm climate, you will need a heater surface of the marine to maintain the water temperature in aquarium (above) by your tank. Standard heaters contain a power filter outlet a glass-encased heating element, and replicate the motion of have an integral thermostat, which waves over a reef (left), switches the unit on and off to which helps to keep the maintain a preset temperature.These water well oxygenated. heating units are available in a range of sizes and power ratings (wattages). Heater safety You should allow a rating of about The heater should be installed after all the rockwork and 1 watt per 1⁄4 gal (1 liter) of water, or tank decor are in place—this will minimize the risk up to 2 watts per 1⁄4 gallon (1 liter) if of accidental damage to its outer glass casing. It is also the ambient temperature is particularly low. Many aquarists a good idea to fit a heater guard—a ventilated shield prefer to use two slightly underpowered heaters to keep the around the heater—to prevent any direct contact water at the desired temperature, rather than a single, more between fish and the body of the heater, which can powerful unit.The principle is that if one heater fails, the cause serious burns. Never switch on the power until other will be able to keep the temperature at a reasonable the heater is completely submerged, and always turn level; and conversely, if one unit fails to switch off, it will off the power before placing your hand in the water. be insufficiently powerful to overheat the tank. A few species, notably boxfish (see pp.250–1), HEAT DISTRIBUTION have extremely sharp teeth and will bite through the plastic casing of electrical cables that carry The heater should be fixed where water can flow readily around it power to the heater. For these fish, it is safer to and so distribute warmed water around the tank; avoid parts of the use undergravel heating units (see p.33). tank cluttered by rockwork and other fixtures. The sensible aquarist is always skeptical about Types of filtration thermostat settings on heater Filtration is needed to rid the tank of toxic wastes, units—even the best units undesirable particles, and other dissolved chemicals. can become unreliable, or fail There are many different designs of filters, and their completely, with disastrous mode of action may be biological, mechanical, or consequences. To guard against chemical, or a combination of these. this, fit the tank with a separate thermometer (see p.33), and Biological filters remove nitrite and ammonia check the temperature regularly. from the water (see p.34 for a full description of the nitrogen cycle).They work by providing a home The heater unit is held in place with suction caps. A small light on the unit shows when it is operating.

H E A T I N G A N D F I L T R A T I O N ● 211 FILTRATION CHOICES Air enters to aerate water Two or more filters are often used in the same tank to Beneficial bacteria Electrical power maximize water quality and eliminate ammonia and nitrite, colonize substrate cable which reef fish cannot tolerate. Biological filters, such as undergravel and trickle designs (right), are often teamed with Filter plate sits Powerhead pumps external power filters, which pump water through an external on tank floor water up from beneath canister containing filter media such as sponge, filter wool, or the filter plate activated carbon. The filtered water is then sprayed back into Water is drawn up the tank through the fine holes of a spray bar—a process that the uplift tube helps oxygenate the water. Some aquariums feature ozonizers— units that produce bubbles of ozone gas to oxidize waste Water drawn through matter—or protein skimmers (below), which use yet another perforated filter plate method to remove potentially harmful organic waste. Foam spills over In an undergravel filter, a colony of beneficial bacteria establishes into reservoir itself in the substrate. As water is drawn down through the filter bed, the bacteria break down organic waste produced by the fish. Air Waste collects Water passes Water is sprayed Tube carries water in reservoir through activated onto filter plate up from tank carbon filter medium Tiny holes in filter plate allow water Bubbles carry to trickle protein waste through slowly upward as they rise through the water Air is pumped Layers of into the skimmer progressively finer filter media Airstone produces tiny bubbles Clean water Slit allows water to Biological filter medium drips back pass to next section harbors beneficial bacteria into tank The protein skimmer works in a different way from conventional filters. A stream The trickle filter provides sophisticated biological and mechanical filtration. of electrically charged air bubbles rises through a plastic tube; proteins and other Water is drawn up from the tank and sprayed over a stack of different filter organic wastes stick to the bubbles and rise to the surface, where they form a media, through which it trickles before flowing back into the aquarium. thick foam. This must be regularly collected for disposal, preferably twice a week. Spraying also oxygenates the water, improving bacterial action within the filter. for bacteria that convert these natural WATER STERILIZATION waste products into harmless compounds. Mechanical filters remove particles by Ultraviolet (UV) light is a powerful sterilizing agent, capable of forcing water through some kind of filter killing bacteria, parasites, and even tough algal spores. Some cartridge. Some of these cartridges contain aquarists use sterilizing units that pass water from the filter filter media that trap particles as small over a UV lamp before returning it to the tank. There is some evidence that use of these lamps reduces the incidence of disease. as 3 microns across and can be used periodically to scrub the water of Water travels back Water is pumped into the bacteria and algal blooms. Chemical into the tank unit from the power filter filters remove dissolved substances from the water, such as ozone, chlorine, heavy Water flows The UV tube in the metals, and medications. Most work by around UV lamp sterilizer unit should forcing the water through a filter medium be replaced every six of activated carbon (a manufactured form of UV lamp months, because carbon that is highly porous). Chemical filters output drops quickly. are useful for eliminating the yellow coloring Looking directly at that often develops in aquarium water. this light source will damage your eyes.

212 ● M A R I N E F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Selecting the decor It is possible to keep marine fish in a bare tank. BUYING LIVE ROCK However, even the simplest fish-only setup will benefit from judicious decoration, which will accentuate the Live rock is available from aquarium colors of the fish, provide them with places to shelter suppliers. It is usually shipped in and spawn, and set out territorial spaces in the tank. plastic bags so that it stays moist, In more advanced reef aquariums, the choice of decor which keeps its complement of is vital, because it transforms the tank into a dynamic attached living organisms alive. ecosystem capable of supporting a diversity of life. Most suppliers hold the live rock in tanks for a period to “cure” it There is a huge range of tank decor available to the home before putting it on sale. The curing process involves repeated, careful aquarist. Real and artificial rocks, corals and sea fans, shells, cleaning of the rock. This type of live rock, which is described as amphoras, even plastic novelty items such as shipwrecks and “seeded,” can be introduced into the aquarium without further treatment. sharks, can be used to provide three-dimensional interest in Live rock from the Red Sea and the the tank. Decoration is a matter of taste, but it is vital to Caribbean is generally preferred to that from the Indo-Pacific origins, because it supports a wider diversity of life. consider the welfare of the fish when making a selection. Marine organisms are sensitive to pollutants; even traces of metal, especially copper, may Rocks and corals be toxic. Always buy tank The basic component of a naturalistic marine tank is rock. Calcium-rich rocks, such as tufa, are ideal because, like SAFETY CONCERNS decor from a reputable crushed coral (see p.209), they have a buffering effect and help to control water acidity.Tufa has the additional advantage of ● Keep rock structures simple marine dealer and never be being soft enough to carve into almost any shape. It also and stable. Collapsing rocks tempted to use household provides an excellent surface for colonization by marine invertebrates and algae. In fact, it can be difficult to can crack the glass of the objects or items intended for distinguish well-colonized tufa from live rock (see opposite). tank. Use large, flat-faced a freshwater setup (such as Rock arrangements should ideally include some overhangs rocks for the foundations. bogwood). Do not overwhelm and bridges where the fish can shelter in semi-natural safety; the aquarium; every item you the rocks should not be piled in solid walls, or against the ● Wear gloves when place in the tank displaces sides of the tank, because this will impede water circulation, handling dead corals and which is essential for effective oxygenation. Some aquarists artificial rocks, such as lava like to add dead coral skeletons and shells to the tank; these can provide useful hiding places for smaller fish and rock. Some have razor-sharp valuable water.This reduces edges that can inflict cuts. available swimming space and concentrates dissolved waste. Porous rocks, such as tufa, are preferred for the marine aquarium Calcium-rich because they displace less water than solid rocks. Smooth rocks, ocean rock such as slate, are used as spawning surfaces by some species, while artificial corals and sea fans add visual interest. Artificial Artificial Slate Petrified Tufa rock sea fan table coral wood

S E L E C T I N G T H E D E C O R ● 213 invertebrates, but are soon colonized and discolored by algae, DECORATIVE ALGAE which are hard to remove. Dead coral skeletons and shells carry toxins or even undesirable dormant organisms, so they Microscopic algae will naturally colonize a marine aquarium. Their should be sterilized by boiling for at least 30 minutes and then excessive growth is undesirable (see p.220), but in limited numbers cooled before introduction to the tank. Many hobbyists prefer they help to maintain diversity in the tank and provide additional synthetic corals, which look far more convincing and natural sources of food for reef fish. Larger algae, or macroalgae, by than dead skeletons, and are free from these problems. contrast, are usually bought specially to decorate the aquarium. There is a great diversity of colors and growth habits from which Live rock to choose, a small selection of which is shown below. When buying, select specimens that are firm, well-colored, and, if possible, The most beneficial of all tank decorations is live rock, which attached to substrate (such as live rock). is made up of the compacted calcium-rich skeletons of long- dead corals and other hard-shelled marine animals. Live rock Bladed Sand Moss Fan Weed (Avrainvillea Grape Caulerpa naturally accumulates in areas adjacent to coral reefs, where (Caulerpa prolifera) is sp.) has a fan-shaped (Caulerpa racemosa) its porous structure provides a home for diverse bacteria, a popular and fast- head held above the resembles small bunches invertebrates, and algae.When placed in an aquarium, live growing green alga. sand by a central stalk. of grapes. rock brings with it its population of beneficial organisms, which can significantly improve water quality in the tank. Flagweed (Halymenia Turtleweed (Chlorodesmis Shaving Brush With its many pores and pits colonized by microbes, the rock floresia) is a prized, fastigiata) grows in (Penicillus capitatus) has serves as a highly efficient biological filter, removing waste slow-growing red alga emerald-green tufts. It a smooth stalk topped products, such as ammonia and nitrite, from the solution; with ragged margins. is browsed by tangs. with a brushlike head. algae and photosynthetic corals on the rock also take up the resulting nitrates. Indeed, live rock is so good at cleaning the water that, when used in conjunction with a protein skimming device (see p.211), it can eliminate the need for more complex filtration systems. Using live rock as the basis of filtration in a marine tank is known as the Berlin method. Live rock has other benefits, too: it provides an ideal substrate for larger algae and invertebrates, such as anemones and sponges, and it is a living pantry for fish, which can browse on the teeming life it houses. Live rock benefits the simplest fish-only marine setup, but is almost essential for the larger reef tank, where it provides the basis for any re-creation of the reef habitat. A reef aquarium is never entirely stable because it depends on dynamic interactions between many life forms. Watching its evolution over the years is a large part of its appeal.

214 ● M A R I N E F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K Preparing the tank Assembling the components of the marine aquarium is straightforward, but there are a few important factors, such as the quality of your water supply, that must be considered if you are to achieve a successful result. Patience is vital; even under ideal conditions, it can take several months for conditions in the tank to become stable enough for the most delicate marine species. When setting up a marine tank, care must be taken not only A marine tank to create the desired visual effect, but also to consider the should aim to mimic varied needs of the marine species you wish to keep. Once the the natural habitats substrate has been prepared (see pp.208–9), the next step is to of the fish; this Coral arrange tank decor (see also pp.212–13), taking great care to Trout (Cephalopholis ensure that it is clean and firmly supported in the aquarium. miniata), for example, If necessary, pieces can be held together with silicone sealant, requires niches in the to make them more secure. Arrange the rockwork to contain rock in which it can hide. niches and crevices for the fish to use as retreats. Position rockwork toward the back of the aquarium, leaving a clear CALCULATING THE VOLUME OF YOUR TANK swimming area at the front—this will make the fish and other marine life more visible. Live rock (see p.213) should only be To calculate the volume of a rectangular tank, multiply the added once the tank is full and the water conditions have dimensions of the tank in inches (height x width x depth), then stabilized (see p.216). multiply the result by 0.0043 to get the volume of the tank in gallons. If measuring in centimeters, again, multiply the dimensions Heating and filtration components (see pp.210–11) can then together, but divide the result by 1,000, to give the volume in liters. be fitted around the rocks.When making your arrangement, Whichever method you use, the final figure must then be reduced be careful not to create “dead spots”—areas where current by 10 percent, to take account of the rockwork and other decor. from the filter does not reach—because uneaten food and debris can accumulate here, which will lead to a gradual deterioration in water quality. SETTING UP THE TANK ᕡ Measure the marine salt ᕢ Prepare the saltwater solution Special commercial salt mixes make it easy to Read the instructions on the packaging Measure out the required volume of water create the necessary water conditions for a of the marine salt carefully before you in a watering can or bucket, and treat it marine tank. It is best to mix the water with start. Using a measuring cup, pour out with a dechlorinator before slowly stirring the salt before pouring it into the tank, so the appropriate amount of salt. in the salt with a wooden spoon. that you can be sure that it is thoroughly dissolved. A second option is to add the salt to a prescribed volume of water in the tank, allowing the filtration system to mix the solution, but it can be harder to be sure that it has dissolved fully.

P R E P A R I N G T H E T A N K ● 215 ADDING SESSILE INVERTEBRATES through the soil and contaminate the water supply. Test your supply for nitrates (see p.221), or contact Before placing sessile invertebrates, such as anemones and corals, in your water company for information.There are the tank, make sure the rockwork is securely positioned; the delicate various options available for removing nitrates; bodies of these animals are easily damaged. Position them in a well- the simplest is to run the tap water through a lit part of the aquarium and relatively close to a powerhead, where special nitrate filter. A reverse osmosis (RO) unit there is a good flow of water that will waft food to them and carry is a more expensive option that removes not only away their waste. Sponges prefer a more shady area in the aquarium. nitrate, but also other pollutants, including Always transfer these creatures in water to minimize the risk of phosphates. Finally, the water must be treated structural damage, which can lead to bacterial infection. with a dechlorinator or water conditioner, which neutralizes chlorine and chloramine. Gloves guard against stinging tentacles Marine salt is available from aquarium stores and comes with Allow a gap equivalent detailed instructions on how to make up to at least their own a saltwater solution of the correct salinity. width between anemones It also contains all the key ingredients, and corals when placing notably calcium and magnesium, to ensure them in the aquarium. that the solution is sufficiently hard, and If they are too close to enhance its buffering capacity. Salinity together, they are likely is measured on the specific gravity to sting each other with (SG) scale.This compares the density their extended tentacles. of the salt solution to pure water; the more concentrated the solution, the Water quality more dense it is relative to water, and Marine tanks must be filled with a specially prepared salt-and- the higher the SG reading. Specific gravity water mixture (see below). Never use water from the hot-water can be measured using a hydrometer; the system in your home; it may be contaminated with copper SG reading is taken from the floating from the pipework, which can be deadly to invertebrates. hydrometer’s position at the surface Even if using water from the cold-water system, it is always a of the water. valuable precaution to test for copper, using a suitable test kit. A further potential problem in some areas is the high level of Once the tank has been filled nitrates present in the domestic water supply.This typically (see below), the system is ready to be occurs in agricultural areas, where nitrate fertilizers leach switched on.The thermostatic heater will raise the water temperature gradually to the preset figure. ᕣ Build up the decor ᕤ Fill the tank ᕥ Measure salinity Add rockwork and other basic decor to the Place a clean saucer on the substrate and Check the salinity of the dry tank. First create a secure base with then carefully pour the salt and water water using an instrument larger rocks, then build up the rockwork, solution onto it, to avoid disrupting the that measures specific gravity, leaving plenty of holes and crevices. base layers of substrate in the tank. such as this hydrometer.

216 ● M A R I N E F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E T A N K The maturation process Stocking the tank Coral reefs are very stable environments, and the fish living A vast range of colorful and interesting species are available there are not adapted to significant shifts in water parameters today from aquarist suppliers, but it is important to take time such as temperature, salinity, or water chemistry. In the to plan and research the numbers and species of fish that are aquarium, therefore, conditions need to be stabilized before appropriate for your particular setup before you make any the tank can be stocked with more delicate fish and purchases. A typical rectangular aquarium can support 1 in invertebrates. Before the biological filter is fully functional, (2.5 cm) of fish per 4 gallons (15 liters) of water in the first levels of ammonia and nitrites can rise to dangerous levels six months, increasing to 1 in (2.5 cm) of fish per 2 gallons (see p.222). One way to speed up the maturation process is to (7.5 liters) thereafter. If you introduce very fast-growing introduce hardier species, such as damselfish (see pp.240–3), species into the aquarium, however, their eventual size must into the new tank; these fish can endure the fluctuating water be taken into account when calculating the stocking density, quality, and the waste they produce encourages populations in order to avoid overstocking problems at a later date. of beneficial bacteria to develop within the biological filter. In addition, cultures of beneficial bacteria are available that Make sure the fish you choose are compatible with one can be added to the tank. Regular testing (see pp.220–2) will another; if you are planning to create a reef tank, check that reveal when the water conditions have stabilized; at this point, they will not harm invertebrates. Fish to be introduced should ammonia and nitrite levels should be virtually undetectable. ideally first be quarantined in a separate tank for up to two weeks, to allow any signs of illness to become apparent. INTRODUCING THE FISH ᕡ Equalize water temperatures ᕢ Catch the fish Wait for a few days after setting up the tank Float the bag in the aquarium for about 15 Net the fish inside the plastic bag, being before obtaining and introducing the first minutes.This allows the temperature in the careful that the water in the bag, which may few hardy fish, to be sure that the system is bag to slowly rise to match that in the tank, contain medication or harmful microbes, functioning properly. When choosing a fish for thus minimizing the stress on the fish. does not spill into the tank. your tank, always ask the supplier to let you examine it closely; carefully inspect both sides of its body for any signs of illness or injury. Also ask to see the fish feeding, because this is a good guide to its general state of health. The supplier will catch your chosen fish and transfer it to a plastic bag; it should be kept here for the minimum possible time before introducing it to the tank (right). Finished tank with damselfish Damselfish make ideal first occupants of a new tank ᕣ Release the fish Allow the fish to swim out of the net and into the tank. Newly introduced fish will often hide away at first, retreating into crevices in the rockwork.

MARINE FISH MAINTENANCE

218 ● M A R I N E F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E Food and feeding Providing your fish with a balanced, healthy diet FEEDING INVERTEBRATES demands a little research. It is vital to establish not only SESSILE FEEDERS Some invertebrates, such as the Flowerpot the dietary preferences of each species, but also the Coral shown here, spend their lives attached to rock and cannot move to way in which it feeds. Some, for example, feed only on reach food. Consequently, they must be offered food in their immediate vicinity. floating foods, while others will feed exclusively from MOBILE FEEDERS the substrate.Today, there are commercially prepared Invertebrates that can move to seek food will eat a varied diet, and even scavenge marine foods that suit all feeding styles and meet the on food provided for aquarium fish. The starfish pictured here has requirements of almost every species. engulfed a pile of mussels. Marine fish naturally seek food at different levels in the day.These diverse feeding strategies are also evident in the water. In the surroundings of the coral reef, this prevents aquarium, and must be addressed if the fish are to thrive. direct competition for food from other fish, and allows each Suppliers of aquarium fish are able to offer advice on the fish to occupy its own space without conflict. Some species optimum feeding strategies for each species. are confident, and will feed in open water or on the seabed. Others eat algae from the rocks, or hide within crevasses Sources of food waiting for an opportunity to emerge. Herbivorous fish Some reef fish are opportunistic and eat a variety of foods in spend much of their time browsing to meet their the wild.This is useful to the aquarist because these species can nutritional needs, while also be persuaded to eat a varied diet in the tank. However, predatory species, such as their diet should be underpinned by a commercially prepared eels, may not feed every staple food, which will ensure that they get the correct mix of vitamins, minerals, proteins, and carbohydrates that is Sea horses are specialist feeders, and need to be provided with a regular supply of live brine shrimp larvae (shown here) in aquarium surroundings.

F O O D A N D F E E D I N G ● 219 essential for good health.There are varieties of commercially TYPES OF FOOD prepared foods that float, sink, or even stick to the sides of the tank, to suit the feeding styles of different species. There are four main types of marine food available: dry food with Store the food in sealed containers to keep it dry and fresh. added nutrients; freeze-dried and frozen livefoods, such as fish and It should not be used after the manufacturer’s expiration date, crustaceans; and vegetable or vegetable–based products. after which the vitamin content declines rapidly. A range of freeze-dried, frozen, and vegetarian marine fish food is also DRY FOOD available. Frozen foods, such as shellfish, are subjected to gamma irradiation, which makes them free from the pathogens Tablets are suitable for Pellets come in two Flakes, which float and that may be carried in fresh foods. most marine fish. They varieties: those that then sink, are ideal for can be stuck to the side float, for surface- mid-tank fish. Varieties Feeding time provides an opportunity to monitor the well- of the tank, to allow feeding fish, and those are available for being of the fish; if any loss of appetite is detected, it may be fish to nibble them, or that sink, for fish that carnivorous, vegetarian, an early indicator of illness. It is important not to overfeed, dropped to the bottom. dwell at lower levels. and omnivorous fish. because uneaten food may pollute the water, and can poison the fish. Excess food should be removed from the tank as soon FREEZE-DRIED LIVEFOODS as the inhabitants are finished eating. Krill feature in the Bloodworms are high Brine shrimp are The new tank natural diet of many in protein. Their small suitable for smaller marine creatures. size means they will fish, including young Not all marine fish will feed readily after being moved to a Suitable for larger fish, be eaten not only by fry. They provide high new aquarium. If you are able to, observe your chosen fish they are high in protein fish, but also by some levels of nutrients and feeding prior to purchase; if they feed readily, you can be and beta-carotene. invertebrates. essential fatty acids. reasonably confident that they will settle down and regain their appetite in a day or two, especially if provided with FROZEN FOOD familiar food to encourage their appetites. If they ignore commercially prepared foods, try to disguise them in fresh foods. For predatory species, place small pellets in the mouths of frozen fish, such as lancefish, or insert them into the bodies of krill. Once the fish have gained an appetite for commercially prepared foods, they will take them independently.When choosing fish for a new tank, avoid vegetarian species, because at this early stage there is little algal growth in the tank for them to browse. Acclimatization of such species is likely to be easier in a mature tank, once algal growth is established. Frozen krill has a Cockles feature in the Lancefish are ideal for higher moisture content diet of many species in larger predatory marine than the freeze-dried the wild. As with other fish. All frozen food form. In comparison, frozen foods, only thaw must be completely this makes it more the required quantity defrosted before it is palatable for the fish. for each feed. placed in the tank. VEGETARIAN FOOD Herbivorous fish, like this Yellow Sailfin Tang (see p.238), will Dried green algae Vegetable wafers are a Peas are a good source eat some leaf vegetables. Blanch the leaf to aid digestion, then supplement the natural commercially prepared of vitamins and fiber. secure it in the tank using a plastic clip or weight. This makes it diet of herbivorous fish, food supplemented with They should be shelled easier for the fish to eat, and for leftover food to be removed. especially in new tanks vitamins. They are ideal and (if frozen) defrosted where algal growth is for bottom-feeding before they are given not well established. species that eat algae. to the fish.

220 ● M A R I N E F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E Herbivorous fish, such the Red Sea Clown Surgeon (above, foreground), Monitoring and adjusting help to keep algal growth in check. A healthy reef aquarium contains Although the upkeep of a marine aquarium—especially a reef a range of algae (left); if one type tank—is more demanding than a freshwater system, a predominates, it indicates that few routine maintenance tasks and the judicious use of conditions in the tank are not ideal. test kits to check water quality will ensure a healthy environment for the tank occupants.Watch for signs of algal overgrowth, and carefully observe the fish, since abnormal behavior may be an early indicator of deteriorating conditions. Algae are key ingredients of reef aquariums, but if they become rampant, they look unsightly and may smother corals, causing them to die.While you can physically remove the algal overgrowth, you should also address the underlying cause of the problem, which could be excessive or inadequate lighting, or high levels of nitrate and phosphate. Water chemistry Monitor pH closely, and regularly check the water’s buffering capacity—its ability to resist a change in its pH. Buffering depends largely on the concentration of carbonate in the tank water, which neutralizes any acidifying substances present. REGULAR MAINTENANCE TASKS DAILY WEEKLY EVERY TWO WEEKS ● Feed the aquarium occupants in the ● Carry out water tests, recording the ● Carry out a partial water change of about morning and evening, as required, taking results to create an ongoing record of the 20 percent of the aquarium volume, using care not to overfeed them. conditions in the tank. a gravel cleaner to remove mulm from the substrate at the same time. ● Watch the fish feed, because a loss of ● Add buffering solutions and calcium appetite may be a sign of illness or or trace element supplements as required, ● Keep an eye on the specific gravity declining water conditions. based on the results of the water tests. reading and other test parameters. Review figures recorded previously. ● Check the water temperature, as shown ● Top off the aquarium with dechlorinated by the thermometer. Any fluctuation suggests tap water, to replace evaporative loss. ● Service filters, rinsing sponge components a heater malfunction. in water siphoned from the tank. Clean the ● Clean the sides of the tank to remove any protein skimmer, and make sure that ● Be sure that you actually see the fish algal growth, using a magnetic or long- airstones are not blocked. every day. A sudden, undetected death will have a serious impact on water quality. handled cleaner. ● Adjust the level of lighting if algal growth is starting to get out of control.

M O N I T O R I N G A N D A D J U S T I N G ● 221 CHANGING THE WATER ᕡ Check the salinity and temperature ᕢ Drain the water and clean the gravel Partial water changes not only reduce harmful A conductivity meter gives readings in Fix a gravel cleaner to the siphon and suck accumulations of nitrate, phosphate, and millisiemens per centimeter (mS/cm). At up mulm from the substrate while draining other chemicals by dilution, but also replenish 77°F (25°C), 50.1 mS/cm corresponds to the water.This will prevent the undergravel levels of carbonate (reinforcing the buffering an SG reading on a hydrometer of 1.023. filter from becoming clogged with waste. capacity) and trace elements, which are vital to the well-being of the tank occupants. When setting up the aquarium, make an inconspicuous mark on the side of the tank with a felt-tip pen to show the water level when the tank is full. This makes it easier to fill up the tank with the correct amount of water, both when making partial water changes and when replacing evaporated water. ᕣ Add more water ᕤ Clean out the protein skimmer CHECKING SALINITY Replace the drained water with a fresh, Carefully remove the accumulated debris The correct salinity, in terms of specific dechlorinated salt solution of the correct from the cup.Then rinse the cup with warm, gravity (SG), will be in the range of temperature and salinity.Test the water for dechlorinated water to remove fat deposits, SG 1.020–1.025, depending on the species toxic copper before adding it to the tank. which make the skimmer less efficient. in your tank. Salinity can be tested with a hydrometer (see p.215) or a conductivity meter, which determines the water’s salt content from its ability to conduct electricity. With a hydrometer, you may need to adjust the reading to take account of the water temperature: cold water is denser than warm water, so it gives a slightly lower SG reading. The instructions provided with the hydrometer should enable you to make the right adjustments. TESTING THE WATER The calcareous substrate bolsters buffering because it contains calcium carbonate, which gradually dissolves and replenishes the Tank samples can be tested with reagents to monitor a range of water’s carbonate content.The typical pH range is 8.0–8.3, water parameters, including pH and levels of chemicals such as iron, but pH inevitably falls as carbonate is used up. A carbonate nitrate, phosphate, carbonate, calcium, strontium, iodine, and copper. hardness test (also called an alkalinity test) measures the level Read the instructions on the kits carefully, store them appropriately, of carbonate in milliequivalents per liter (meq/l). If the result is outside of the range of 3.0–3.5 meq/l, take remedial action; and use them before they are out partial changes of gravel and water help to restore the buffering of date; otherwise, they will give capacity, as does the addition of a commercial buffering solution. inaccurate readings that may endanger the health of both fish In an established tank with good filtration, there should be and invertebrates. Electronic no ammonia or nitrite.The nitrite level increases slightly if you meters give more accurate results add new fish or invertebrates, reflecting extra waste output, but for many of these parameters, it soon falls as the nitrogen cycle (see p.34) converts nitrite into but they are far more expensive. nitrate. Use partial water changes to reduce nitrate levels— which should be close to zero and never above 20 milligrams Test kits use reagents that cause the per liter (mg/l)—preferably in conjunction with a protein water sample to change color. The skimmer (see p.211) to remove waste before it decomposes. sample is then compared to a color chart that gives the numerical figure.

222 ● M A R I N E F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E Heat from the lighting that the nitrogen cycle is working well, the water is relatively causes evaporation pure, and oxygenation is good.The redox potential naturally from the water’s surface fluctuates over any 24-hour period, due to the biological processes taking place in the tank, so take readings at the same Before you add replacement water, time each day. A sharp decline may signify that the airstone is make sure it is at the same blocked. Live rock and some types of algae help to raise the temperature as the water in the tank redox potential; however, if the redox figure exceeds 400 mV, which can happen if your ozonizer (see p.211) is too large for the Evaporation of tank water is aquarium, there may be fatalities among the tank occupants. the main cause of changes in salinity. As water evaporates, the NEW TANK SYNDROME concentration of salt in the tank (and thus the SG figure) rises. To Ammonia and nitrite can rise to dangerous levels in a new tank, replace lost water and restore the before the colonies of beneficial bacteria that break down these correct salinity, top off the tank toxic waste products have developed in the biological filter. Use test with fresh, dechlorinated water; kits to take weekly readings of ammonia and nitrite in a new tank do not use salt solution, which to monitor the progress of this maturation process. Some hardy will make the problem worse. species, notably damselfish (see pp.240–3), can be introduced at this time, but most marine species should only be added to the You should also test the concentrations of trace elements, aquarium when the system has stabilized. especially in a reef tank. Calcium, strontium, iron, and iodine are vital for a healthy reef community.The ideal levels are 11 Nitrite The filtration system 400–475 mg/l for calcium, 8 mg/l for strontium, 0.05 mg/l 10 in a new tank is likely for iron, and 0.5 mg/l for iodine.You can correct these levels Level (mg/liter) 9 to take at least two by adding commercial aquarium preparations. Phosphate, too, 8 months to become is essential, but if it exceeds 0.01 mg/l, it can lead to a 7 mature, with peaks of proliferation of unwanted hair algae (Derbesia sp.). 6 ammonia and nitrite 5 Ammonia occurring initially, Redox meters 4 followed by a gradual An excellent way of monitoring the general health of the tank is 3 rise in nitrate. to install a redox meter, which measures the water’s oxidation- 2 reduction potential—that is, the ease with which chemical 1 Nitrate reactions occur in the water.The reading, in millivolts (mV), 0 should ideally lie within the range of 320–380 mV, indicating 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 A collection of marine fish, such as the damsels, angelfish, and tangs in this tank, can only be built up safely over the course of many weeks. Time (days) Introduce Other fish can damselfish be introduced into the tank into the tank VACATION ISSUES ● Try not to be away when a tank is in the early stages of maturing, or immediately after adding new occupants to an existing setup. ● Carry out a partial water change a few days before you leave, to ensure all is well. ● Leave very clear feeding instructions, in writing. ● Be sure to leave sufficient food, and a replacement lighting tube or bulb.

MARINE FISH HEALTH CONCERNS

224 ● M A R I N E F I S H : I L L N E S S A N D T R E A T M E N T Health concerns No sign of injury or any Bright coloration scarring over the surface of and pattern Most marine aquarium fish are natural inhabitants the body or the fins of coral reefs, which are amongst the most stable and Fins intact, with unchanging of all ecosystems on the planet. Many of Eyes display no tearing the health problems suffered by marine aquarium fish no signs of therefore stem from fluctuations in water quality in cloudiness the home tank. Maintaining suitable water conditions will keep the fish in the best condition to repel Swims without Body appears plump, difficulty rather than saggy pathogens and parasites. A healthy fish appears active and feeds well. This Blue Surgeonfish (Paracanthurus hepatus) demonstrates what to look out for in a well-kept specimen. Overgrown teeth Health problems can also occur when changes take place in make eating the environment (see opposite). In a reef tank, for example, difficult, leading to corals rapidly take up trace elements, such as calcium, which a loss of condition they incorporate into their hard skeletons.The depletion of calcium affects the health not only of corals, but also of other tank inhabitants so regular partial water changes help to maintain a healthy environment. Appropriate food Choosing fish is essential for good health. Pufferfish deprived of their natural, Most problems can be avoided by careful selection at the hard-shelled invertebrate foods, outset. Avoid individuals with any signs of ill health and soon develop long, overgrown teeth. juveniles are preferred to mature individuals, which are hard to age, and therefore may be very old and more susceptible to illness.Young fish acclimatise better to aquarium life and are more likely to be compatible with their tankmates. Isolation and establishment UNWANTED GUESTS A long established, well-maintained marine tank rarely Many organisms hitch a ride into your tank whenever you buy new succumbs to disease. Most health problems experienced by fish, rocks, invertebrates, or algae. Some of these unwanted guests marine fish are seen when a tank is immature, or when new can be seen with the naked eye; most will die or be eaten by your animals or plants are introduced, along with unwanted fish, but some can be a nuisance and should be removed. pathogens. Marine species are vulnerable to a range of bacterial, viral, fungal, and especially parasitic diseases, which MANTIS SHRIMP BRISTLEWORMS spread quickly if fish are kept in sub-optimal conditions – for These predatory crustaceans will attack Similar in appearance to caterpillars, example during transport. For this reason, newly-acquired fish desirable invertebrates and fish in the these worms will attack mollscs in the should always be transferred to a quarantine tank for two tank. They have claws capable of tank. Take care when removing, as weeks before entering the main tank.This isolation tank cracking open the body casing of crabs. these worms have sharp spines. should be set up and run from the outset, in parallel with the main tank. It need not not be large, and tank furniture should be kept to a minimum for ease of cleaning.The fish in the isolation tank should be fed well, and encouraged to take foods such as marine flake, which containing all the key vitamins and minerals.When you are satisfied that the fish are well nourished and free form disease they can be carefully transferred to the main tank.

H E A L T H C O N C E R N S ● 225 Toxins enter the water in Brown/yellow water indicates Unhealthy fish swims the bubbles of air poor water quality eratically near the water surface. There are many aspects of aquarium design and Hospital tanks allow management that can sick fish to be separated contribute illness. The from others in the tank. diagram shows the Good feeding and water most common features conditions allow the to look out for. fish’s immune system to function at its best. Smoking or using sprays Blocked coral sand prevents filter Rotting food from near the pump delivers function, leading to a build up of over-feeding leads toxins into the tank ammonia and nitrite to a build up of ammonia Water treatment INVERTEBRATE HEALTH Some conditions of marine fish, especially parasitic Bacterial, viral, and parasitic diseases can affect tank invertebrates infestations, can be treated rapidly and effectively by exposure but home diagnosis and treatment of these animals is not highly developed. More often, health problems arise from environmental to fresh water, with no medication necessary.These treatments shortcomings, such as a lack of suitable lighting above the aquarium, or lack of compatibility between tankmates. Even work by upsetting the internal balance of water and body salts apparently sessile invertebrates, such as corals and anemones must be well-spaced so there is no risk of neighbours coming into within parasites – a process called osmotic shock. Bear in contact and stinging one another other to death. mind that they will affect the patient in a similar way, so must This sick sea anemone is suffering from light be carried out carefully to minimize stresses. starvation. Strong illumination is needed to Treament is carried out in a basic acrylic tank filled with meet the needs of the beneficial algae in its dechlorinated tap water and heated to the same temperature body, and a strong water currents are necessary to as the water in the main aquarium.The pH of the tank should waft food within reach and remove waste. be raised to the appropriate level by adding one teaspoonful of Treatment and medication sodium bicarbonate to 4.5 l (1 gal) of water. All water Drugs are available to treat many conditions of marine fish; a good retailer will to guide you to the most suitable. parameters should be Treatments should be carried out in an isolation tank or bath, rather than in the main aquarium itself; this is because the checked carefully before remedies may contain copper or other elements that are toxic to invertebrates. Before moving the fish back into the main introducing the sick fish. DANGEROUS FISH tank, remove the copper by using carbon in the filtration Do not leave the fish on its system of the isolation tank; check the water a copper test kit. ● Take care with species like own during treatment, but Lionfish (see p.00) which are watch and monitor its armed with poisonous spines. behaviour closely. It is normal ● Fish such as eels may bite for marine fish to lie on their your fingers if fed by hand. sides and breathe heavily; ● Sharp projections on the however, if concerned about bodies of surgeonfish can its distress, remove the fish to inflict a painful cut if they the saltwater tank without brush against your hand. delay. As a general rule, fish should be immersed for no ● Some marine fish can longer than five minutes for bite through heaterstat cabling. Avoid danger by using reinforced cables. successful treatment.

226 ● M A R I N E F I S H : I L L N E S S A N D T R E A T M E N T DIAGNOSIS OF COMMON PROBLEMS The tables on the following pages will help you diagnose the most common conditions affecting marine species, and point you to Watching fish in your home aquarium every day gives you an towards appropriate treatments. First, in the table below, identify the instictive awareness of developing health problems. Assessing the part of the fish’s body that appears to be affected. Next, find the fitness of an unfamiliar fish – when browsing in a store, for example symptoms that most closely match those displayed by the fish. Note – is more difficult. In general, active fish that show good appetites are the number(s) associated with the symptoms, and refer to pages 227 likely to be reasonably healthy. The causes of illness, especially in and 228 for a fuller description of the condition and treatment. marine species, are just as likely to be environmental as pathogenic, so always check the water parameters carefully. EYES SYMPTOMS • Fish persistently seeks to rub its head on rocks or on the walls SKIN of the aquarium. • Eye missing from the socket, with no other signs or • Small white spots evident on the eyes and possibly also abnormalities evident. elsewhere on the body. • One eye appears white in colour, while the other is normal. • Bulging eye or eyes, together with swollen belly and raised scales. • Lumps or more distinct cauliflower-like swellings develop on the body. • Eyes become cloudy in appearance and respiration may • Skin starts to slough off the body. be laboured. • Excessive mucus on the surface of the skin. • Ulceration develops on the surface of the body. • Scales loosen and detach from the body. • Scales missing from the body; fish seems nervous. • Gas bubbles visible under the skin; bulging eyes. FINS • Fins appear frayed at their edges. • Pieces missing from the fins; especially evident in larger- COLOUR finned species. SHAPE • Fins display prominent tears. • Golden brown spots are evident on the fins, as well as on • The fins have evident reddish bases; most apparent in the body. pale-coloured fish. • Fin posture changes; with caudal fin clamped shut. Ability to • Fin rays exposed; fish loses appetite. swim and activity are reduced. • The fish darkens in colour, accompanied by a range of other • White spots appear over the surface of the body. symptoms, such as loss of activity. • Dark, blackish spots are evident over the body. • Blood visible; signs of haemorrhaging into the water from the body. • Irregular patches indicating loss of colour. • Duller than usual, often with tiny golden spots. • Abnormal patches of colour, paler than the surrounding areas. These may enlarge and coalesce. • Fish becomes swollen, notably in the vicinity of the belly • Fish develops an emaciated appearance. • Relatively large, flattened object(s) evident on the flanks of the fish. • Holes start to develop in the vicinity of the head and on the sides of the body. • Profile of the fish starts to alter, with its spine becoming abnormally curved. • Lips of the fish appear swollen, and there may be some loss of appetite. BEHAVIOUR • Fish appears more nervous than usual and may lose • Fish scrapes its body against rockwork scales from its body. • Fish appears to be disorientated and has difficulty • Fish displays abnormal swimming pattern. maintaining its balance. • Gasping at the surface, with the fish sometimes trying to jump • Respiratory rate alters markedly; the fish often has visible out of the tank. difficulty breathing.

H E A L T H C O N C E R N S ● 227 PARASITES CONDITION SUFFERERS SYMPTOMS TREATMENT ቢ Marine Velvet All fish Rapid gill motion in early stages, because the gills are Isolate and treat rapidly with proprietary remedy, typically the first site of infestation. About four days usually one containing copper sulphate. The free- Disease later, velvety patches become apparent on the body, and swimming parasites can be destroyed by using the and eyes may become cloudy. The velvety look will an ultraviolet sterilizer; dropping specific gravity down ባ Marine White spot All fish spread over the entire body. Advanced cases display small, to around 1.010 will also kill parasies in the water. white spots, as if the fish has been rolled in powdered ቤ Brooklynellosis Anemonefish sugar. Fish may die within two days of initial exposure. Isolate and treat with a proprietary remedy. Continue treatment for at least a week after the fish appears to ብ Black Spot (Tang All fish, including tangs White spots, around 1 mm (0.04 in), spread over the fish’s have recovered, to reduce the likelihood of return body and fins. Infected fish typically try to relieve outbreaks. Ultraviolet sterilization can help to curb Turbellarian Disease) irritation by rubbing themselves on the tank furniture. spread of the parasite. Watch out for secondary fungal Other symptoms can include clamping of the fins, cloudy and bacterial infections. ቦ Head and Lateral All fish, with Tangs eyes and even haemorrhaging. Also known as most vulnerable Ichthyophthirius, or “ich” for short. Use a proprietary remedy. The condition responds Line Erosion Disease well to treatments based on formalin or malachite Typically excessive mucus production, resulting from the green. Freshwater bath often beneficial. Maintain ቧ Flukes All fish protozoan’s irritating effect. The excess mucus may make good water quality and low stress levels to prevent the fish appear duller in colour. Other signs often include Brooklynella in aquaria. ቨ Intestinal worms All fish loss of coloration and laboured breathing as the gills become damaged and loss of colour. The gills may A freshwater bath combined with a proprietary ቩ Uronema All fish haemorrhage and small red spots may be observed. remedy (usually based on formalin) will destroy these Heavy infections will usually cause the death of the fish. parasites, which are the larval stages of flatworms. Watch for signs of secondary infection. Affected fish develop a series of blackish cysts no more than 2 mm (0.08 in) in diameter on the body and fins. Causes of the condition are unclear. Possible factors The spots are clearly visible on light-colored fish, but include stray voltage in the aquarium, poor water inconspicuous on darker species. The spots cause quality, high nitrate levels, poor nutrition or infestation irritation, and the fish may rub repeatedly against the by the protozoan parasite Octomita necatri. If affected tank furniture. Other symptoms include reddend skin treat rapidly with medicated food. Addition of vitamin and listlessness. This flatworm remains on the host for C to the diet may help in long-term prevention. about six days, drops off onto the substrate. Five days later the body wall of the adult ruptures, releasing Use a proprietary formalin or organophosphate-based hundreds of young. treatment. A freshwater bath can help to overcome these parasites rapidly. Very evident pitted appearance on the head of affected fish, with erosion of the area over the lateral line. Fish Specially-medicated foodstuffs containing an become lethargic, and open wounds provide access for anthelminthic will overcome these parasites, which other bacerial and fungal pathogens, which may are then voided from the fish’s body. eventually kill the fish. Also known as hole-in-the- head disease. Rapidly fatal if internal organs, such as the kidneys are affected. Treat using a combination of freshwater Symptoms include rapid breathing, in the case of gill baths, plus medication, using a combination of flukes, and irritation. Fish suffering from skin flukes will formalin and malachite green treatments. often rub themselves on tank decor. Cloudy eyes and colour chages may also indicate infestation. There are many species of flukes, and these parasites are common on imported fish. Microscopic examination of skin scrapings and gill clippings are required for positive identification of parasite species. . Not easy to identify with certainty, but worm infestation is possible if a recently-acquired fish especially starts to lose weight, or develops a swollen abdomen. The internal gut parasites deprive the fish of nutrition, so affected individuals appear quite lively, but tend to display a ravenous appetite. Early sign of infection is skin discolouration, leading to ulceration; may be confused with bacterial disease at this stage. Skin sloughs and may also become pitted, distinguishing this from Brooklynella. Some fish such as seahorses may, however, show no external signs, simply developing respiratory complications.

228 ● M A R I N E F I S H : I L L N E S S A N D T R E A T M E N T BACTERIAL, VIRAL, AND FUNGAL DISEASES CONDITION SUFFERERS SYMPTOMS TREATMENT ቪ Vibriosis All fish Variable symptoms, ranging from loss of body colour, Outbreaks often occur in fish that are in poor frayed fins, and cloudy eyes to sudden death. Caused by condition or new introductions. Treatment with an ቫ Fin Rot All fish by Vibrio bacteria which are naturally present in the gut. antibiotic bath can be effective. ቭ Piscine Tuberculosis All fish Reddening and erosion at the edges of the fins, which Usually linked with poor water conditions, so carry out may become ragged and allow entry of secondary a partial water change. Check fish are not being over- ቮ Cauliflower disease All fish infections. Caused by any one of a range of bacteria. fed. Treat infections with antibiotics. ቯ Marine Fungus All fish Weight loss, pale body colour, declining appetite and Hard to detect at first. No effective treatment. Review ultimately scale loss. This condition results from diet, because the bacteria may be introduced in fresh (Whirling Fungus) infection by Mycobacterium. shellfish and fish foods. ተ Crustacean Fungal Shrimps, prawns, crabs Whitish raised growths on the body, which can develop a A short freshwater dip may help. No treatment is and lobsters cauliflower-like branched appearance. New arrivals to the available, but the disease is neither highly infectious Disease tank are most vulnerable. The disease – also known as nor usually grave and left alone, the nodules will fall lymphocystis – is by viral infection. off within about one month. Do not try to remove the nodules because the rate of reinfection is high. Disorientation (hence, the name Whirling Disease). The fungus attacks body organs and commonly results in loss Treatment virtually impossible. Infected fish swallow of colour and weight, and ulceration. fungal cysts. Separate suspected cases immediately and treat with anti-fungal agents. Can result in either pale patches on the body, or may invade the body in crabs, appearing as tufts on the Isolate and treat infected individuals using a non- underside of the carapace. copper-based remedy. It is hard to overcome internal fungal infections successfully. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS CONDITION SUFFERERS SYMPTOMS TREATMENT ቱ Pop Eye All fish One or both eyes protrude abnormally from their sockets, Try anti-bacterial treatments and improve water ቲ Excessive mucus All fish and sometimes turn cloudy. Can result from infection or conditions. All fish poor water quality. Also known as exophthalmia. production All fish Try to establish underlying cause and treat accordingly. Slimy appearance to the body. Fish frequently rubs itself If no symptoms of parasites evident, this can be the ታ Loss of balance All aquarium occupants against tank decor. Excessive mucus production indicates result of trauma rather than infection. Many skin inflammation. ቴ Poisining Typically caused by chilling. Add warm water to tank Affected individual swims at an abnormal angle in and closely monitor temprerature. Can also result from ት Salt imbalance the water, and is often incapable of swimming in a swim bladder disorders for which little can be done. straight line. ቶ Starvation Ascertain cause as quickly as possible. Carry out a Depends on naature of poison. Fish may cluster at the water change of up to 40 per cent of the tank volume surface, where they appear to struggle for breath. May as soon as possible. Add activated carbon to the also float on their sides, hang at abnormal angles, or try filtration system to remove harmful substances. to jump out of the water. Often, fish die very rapidly. Check SG readings regularly and be sure not to Numerous behavioural changes, such as swimming increase the salinity in the aquarium by incorrect abnormally, gasping, and loss of appetite result from an dilution of water. increase in tank salinity. Offer a good choice of suitable foodstuffs. Try to Fish not seen feeding, but may appear healthy. Affected accommodate with bold feeders, which should individuals develop an indented lower body line, encourage the sampling of unfamiliar foodstuffs. commonly described as “pinched up”. Fish with highly specific diets are at greatest risk.

270 ● M A R I N E F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Platax batavianus BATFISH Humpback Batfish These unusually deep-bodied fish ORIGINS Ranges from the vicinity of southern Japan need an aquarium at least 24 in down through Indonesia to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef. (60 cm) deep and wide.Young batfish SIZE 26 in (65 cm). are far more colorful than adults, DIET Fresh or thawed meat-based foods. and, once established in their WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline quarters, they grow fast. Despite (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. their size, they are not aggressive TEMPERAMENT Intolerant. toward unrelated fish, but they should be kept apart from species Although the Humpback that might nip their elaborate fins. is less commonly Large batfish can prove very available than other destructive in a reef aquarium. batfish, its care does not pose any particular Although batfish, such as these Orbicularis problems. It may be necessary Batfish (Platax orbicularis), occur in shoals to feed these fish on live brine in the wild, they are not suited to group living shrimp at first, until they in the aquarium, and need to be kept singly. adapt to a more varied diet, so be sure to have sufficient cultures set up for this purpose.Their mouths are small for their size, and this should be reflected in the type of food offered. Fins have a tassled appearance Platax orbicularis Platax pinnatus Platax tiera Orbicularis Batfish Pinnate Batfish Tiera Batfish ORIGINS Ranges from the Red Sea to the eastern Pacific, ORIGINS Ranges from East Africa and the Red Sea to the ORIGINS From the Red Sea through the Indo-Pacific, and as far as Papua New Guinea. central area of the Indo-Pacific region. beyond Indonesia to the east coast of Australia. SIZE 20 in (51 cm). SIZE 16 in (41 cm). SIZE 25 in (63 cm). DIET Thawed marine foods, such as lobster eggs. DIET Live brine shrimp; thawed marine foods. DIET Varied marine foods. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Best kept apart from other batfish. TEMPERAMENT Safe with nonaggressive, larger fish. TEMPERAMENT Do not keep with invertebrates. The dorsal, anal, and ventral fins of Pinnate Batfish are harder to The Tiera Batfish has a Orbicularis Batfish become shorter as establish in the aquarium than distinctive rounded face. they grow older. As juveniles, these others, which is unfortunate Like other batfish, it relies fish inhabit mangrove swamps, in view of their spectacular on its appearance for where their unusual elongated appearance. It is difficult to camouflage when it is young, appearance, complete with wean them onto a varied looking much like a mangrove brown barring on the body, diet of inert foods. Keeping leaf drifting in the water. It helps to disguise their them on their own should “plays dead” and floats on its presence among the help, and they may side if danger threatens, mangrove roots. As they eventually become tame and will often behave grow older, they move enough to take food in this fashion after to a reef habitat.They from the fingers. being transferred become more grayish in The red edging to new aquarium appearance and change around their bodies surroundings. This significantly in shape to a disappears with age. is a normal reaction, more disklike outline. Good and should not be water quality is important to The red edging makes the taken as a cause ensure healthy fins in fish resemble an inedible for concern. Juvenile these fish. flatworm (Platyhelminth) when lying horizontally

B A T F I S H • G R O U P E R S A N D G R U N T S ● 271 GROUPERS AND GRUNTS These colorful fish are not especially difficult to maintain in aquarium surroundings, but they will grow to a large size, and so will eventually require a spacious setup.This needs to be taken into consideration from the outset, since it is not easy to find new homes for such fish once they have outgrown the average-sized home aquarium. While some groupers and grunts are shoaling fish, others tend to seek out suitable retreats on the reef where they can lurk. Sexing can be difficult, since many species show hermaphrodite characteristics and are able to change gender to suit their environment. The markings of groupers, such as this Blacktip Grouper (Epinephelus fasciatus), can be quite variable. Anistotremus virginicus Cromileptes altivelis Lioproproma rubre Porkfish Panther Grouper Swiss Guard Basslet ORIGINS Occurs throughout the Caribbean region, from ORIGINS East Africa across the Pacific to Japan, ORIGINS Caribbean region, from Florida down to the Florida down to the northern coast of South America. Australia’s Great Barrier Reef, and Vanuatu. Venezuelan coast. SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 27 in (70 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Fresh or thawed meat-based foods. DIET Dried and thawed marine foods. DIET Fresh and thawed marine foods, as well as flake. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Preys on invertebrates. TEMPERAMENT Will prey on smaller companions. TEMPERAMENT Mixes well. Porkfish are members of the grunt family— The spotted appearance of these distinctive fish These small, attractive fish are ideal for a mixed- a name derived from their ability to produce becomes more pronounced with age. Panther species aquarium, where they tend to occupy sounds that resemble the grunts of pigs.They Groupers have prodigious appetites and grow fast, the area from midwater downward.They are have a long, steep forehead and large eyes. so it is important that the filtration system in adept at hiding away in nooks and crevices, Juveniles differ markedly from the adult seen their aquarium is effective enough to handle the above, having black stripes running the length resulting volume of waste. Loss of appetite in this proving to be rather shy by nature.Their of their bodies and a distinctive black blotch on species often signals a deterioration of water unusual common name reflects the fact that the caudal peduncle. quality, in which pH can drop markedly. their coloration resembles the uniform of the Papal Swiss Guard based in Vatican City. Raised dorsal fin

272 ● M A R I N E F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Epinephelus fasciatus Hypoplectrus guttavarius Hypoplectrus gemma Blacktip Grouper Shy Hamlet Blue Hamlet ORIGINS Ranges eastward from the Red Sea, via the ORIGINS Found in the Caribbean region, from Florida ORIGINS The Caribbean region, from the coast of Florida Indo-Pacific region, to Oceania. down to the coast of South America. down to northern South America. SIZE 14 in (35 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 5 in (13 cm). DIET Thawed and dry marine foods. DIET Fresh or thawed marine foods. DIET Thawed marine foods. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.0–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.0–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.0–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Do not house with invertebrates. TEMPERAMENT Retiring and peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Predatory. The appearance of these groupers, or Rock Cod as The back of this hamlet is dark in some specimens, The blackish upper and lower edges on the caudal they are also known, can be very variable. Some but a much bluer shade in others.These fish need fin distinguish this species from the much rarer individuals show more numerous or extensive nooks and crannies in the aquarium where they Indigo Hamlet (H. indigo). Blue Hamlets are reddish-orange body markings, and smaller white can hide, although they do become bolder once predatory by nature and cannot be kept safely with patches than others. However, the presence of they are established in their quarters. It is possible black tipping along the dorsal fin is a consistent to breed Shy Hamlets in home aquariums. smaller companions.They are more sensitive to feature. Blacktip Groupers spend most of their Amazingly, each fish is a hermaphrodite, possessing water quality than their larger relatives; the time on or near the base of the aquarium, where both male and female sex organs, so any two Shy total nitrate reading should not be allowed to they also feed.They are solitary by nature. Hamlets should be able to mate successfully. rise above 10 ppm. For this reason, the tank’s filtration system should include a protein skimmer. Cephalopholis argus grow rapidly and can reach a large size.This INTIMIDATING GAPE demands both a correspondingly large aquarium Blue-Spotted Grouper and an efficient filtration system. Any loss of Groupers are not the most active fish on color is usually a sign of deteriorating water the reef, but they are still effective predators, ORIGINS Ranges from the Red Sea throughout the quality; this needs to be monitored closely. Blue- thanks to their quick reflexes, large mouths, Pacific Ocean. Spotted Groupers are not particularly active fish, and fearsome array of teeth, as visible in SIZE 20 in (50 cm). seeking out suitable retreats near the bottom of this Marbled Grouper (Epinecephelus DIET Thawed marine foods. the aquarium, where they can lurk and wait for polyphekaidon). The spotted patterning helps WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline food.Their attractive patterning of black-ringed to conceal them as they lie in wait for small (pH 8.0–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. blue spots extends over the fins as well as the fish or invertebrates to swim within reach. TEMPERAMENT Will prey on smaller fish. body, but the distribution of spotted markings A grouper will also open its mouth wide to differs between individuals.The spots appear to intimidate rivals. Some groupers reach a huge The striking coloration of these groupers has glitter when caught by the light. size on the reef, with relatives of the Blacktip made them popular with marine aquarists, but as Grouper (see top left) weighing 1,000 lb in the case of similar species, they are likely to (450 kg) and measuring nearly 10 ft (3 m).

G R O U P E R S A N D G R U N T S • G R A M M A S A N D P Y G M Y B A S S L E T S ● 273 GRAMMAS AND PYGMY BASSLETS Not only do these rank as some of the most beautifully colored marine fish, but their small size also means that they can be accommodated easily. Furthermore, successful aquarium breeding is becoming more frequent, but compatibility can be a serious issue in smaller tanks, because these fish are very territorial by nature. Members of this group can be incorporated successfully into an invertebrate tank. Rockwork with suitable retreats must be included in the aquarium to replicate the numerous hiding places they frequent on the reef. The colorful Royal Gramma (Gramma loreto) was one of the first marine fish to be bred in aquarium surroundings during the 1960s. Pseudochromis porphyreus Pseudochromis dutoiti Pseudochromis paccagnellae Magenta Dottyback Dutoiti Dottyback Royal Dottyback ORIGINS From Japan, via Indonesia, to the east coast ORIGINS Found off the east coast of Africa, in northern ORIGINS Pacific region, occurring from Indonesia of Australia. and western parts of the Indian Ocean. southward to Australia, and to Vanuatu in the east. SIZE 2 in (5 cm). SIZE 31⁄2 in (9 cm). SIZE 23⁄4 in (7 cm). DIET Small thawed and freeze-dried foods. DIET Prepared livefoods of suitable size. DIET Fresh and thawed animal foods. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive to its own kind. TEMPERAMENT May quarrel with related fish. TEMPERAMENT Highly territorial. These small fish inhabit holes in the reef, through Dutoiti Dottybacks can be bred in the home The Royal Dottyback has coloration similar to the which they move easily, thanks to their narrow, aquarium.To maximize breeding success, three Royal Gramma (see p.274), a Caribbean rather than elongated body shape.They are inconspicuous, individuals should be introduced into a large reef a Pacific species. It can be distinguished by the remaining hidden for long periods and then aquarium that has plenty of well-spaced retreats. darting out to seize a morsel of floating food. After mating occurs, the spawn is guarded by the more distinct boundary between the purple Like related species, the Magenta Dottyback will male in a safe locality, such as a hole in a rock.The and yellowish areas of the body.When buying eat food that falls to the tank floor. Dottybacks eggs hatch approximately six days after spawning. these fish, select individuals with a strong have sharp teeth, and are capable of inflicting a Rotifers are a suitable food for feeding the fry. An coloration, since these are most likely to be in painful bite, irrespective of their size. adult pair of Dutoiti Dottybacks may spawn over good health. Subsequent loss of color may be a 20 times during the course of a year. sign of poor water quality or territorial conflict. Neon-blue streaks along back and on face

274 ● M A R I N E F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Pseudochromis diadema A broad purple streak extends from the upper lip Pseudochromis fuscus of the Diadem Basslet and narrows to a point near Diadem Basslet the rear of the dorsal fin.The rest of the body Golden Dottyback varies from yellow to yellowish-orange. Like other ORIGINS The western Pacific region, ranging from members of the group, these basslets may hang at ORIGINS From Australia’s Great Barrier Reef northward northern Australia and Indonesia to Japan. strange angles in the water.This is normal and not through Indonesia and the Philippines. SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). generally a cause for concern, as it would be with SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Fresh and thawed animal foods. many other fish. Loss of color is more significant, DIET Fresh and thawed animal foods. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline and can indicate a decline in water quality. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Highly territorial. TEMPERAMENT Shy but highly territorial. Rich canary-yellow coloration over the entire body characterizes the Golden Dottyback. Being shy, it lives close to the floor of the aquarium, where it seeks out retreats. Despite spending much of its time near the substrate, this gramma will not seek its food there, instinctively feeding instead on items in suspension. It will, however, prey on small worms or tiny crustaceans lurking in the vicinity of the rockwork. STAYING ALIVE Gramma loreto Gramma melacara The members of this group are typically small Royal Gramma Blackcap Basslet in size, making them vulnerable to a wide range of predators. The danger is compounded ORIGINS The Caribbean region, from Florida to the ORIGINS The Caribbean region, occurring in the area because they are not able to swim strongly northern coast of South America. between Florida and northern South America. to escape danger. To protect themselves, SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). these fish use their small size to retreat into DIET Fresh and thawed animal foods. DIET Fresh and thawed animal foods. crevices in the reef, and tend not to venture WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline far from these relatively safe havens. Each (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. individual learns to recognize its own TEMPERAMENT Highly territorial. TEMPERAMENT Highly territorial. territory, and uses interconnecting holes in its reef domain like escape tunnels, darting Black spot most evident Stunning shades of mauve and purple extending to through them in order to avoid any when dorsal fin raised the fins, and a dark area on the head, are the key attempted pursuit or ambush. features of this basslet, which is among the more Spots where colors meet territorial members of the group. If you intend One of the most beautiful members of a to keep more than one Blackcap Basslet, ensure colorful group, the Royal Gramma has a purplish that the base of the tank is divided by the decor front half to its body, with the rear part varying into different areas where the fish can establish from yellow to orange. A black stripe runs themselves.They are less likely to quarrel if kept through the eye, and the dorsal fin has a black in groups of three, rather than pairs. spot.There is a good chance of successful spawning, but for breeding purposes it is vital to Long dorsal fin introduce the fish to the tank at the same time, since a newcomer is likely to be persecuted.

G R A M M A S A N D P Y G M Y B A S S L E T S • B L E N N I E S A N D M A N D A R I N F I S H ● 275 BLENNIES AND MANDARINFISH The members of these two families have similar care requirements, and they can even be kept together in the same tank, alongside invertebrates and placid fish, such as seahorses and pipefish. It is important that blennies and mandarinfish are not harried by their tankmates, because they will produce an unpleasant, protective slime from their bodies to deter assailants. Some blennies have evolved the predatory trick of copying the appearance of cleaner wrasse (see p.268), and then biting chunks out of fish expecting to be cleaned. The striking markings of the Mandarin Fish (Pterosynchiropus splendidus) extend to its elaborate fins. Because of their patterning, members of this group are also called psychedelic fish. Pterosynchiropus splendidus Synchiropus picturatus Ecsenius bicolor Mandarin Fish Spotted Mandarin Bicolor Blenny ORIGINS The western Pacific region, off the coast of ORIGINS The western Pacific region, extending down to ORIGINS From the Maldives, in the Indo-Pacific, and Southeast Asia and China, extending up to Japan. the northern coast of Australia. eastward to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef. SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm). SIZE 23⁄4 in (7 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Live brine shrimp and thawed foods. DIET Live brine shrimp and thawed foods. DIET Small livefoods and algae. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Males are aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Males are aggressive. TEMPERAMENT Not aggressive to unrelated fish. Elevated fin ray Wildly spotted body patterning distinguishes this Taller rear section indicates a male species.The spots are made up of concentric to dorsal fin rings, set against a greenish background. As Be prepared to provide copious amounts they comb the algae-covered rocks, these fish Golden-yellow near the tail of livefoods if you choose Mandarin Fish. suck in tiny microbes, expelling particles of They really need to be kept in well-established mud via their gills. Keep the tank covered, The Bicolor Blenny is difficult to describe reef tanks, so that they can forage for their natural because it is not unknown for Mandarins to leap because its appearance differs not only between prey of small invertebrates. If housed together, out of the water. Aquarium spawnings are very populations but also during the breeding period, male Mandarin Fish are likely to fight, but males rare.The eggs develop near the water’s surface. when the males display a red-and-white barred can be identified easily, as they have an extended patterning before turning blue with white flank fin ray at the front of the dorsal fin. No two markings.The females are yellow.These blennies individuals have matching body patterning. can be housed in a reef tank, where they will browse on algae and will often be seen resting on top of a favored rocky outcrop.

276 ● M A R I N E F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Meiacanthus atrodorsalis Meiacanthus smithi Ophioblennius atlanticus Forktail Blenny Smith’s Sawtail Blenny Atlantic Fanged Blenny ORIGINS The coast of East Africa through the Indo- ORIGINS Restricted to northern and western parts of the ORIGINS The Caribbean region, from Florida down to the Pacific, north to Japan and south to northern Australia. Indian Ocean off the coast of East Africa. northern coast of South America. SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). SIZE 31⁄2 in (9 cm). SIZE 43⁄4 in (12 cm). DIET Small livefoods and algae. DIET Small livefoods and algae. DIET Algae plus small livefoods. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Not aggressive to unrelated fish. TEMPERAMENT Not aggressive to unrelated fish. TEMPERAMENT Highly territorial. This blenny is bluish-green on the head, and Streaked caudal fin The coloration of these blennies is variable, and is becomes yellowish toward the tail, often with influenced in part by the background.The lips are some black striping. Its small size makes it look Smith’s Sawtail has a pale grayish-white coloration, harmless, but the Forktail has specialized teeth with a pinkish hue on the underparts and a invariably red, as are the edges of the dorsal fin. that enable it to inject venom when it bites. Most prominent black stripe running along the top of While the pelvic fins are yellowish, the body predatory fish recognize the Forktail’s coloration the body down to the eye.The sawtail effect is itself tends to be quite dark.These fish lack and tend to leave it alone. Some other species produced by the darker markings in the caudal fin. mimic this blenny’s appearance in order to gain As with other Meiacanthus species, Smith’s Sawtail scales on their bodies.The Atlantic Fanged protection for themselves. Beware: the Forktail’s has a functional swim bladder, so it can control its Blenny belongs to a group called the combtooth venom is also painful to people. buoyancy effectively.This blenny is therefore quite blennies, so named because their teeth resemble active by nature, but it still prefers not to venture those of a comb.They establish territories, which far from the security of its rocky habitat. they will defend against all fish. Salarias fasciatus A combination of mottled light and brown bands TESTING THE WATER running down the sides of the body help to break Jeweled Rockskipper up the Jeweled Rockskipper’s outline.The long One of the characteristics of many blennies, dorsal fin is similarly patterned, while the outer including this Orange-Spot Blenny (Blennidae ORIGINS From East Africa throughout the Indo-Pacific part of the eye has spokelike markings. As their Istiblennius), is the presence of sensory region, including Australia and Japan. name suggests, Jeweled Rockskippers inhabit the feelers, known as cirri, on the top of the head. SIZE 4 in (10 cm). lower reaches of the aquarium, where they blend The branched structure of the cirri may help DIET Small livefoods and algae. in well against rockwork.They will dart back these blennies detect local currents, or water WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline quickly into a nearby crevice if danger threatens. movements that may indicate the approach (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. of a predator. Looking much like part of the TEMPERAMENT Not aggressive to unrelated fish. coral reef, these feelers probably also help to disguise the fish when they are at rest. The shape of the cirri is identical between members of the same species, but it is not consistent throughout the group as a whole.

B L E N N I E S A N D M A N D A R I N F I S H • R A B B I T F I S H ● 277 RABBITFISH Lo magnificus The name of these fish derives partly from Magnificent Foxface the rabbitlike way in which they browse on marine algae, and also partly ORIGINS Restricted to northern and western parts of the from their harelike upper Indian Ocean, off the coast of East Africa. lip.They are related to SIZE 8 in (20 cm). tangs and surgeonfish DIET Plant matter and small livefoods. (see pp. 236–9), and need WATER Temperature 79–82°F (26–28°C); alkaline similar care.There is much (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. debate over the relationships TEMPERAMENT Do not mix with other foxfaces. between the species in this group. Sexing is not usually possible, although A single broad, black band running down each side females are often larger than males. of the face distinguishes the Magnificent Foxface. The “saddle” region on the upper back is invariably The alternative name, “spinefoot”, for a number of these dark, while the underparts are usually whiter, and fish derives from the venomous defensive spikes at the yellow is often evident on the fins.The Magnificent front of the dorsal fin. Pictured here is the attractively Foxface may feed on organpipe corals as well as marked Golden-Spotted Spinefoot (Siganus chrysospilos). algae if housed in a reef aquarium. Exact coloration varies between individuals Siganus virgatus Siganus vulpinus Lo unimaculatus Double-Barred Spinefoot Foxface One-Spot Foxface ORIGINS Extends from Australia’s Great Barrier Reef ORIGINS Extends from the eastern coast of southeast ORIGINS Restricted to the northwestern Pacific, northward to Indonesia and the Philippines. Asia north to Japan and across the Pacific. specifically between Japan and the Philippines. SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 10 in (25 cm). SIZE 8 in (20 cm). DIET Plant matter and small livefoods. DIET Plant matter and small livefoods. DIET Plant matter and small livefoods. WATER Temperature 79–82°F (26–28°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 79–82°F (26–28°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 79–82°F (26–28°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Usually placid. TEMPERAMENT Intolerant of its own kind. TEMPERAMENT Intolerant of its own kind. The color of the Double-Barred Spinefoot is much Narrow body is brighter than that The One-Spot is very similar in appearance to the brighter during the day, when the fish bears some of the Magnificent Foxface Foxface, showing the same characteristic black- resemblance to the Foxface. It displays yellow and-white facial coloration and yellow body. coloration along the upper back, extending to The Foxface has a prominent black band running What sets this fish apart, however, is the black the caudal fin, and black bars across the head. through the eyes to the jaws, with a white area spot just below the dorsal fin.The One-Spot and These spinefoots are also able to change their beneath, plus black edging extending down from the Foxface are sometimes regarded as different color to merge in with their background. Like the gill covers. Foxfaces vary so much throughout forms of the same species, with different areas of other rabbitfish, they can be weaned easily onto their wide range that different populations are distribution.Their mutual intolerance means that artificial diets. sometimes regarded as separate species.These fish these two fish should never be housed together. need to be handled with particular care, because it is very easy to catch your hands on the dorsal fin’s Black area defensive spines, which can inflict painful wounds. continues along the underparts

278 ● M A R I N E F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Cirrhitichthys oxycephalus HAWKFISH Pixy Hawkfish The predatory hawkfish are so called ORIGINS The Red Sea through the Indo-Pacific region to because of their habit of swooping the western coast of Central America. down from above on to their victims, SIZE 3 in (8 cm). in a similar way to birds of prey. DIET Marine flake and thawed livefoods. Long pectoral fins enable these fish WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline to rest securely on a rocky perch, so (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. that although they may sway in the TEMPERAMENT Keep separate from other hawkfish. current, they will not be swept away by the swell.This is very important, The Pixy Hawkfish’s dominant reddish coloration because hawkfish lack a swim bladder, becomes blotched on the lower part of its body. and so have difficulty in maintaining It makes an interesting aquarium occupant, but their buoyancy in the water. like other hawkfish, it should not be housed with crustaceans in a reef aquarium, since its sharp Like other hawkfish, the Pixy Hawkfish (Cirrhitichthys teeth can make easy work of even a crab’s shell. oxycephalus) is not an active swimmer, preferring Hawkfish will also eat worms and smaller fish. instead to ambush its prey. Paracirrhites arcatus Oxycirrhites typus Neocirrhites armatus Arc-Eyed Hawkfish Longnose Hawkfish Flame Hawkfish ORIGINS East Africa through the Indian Ocean to Hawaii ORIGINS From the Red Sea through the Indian Ocean to ORIGINS The Great Barrier Reef, off Australia’s eastern and other areas of the Pacific. the eastern Pacific seaboard. coast, and throughout the Pacific region. SIZE 51⁄2 in (14 cm). SIZE 5 in (13 cm). SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm ). DIET Marine flake and thawed livefoods. DIET Marine flake and thawed livefoods. DIET Marine flake and thawed livefoods. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Sedentary by nature. TEMPERAMENT Choose companions carefully. TEMPERAMENT Can be predatory. This hawkfish is characterized by delicate markings Serrated dorsal fin This is one of the most colorful hawkfish, its of orange and pale blue on the head, which form stunning red coloration augmented by black an arc around the eye, and a horizontal white The elongated mouthparts of the Longnose spectacles and a black area running along the top stripe along the rear of the body.The Arc-Eyed Hawkfish, combined with its red-banded body, Hawkfish can move very swiftly when an edible give this species an unmistakable appearance. of the body onto the dorsal fin. It shows to item catches its eye. It will readily learn to take Arrange the aquarium decor securely so that the best effect if given a perch, such as a cured prepared foods, and can even be persuaded to fish has several vantage points near the surface sea fan, which it can adopt as a vantage feed from the hand. from which it can watch over the rest of the tank. The Longnose Hawkfish can jump well, and it point. Breeding in the aquarium is highly unlikely, Prominent should therefore be kept in a covered aquarium. since this fish spawns in harems. pectoral fin Hawkfish cannot be sexed visually. Keep these fish singly to avoid fighting.

H A W K F I S H • S E A H O R S E S ● 279 SEA HORSES Hippocampus kuda Sea horses are among the most Common Sea horse instantly recognizable and fascinating of all marine fish. Less well known, ORIGINS The Red Sea through the Indo-Pacific region to however, are their elongated relatives the east coast of Asia and the north of Japan. called pipefish. Found in temperate SIZE 10 in (25 cm). and tropical waters, both groups DIET Primarily live brine shrimp. share unusual breeding habits, WATER Temperature 75–77°F (24–25°C); alkaline with the male caring for the eggs (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. and often carrying them in a pouch on TEMPERAMENT Inoffensive. the front of his body.These fish need to be fed up to four times a day, since The Common Sea horse is often, they eat almost constantly in the wild. but not always, yellow in color. Sea horses adopt a vertical posture when resting, but swim with their body tilting forward. These are As with other members of this Barbour’s Sea horses (Hippocampus barbouri). group, it is an expert at camouflage, changing its color to blend in with the surroundings.This makes it difficult to distinguish between different species with certainty. All sea horses lack a caudal fin, which is replaced instead by a prehensile tail. This allows the fish to anchor themselves to items such as seaweed fronds. Sea horses can Tapering be incorporated as part of a body reef aquarium, and kept in the company of other very gentle Curled tail fish.Their propulsive power used for is provided by the dorsal fin. anchorage Hippocampus erectus Doryrhamphus dactyliophorus Syngnathoides biaculeatus Lined Sea horse Banded Pipefish Alligator Pipefish ORIGINS From Eastern North America down through the ORIGINS From the Red Sea and the East African coast ORIGINS From the Red Sea, via the Indo-Pacific region, Caribbean to northern South America. through the Indian Ocean to the Pacific. as far as southern Japan and northeastern Australia. SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 7 in (18 cm). SIZE 12 in (30 cm). DIET Mainly live brine shrimp. DIET Brine shrimp and other small livefoods. DIET Mainly live brine shrimp. WATER Temperature 75–77°F (24–25°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 75–77°F (24–25°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 75–77°F (24–25°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Placid and sedentary. TEMPERAMENT Placid. TEMPERAMENT Very placid. The Lined Sea horse is one of the smaller Pipelike This pipefish has filamentous areas on its head, species, displaying the typical protective body shape which may help to conceal its presence. It is light bony rings around its body. Lined Sea green, with a yellower tone to its underparts. horses tend to have a shorter Even lifespan than their larger banding The tail is prehensile, allowing relatives—about two years the Alligator Pipefish to compared to five. Breeding This pipefish has alternating bands of pale yellow anchor itself to coral.The results in aquariums have and reddish-brown along the length of its body. dorsal fin is inconspicuous, improved significantly over Its predominantly red caudal fin is edged with while the caudal, anal, recent years.The female white.The other fins on its body are very small and pelvic fins are absent. lays her eggs directly and inconspicuous, and the tail provides the main These pipefish are weak in the male’s brood propulsive thrust for swimming. Pipefish need a swimmers, so they rely pouch, and the young quiet aquarium where they will not be harried by on camouflage to evade emerge into the the other occupants.The elongated snout is used predators.The eggs are aquarium about to suck small invertebrates into the mouth.The carried stuck on the a month later. diet of larger pipefish can be supplemented with male’s abdomen, not the fry of livebearers such as guppies. in a brood pouch. Long, broad- ended snout

280 ● M A R I N E F I S H D I R E C T O R Y OTHER POPULAR MARINE FISH A number of marine fish from other diverse groups are occasionally available to aquarists. Their requirements differ widely; some predatory species need a fish-only setup, while others can be housed safely in a reef aquarium. Never be tempted to choose a fish simply by its appearance. Make sure you can identify it with certainty, not only so that you can be sure of the size it is likely to reach as an adult, but also so that you can find out about its environmental needs and whether it will be compatible with other aquarium occupants. Bear in mind that juveniles are more commonly offered than adults. The Blue Ribbon Eel (Rhinomuraena amboinensis) requires rocky retreats to be built into its tank to give it places to hide. Aulostomus maculatus Aeoliscus strigatus Monocentrus japonica Atlantic Trumpetfish Coral Shrimpfish Pine-Cone Fish ORIGINS Widely distributed around the Caribbean ORIGINS From the Red Sea all the way across the Pacific ORIGINS Ranges from the Red Sea through the Indian region, from Florida down to the South American coast. Ocean, as far east as Hawaii. Ocean to southern Japan and east of Papua New Guinea. SIZE Up to 35 in (90 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Fresh and thawed meat-based foods. DIET Prefers crustaceans. DIET Fresh and thawed marine foods. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Do not mix with smaller companions. TEMPERAMENT Placid, suitable for a reef aquarium. TEMPERAMENT Nonaggressive. These long, narrow-bodied fish hunt a variety of Shrimpfish always swim vertically, usually with These fish represent a very ancient lineage that has crustaceans and small fish in the wild.They can be their heads pointing downward, and only adopt altered little over millions of years. Pine-Cone Fish tamed to feed from the hand, but it is difficult to a horizontal posture when they feed.The body is have a light-emitting organ under each eye, which wean them off livefoods at first, so a supply of protected by bony plates, and the mouth is small. may assist when hunting invertebrates at night. In prepared livefoods may be required. Sexing is easy, Shrimpfish should be kept together in groups of the aquarium, they prefer low light levels.You may four to six individuals. Male fish build a nest in need to wean newly acquired individuals off foods since males have a longer ray at the front of which several females will lay their eggs, but the dorsal fin. A spacious tank is needed to successful spawning in an aquarium is unlikely. such as live brine shrimp and onto similar accommodate this species. Its smaller prepared Indo-Pacific counterpart, A. valentini, diets. attains a length of only about 24 in (60 cm).

O T H E R P O P U L A R M A R I N E F I S H ● 281 Zanclus cornutus Equetus lanceolatus Pterapogon kauderni Moorish Idol Jack-Knife Fish Bangaii Cardinalfish ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the Indo- ORIGINS Occurs in the Caribbean, from Florida down to ORIGINS Occurs around Indonesia’s Bangaii Islands, close Pacific region. the coast of South America. to Sulawesi (formerly the Celebes). SIZE Up to 10 in (25 cm). SIZE Up to 10 in (25 cm). SIZE 31⁄4 in (8 cm). DIET Plant matter and meat-based foods, such as squid. DIET Fresh and thawed meat-based foods. DIET Fresh and thawed meat-based diets. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Generally shy but sometimes a bully. TEMPERAMENT Becomes more aggressive with age. TEMPERAMENT Relatively placid. This close relative of the Rabbitfish is The striking appearance Although they have a restricted range in the wild, of these fish results from the upright position of difficult to establish in a new aquarium. the first of the two dorsal fins, with its dark stripe the breeding habits of Bangaii Cardinalfish have curving down the body to the tip of the caudal fin. Plenty of plant matter will initially This fin arrangement means that it is not a fast- allowed relatively easy creation of aquarium swimming species. Choose companions carefully, Dorsal fin be needed to replace the algae that because the elaborate fins are easily damaged. strains.These fish are mouth-brooders, with the extends forms much of its normal diet. male carrying the eggs until they hatch.The fry beyond the It is best to specialize with this caudal species, keeping just one fish are large enough to be fed brine shrimp. Bangaiis Yellow banding with no other companions. can be kept in small Deeply forked In the wild, Moorish Idols groups, alongside caudal fin live in shoals, but in other aquariums they tend to nonaggressive quarrel if housed in a species. group. As they mature, adults develop horn- like swellings in front of their eyes. Beaklike jaws with thick White-spotted pattern lips for feeding on algae Plotosus lineatus Think carefully before choosing this species for HIDING PLACES an aquarium.Young Saltwater Catfish, like those Saltwater Catfish shown below, are social fish that must always be On the reef, just as in the aquarium, fish will kept in groups.When they reach 6 in (15 cm) in make the most of whatever retreats they can ORIGINS Ranges from the Red Sea throughout the Indo- length, however, they lose the distinctive white find. Reef shipwrecks, for example, are rapidly Pacific region. body stripes and their behavior changes; they start colonized by a variety of species. This Giant SIZE Up to 16 in (40 cm). to prefer a more solitary lifestyle, and should be Moray Eel (Gymnothorax javanicus) has taken DIET Thawed or fresh meat-based foods. kept singly. In addition, care must be taken to up residence in a piece of piping. This unusual WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline avoid their potentially lethal venomous fin spines. hideaway allows it to lurk unseen and surge (pH 8.0–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. out to seize passing prey, just as it would TEMPERAMENT Highly social only when young. from a reef crevice. However, not all fish that approach the eel’s lair will be eaten. Some small species come in search of leftover food scraps, darting boldly close to the eel’s mouth to snatch floating morsels.

282 ● M A R I N E F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Ptereleotris zebra Opistognathus aurifrons Nemateleotris decora Zebra Goby Yellow-Headed Jawfish Purple Fire Goby ORIGINS From the Red Sea across the Pacific, to the ORIGINS The Caribbean, from Florida and the Bahamas ORIGINS The western Pacific, north to the Ryukyu Ryukyu Islands; south to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef. down to the coast of Venezuela. Islands and south to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef. SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 3 in (7.5 cm). DIET Small invertebrates favored. DIET Small fresh and thawed meat-based foods. DIET Small crustaceans. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Usually placid; adults more territorial. TEMPERAMENT Shy and nonaggressive. TEMPERAMENT Reasonably social. A small group of Zebra Gobies can be kept in a Large, dark These beautiful fish are The dorsal fin of these small fish has two parts, reef aquarium, but their food needs to be carried eyes ideally suited to a reef and they may raise the taller front portion, almost on the current rather than lying on the bottom. aquarium, but they will as if in a threatening gesture.They are suitable for These fish seek small caves where they can retreat, not be very conspicuous a reef aquarium, where they will use holes in the often sharing holes. A pair will spawn in aquarium since they are burrowers rockwork as retreats. Do not house these fish with surroundings, with the by nature.They hide invertebrate predators, such as hermit crabs and female guarding the bristleworms, which will prey on them at night. eggs until they hatch. much of their body Feed them on brine shrimp at first, but later they in the substrate, can be weaned onto frozen planktonic foods. adopting a vertical pose, with the yellow head Front section of Rear portion coloration blending in with dorsal fin held flat of dorsal fin the sandy background and disguising their presence. They seldom move far from their burrows, so it is important to place food nearby.This is a mouth-brooding species. Synanceia horrida The Horrid Stonefish’s appeal lies in its amazing THE PATIENT PREDATOR camouflage. As an aquarium occupant, stonefish Horrid Stonefish normally have to be kept on their own because The ultimate ambush experts in the marine of their highly predatory natures, although feeding world are stonefish, such as this Popeyed Sea ORIGINS Ranges from the Red Sea throughout the them is quite straightforward. Great care needs Goblin (Inimicus didactylus). They spend their Indo-Pacific region, extending east to Oceania. to be taken when catching one of these fish or time lying camouflaged on the seabed, often SIZE 12 in (30 cm). servicing its tank to avoid being injured by the partially buried or concealed among seaweed. DIET Animal-based foods. stonefish’s venomous spines.The spines contain The eyes, which are positioned on the top of WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline a toxin that can cause severe tissue damage. the head to give all-around visibility, alert the (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. stonefish to the approach of potential prey, TEMPERAMENT Predatory. which is snapped up by the cavernous mouth. A stonefish can swim, but typically prefers to remain hidden from view. Barefoot swimmers risk being impaled on the fish’s venomous spines when wading in shallow water.

O T H E R P O P U L A R M A R I N E F I S H ● 283 Sphaeramia nematoptera Pajama Cardinalfish ORIGINS Eastern Pacific, from Java up to the Ryukyu Islands and south to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef. SIZE 31⁄4 in (8 cm). DIET Fresh and thawed meat-based marine foods. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. TEMPERAMENT Generally placid. These unusually patterned members of the cardinalfish family are ideal for a community marine setup or a reef aquarium, since they are rarely aggressive, even toward invertebrates. However, they may occasionally disagree among themselves if they are kept in a small group.To avoid overcrowding, allow 12 in (30 cm) of tank length for every one of these fish. By introducing them all to the aquarium at the same time, you can minimize the risk of territorial disputes. Pajamas have large eyes, indicating that they tend to be most active after dark, but they will also prove lively in an aquarium during the day.Transferring them to artificial diets is usually not difficult, although they will typically refuse marine flake foods. Brine shrimp are very popular with this species, and these can also be used to rear any young that are produced. Pajama Cardinalfish are mouth-brooders. Echidna nebulosa Taeniura lymma Rhinomuraena amboinensis Snowflake Moray Eel Blue-Spotted Ray Blue Ribbon Eel ORIGINS Extends from the coast of East Africa and the ORIGINS Ranges from the Red Sea to the vicinity of ORIGINS Seas around southeast Asia, extending south to Red Sea across the Indo-Pacific region to Oceania. southern Japan and Australia’s eastern coast. Australia and north almost to Japan. SIZE 39 in (100 cm); 12 in (30 cm) in aquariums. SIZE 10 in (25 cm). SIZE 48 in (120 cm); 15 in (38 cm) in aquariums. DIET Meat-based foods, fresh and thawed. DIET Mainly crustaceans and mollusks. DIET Live invertebrates may be needed. WATER Temperature 75–79°F (24–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 75–77°F (24–25°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 75–79°F (24–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.0–8.3) with SG 1.019–1.026. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.021–1.024. (pH 8.0–8.3) with SG 1.019–1.026. TEMPERAMENT Aggressive; do not mix with other fish. TEMPERAMENT Keep separate. TEMPERAMENT Will escape if aquarium is not covered. These predatory denizens of the reef will settle Long tail The color of these ribbon eels alters with age, well in a marine aquarium.The aquarium must and may also reflect a change in gender.They be securely covered to prevent Body undulates escape, and a large crevice when swimming start off as black, then change to the blue in which the eel can hide is form (sometimes viewed as a separate species, essential. Moray eels locate food by its waterborne These fish are potentially dangerous because they R. quaesita), and later become more yellow. scent, the small eyes being an indication of their have a toxic spine at the base of the tail. During Females in general are more yellow than males. poor vision. Do not try to hand-feed these fish— any maintenance work, such as cleaning the filter, A ribbon eel needs rocky crevices where it can they can inflict serious bites. Instead, use special it is important to partition the aquarium in order lurk. It prefers live prey, so weaning it onto tongs usually sold for offering food to snakes. to avoid any risk of being stung by the spine. Be prepared foods can be difficult. Initially, try sure that there are extensive open areas in the waving inert foods on tongs near the eel’s lair. tank for swimming.These rays will spend much of their time close to the floor of the aquarium, which is where they search for food. Rays have a cartilaginous rather than a bony skeleton and no swim bladder, relying instead on their large, fatty liver to provide buoyancy.

DIRECTORY OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES

286 ● M A R I N E I N V E R T E B R A T E S D I R E C T O R Y SPONGES AND ANEMONES These invertebrates are an integral part of the reef ecosystem. Anemones are soft-bodied creatures with flowing, stinging tentacles for catching prey. Sponges have a more rigid body structure and are filter-feeders. Both are sometimes known as sessile invertebrates because, like corals, they anchor themselves to the reef. Sponges build up their body casing from minerals, such as calcium and silica, combined with a jellylike substance called spongin. As a sponge grows, it is possible to take off pieces and establish these “cuttings” elsewhere. Anemones reproduce either sexually or asexually, depending on the species. The Four-Colored Anemone (Entacmaea quadricolor) is used as a retreat by clownfish (see pp.244–5). Pachycerianthus species Axinella species Condylactis gigantea Cerianthus Orange Cup Sponge Pink-Tipped Anemone ORIGINS The western Pacific, notably from Singapore ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific ORIGINS Ranges widely throughout the Caribbean and north to the Philippines. region, including off Sri Lanka and Indonesia. western Atlantic, reaching Bermuda and Brazil. SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). SIZE 16 in (40 cm). DIET Meat-based foods. Drop food on the anemone DIET Invertebrate food. Will also take puréed shrimp and DIET Meat-based foods. Typically requires feeding once or twice a week. mussels. every two days or so. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. Orange Cups will not thrive in silt, and their tank needs a relatively strong current to prevent debris from building up in the cup.Their shape also makes them vulnerable to being choked by algae. If the cup’s rim is paler than the rest of the sponge, it has dried out at some point previously.This will prove fatal in the long run, so avoid such specimens. This anemone constructs a protective tube from These anemones vary naturally in color; those with mucus and sand. During the day, the anemone purplish tentacles tend to be more popular than retreats into the tube, anchored in the substrate. pale-tentacled specimens. Preferring bright light, At night, it preys on crustaceans and slow- they are ideal for a reef tank, where they will swimming fish. In the aquarium, avoid housing it anchor themselves in rocky crevices.They fare with creatures such as seahorses, which it will eat. well in dimmer light, too, so they can be included Site it away from corals and other anemones, and in a setup intended primarily for fish. Pale dots on take care not to touch its stinging tentacles. the tentacles indicate the positions of stinging cells.

S P O N G E S A N D A N E M O N E S ● 287 Rhodactis species Haliclona compressa Elephant Ears Red Tree Sponge ORIGINS Distribution extends from the central part of ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the waters the Indo-Pacific as far south as Australia. of the Caribbean. SIZE 8 in (20 cm). SIZE 8 in (20 cm). DIET May prey on brine shrimp. Will also consume some DIET Plankton or puréed food. Will need feeding meat-based foods. every day or two. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. This flattened, disclike anemone has very short Despite its name, the Red Tree Sponge is often tentacles and resembles a coral. Unlike true stony pinkish rather than red.This paler hue is not a corals, it lacks a hard body casing. Also, each reflection of poor health, because this species anemone body is separate, while coral polyps are varies naturally in coloration.What is likely to joined. Elephant Ears contains symbiotic bacteria be a sign of ill health, however, is the appearance that provide it with food when they photo- of white patches on the body—the coloration synthesize. It needs strong light to thrive, and should be uniform. Red Tree Sponges require benefits from water movement in the tank. dimly lit surroundings.They feed on microscopic plankton, so they must be placed in a current to ensure that food is wafted to them. Under no circumstances should these sponges be allowed to dry out when they are being moved, since this can prove fatal. It is also not advisable to introduce these or other sponges to a recently established reef aquarium, which is unlikely to contain enough natural food for them.When purchasing a Red Tree Sponge, especially a large specimen, check that there are no tiny crustaceans lurking among its branches. COLONIAL LIFE Heteractis magnifica Some anemones, such as these Yellow Indonesian to the threat. The length of the extended Magnificent Anemone Polyps (Parazoanthus sp.), live in colonies. They tentacles gives an insight into the health of the are vulnerable to predators, such as marine colony. Shortened tentacles suggest poor water ORIGINS Ranges throughout the Indo-Pacific region, angelfish (see pp.252–5), when their tentacles quality, ill health, or individuals that have from the Red Sea eastward as far as Samoa. are exposed (below right). If danger approaches, recently inflicted a sting. All the anemones in SIZE 40 in (100 cm). an anemone will pull its tentacles into its body a colony are likely to be clones of one another. DIET Meat-based foods. Avoid overfeeding, which will (below left). One advantage of communal living They reproduce asexually, sending out runners impair water quality. is that when one anemone withdraws its that develop into new anemones, enabling the WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline tentacles, all its neighbors are instantly alerted colony to grow in size. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. The body of this anemone ranges from purplish- pink to white and even avocado green, although much of it is hidden by the tentacles, which are typically over 3 in (7.5 cm) long. If the tentacles are largely retracted, the water quality is likely to have deteriorated.This anemone sometimes occurs in groups on the reef, often close to the surface.

288 ● M A R I N E I N V E R T E B R A T E S D I R E C T O R Y CORALS Corals form the centerpiece of any reef aquarium. A coral is a colony of linked organisms called polyps. In stony corals, which form the foundation of the reef, the polyps have a hard body casing of calcium carbonate, while the polyps of soft corals are supported by a less rigid calcareous structure. Corals need plenty of space, and overcrowding will hinder their growth. Many corals contain symbiotic zooxanthellae (algae). When the algae photosynthesize, they provide food for both themselves and the coral, so good lighting in the tank is vital. If a piece of coral breaks off, it can be used to establish a new colony elsewhere in the tank. The polyps of the Raspberry Coral (Pocillopora damicornis) are shown here in close-up. Corals can be identified by their polyp shape, which is a relatively consistent feature within each species. Coloration, which can be much more variable, is a less reliable guide. Plerogyra sinuosa Tubastrea aurea Lobophyllia hemprichii Bubble Coral Orange Polyp Coral Red Brain Coral ORIGINS Extends from the Red Sea eastward through ORIGINS Widely distributed on reefs throughout the ORIGINS From East Africa and the Red Sea, via the Indo- the entire Indo-Pacific region to Samoa. Indo-Pacific region. Pacific, to the Marshall Islands in the east. SIZE 39 in (100 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 16 in (40 cm). DIET Symbiotic, with internal algae providing food. DIET Shrimp and other meat-based foods. Drop tiny DIET Symbiotic, with internal algae producing nutrients. Will also feed on plankton and brine shrimp. pieces of food into the open coral heads. Will take small amounts of a proprietary food. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. Inhabiting fairly exposed areas of the reef, these A rather flat, involuted appearance characterizes corals have a relatively low, compact shape that Red Brain Corals, which can grow to a large size. helps to protect them from damage. Bubble Corals, Their coloration ranges from grayish-blue to which sometimes form massive colonies, are green to deep red.These stony corals are found nocturnal creatures, only putting out their polyps on deeper parts of the reef, and are nocturnal in in search of small prey after dark.White stripes habit.When feeding Red Brain Corals, it helps across the individual bubblelike swellings indicate to use a pipette, so that the food can be placed the location of the stinging cells, or nematocysts. directly in the vicinity of the coral. A stunning appearance and simple care needs make this orange coral an ideal choice for home aquariums. After transfer to a new tank, the polyps may remain closed for a week. Because Orange Polyp Corals inhabit shady areas, their bodies lack symbiotic algae, so they feed by catching food with their tentacles. Reproduction is asexual, with new polyps budding off from the base of existing ones.

C O R A L S ● 289 Goniopora species NIGHT BLOOMING Flowerpot Coral Corals may reproduce either asexually, by a process known as budding, or by sexual ORIGINS Occurs widely throughout the Indo-Pacific, means, which enables them to spread farther from the Red Sea and East Africa to Fiji and Samoa. afield. The problem with sexual reproduction SIZE 8 in (20 cm). is that when a female coral releases an egg DIET Plankton and symbiosis; good lighting conditions (as shown here), the currents around the reef are vital to ensure that the internal algae are healthy. make the chances of the egg’s coming into WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline contact with sperm relatively slight. To (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. improve the chances of fertilization, entire coral populations simultaneously release their The color of this stony coral varies, depending gametes, using the lunar cycle to coordinate on the color of the zooxanthellae in its polyps. If this mass reproduction. In fact, they are so gray blotches appear, however, this may signify the prolific that the sea temporarily turns onset of a serious illness.The polyps, which are white with eggs and sperm, greatly permanently extended, are long, delicate, and increasing the likelihood of featherlike.This coral likes strong currents and fertilization. This phenomenon bright lighting, but there is a risk that it may be is called night blooming. attacked by external algae under such conditions. The young coral larvae drift away on the current to colonize new reef areas. Xenia species Pocillopora damicornis This attractive coral is named after the raspberry- like growth pattern at the tips of its branches. Pulsing Coral Raspberry Coral The Raspberry Coral varies from pinkish-blue to pure blue. Site this coral in the upper levels ORIGINS Ranges from the Red Sea eastward to the Indo- ORIGINS Extends from East Africa and the Red Sea of the tank; on the reef, it normally occurs close Pacific region, including the Philippines. throughout the Indo-Pacific region. to the surface. As with all stony corals, a special SIZE 31⁄2 in (8 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). supplement containing minerals, such as calcium, DIET Mainly symbiotic; good lighting conditions are DIET Filter-feeder, requiring very fine particles of food and trace elements, including strontium, should vital to ensure that the internal algae are healthy. that it can sift from the water. be added to the water. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. Upright, branching pattern of growth A delicately branched appearance typifies this treelike coral.The permanently extended polyps move continuously during the daytime, not in search of food but to create water currents that will bring oxygen to the coral. As with other corals that live by symbiosis, the Pulsing Coral needs bright lighting and good water circulation. Any nitrate in the water will harm this coral.

290 ● M A R I N E I N V E R T E B R A T E S D I R E C T O R Y CRUSTACEANS Crustaceans are justifiably popular in reef aquariums because they provide both color and movement. However, they must be chosen carefully because they can be aggressive and predatory.These invertebrates have a hard body casing called an exoskeleton.They also possess jointed limbs, with the front pair often modified into claws for digging, grasping, and cutting. Crustaceans grow by a series of molts, inflating themselves with hemolymph so that their exoskeleton splits open.The new exoskeleton hardens soon after the crustacean has emerged from the old one. Any lost limbs may be regenerated during the molting process. Some remarkable relationships involving crustaceans have formed on the reef. The Swimming Crabs (Lissocarcinus species) shown here do not burrow into the sand for protection, but retreat into the stinging tentacles of tube anemones to escape from danger. Calappa flammea Neopetrolisthes ohshimai Enoplometopus occidentalis Shame-Faced Crab Anemone Crab Red Lobster ORIGINS Widely distributed through the entire ORIGINS The Indo-Pacific region, from the Asian coast ORIGINS Found throughout the Indo-Pacific region, Caribbean region. south to Australia and east to the central Pacific. ranging as far east as the Hawaiian islands. SIZE Body is 8 in (20 cm) across. SIZE Body is 1 in (2.5 cm) across. SIZE Body is 5 in (12.5 cm) long. DIET Livefoods. Will scavenge for pieces of fish and DIET Will take freeze-dried and tablet foods. Try to direct DIET Shrimp, fish, and food tablets. Try to ensure that shellfish, but be careful not to overfeed. food to the vicinity of the crab. the food is placed within the lobster’s reach. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. Shame-Faced Crabs are so called because of the These tiny crabs seek sanctuary from would-be way in which they seem to hide their eyes behind predators by hiding among the stinging tentacles their greatly enlarged claws. Although they often of sea anemones, to which they appear to be lie concealed under the substrate, these crabs can immune. Note that Anemone Crabs will attack be rather disruptive in a typical reef tank, because any clownfish introduced into the tank.They feed they scavenge aggressively and prey on mollusks by trapping tiny particles of food with feathery and other invertebrates. Shame-Faced Crabs do, projections on their jaws. Unfortunately, there however, get along well with fish such as gobies. is no way of sexing these crabs visually. Variable red-and- white patterning These strikingly colored lobsters are less conspicuous in the aquarium than their color would suggest.This is because they are nocturnal and usually hide during the daytime. Red Lobsters are territorial, and will use their powerful claws to fight ferociously if they are housed together.These lobsters will prey on small fish, but they will also take inanimate foods.

C R U S T A C E A N S ● 291 Dardanus lagopodes Panulirus versicolor Lissocarcinus laevis Blade-Eyed Hermit Crab Purple Spiny Lobster Tube Anemone Swimming Crab ORIGINS From the Red Sea eastward throughout the ORIGINS The Pacific region, especially around Singapore ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the entire entire Indo-Pacific region. and parts of Indonesia. Indo-Pacific region. SIZE Body is 21⁄2 in (6 cm) long. SIZE Body is 9 in (22.5 cm) long. SIZE Body is 11⁄4 in (3 cm) across. DIET Proprietary hermit crab food or meat-based foods, DIET Fish, shrimp, and tablet food. Should be fed a DIET Animal-based foods. Provide relatively small pieces including pieces of fish and shellfish. relatively small quantity once a day. that can be consumed easily. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. Hermit crabs are unsuited to reef aquariums This red-and-white crab must always be housed because they will prey on the occupants.They are alongside tube anemones, with which it forms a best kept in a tank with nonaggressive fish, where close association. Like other types of swimming they may prove useful in finishing off uneaten crab, it has paddlelike hind legs that help it to swim food. Hermit crabs do not have their own shells, efficiently. It is possible to sex this species by but take over those of mollusks, swapping to larger examining the underside of the body, since males shells as they grow. Make sure there is a series of have a narrower, more triangular abdominal region larger shells available in the tank for this purpose. than females. Breeding in aquariums has yet to be achieved with this rather solitary crab. This large lobster can be identified by its banded body patterning, striped legs, and the blue area on its tail.The antennae, which help the lobster to find food, are often longer than the body, so a spacious tank is required. If an antenna breaks off, it should regrow over successive molts, but not necessarily to its original length.The Purple Spiny Lobster can be housed safely with large companions. Allogalathea elegans BOXING CHAMP Feather Star Squat Lobster Some crustaceans evade danger by hiding claw forward, followed by the other, like a boxer under the sand, or among the stinging tentacles delivering punches. This is enough to persuade ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the entire of anemones, while others rely on camouflage most predators to back off. The Boxing Crab Indo-Pacific region. to conceal their presence. The Common Boxing only lets go of its anemones when it molts, SIZE Body is 13⁄4 in (2 cm) long. Crab (Lybia tessellata), shown here, has a more picking them up again when its new DIET Prefers thawed foods, but will also take small direct way of protecting itself: it carries a small exoskeleton hardens. If the crab is challenged freeze-dried items. anemone in each claw and uses them like before this, it responds as though it were still WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline weapons. If threatened, the crab thrusts one holding the anemones. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. These tiny lobsters have a striped, egg-shaped body. They should not be mixed with larger predatory species of any kind.The tank must include Feather Starfish (see p.297), since the lobsters live among their arms, avoiding detection by modifying their coloration so that they blend in with their hosts. Small crevices in nearby rockwork will serve as hiding places for these shy, retiring lobsters.

292 ● M A R I N E I N V E R T E B R A T E S D I R E C T O R Y Periclimenes yucatanicus Lysmata debelius Rhynchocinetes uritai Spotted Cleaner Shrimp Scarlet Cleaner Shrimp Dancing Shrimp ORIGINS Occurs throughout the Caribbean region and in ORIGINS The Indo-Pacific region, ranging from the ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the entire the western part of the Atlantic. Maldives to Japan, Indonesia, and the Society Islands. Indo-Pacific region. SIZE Body is 3⁄4 in (2 cm) long. SIZE Body is 11⁄4 in (3 cm) long. SIZE Body is 11⁄2 in (4 cm) long. DIET Marine flake and small livefoods. Often scavenges DIET Marine flake and small livefoods. Try to ensure that DIET Prepared foods, which can include marine flake. food given to its host anemone. food falls within reach of the shrimp. Will also eat small pieces of fish. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.02–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. Scarlet-red coloration is a feature of these shrimp, which also display white spots on the body, white lower limbs, and white antennae. In reef aquariums, they are less shy if kept as a small group rather than on their own. Antennae are used Each maintains a small as feelers in murky area of territory that surroundings includes a number of snug retreats. These shrimp have a yellow-and-white body, dark Prominent eyes and a hump-backed appearance bands of red and white on their limbs, and white help to identify this crustacean. Males have antennae.They need to be housed with a suitable larger claws than females. Dancing Shrimp are host anemone, such as the Pink-Tipped Anemone social by nature, but they will attack anemones (see p.286). Breeding is possible in aquariums; the that are not protected by stinging tentacles, and female carries the green eggs under her abdomen. they will also eat coral polyps.Their movements However, predation by other tank occupants makes resemble those of a tango dancer, advancing in a it highly unlikely that any of the young will survive. very deliberate fashion and then briefly pausing. LIVING DANGEROUSLY This arrangement helps to keep the eel healthy, Saron species while the shrimp gets to eat whatever it can Cleaner Shrimp appear to have a death wish, remove. The shrimp tend to clean relatively Marble Shrimp actively seeking out and climbing all over fish sedentary fish species, so that they are not carried that could easily snap them up. The potential off into the depths. How these relationships ORIGINS Throughout the Indo-Pacific region, from the predators refrain from devouring them because come about is unclear, because in aquariums the Red Sea, via Indonesia, to Hawaii. the shrimp use their powerful claws to remove shrimp will even perform this service for fish SIZE Body is 11⁄4 in (3 cm) long. parasites and skin debris from the bodies of the that they do not encounter in the wild. DIET Eats small livefoods, and will also scavenge in the fish. The shrimp below (Lysmata amboinensis) is tank for items such as marine flake. “cleaning” a Moray Eel (Gymnothorax species). WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. These sociable shrimp have marbled patterning— often a whitish-green with darker markings.They are shy and are unlikely to be seen during the day. When they do emerge, it quickly becomes obvious that their daytime coloration can be very different from their appearance at night. It is best to offer them food only after dark. Marble Shrimp should not be kept in a tank with live corals.

C R U S T A C E A N S ● 293 Stenopus hispidus Coral Banded Shrimp ORIGINS Found on tropical reefs throughout the world’s oceans, particularly the Pacific. SIZE Body is 21⁄2 in (6 cm) long. DIET Meat-based foods. If frozen supplies are used, make sure that the food is thawed completely before use. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. The ancestors of these shrimp were present in the oceans more than 10 million years ago, when North and South America were still unattached continents. As the land bridge formed, the populations in the tropical regions of the Pacific and Atlantic became separated, resulting in different color forms and new species in different locations. Female Coral Banded Shrimp are larger than males.They also have bright red banding on their upperparts, which appears brownish in males. Keep these shrimp in true pairs, if not singly, because otherwise they will fight to the death.Tankmates need to be chosen carefully because these invertebrates will prey on other shrimp and smaller fish.The male Coral Banded Shrimp is unusual in that he collects food for the female and actively feeds her in a cave. She signals by clicking her pincers, and he responds by passing over food. Synalpheus species Pistol Shrimp have one enlarged claw that can Thor amboinensis produce a loud noise like a gunshot when it snaps Pistol Shrimp together.The “shot” is so loud that it may sound as Broken-Back Shrimp if the tank has shattered. Pistol Shrimp use these ORIGINS Present in various forms in the Indo-Pacific, sound blasts to stun small prey. If the pistol claw ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the Indo-Pacific from the Red Sea to Japan and Hawaii. is lost, the other claw will enlarge to compensate region, including off the island of Amboina, Indonesia. SIZE Body is 11⁄2 in (4 cm) long. while the damaged limb regrows. Another key SIZE Body is 3⁄4 in (2 cm) long. DIET Small livefoods and food tablets. As always, avoid feature of Pistol Shrimp is their small eyes, which DIET Thawed or freeze-dried livefoods. Offer food in overfeeding, since uneaten food will pollute the water. are partially obscured by the protective carapace. proximity to the host anemone. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. This crustacean can be distinguished by its bold markings of dull orange and white, and by the way in which it keeps its hindquarters raised above the rear of its body. It typically lives in association with Heteractis sea anemones, among which it scavenges for food.The Broken-Back Shrimp usually lies on top of its host, rather than retreating into its tentacles.

294 ● M A R I N E I N V E R T E B R A T E S D I R E C T O R Y MOLLUSKS AND ANNELIDS There are few more diverse invertebrate groups than the mollusks. Marine gastropod mollusks possess a protective shell and a “foot” for locomotion, just like the land snails. Bivalves, such as clams, have a two-part, hinged shell, and a more sedentary lifestyle.The shell-less sea slugs can be difficult to maintain in aquariums, because their dietary requirements are so specific. Cephalopods, which include squid and octopuses, can also be problematic, since they require large tanks and are extremely sensitive to water conditions. Annelids, in contrast, are a group of segmented worms. The Spanish Dancer (Hexabranchus imperialis) is the largest and also one of the most attractive of all sea slugs, thanks to its vivid red-and-white coloration. Originating from the Indo-Pacific, it has a graceful swimming motion. Limaria scabra Tridacna crocea High-intensity lighting is vital for the well-being of this clam.The blue coloring is produced by algae Flame Scallop Blue Clam living in the mantle (the inner lining of the shell), and these microorganisms need bright light in ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the Caribbean ORIGINS Southeast Asia, originating from the coastal order to be able to carry out photosynthesis, region, and in parts of the western Atlantic. waters around Singapore and parts of Indonesia. which provides the clam with most of its nutrients. SIZE 21⁄2 in (6 cm) in diameter. SIZE 8 in (20 cm). A healthy clam will not only be well-colored, but DIET Filter-feeding. Provide a prepared food or a blend DIET Filter-feeding and symbiosis. Needs fine particulate will also be able to close rapidly when touched of puréed shellfish and seawater. food and good lighting to maintain its internal algae. gently with a finger. Blue Clams obtain some of WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline their food by filtering tiny creatures from seawater, (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. which is drawn into the body via an opening called an inlet siphon. Prepared foods for filter-feeders The true beauty of this scallop is only apparent Its stunning blue interior, emphasized by the enable Blue Clams to feed well in aquariums. when it opens its shell and exposes the scarlet-red external fluting, makes this small, slow-growing interior and tentacles. (One closely related form bivalve a popular choice for the invertebrate tank. has off-white tentacles.) Flame Scallops anchor themselves to rockwork, so place them near the front of the tank where they will be clearly visible. They may breed successfully in the tank, giving rise to small groups of young.

M O L L U S K S A N D A N N E L I D S ● 295 Sabellastarte magnifica Octopus cyanea Strombus gigas Featherduster Worm Common Tropical Octopus Queen Conch ORIGINS Occurs widely throughout the tropical western ORIGINS Coral reefs off Asia and throughout the Indo- ORIGINS The Caribbean region, including the Florida Atlantic and the Caribbean region. Pacific region, especially off Indonesia. coast and around the Bahamas. SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 10 in (25 cm). DIET Filter-feeding. Use prepared food, or a blend of DIET Fish and crustaceans, which must be fully thawed if DIET Marine algae and scavenged waste matter. puréed shellfish and seawater. frozen. Feed according to appetite each day. Place food within easy reach of the conch. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. This annelid worm’s body is housed in a protective These slow-moving, spectacular-looking gastropods tube anchored to rockwork.The feathery tentacles grow to a large size, and require a suitably spacious projecting from the top of the tube collect floating aquarium. Fortunately, care of the Queen Conch is food particles. Featherduster Worms occur in a relatively straightforward, and feeding presents no wide range of colors. Keeping them in groups will particular difficulties.When threatened, this conch encourage breeding. After reproduction, adult will simply withdraw into the safety of its heavy- Featherduster Worms shed their feeding tentacles weight shell, which is more than a match for most to prevent them from taking their own larvae.The would-be predators.The shell, which has a light- tentacles start to regrow about two weeks later. colored exterior, is pinkish-white inside. This octopus should be housed singly, alongside coral and sponge species that it will not harm.The tank must be firmly covered, since it can escape through even a small gap in the hood.When introducing an octopus to new surroundings, leave it undisturbed and without lighting for a day or so, or it may eject its ink, with potentially fatal consequences in this restricted environment. Cypraea tigris THE REEF’S VITAL BROWSER Tiger Cowrie Although they could not be said to be the most striking occupants of a reef tank, Turbo ORIGINS From the Red Sea and the coast of East Africa Snails (Haliotis varia) are certainly among the eastward through the Indo-Pacific to Hawaii. most significant. Often called Turban Snails SIZE 6 in (15 cm). because of their conical shape, these mollusks DIET Caulerpa (a marine alga) and meat-based foods. are useful because they browse almost Will tend to scavenge for food around the aquarium. exclusively on algae, keeping its growth in WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline the aquarium under control. They perform (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. a similar function on the reef, where unchecked algal growth could choke the The smooth, oval shell of this gastropod is covered surfaces of the corals and threaten their with dark spots. It is partially hidden by the survival. Small Turbo Snails may be mantle, which extends around its sides.These algal inadvertently introduced to the tank browsers are not difficult to keep and are easy to on live rock. They can largely be feed. However, their size means that they may left to fend for themselves. damage the structure of the reef by dislodging corals and other sessile invertebrates, especially at night, when they are most active.

296 ● M A R I N E I N V E R T E B R A T E S D I R E C T O R Y ECHINODERMS Starfish are the best-known echinoderms, but the group also features feather and brittle stars, as well as sea urchins and sea cucumbers.While they vary in shape, all these creatures have an internal body structure formed from calcium, and tube feet that enable them to move over the seabed. Some echinoderms, including many starfish, are easy to maintain in aquariums, but sea cucumbers have a devastating habit of eviscerating themselves when they become distressed, fatally polluting the water for the other tank occupants. Blue Starfish (Linckia laevigata), which are of Asiatic origin, are a good introduction to this group of marine invertebrates. However, they are particularly vulnerable to a species of bivalve mollusk that burrows into their arms, causing paralysis. Fromia elegans Protoreaster lincki Ophiomastix species Little Red Starfish Red-Knobbed Starfish Brittle Starfish ORIGINS Occurs throughout the Indo-Pacific region, ORIGINS Ranges from the Red Sea to Indonesia and ORIGINS Tropical areas, notably off the coast of Florida especially off Indonesia. islands of the Pacific. and throughout the Caribbean region. SIZE 31⁄4 in (8 cm). SIZE 12 in (30 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Mussel, clam, and shrimp meat. Beware of DIET Mussel, clam, and shrimp meat. Place a small DIET Mussels, shrimp, and other meaty foods. Try to vary overfeeding these and other echinoderms. amount of food under the starfish each day. the type of food offered. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. With their bright red coloration, Red Starfish make Brittle Starfish have a small central disk and long, small, attractive additions to a reef tank. Juvenile thin arms that are fringed along their entire length. Red Starfish can be recognized by the black tips of They are ideal starfish for a reef tank, because they their arms (as shown below). Unlike some of their will scavenge for food without harming the other relatives, these starfish can be kept safely with other invertebrates that share their quarters.They can invertebrates. However, avoid housing Red Starfish locate food by smell, and are able to reach into with larger predatory starfish species, which will nooks and crannies to seek out food particles that eat them. Some crustaceans may also prey on them. are beyond the reach of other tank occupants. Swollen red areas on the body and arms help to identify these predatory starfish; the red areas form a meshlike pattern against a whitish background. Red-Knobbed Starfish are relatively easy to keep, but they will attack and feed on sessile invertebrates sharing their quarters, as well as any mollusks that they can ambush, so their companions need to be chosen very carefully.

E C H I N O D E R M S ● 297 Himerometra robustipinna Culcita novaeguineae Pseudocolochirus axiologus Feather Starfish Bun Starfish Sea Apple ORIGINS Off the coast of Southeast Asia, notably in the ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout the entire ORIGINS Found on coral reefs off Indonesia, and also on vicinity of Singapore and parts of Indonesia. Indo-Pacific region. Australia’s Great Barrier Reef. SIZE 7 in (18 cm). SIZE 10 in (25 cm). SIZE 6 in (15 cm). DIET Brine shrimp and other small foods. Try to place DIET Mussel, clam, and shrimp meat. Offer small DIET Food particles in suspension. Use liquid foods. May the food close to the starfish to encourage it to feed. amounts each day, removing any uneaten scraps. also take brine shrimp. WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline WATER Temperature 77–79°F (25–26°C); alkaline (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. (pH 8.1–8.3) with SG 1.020–1.024. When Bun Starfish are mature, their bodies fill out so much that their five legs are no longer visible. One of the heaviest of all starfish, they have spotted upperparts, but their markings and coloration are highly variable.These predatory starfish are best housed alongside nonaggressive fish, rather than in a reef setup, because they will attack sessile invertebrates, such as corals. This placid, red starfish usually feeds after dark, The purplish-blue form of this echinoderm, which waving its highly mobile, featherlike arms in the occurs on the Great Barrier Reef, is exceptionally current to collect fine particles of food. Feather beautiful. Sea Apples of Indonesian origin are Starfish can be kept in groups, providing retreats smaller, with grayish-pink bodies.The tentacles for small, nonaggressive fish, such as gobies. As projecting from the body are used to extract fine with other starfish species, if an arm breaks off, it food particles from the water.Tankmates for Sea will usually regenerate. Good water conditions are Apples must be chosen carefully, because some fish vital for the overall well-being of Feather Starfish. will try to bite off their feeding tentacles. SPINELESS VERTEBRATES Sea squirts, such as the striking blue variety seen here (Rhopalaea crassa), consist of little more than a baglike body known as a tunic. These reef animals feed by drawing water in through the large hole on the top of the body, then filtering it for edible particles, and finally passing it out through a smaller orifice called the exhalant siphon. Like the other species featured in this section, sea squirts do not have a backbone, yet these creatures are actually classified in the same phylum as vertebrates. This apparent oddity of classification comes about because when they are free-swimming larvae, sea squirts possess a well-developed nervous system. This includes a stiff central support, called a notochord, which is similar to the spinal cord. Once they have matured, however, sea squirts adopt a wholly sedentary lifestyle and lose these features. Sea squirts can grow to a relatively large size, with some species measuring up to 20 in (50 cm) in length. Being highly vulnerable to predators, they inhabit inconspicuous areas of the reef, where they often associate in groups. Like Turbo Snails (see p.295), sea squirts may turn up unexpectedly in a marine aquarium, being introduced accidentally when pieces of live rock are added to the tank.

INTRODUCTION TO POND FISH

300 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O P O N D F I S H What to consider A carefully chosen and well-designed pond can be the focal point of a garden, but finding the right style can be a daunting task.The choice of design is partly personal, but should also take into account the requirements of the fish, as well as the amount of space you have available, the existing landscaping in your garden, your level of building expertise, and the amount of time and money you have to spend. Although the basic construction techniques used to create This modern pond design blends A naturalistic style of pond (below), ponds of any type are similar, the resulting effect created by seamlessly with the style of the with native plants in and around the landscaping and planting can be strikingly different. Ponds house. It includes a waterfall feature the edges, helps to create retreats can be designed in an informal, naturalistic way, or in a formal and decking, but no plants. for neighborhood wildlife. style, based on stark, geometric patterns, such as rectangles. A good starting point when deciding on the type of pond to build is to consider the species of fish you would like to keep. Goldfish are suitable for most types of ponds, but large pond fish, such as koi, require a considerable volume of water if they are to thrive. A pond for these fish must have a minimum surface area of at least 100 ft2 (10 m2).The constraints created by keeping koi mean that they are

W H A T T O C O N S I D E R ● 301 Formal ponds are POND SAFETY Protective pond grilles frequently seen in the do not have to be grounds of European Safety should be a prime consideration unattractive. This wavy, stately homes, when designing a pond that may be visited modern design creates reflecting a gardening by children. A raised pond is a safer option the impression of ripples trend that began in than one at ground level, and there are rigid on the water. North Africa. Such wire grilles that can be securely fastened ponds generally have over the top of the pond. Even with these few plants present, measures, however, children should always other than water lilies. be supervised near the pond. invariably kept in a larger formal design of pond. Such ponds This koi pond (below) incorporates SITING GUIDELINES are costly to construct, however, not just because they need a gravel border, a low planting plan, to be large, but also because they require an effective filtration and large rocks, reflecting the Oriental ● Ponds should only be system to maintain water quality and clarity. origins of the fish kept there. constructed in areas where the ground is relatively level. Naturalistic ponds are simple and inexpensive to create using flexible pond liner (see p.302). At certain times of year, ● Choose a location that however, the fish may not be particularly conspicuous in this allows you to view the pond type of pond; during early summer, for example, the water from inside the house. may be green with algae and the pond partially covered with profuse plant growth. A filtration system is less essential in ● Consider the availability of a pond of this type, but regular maintenance is required to a power supply for running remove dead plant material and clean out silt (see pp.318–20). filters and fountains. Depth is an important consideration, especially in temperate ● Avoid building a pond areas. Fish instinctively retreat to the bottom of a pond as the close to trees, because the temperature drops toward freezing. Ponds should therefore growth of their roots may include an area that is at least 4 ft (1.2 m) deep, to ensure that damage the foundations or it will not freeze to the bottom in even the most severe winters. puncture the pond liner. ● Avoid areas that are naturally prone to becoming waterlogged, because excess water can collect under the pond liner. ● Site the pond in a sheltered spot, to stop leaves from blowing into it. ● Choose a site that is not in direct sunlight during the hottest part of the day.

302 ● I N T R O D U C T I O N T O P O N D F I S H Construction choices life-span; if choosing PVC, select a thicker grade, typically 1 mm, with a reinforcing nylon weave providing extra The availability of modern pond construction materials strength and durability. Preformed pond units are also provides a wide choice for the hobbyist. Creating a pond using available in a range of materials, of which rubberized versions flexible pond liner or installing a preformed pond unit (see box, are generally the most durable. below) does not require advanced construction skills and can be relatively inexpensive. Large concrete ponds, by contrast, Flexible pond liner is sold by the square foot, in rolls are considerably more expensive, and may even require the of various widths, so careful planning is required to be sure services of a professional installer. you purchase sheeting of the correct dimensions.The amount of liner required is easily determined for any shape of pond A wide range of flexible liners and preformed pond units using the following method. First, determine the length of are available to suit most budgets, but it can be a false the pond at its longest point and the width at its widest point. economy to purchase the cheapest option. Less expensive Next, adjust these dimensions to allow for sufficient liner to liners, such as polyethene, may not last as long as higher- fit into the deepest part of the pond: to do this, multiply the quality flexible liners, such as PVC and butyl rubber, which maximum depth of the pond by two, and add this to both are more resistant to attack by the ultraviolet component of the length and width figures respectively. Finally, add a further sunlight. Butyl rubber is probably the best material to choose, 18 in (45 cm) to each dimension to provide extra liner to partly because it is very elastic and so will not crease as much overlap the edge of the pond; the final figures give you the during installation as other materials. A PVC pond liner is overall width and length of liner required. a somewhat cheaper option, with a correspondingly shorter FLEXIBLE LINER OR PREFORMED POND UNIT? PREFORMED POND UNIT FLEXIBLE POND LINERS Preformed units made from plastic, fiberglass, or rubber are quick and easy Building a pond using flexible liner is to install and are manufactured in a wide relatively straightforward and allows you to range of shapes and sizes. Many designs exactly tailor the design to your needs. All include a shelf around the edge for types of liners must be used with a suitable cultivating marginal plants. Pale-colored underlay material, which cushions it from units should usually be avoided, because sharp objects; commercial products are they can look artificial. available, but large pieces of old carpet or a layer of sand can work just as well. PROS CONS PROS CONS ● Can be used to create any ● Can be punctured quite ● Very easy to install, once ● Units are molded to fixed size or shape of pond, and is easily by the roots of some the area has been prepared. shapes, which can constrain ideal for a more natural look. plants, requiring repair. pond design. ● A wide range of shapes and ● Durable; top-quality liners ● Cheap liners can have a short sizes are available, including ● Some styles may not be deep can last for up to 50 years life-span and are a poor choice. units that are large enough enough for safe overwintering before needing to be replaced. to accommodate koi. of fish. ● Requires underlay, which can ● Suitable for use either in add to the cost. ● Can be used both in the ● Fairly durable, but if split or the ground or raised above ground and for creating a otherwise damaged by invasive it within a brick support. ● Silt can build up in folds raised or semi-raised pond. plant roots, they are not or creases in the liner, and can easily repaired. be difficult to clean out.

POND FISH SETTING UP THE POND

304 ● P O N D F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E P O N D Building a pond Thorough planning is the key to a successful result when building a pond, whether using a preformed pond unit or flexible liner.Think through all aspects of the project before you start; draw up detailed plans of the design and planting, and consider practical matters, such as which materials and tools will be required, and even how to dispose of the large volumes of excavated earth that will be generated. Excavation of a pond site can be physically demanding. Edging materials, such as the stone slabs bordering this mature Although small ponds can be excavated manually, it may be garden pond, are very effective at concealing the edges of the worthwhile to rent a small excavator for more extensive liner or preformed unit, and give the pond a more natural look. works. Alternatively, some pond suppliers may build the pond for you. Soil conditions can have a considerable effect on the ease of construction. In sandy areas, for example, the soil is loose and easy to dig, but it can be difficult to cut clean boundaries; clay soils, by contrast, are easily shaped but present much more strenuous digging conditions. FLEXIBLE-LINER PONDS Mark out the second level with sand before starting to dig Flexible liners are an extremely versatile material for pond construction, and are ᕣ Reinforce the outer edge ideal for informal ponds and unusual shapes. Detailed planning of the exact dimensions of Make sure the site is level. the pond to be built is crucial, to avoid costly Define the edge of the pond miscalculations of the amount of liner and with one layer of bricks set underlay required (see p.302). in mortar, to reduce the risk that the edges will collapse. ᕡ Mark the outer edge Spread Use soft sand to define the outer edge of mortar the pond, and use this as a guide to where to start digging. ᕢ Dig the first level Trail of Start by digging down around the sand perimeter to what will ultimately become the level of the marginal shelf, before going deeper. Rake the base to Line of bricks remove stones and follows contours any other sharp of pond objects that could penetrate the liner.

B U I L D I N G A P O N D ● 305 PREFORMED POND UNITS Take measurements to check The base must be the depth at several points prepared carefully. Creating a pond using a preformed unit is across the hole Ensure sure that relatively straightforward. For a successful and any sharp debris lasting result, however, make sure the site is is removed and well prepared and free from stones or debris, the area is level. and that the unit is level when installed. ᕡ Mark out the perimeter Use sand to fill the ᕣ Stabilize the unit Balance the unit on blocks and place stakes ᕢ Excavate the pond area gap between the Slowly fill the pond with water, pausing at regular intervals around it. Use string unit and the wall at intervals to check that the unit is still laid around the stakes to outline the area level. Backfill around the edges with to be excavated. sand until the unit is secure. Stake Shape the hole to match the of the hole pond unit as closely as possible, including the marginal shelves. Rake and firm the base, then seat the unit on a layer of sand so that it fits exactly and is completely level. Blocks raise the unit Make sure Weight of water from the ground causes the unit to the unit is not settle on the base String marks out where sloping using a to dig level.and a piece of lumber. Contour liner over Using underlay, Allow an overhang marginal shelf such as carpet, to conceal the liner commercial matting, ᕤ Lay the liner or a layer of soft sand, helps to Flexible pond liner should be laid over prolong the life a suitable underlay material (above). of the pond liner. Position the liner so that the overlap around the perimeter is even. ᕥ Partially fill the pond Weight of water pulls Cut back excess As you add the water, creases the liner down liner around the in the liner are evened out. perimeter evenly Hold the edges of the liner Excess liner can using a pair of or secure them with bricks. be trimmed away sharp scissors. once pond is full Check that each stone slab is seated evenly using a level. ᕦ Lay the hard edging An informal surround can be created using stone slabs laid in mortar. Be careful not to drop mortar into the pond, however, because it is toxic to fish.

306 ● P O N D F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E P O N D Pumps and filters Garden ponds are often stocked with many more fish than would be found in a natural pond, and so benefit from the addition of a filtration system to improve water quality.This is especially true for koi ponds, where crystal-clear water is desirable to give the best view of the colors and patterns of the fish. Filtration systems are driven by electric pumps, which can also be used to create fountains and water features. Pond pumps fall into two main categories: submersible units Fountains are not simply decorative features, but also improve that function underwater, and powerful surface pumps for oxygenation of the water. The cascade should be chosen use only in a dry location. Submersible pumps are generally carefully, to ensure that it does not spray outside the pond. smaller and often run on a low voltage, so are most suitable for smaller ponds, while external pumps for larger ponds and be pumped under high pressure but at a low output, whereas extensive water features usually run off household electricity. for the operation of a waterfall—where the water needs to be To work effectively, a pump must have sufficient capacity to pumped uphill—a high output from the pump is required. cycle all of the water in the pond in two hours, so calculate Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions and get advice from the volume of water in the pond before choosing a pump. reputable retailers to be sure that the pump you choose is Preformed pond units often have their volume marked on the suitable for your intended use. base; alternatively, when filling the pond, measure the volume by attaching a flow meter to the hose. Maintaining water quality Most filtration systems use separate pumps to draw water The choice of pump also depends on its intended function. from the pond and through the filter, although pumps with For example, when operating a fountain, the water needs to an integral filter are also available.There are two main types of pond filter: internal units, which sit underwater in the OUTDOOR ELECTRICITY pond, and external filters, which are sited outside the pond. All filtration systems function in a similar manner (see box, If you need to run an electrical supply from the house to the pond, opposite), but the filtration media they house varies.When hire a professional electrician, who will install cables in accordance installing an internal filter, locate the pump as close as possible with local building safety codes. Devices running directly off the to the filter unit, to maintain the flow rate. By contrast, if the main supply must always be connected via a ground-fault circuit system uses an external filter chamber, locate the pump as far interrupter (GFI). Low-voltage pumps, suitable for small ponds, do as possible from the filter outflow, to ensure that clean water not present a hazard and need not be installed by an electrician. is not simply pumped straight back through the system. Transformer inside A low-voltage pump is operated by a Ultraviolet systems, located between the pump and filter, house reduces power supply of, typically, just 24 volts, are a further refinement that can be used to achieve very high the voltage simply achieved through an indoor water quality. Ultraviolet radiation emitted by the unit causes transformer in the home. algae in suspension to form into clumps, which are then easily Plastic conduit strained out of solution by the filter. Electrical Submersible, cable low-voltage pump in the pond External wall of house

P U M P S A N D F I L T E R S ● 307 POND FILTRATION EQUIPMENT The pump is a critical component of a filtration system, providing the Pond filtration systems work on the same principles as aquarium filters power to force the water through the filter unit. All designs of pumps, (see pp.34–5), albeit on a much larger scale. Water from the pond is from submersible units to more powerful surface models, work on a passed through an internal or external filter unit that contains layers similar principle: an electric motor draws water through the unit and of filtration media. These can include brushes or layers of filter foam expels it through an outlet. Most pumps are equipped of different grades that sieve particulate matter from the water with a pre-filter—ranging from sieve-type fixtures Outlet to fountain and also serve as biological filtration media, on which beneficial to foam-sponge attachments—which helps bacteria can grow. The bacteria break down ammonia produced to prevent debris in the pond from entering T-piece allows pump to be by the fish, as well as other waste matter. Having passed through the media, the clean water then returns the pump unit and causing a blockage. attached to filtration system Submersible pumps are Flow rate adjuster, held in to the pond via the outflow, or can be designed to operate underwater place with a hose clip run through a further series of filters and will not function outside the to maximize the water quality. pond. An electric motor within Water is drawn Check the filter flow rate and water the pump unit drives an impeller, in through quality regularly; any drop suggests which forces water out of the slits in the that the filter needs cleaning. When pump through the outlet. This outer casing cleaning a pond filter, always wash the creates a flow through the unit media in dechlorinated or pond water, that draws water into the pump. to safeguard the bacterial population. The outlet can be connected to In a new pond, it will take time for a pipe that leads to a filtration beneficial bacteria to develop in the system, or can supply a fountain or a waterfall. Electric motor with filter. To make sure ammonia does attached impeller not build up to dangerous levels, add zeolite—a compound that removes Impeller helps to drive ammonia from water—to the filter. water through the unit Strainer traps material that Spray Water pumped could clog the impeller Overflow pipe, which carries water back out of the pond to the pond if the filter is blocked enters the filter through the The main chamber of an external filter unit is housed outside the pond. inlet pipe Water is pumped in at the top, where it is delivered, as a fine spray, onto the filtration media. It first passes down through a number of foam layers— from coarse to fine—where particulate matter is trapped, and then through a layer of biological media, before being returned to the pond. Layers of foam help to sieve the water Unit can be hidden behind Plastic tubing Plastic biomedia in suitable vegetation, but must through which the base of the filter be accessible for maintenance water exits encourages growth the filter of beneficial bacteria Filter unit Return pipe concealed under rocks Clean water flows Pond water is drawn A typical pond setup uses a back into the pond into the pump submersible pump to supply an external filter by the waterside. Water is pumped Pumps that are used for passing out of the pond water through a filtration system to the filter unit should be robust enough not to become choked by debris from Pump positioned the pond. If sufficiently powerful, on a solid base a pump can be employed to operate a waterfall or fountain in addition to supplying the filtration system.

308 ● P O N D F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E P O N D Plants and landscaping As well as enhancing the look of a pond, plants help to maintain water quality, providing a healthy environment for the fish.The choice of TIPS FOR CHOOSING PLANTS plants will partly depend on the style of pond—a naturalistic pond looks best when heavily planted around the edges so that it blends ● Avoid buying plants in the winter when seamlessly into its environment, while a contemporary look may be they are dormant, because it is impossible best achieved with more minimalist planting. to tell how healthy they are. ● Examine plants carefully for potential pests, such as aquatic snails. A well-balanced, healthy pond must contain two types of Plant has ● Plants already set in containers will plant: oxygenators (see pp.370–1), which release oxygen into relatively grow faster than bare-rooted plants, the water, and floating plants (see pp.372–3), which provide few flowers assuming they do not need repotting. shelter from sunlight.Without these, or an efficient filtration developing system, the water in the pond can become overgrown with A number of flower stalks Healthy Marsh algae, which not only turns the water green, but can also Plant not and buds developing Marigold affect the health of some fish species, such as Sterlets (see thriving p.359). Plants in the body of the pond also absorb nitrate— the product of the breakdown of fish waste—which Weeds in the Healthy, green lessens the burden on the filtration system. container suggest coloration to unfavorable the leaves Incorporating plants into a koi pond is not straightforward, growing conditions partly because of the depth of water, and also because koi have a habit of digging up plants and browsing on the growing Poor example shoots. Most koi ponds, therefore, simply incorporate a few tall marginals, and perhaps some water lilies, whose leaves of disease or pests. In temperate areas, spring is the best time help to protect the fish from sunburn in the clear water. to introduce new plants into an existing pond, because aquatic plants start to grow rapidly at this time. If the pond is large, Planting you may need waders to put plants in place, and special In a new pond, wait several days after filling before putting pond gloves should always be worn.These reach up to the plants in place, to allow the water temperature to rise your shoulders and provide protection against waterborne to that of the environment. Pot plants as necessary (see diseases, such as Weil’s disease (see p.323)—a potentially opposite), having first inspected them closely for any signs serious condition, spread by rodents, which causes jaundice. TYPES OF POND PLANT Plants for the pond can be Oxygenating plants Water lilies have Floating plants can Marginal plants can divided into four categories, based grow largely underwater, attractive flowers and large rapidly spread across a be cultivated in shallow on their growing habits and where releasing oxygen during leaves, which provide shade pond, and their growth water or boggy conditions in the pond they are to be found. daylight hours. and protection for the fish. may need to be restricted. around a pond’s edge. Oxygenating plants, water lilies, and floating plants are truly aquatic, growing in or under the water. Marginal plants are a useful addition to the pond, not only as a decorative element, but also to provide an excellent habitat for insects.

P L A N T S A N D L A N D S C A P I N G ● 309 PLANTING POND PLANTS Marginals should Plant pots may need be planted in to be weighted Marginal plants and water lilies will grow readily in a layer of soil plastic baskets at the bottom of the pond, but are most easily managed if they are grown in special planting baskets; this allows the plants to be Young water lilies should moved as required, keeps a check on the growth of faster-growing be placed on bricks so species, and also minimizes the risk of liner damage by invasive that their leaves sit on plant roots. Choose a relatively large basket, to allow a good the surface of the water amount of space for growth, and fill it with special aquatic potting mix, which creates ideal conditions for pond plants. When planting, never bury the crown of the plant below the surface of the soil, because this will cause it to rot in the water. Oxygenating plants can also be planted in baskets, to contain their growth, while floating plants can simply be placed on the surface of the water. Large stones can be added to Spreading gravel over the top of Do not allow Marginal plants planting baskets to stop them the soil helps to weigh down the plants to dry grow well in from tipping over; this is plant until it has taken root within out before shallow water especially useful for tall plants. its planting basket. planting Marginal plants should be placed on the marginal shelf, with the top of the planting container positioned beneath the water level. Raise young water lilies on bricks at first, gradually lowering them as the plants grow larger. PLANTING STYLES edges of the pond. Small ponds often benefit from the inclusion of taller, more architectural plants, such as reeds and grasses, which lift The plants in and around a pond have a great effect on the overall the eye, making the pond appear larger. impression created. Traditional, formal ponds often incorporate low- growing plants, such as water lilies, which do not mask the crisp, neat Three varieties of water lily (Nymphaea ‘Escarboucle’, ‘William Falconer’, and The vertical emphasis of the planting in this courtyard pond, achieved ‘Marliacea Albida’) adorn this large, formal pond, which is bordered by the tall, through the use of tall marginals, such as irises and rushes, enhances the elegant spikes of Iris laevigata ‘Variegata’, Canna flaccida, and Schoenoplectus geometric lines of this modern style, while a single water lily (Nymphaea lacustris. Myriophyllum verticillatum covers one corner of the pond. ‘Gladstoneana’) softens the look and provides cover for the fish.

310 ● P O N D F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E P O N D Oriental-style koi ponds often incorporate bridges and decorative features of Japanese life, such as bonsai trees and this popular style Creative landscaping of bamboo water fountain (left). Japanese maples create a striking Edging around a pond strengthens its perimeter and helps to backdrop to the pond, and can be grown in pots or in the ground. disguise the edge of the pond liner. It can also prolong the life of the liner by shielding it from sunlight. Hard construction materials, such as paving slabs or bricks, laid around the edge of a pond give a more formal look, while natural stone or sod are ideal for a more informal pond. Another possibility is a wooden deck raised above water level, but the wood must first be treated with a nontoxic preservative to keep it from warping or rotting. Consider the access to the pond: if this is across a lawn, regular foot traffic can quickly result in an unsightly muddy trail. If you do not want to construct a path, set paving slabs into the grass as an informal solution. The planting and landscaping around the pond can be used to disguise pond equipment. An external filter, for example, can be hidden in vegetation in a flowerbed, although it must still be easily accessible for routine maintenance and servicing. Moving water A fountain is an attractive addition to any pond, and also creates a healthier environment for the fish by improving the water’s oxygen content.Water lilies prefer calm water, however, and will not thrive under the jet of a fountain, so they need to be located at the opposite end of the pond.Water currents created by the fountain can waft floating plants to one side of the pond; before adding plants, test the flow by floating a light plastic ball on the surface of the water while the fountain is operating. If the ball drifts away from where you want the plants to be, adjust the positioning of the fountain. Bridges not only provide an ideal vantage Decorative lighting allows you to enjoy Stepping stones can give a modern feel point from which to observe and feed the your pond after dark, and can also be mixed when made from decking raised on plinths, fish, but can also be an attractive and with other features, such as fountains, to but make absolutely sure that any wood decorative feature of the pond. create a striking effect. preservative used is not poisonous to fish.

P L A N T S A N D L A N D S C A P I N G • C H O O S I N G F I S H ● 311 Choosing and introducing fish The availability of pond fish is seasonal, with the largest CHOOSING HEALTHY FISH selection offered for sale during the spring and early summer months.This is a good time to purchase ● Make sure your chosen fish is ● Inspect the fish closely for pond fish, because it gives hardy varieties that swimming without difficulty signs of skin damage, including overwinter in the pond the opportunity to become through the water before asking missing scales or reddened well established before the onset of colder weather. for it to be caught. areas on the body. Always obtain pond fish from a reputable supplier who allows you to inspect the fish before purchase. ● View the fish from both sides, ● Look carefully for any signs because a problem may be of external parasites, which are evident on one side only. hard to eliminate from a pond. Most aquarium stores offer a range of coldwater fish, but INTRODUCING NEW FISH if you want exhibition-standard koi you should seek out a specialist dealer. Pond fish are usually priced by size, with Most fish can be transported from the supplier to your pond in large the largest individuals commanding the highest prices. It is best plastic bags, but very large koi may have to be moved in vats. Care must to start out with younger fish; this is not only less costly, but be taken when transporting fish, to avoid subjecting them to unnecessary also gives you the opportunity to tame them. Coldwater fish stress. If possible, use a local supplier to minimize the traveling time. can grow rapidly under favorable conditions, so take this into Adding oxygen to the traveling bag lengthens the time that the fish can account when considering stocking levels for the pond. be kept in it, but never keep them confined for longer than necessary. House newly acquired fish in an indoor aquarium or a small outdoor pond for a week or so before transferring them into the main pond, to be sure they are healthy. If you have only recently filled the pond, treat the water with the appropriate amount of dechlorinator before introducing the fish. Stocking levels in a pond without filtration should not exceed 2 in (5 cm) of fish for every 1 ft2 (0.09 m2) of pond surface area. ᕡ Catching the fish ᕢ Oxygen is added The supplier will usually catch To sustain the fish during the fish for you, transferring it transport, the bag is inflated into a bag filled with water. with oxygen and sealed tightly. ᕣ Safe travel ᕤ Releasing the fish A cardboard box protects the Do not dump the water into the bag and keeps it upright. Never pond; allow the fish to swim leave the bag in direct sunlight. out, then discard the water.

312 ● P O N D F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E P O N D Coldwater fish in the home Many coldwater fish can be kept indoors in aquariums; SETTING UP A COLDWATER AQUARIUM indeed, some of the smaller, less colorful species are The setup of a coldwater tank is very similar to that of a freshwater tank (see pp.38–42), except that it lacks a heater and can support more visible there than in a pond. Even larger species, a different range of plant species. Coldwater tanks benefit from a simple filtration system, such as an undergravel or power filter such as koi and sterlets, may be housed in a tank when (see pp.34–5). Lighting is important; a light in the hood assists plant growth, and enhances the visual impact of the fish. Pale-colored small, but they must be moved outdoors when they gravel is the best choice for a goldfish tank, providing a striking contrast to the fish’s vivid colors; avoid red or blue gravel, because outgrow their surroundings. Some coldwater fish cannot it makes their coloration appear dull. Goldfish excavate the gravel when searching for food, which can make it difficult to establish survive the winter in a pond, especially in temperate plants. Protect the plants by securing them in place with rocks. areas, and must be housed indoors until spring. It is no coincidence that, numerically, goldfish (see pp.332–43) rank as the most popular pets in the world.Their care, whether indoors in aquarium surroundings or outdoors in a pond, is very straightforward. Not only are goldfish unfussy in their water chemistry requirements, but they will also live happily in unheated, dechlorinated tap water. Goldfish are generally not nervous or shy, especially once established in an aquarium, and it is usually possible to keep two or more together without difficulty. Different varieties can successfully be kept together in a single tank, but it is best to avoid mixing fancy varieties with goldfish with simple fins and tails; these attractive fish were bred for their looks rather than their swimming ability, and may lose out to their more agile relatives in the daily competition to find food. Although less commonly kept, small minnows and other similar-sized coldwater species will also thrive in planted aquariums indoors. Others, however, notably members of the sturgeon family, may not thrive at typical room temperature, especially when young; this is because they stop feeding at water temperatures of more than 68°F (20°C). Seasonal accommodation Some species of coldwater fish that are kept in a pond over the summer months must be moved indoors for the duration of the winter.This particularly applies to fancy goldfish varieties, which are not hardy enough to overwinter in cold, possibly freezing, water.Their corpulent body shape means that they are especially vulnerable to swim bladder problems linked with low water temperatures, which cause them to float at an abnormal angle in the water. Set up an aquarium in advance of the start of colder weather, Shubunkins and other goldfish root around in the aquarium substrate, sucking in and spitting out pieces of gravel in their search for edible items.

C O L D W A T E R F I S H I N T H E H O M E ● 313 so that the fish can be brought indoors before the temperature Fish tilts its body Flake foods float dips dangerously low.To transfer fish from the pond to a to reach food on the surface tank, simply net them out of the pond and transfer them to more easily of the water a suitable container, such as a clean plastic bowl.They can then be brought indoors and introduced into the aquarium. Goldfish feed readily on floating food, such as flake or pellets. Feeding fish like this helps to prevent food from Even hardy varieties of goldfish may benefit from spending being wasted, and makes the tank easier to maintain. their first winter in an aquarium. If left outdoors, the decline in temperature deters them from feeding and so slows their rate of growth. Moving them indoors also provides an opportunity to tame the young fish. Goldfish that have been housed indoors during the winter months can be returned to their outdoor accommodation in the late spring, once the risk of cold weather has passed. Before transferring the fish, ensure that the temperature of the water in the pond is close to that of the aquarium, so as not to cause them undue stress. An aquarium also provides an ideal environment to quarantine newly acquired fish, to ensure that they are healthy before releasing them into the pond.This is especially important for controlling parasites in a pond; these pests can be transferred into the pond on a new fish, and may multiply unchecked and harm other pond occupants before their presence is identified. As a general guide, newcomers should be kept in an aquarium for a week or so, until it is clear that they are feeding well and appear to be generally healthy. Try to plan ahead if you are buying fish for a pond; set up the aquarium well in advance, and start the maturation of the filter by adding an existing fish, if possible. Larger coldwater fish, including bigger goldfish, will need a more powerful filtration system, such as a power filter, in addition to a simple undergravel filter. COLDWATER TANK CHOICES TANK MAINTENANCE There are many options available to the coldwater aquarist; always Regular partial water changes are important for the health of the choose a tank that is larger than is needed at first, to accommodate occupants of a coldwater aquarium, because they reduce the levels the fish as they grow bigger. Traditional of pollutants, such as nitrate, in the tank. Partial water changes goldfish bowls (right) should be avoided, should be carried out every two weeks or so, with up to a third because they provide a limited surface area of the tank’s volume being replaced each time. The water is easily for gas exchange. Rectangular tanks (below removed from the tank using a length of siphon tube (see pp.50–1), right) offer much more space, while modern and if a gravel cleaner is fitted to the tube, mulm that has built up bowl designs, such as the BiOrb (below left), on the surface of the gravel can be removed at the same time. incorporate a built-in aeration system. Pour water slowly into the tank, Bubbles taking care not to disturb the plants produced by pumping When carrying out a partial water air through change, the water to be used to fill an airstone the tank must be treated with water conditioner. It is a good idea to use water that has been allowed to stand overnight, so that it is the same temperature as the water in the tank.

314 ● P O N D F I S H : S E T T I N G U P T H E P O N D Indoor ponds rapidly growing varieties of koi—may grow to a length of 36 in (90 cm) by five years of age in this environment. An indoor pond can be an attractive feature in a conservatory or inside the house, and, especially in temperate areas, it has Constructing an indoor pond is very similar to creating a a number of advantages over a similar pool outdoors. Under pond outside (see pp.304–5), but its location in the home must cover and in heated surroundings, it is possible to grow be carefully considered (see box, below). Raised ponds are the a much wider range of aquatic plants, including lotuses most popular style indoors, especially if small fish are to be kept and tropical water lilies (see pp.378–9). A colorful backdrop there, and broad edging provides an opportunity to sit and view can be created using houseplants that would not be hardy the fish at close quarters. Always consider the safety of your outdoors.The potential range of fish that can be kept is much design (see p.301), especially if young children are likely to visit. wider, too, especially when the water is heated. A number of tropical species can be housed in an indoor pond; shoals It is important to have an efficient filtration system in an of small fish such as Neon Tetras (see p.99) can create a indoor pond, to maintain the quality of the water; partial water particularly striking display. Coldwater fish, such as koi, changes are also necessary, because, unlike an outdoor pond, grow much faster in an indoor pond than they do outdoors. it will not be periodically flushed through with rainwater. A typical Ogon (see p.352), for example—one of the more Evaporation will reduce the water level, so you will need to top off the pond regularly with fresh, dechlorinated water. Achieving healthy plant growth in an indoor pond, such as An indoor pond can be this well-established conservatory pool, may require overhead a striking focal point in a lighting to maintain the plants through the winter, especially contemporary room design. in temperate areas. Additional heating may also be necessary, This Asian-style koi pond depending on the plant species you choose to grow. (right), by architects Dransfield Owens de Silva, can be crossed via stepping stones to reach another room. INDOOR POND CONSIDERATIONS ● Always seek professional ● Provide adequate ventilation advice if you wish to build to prevent condensation a large indoor pond. problems and mold growth. ● Screen the windows in a ● Incorporate a means of conservatory to prevent large draining the pond with no water temperature fluctuations. risk of flooding the area.

POND FISH MAINTENANCE

316 ● P O N D F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E Food and feeding Coldwater fish, such as koi and goldfish, constantly forage for food—a behavioral characteristic that makes them seem hungry all the time, even though they may have no immediate need for sustenance. In the pond environment, they are able to browse on a range of natural foods, such as algae and plant matter, but they also need to be provided with a staple formulated food to achieve a balanced diet. Most fish keepers give their fish commercially prepared foods, Koi can be tamed if they are fed by hand at same place such as pellets and flakes (see box, opposite).These foods contain in the pond at regular times. Any sudden movements may a scientifically formulated balance of ingredients, including cause them to dive back down into the depths of the pond. proteins, fats, carbohydrates, vitamins, minerals, and fiber, all of which are essential for a healthy diet.These foods should A varied diet form the basis of the diet that is offered to your fish. Although pond fish will thrive on a diet of formulated sticks or pellets, it is good to provide them with some variety by It is important not to overfeed pond fish, because this can supplementing their diet with other foods. Depending on the lead to obesity, which will shorten their life-span. Also, excess type and size of the food being offered, it should be chopped uneaten food is difficult to remove from the pond, and any into suitable sizes so that all fish are able to eat it. leftovers may rot, causing a deterioration in water quality. Offering only small portions of food will ensure that all of Most pond fish are omnivorous, and will readily eat green it is eaten within a few minutes. leaf vegetables.These vegetables, such as fresh lettuce leaves, are a good source of fiber. Peas can also be given to the fish, SPECIALIST DIETS once they have been removed from their shell. Shelled shrimp Highly specific diets are now available with ingredients that are NUTRITIONAL BREAKDOWN formulated to encourage growth, fertility, color, or a physical characteristic particular to one species. Some goldfish varieties, such as the Blue Oranda pictured here, can be given food to enhance the development of their hoods. These foods may look much the same as other pond fish foods, but the levels of protein, beta-carotene, and other components can vary significantly. The protein levels in foods specifically designed to encourage growth are much higher than in general-purpose foods. High-growth foods should be given in summer, when the fish are most active. 56% 31% Protein 31% Protein Carbohydrate + moisture 46% Carbohydrate + moisture General-purpose food 3% Oil High-growth food 3.8% Oil 4% Fiber 3.2% Fiber 6% Ash 10% Ash

F O O D A N D F E E D I N G ● 317 TYPES OF FOOD Prepared coldwater fish foods contain a cereal base, with additional ingredients to enhance color, aid digestion, or encourage growth. It is important to choose the most appropriate foods for all species of fish in the pond; for example, make sure there is food available that is Frozen food tablets are prepackaged suitable for the smallest species, and should be defrosted before to ensure that no fish will starve. they are given to the fish. Koi carp are well equipped to locate food. They rely on their Sticks are available in Pellets are suitable for Flakes float on the eyesight, and also on the sensory barbels around their mouths, floating and sinking medium-sized pond surface of the pond which they use like feelers to search for food in the substrate. varieties, and are fish, and are produced and then sink. They suitable for koi and in varieties that either are ideal for smaller are a more expensive treat, and can be given by hand.They other large pond fish. float or sink. coldwater species. must be defrosted before they are offered to the fish. Most pond fish will also eat brown bread rolled into small balls. Automatic feeders dispense dry foods in predetermined quantities at regular intervals. Koi eat a surprising range of foods. One of the most The feeding interval can be altered easily, and unusual is garlic, which may bring health benefits to the fish, the feeder will keep the food dry if it rains. since it has antiseptic qualities. It should be finely chopped before it is given to the fish, or it can be rubbed on the surface Special color foods help maintain and of unfamiliar foods to encourage koi to eat them.They will enhance the color of goldfish, koi, and other also feed on slices of orange; this provides a valuable source coldwater fish. These foods typically include of vitamin C, which can boost the immune system of the fish. significant amounts of shrimp meal and The koi will strip the flesh from the peel, which should then spirulina algae (Spirulina platensis), which be removed from the pond. contain natural coloring agents, such as beta-carotene. Seasonal variations Most fish are ectothermic, which means that their body temperature is governed by the temperature of the water around them, so that when the water temperature drops, a fish’s body temperature also drops. Its ability to digest and assimilate food then decreases, which consequently lowers its appetite and activity level. In cold weather, fish should be offered only small quantities of foods that can be digested easily, since undigested food remaining in the gut could cause illness. The fish should not be fed at all once the water temperature falls below 50°F (10°C) because they are completely unable to digest food at this temperature. To cater to this variability in requirements, foods are available with ingredients appropriate to the seasonal dietary needs of pond fish. For example, dried foods based on wheat germ, which is easy to digest, are ideal for use during spring and fall when the water temperature is lower.

318 ● P O N D F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E Pond management Ponds need regular maintenance if they are to provide A well-kept pond fish with a healthy and safe environment. Problems are that has healthy most likely to arise in the first year, before the pond planting and good is established, and are typically caused by overfeeding water quality is an or overstocking. Frequent monitoring and an awareness attractive addition of seasonal changes will help avoid the major pitfalls. to any garden, and will provide a healthy habitat for pond fish. Spring checks better able to fight infections.This surge in appetite, and the As fish begin to stir out of their period of winter dormancy, resulting increase in waste products, causes a rise in ammonia spent in the depths of the pond, they are very susceptible to levels in the water, so now is a good time to maintain and minor illnesses, such as bacterial infections, which can rapidly service filtration equipment.The beneficial bacteria in overwhelm their weakened immune systems.Thorough biological filters are inactive during cold weather, and such inspection of individual fish will help identify and treat filters may need to be reseeded with bacterial cultures. Live illnesses in their earliest stages (see pp.322–4). Once the water and freeze-dried cultures are available from suppliers of pond temperature increases, fish regain their appetites and become equipment.The addition of zeolite, a chemical that absorbs ammonia directly from the water, may also be beneficial until SEASONAL PLANT CARE the filter is fully functioning again. Plants around the pond may benefit from a layer of leaf mulch to protect Pond fish begin to show spawning behavior in late spring, them in winter. Plants in the pond itself that are vulnerable to freezing when new plant growth provides surface cover for the fish weather must be transferred indoors before the first frost. Although the and for any eggs and resulting fry in the pond. Check winter pond may look bare (below left), the plants can be returned to regularly in case any fish have become trapped in reeds or the pond in spring and will grow quickly over the summer (below right).

P O N D M A N A G E M E N T ● 319 Removing leaves in the fall Algal blooms— Duckweed grows rapidly, and is easier if netting is placed over sudden flushes of algal will entirely cover the surface of the surface of the pond. growth—can be a problem a pond. It can easily be controlled in warm weather. Removing by scooping it off the surface. other plants, or any females any dying or dead leaves from have been driven out of the plants around the pond will help pond by over-energetic limit algal proliferation. males. During the summer, the increased temperature Blanketweed is a type of of the water and greater filamentous alga, which can activity levels of the fish result in lower oxygen levels. If not trap fish. It should be removed controlled, plant and algal growth also reduces oxygen levels regularly using a stick. in the water.To maintain oxygenation, fountains and other water features should be left on overnight, or special aeration equipment should be installed. Preparing for winter Pond plants begin to die back in the fall, and excess foliage should be removed. Falling leaves should not be allowed to accumulate on the surface of the pond, because they decompose in the water and can harm the fish. Covering the surface of the pond with netting keeps leaves out of the water, and allows them to be collected easily. If there are delicate fish in the pond, or any young from a late spawning, they should be caught and transferred to an aquarium for the winter to ensure their survival.When the water temperature falls below 43°F (6°C), the remaining fish may enter an almost completely motionless state, and will not require feeding until spring. Below around 39°F (4°C), a warmer layer of water will develop in the deepest part of REGULAR MAINTENANCE TASKS DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY ● Check to see if fish are showing signs ● During the growing season, remove faded ● Check the nitrate level of the pond water. of ill health or behaving strangely. flowers of marginals, unless seed is required. It should not rise above 50 mg/l. ● Ensure that the filtration system, if ● Top off the water level in the pond if ● Remove blanketweed so that it cannot present, is functioning correctly. the evaporation level is high, using water choke other plants and pond fish. treated with a dechlorinating product. ● Feed the fish, according to their appetite, ● Prevent any build-up of algae on bridges several times during the day, except in the ● Test the oxygen levels in the water, or decking, which could make them slippery. winter (see p.317) or in very hot weather. especially in hot weather. Remove it by scrubbing the surface of the wood with a clean brush. ● Note the water level in the pond; sudden ● Check for any signs of plant pests, such falls indicate a leak in the pond liner. as aphids, removing them from the ● Watch for any signs of moss growing on vegetation where necessary. the surface of paving or stepping stones ● Monitor the ammonia and nitrite levels, close to and surrounding the pond. especially in a newly established pond. ● Rather than stocking the pond to the maximum capacity at the outset, add further fish gradually over the spring and summer months.

320 ● P O N D F I S H : M A I N T E N A N C E the pond, where pond fish spend the winter. If there is a submersible pump installed, position it more than 6 in (15 cm) from the bottom of the pond, and switch off water features, such as waterfalls or fountains—otherwise, these will circulate and cool the water by mixing the colder surface layers with the warm layer below. In mild areas, a pond heater can help to prevent the surface of the pond from freezing over in the winter. It will stop the area around the heater from freezing, allowing noxious gases produced by decomposing plant matter to escape from under the ice. If ice has formed on the surface of the pond, never try to smash it, because the shock waves will traumatize the fish and may even prove fatal. Instead, melt the ice slowly by carefully holding a hot saucepan on the surface of the pond. During the spring, place a net over the surface of the pond or stretch it across a framework to protect exhausted fish from opportunistic predators. Decoys are available to deter birds, but they are unlikely to stop raccoons or cats. CLEANING OUT A POND Over time, sediment accumulates in the pond, and plant growth proliferates, inevitably reducing the area of water that is accessible to the fish. At intervals of a year or so, it is a good idea to unertake a major clearout. The best time is in early spring, because the pond will have time to reestablish itself in the warm summer months. If any cases of serious illness have occurred within the pond, it may require disinfection. Some preformed pond units can be lifted out of the ground to make this task easier. ● Before starting the clearout, catch the fish and move them to a location where they will be safe. ● Siphon or bail out the pond water, removing other aquatic life, such as snails or dragonfly larvae. ● Divide and repot water lilies and marginal plants. ● Remove the silt using a spade or scoop, and hose out the base of the pond. The used silt can be dumped on flowerbeds. ● Refill the pond, adding a suitable volume of water conditioner. ● Allow the water temperature to rise before returning the fish and plants to the pond. Remove the fish before cleaning, Re-introduce the fish only after any The surface of a pond can become choked with aquatic vegetation (top). Clearing watching closely for small fry; replanting is complete; allow the fish out the pond, by thinning or cutting back the plants and removing dead matter, transfer the fish to a safe container. to settle without further disturbance. provides the fish with a larger swimming space, and makes the area neater, safer, and more attractive (bottom).

POND FISH ILLNESS AND TREATMENT

322 ● P O N D F I S H : I L L N E S S A N D T R E A T M E N T Health concerns No signs of erosion; fins not Fins should not clamped against the body appear bloodshot Regular pond maintenance and water-quality checks help keep diseases away from fish, but illnesses still Flanks are clear occur, even in the best-kept ponds.The first sign of a of red, inflamed problem may be a fish floating at the surface, by which areas time it is probably too late for effective treatment. For this reason, it is vital to set up a routine for examining Gills not flared, No unusual fish; feeding time provides an ideal opportunity to with regular attachments check their appearance and behavior. movements visible on the body Belly not bloated A healthy fish appears active and feeds well. This Fantail Goldfish (Carassius auratus) demonstrates what to look in a well-kept specimen. Environmental problems Dealing with disease The health of pond fish is hugely influenced by environmental Disease-causing bacteria, fungi, and parasites may be conditions. During spells of hot weather, for example, introduced into the pond whenever it is stocked with fish or evaporation can significantly lower water levels, which has plants. Undesirable organisms can also be brought in on the the effect of concentrating dissolved nitrogenous waste. At bodies of animals, especially wading birds, that move from the same time, elevated temperatures drive oxygen out of the pond to pond.These can multiply and cause serious harm water; the combination of nitrate and oxygen stress can be fatal, especially for larger fish. Many of these problems can be Bloat, or dropsy, is a serious avoided simply by topping off water levels regularly during the condition, often caused by a summer, and incorporating a pump and filter; these improve fungal or bacterial infection. water quality, break down waste, and increase oxygen content Isolate affected fish as a by creating water movement. Overstocking a pond, especially precaution, but this does if it is not well established, places great stress on its occupants, not normally prove highly and fish may succumb to usually benign bacteria that are infectious. present naturally in the water. Overfeeding is another common environmental problem, especially in temperate Fin rot begins in the inter-fin areas in the spring and fall; uneaten food decomposes in the ray membranes, but spreads water, encouraging populations of pathogens. down the fins until it reaches the body, when it can be fatal. Fish lice can resemble small In extreme cases, rotten parts patches of green algae on of fins may need to be cut the body of a fish off under anesthesia. Fish lice are crustacean parasites that Dying or dead fish will often float to feed on fish blood. They are obvious the surface of the pond. If not spotted when attached to the body, but also live or attended to quickly, they are likely to free in the water for up to two weeks. be taken by bird or animal scavengers.

H E A L T H C O N C E R N S ● 323 TREATING SICK FISH Fish receiving HUMAN HEALTH treatment ● Always supervise children Treatments for pond fish can be delivered to an individual or to near a pond, even if you the whole pond. Individual treatment in an isolation tank (right) believe it to be childproof. or by injection (below) is preferable where bacterial, fungal, or Some poolside plants can gill problems are suspected, while whole-pond treatments are be toxic if eaten. more appropriate where ● Use long rubber gloves there is a generalized when servicing the pond, parasite problem. and avoid dipping your hands in pondwater. Rats Antibiotic injections and Dosage and duration can contaminate the water simple surgery can be carried of exposure to chemicals can be closely with their urine, which may out by the experienced controlled in a treatment tank. The fish carry Weil’s disease, a serious fishkeeper. Veterinarians who can also be removed more readily if it illness that resembles the specialize in fish are most often reacts badly to the treatment. flu in its early stages. consulted about koi, because of the high value of these fish. before their presence is detected, and eliminating them can be If a fish is affected with a disease or parasite, check other very difficult. A table of the most common conditions seen in fish to determine whether there is a general problem in the pond fish, as well as treatment strategies, follows on page 324. pond or the disease is an isolated instance. Look out, too, for secondary infections. Sometimes the entire pond needs If your fish are affected, you are most likely to first notice treatment with commercial chemicals, but often it is sufficient changes in their behavior and feeding patterns; a sick fish may, to treat individual fish. Check all water-quality parameters for example, distance itself from others, or take refuge behind before reintroducing the fish; minimizing environmental stress a plant. If disease is suspected, affected fish should immediately will help prevent recurrence of the condition. be removed from the pond and kept in isolation, preferably in a large aquarium (see above). Here you can inspect the Certain diseases, such as the rapidly spreading koi herpes- body close-up and check for symptoms of disease or parasite virus (KHV), are untreatable, emphasizing the importance of infestation. Fish lice will be visible in this environment, and isolating new fish before introducing them to a pond (see p.311), you should also be able to detect gill flukes much earlier than and seeking professional advice if many fish become ill. would be possible in a pond.Treatments can be carried out in the tank itself, or in smaller baths, and the fish’s progress can Pale-colored fish, especially koi, be readily monitored before reintroduction to the pond. living in clear water are at risk from sunburn. With such delicate POISONS IN THE BACKYARD specimens, it is best to incorporate some form of A number of garden chemicals can be harmful to fish and other screening above the aquatic life if they enter the pond. This can occur either as the water to protect result of runoff, caused by water draining into the pond, or by the the fish. chemicals wafting on to the surface. Be particularly careful if you are using any pesticides or herbicides near the pond—whether for the garden itself or when treating pets, such as dogs, against fleas— to make sure there is no risk of contamination. Otherwise you can quickly find that you have lost all the fish. Pond fish can die rapidly if exposed to harmful chemicals. Never use a hose to refill the pond without using a water conditioner—there is chlorine or chloramine in most city tap water.

324 ● P O N D F I S H : I L L N E S S A N D T R E A T M E N T BACTERIAL, FUNGAL, AND VIRAL DISEASES CONDITION AT RISK SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Fin (tail) rot Goldfish, especially long- Ulceration and damage to the fins, with reddish streaking. Commercial antibacterial remedy to treat causal finned variants, and koi Especially common in cold weather under poor Flexibacter bacteria. Improve water quality. Septicemia environmental conditions. Spring viremia of All fish, especially koi Often begins as superficial skin damage. This spreads, Topical wound treatment. Antibiotics are needed to deal carp (SVC) creating external ulceration, reddening of the body, with the bacteria on the body surface to prevent them Carp pox and lethargic behavior. from affecting the vital organs. Improve water quality. Koi, goldfish, and Hemorrhaging under the skin, and bloated body. No treatment is available for this highly infectious viral other carp Autopsy reveals liver and spleen enlarged, and disease. State/Provincial Veterinarian should be notified accumulation of fluid. of a suspected outbreak. Improve water quality. Koi, goldfish, and Whitish swellings develop over the surface of the body. It is not possible to treat this viral illness, but affected other carp These may fuse together to create larger areas of swelling. fish may recover, especially if kept in clean water to prevent secondary infection. Improve water quality. Lymphocystis Most prevalent in Isolated whitish swellings over the body surface may No treatment is available for this viral illness; though Fungus goldfish, but also in koi sometimes become enlarged and branched. disfiguring, it rarely causes problems and does not spread rapidly. Improve water quality. All fish Whitish areas resembling cotton fluff evident on the fins or on the body. The fungus typically gains access at the Use a medicated bath for sick individuals. More general site of an injury. pond treatments are also available. A partial water change is likely to be beneficial. PARASITES AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS CONDITION AT RISK SYMPTOMS TREATMENT Fish lice Any fish, especially koi Semitransparent lice, up to 1⁄2 in (1 cm) long, are seen Commercial remedy. Lice can be removed with (Argulus species) and goldfish close to the base of the fins. Fish frequently rub forceps, but mechanical removal may result in Any fish themselves to relieve irritation. infection. Improve water quality. Gill flukes (Dactylogyrus species) Any fish Gill covers flare open, and fish have obvious difficulty Commercial remedy. Be careful when handling breathing. Parasites cause irritation and excess mucus affected fish because respiration is compromised Anchor worm Any fish production in the gills. by the presence of these flukes. (Lernaea species) Crustacean parasites, just under 1 in (2.5 cm) long, hang Adult worms can be removed with forceps; Leeches (annelids) down from the sides of the body. The parasites feed free-swimming nauplii should be destroyed using directly on the fish’s body and can cause ulcers. commercial treatments added to the water. The soft-bodied parasites attach to softer parts of the Commercial remedy. Eggs are very resistant to fish and suck up body fluids. Large numbers cause treatment. The fish may need to be removed anemia and may spread other diseases. from the pond and the eggs destroyed using calcium hydroxide. White spot Any fish Small white spots over the body, which ulcerate and are Treat in a salt bath or with a commercial remedy. (Ichthyophthirius likely to become infected. Fish rub their sides against the multifiliis) Goldfish and pond; other symptoms include lethargy and appetite loss. Check fish regularly. Net any individual that has smaller koi a frog holding on to it; this should cause the Suffocated fish Occasionally occurs in ponds used by spawning frogs. amphibian to loosen its grip. Otherwise, gently The male frog mistakenly grabs a goldfish around the separate the frog and the fish. head, stopping its gill movements.

POND FISH BREEDING

326 ● P O N D F I S H : B R E E D I N G Reproductive cycle The breeding triggers for coldwater fish are the rise Tubercles are in water temperature and increasing day length that white, pimplelike occur in spring. Spring also sees an increase in insect lumps that male life and aquatic crustaceans, providing food to bring cyprinids, such as adult fish into breeding condition and to sustain the Shubunkins, develop fry.The breeding season is thus more prescribed than when they are in in many tropical species, for whom rainfall rather spawning condition. than temperature is the most significant factor. The tubercles may help to arouse the female You can estimate when your fish are likely to breed by taking when they are rubbed regular measurements of the water temperature in the pond, against her body since spawning typically occurs at around 68°F (20°C).This during courtship. temperature ensures that the eggs develop at the correct rate: at more than 9°F (5°C) above or below this figure, there is an Male’s sex increased likelihood that the fry will hatch with deformities, tubercles because they will develop either too quickly or too slowly. Belly swollen A gravid female Physical changes in the fish will also indicate that they are with eggs goldfish has a more coming into breeding condition. For example, males of the rounded body profile, Cyprinidae family display white swellings called tubercles. In fish such as orfe, rudd, goldfish, and koi, the tubercles but she rapidly appear on the gill plates and along the pectoral fins, while regains her normal shape Goldfish become sexually mature before they after spawning. are fully grown, and it is quite possible for them to spawn when they are barely a year old. She may spawn several times during spring and summer, producing several thousand eggs in total. FROGS VERSUS GOLDFISH In spring, frogs often visit garden ponds to spawn at the same time that goldfish are breeding. On rare occasions, this results in frogs accidentally killing goldfish. If a goldfish swims past a male frog, he may grab the passing fish in the mistaken belief that it is a female of his own species. If the frog grips the fish by its head, closing off its gill covers, the goldfish will suffocate, since the frog’s mating embrace lasts a long time, often for hours. There are casualties on both sides, however, since goldfish will sometimes prey on frog tadpoles in their pond. (They avoid toads, which are toxic to them.)

R E P R O D U C T I V E C Y C L E ● 327 in Red Shiners they run along the top of the head. In some GOLDFISH EGGS AND FRY groups, such as sticklebacks, the males become more brightly colored to attract mates and deter rivals. In all coldwater The incubation period of goldfish eggs and the growth rate of the fry species, the females become fatter-bodied than their male are both temperature-dependent: generally, the warmer the water, the counterparts as they swell with eggs prior to spawning. more rapidly the young develop. The fry, which measure less than 1⁄4 in There is also a significant increase in activity in the pond at (0.5 mm) long on hatching, are nourished at this time, as the males chase the females relentlessly, often first by their egg sacs. After a few days they are butting or nuzzling against them. free-swimming and actively seeking food. Breeding strategies Goldfish eggs Coldwater pond fish show no long-term pair-bonding; any pairings that do occur are purely temporary. Fertilization is Embryo external, with eggs and sperm being released into the water simultaneously. Most pond species, including goldfish and koi, Goldfish embryos can are egg-scatterers.They randomly discharge their sticky eggs, be seen curled up inside which either sink to the substrate or attach to the stems and their eggs in the close- leaves of aquatic plants. Only a small proportion of eggs will be up view above. The fertilized, so the fish compensate by producing large numbers eggs usually develop of them—up to 400,000 per spawning in the case of koi. on oxygenating plants (left), held in position After spawning, egg-scatterers have no further involvement by their sticky coating. with either their eggs or offspring, but some pond species take more care to ensure that the maximum number of young will Transparent body survive.The Fathead Minnow (see p.360), for example, lays its eggs in caves or under rocky overhangs in order to hide them Newly hatched from predators, while male sticklebacks keep a protective goldfish fry hide watch over both their eggs and the newly hatched fry. among vegetation for about two months. Early life of fry By the time they The reason that coldwater fish spawn in the spring is that this emerge, they have is the time of year when conditions are most favorable for the dark-colored bodies survival of the young.The algal bloom that grows in spring, and to camouflage them which is often cursed by fishkeepers, is actually crucial to the in their murky survival of the fry, since it provides them with their first food. surroundings. The young fish not only eat the algae, but also the microscopic creatures called infusoria (see pp.67–8) that live among them. Dragonfly larvae, water boatmen, and many other pond invertebrates—not to mention fish (including the fry’s own parents)—will readily prey on the young fish. As a result, the fry spend most of their early weeks hiding among aquatic vegetation, rarely straying far from plant cover. It can take between one and seven years for the fish to reach sexual maturity, depending on the species and the temperature of the water in the pond. The full coloration of goldfish usually takes six months or more to develop, as you can see from these silvery-green juveniles. In a few cases, individuals do not color up at all but remain dark, while others change completely within two months of hatching.

328 ● P O N D F I S H : B R E E D I N G Breeding Left to their own devices, a number of coldwater fish will breed readily in a pond environment. However, in a densely planted pond, a successful spawning may go unnoticed until later in the year, when the fry are larger and can be seen feeding alongside the adults. Breeders who like to have more control over the reproductive Koi breeding is a bit of a lottery, since there is no guarantee habits of their fish often spawn them artificially. that the coloration and patterning of the fish—even with top-quality specimens— When egg-scatterers, such as goldfish and koi, are kept in a will be transferred to any of the offspring. group, they may come into breeding condition simultaneously and spawn together. In such cases, having more males in the be introduced to the pond in cold weather—the shock of the group than females will ensure that a higher proportion of the cooler pond water may kill them. If necessary, keep them inside eggs are fertilized. If you want to breed particular fish together until the following spring, when conditions will be warmer. and be sure of the parentage of the fry, you should keep your chosen breeding stock on their own. It is also a good idea to Hand-stripping set up a special spawning pond for them, so that you can move Some breeders of goldfish and koi prefer not to allow their fish the adults back to the main pond after the eggs have been laid, to spawn naturally. Instead, a male and female fish are given an and rear the young on their own. After spawning, the adults injection of pituitary gland extract to bring them into breeding may be exhausted and float on their sides at the surface.They condition. Hand-stripping (massaging the underparts of the will soon recover, but make sure they have not sustained any fish) is then used to expel eggs from the female and semen from fin damage during spawning, which could lead to infection. the male.The eggs and sperm are placed together in a mixture of urea and iodine-free table salt called Woynárovich’s solution, If you choose to hatch and rear the fry in a tank, either which aids fertilization by removing the eggs’ sticky coating. outside or indoors, use a mature sponge filter to provide gentle Finally, the eggs are washed in a tannic-acid solution to protect filtration. Feed the fry on infusoria (see pp.67–8) at first, or a them against fungus, and left in an indoor tank to hatch.With commercial substitute, and then wean them onto powdered hand-stripping, up to 90 percent of the eggs are fertilized, flake. Add them to the pond when they are about 1 in (2.5 cm) compared with 50 percent when the fish spawn naturally. long and too large to be eaten. Fish reared indoors should not BREEDING GOLDFISH Breeding brush traps eggs and protects them from being eaten Goldfish, like many other egg-scatterers, can be ᕡ Place the breeding brush in the pond persuaded to spawn onto an artificial medium Plant material pulled such as a breeding brush or a spawning mop, Make sure there is enough clearance for out with the brush which is then transferred elsewhere so that the the fish to swim over the brush and spawn. eggs can hatch in safety. The adults should Egg-laying usually occurs as the sun starts ᕢ Transfer the brush to an indoor tank spawn again within a few weeks, particularly if to warm the water in the early morning. they are kept well-fed on nutritious livefoods When the fish have spawned, move the brush to the hatching tank without delay. such as bloodworm. Keep it submerged in dechlorinated water, to ensure that the eggs do not dry out. Spawning mops are smaller than breeding brushes and more suitable for aquariums than ponds.

B R E E D I N G ● 329 COMMERCIAL KOI PRODUCTION The fry hatch after five days, and become free-swimming within a further 24 hours. They are then moved to a rearing pond. Successful koi breeding Today, commercial koi breeding practices vary widely from country to relies on ruthless assessment, and this process begins when the fish are country, but in Japan they still follow fairly traditional lines. A female is barely a month old. They are carefully caught and examined, and any selected for breeding when she is about five years old. She is kept with showing deformities or poor markings are culled, leaving the remaining two or three males in a large net, on the bottom of which is an artificial koi more growing space in the pond. Two further culls are carried out medium known as spawning grass. Using multiple males ensures that as over the summer. In early fall, the koi are assessed for a final time. The many of her eggs are fertilized as possible. This is vital, since only about best specimens are kept at the farm as breeding stock, and taken indoors one in 70,000 fry will be of the highest quality. When the koi have to overwinter, while the remainder of the group are sold. spawned, the eggs are moved to a well-oxygenated hatching pond, which is medicated to minimize the risk of the eggs being attacked by fungus. The selection process is a daunting Koi fry are reared in large, muddy ponds, which are Large koi are Bringing the breeding stock indoors task, due the vast numbers of fish conditioned in advance with chicken manure to encourage caught in strong, during winter helps to maintain their involved. It takes years of experience the growth of microscopic infusoria for the fry to eat. deep nets to appetites and growth rates. Koi must to identify the best specimens at Plenty of food and spacious surroundings ensure that minimize the only be touched with wet hands, to such an early stage of development. the young koi develop to their maximum potential. risk of injury protect their delicate mucus coating. SHOWING KOI Koi shows are great occasions for breeders, dealers, and hobbyists alike. The fish are exhibited in different size categories. The smallest category typically includes fish up to 8 in (20 cm) long, and the largest those in excess of 32 in (80 cm). All the fish are displayed in the same blue vats, to make the task of judging easier, and measured with a floating scale to ensure that they are of the correct size. The judges do not compare the fish directly with each other, but instead assess them against what is considered the ideal for that particular koi variety. Color, patterning, body shape, skin quality, and even swimming action are all taken into account. Great care is needed when transporting koi to and from shows, since any blemish, such as a split fin or abnormal reddening of the skin due to stress, can ruin a koi’s chances of success. Judges consider the qualities of two koi at a Japanese show. Koi are bred to be viewed primarily from above, so the fish are not usually caught and examined as part of the judging process, but simply assessed in their vats.

DIRECTORY OF POND FISH

332 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y GOLDFISH Undoubtedly the most widely kept of all fish, goldfish exist in a far wider range of colors than their name implies. Goldfish are suitable for both home aquariums and ponds, although the different color forms vary in terms of their hardiness, and not all are suited to being kept outdoors all year in temperate areas. Goldfish are members of the carp family, but unlike most fish in this group, they lack any barbels around the mouth. This characteristic allows them to be distinguished at a glance from koi. Common Goldfish (Carassius auratus) can become tame in both pond and aquarium surroundings. They may live for more than 40 years—far longer than most other pond and aquarium fish. Carassius auratus with even curves on the upper and lower body. Pinkish coloration Backward- A short, broad caudal peduncle and a wide, produced by blood pointing Common Goldfish slightly forked caudal fin make common goldfish vessels dorsal fin strong swimmers.These fish can survive in frozen This is not only the most popular goldfish variety, ponds for short periods, provided the water is but also the hardiest and potentially the largest. deep enough for them to avoid becoming It occurs in a range of colors, but solid trapped in the ice itself. (“self-colored”) fish are usually preferred. Good specimens display body symmetry, Red-and-White Common Goldfish The white areas Regular pattern of these variably of scales patterned fish have a silvery sheen. White Common Goldfish This variety, sometimes called the Pearl, is less popular than its colored cousin, but it proves to be equally hardy. Obvious Orange extends gill cover to the fins Even body coloration Common Goldfish These fish vary from yellow through bright orange to a deep blood-red. In exceptional circumstances, they may reach over 24 in (60 cm) long. ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds. or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

G O L D F I S H ● 333 Carassius auratus Comet This elegant variety originated in the United Comet The Comet’s States during the late 1800s. It is distinguished by caudal and dorsal fins its slim, streamlined body and its deeply forked are greatly enlarged. caudal fin, which should be longer than the body This individual when fully extended. Comets are usually displays some variegated in color; the most popular variety chocolate body- is the Sarasa, which is easily recognizable by the patterning. deep red-and-white patterning extending over the body and fins. Comets are active by nature, and require a spacious aquarium if kept indoors. They will thrive in pond surroundings, although they may prove vulnerable to fin congestion during periods of severe cold weather. Variegated dorsal fin Clear demarcation between colored and white areas Sarasa Orange may replace the more common red color of these fish. The variegated patterning differs widely between individuals. PIGMENTATION AND SHEEN The protective scales on a goldfish form part Matt coloration extends of the outer layer of the body known as the over the entire body epidermis. Beneath this is a layer called the dermis, which itself overlies layers of fat and on the appearance of the goldfish, resulting in a muscle. Distributed among these layers are the kind of mother-of-pearl sheen. Such individuals pigments that give goldfish their vibrant skin are described as nacreous. Shubunkins, for colors. These include reddish-orange and yellow example, are nacreous goldfish (see p.335). pigments known as lipochromes, When the iridocytes are totally absent, a matt and melanin, a black pigment. Lipochromes appearance results, as typified by the Black usually occur in the upper layers, but the Moor shown above. location of the black pigment is more variable. If melanin is present just below the scales, the goldfish looks jet black; if located in the lower layers, the fish looks blue (for example, the Blue Pom-Pon, bottom right). When both types of pigment are present in different layers, this creates chocolate or coppery shades. A goldfish that completely lacks pigmentation is silvery in color. Another factor influencing the appearance of goldfish is the presence in the dermis of cells known as iridocytes. These cells are normally distributed over the entire body, giving goldfish, such as the Blue Pom-Pon (bottom right), a shiny appearance. However, the upper iridocytes are missing in some goldfish varieties. In such cases, the lower level of cells has a direct effect ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds. or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

334 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y ORIGINS AND ANCESTRY Goldfish are descended from carp that body shapes and fin types that characterize were kept in China about 1,700 years ago. many of the modern varieties were also The first records of orange-marked carp date beginning to emerge by the early 17th century. back to AD 300, but it was only from around AD 800, during the Sung Dynasty, that people Goldfish were imported to Japan in the started to breed these colorful cyprinids 16th century, where still more varieties were for ornamental purposes. Goldfish feature bred, but it was to be another 200 years prominently in oriental literature and many before they became available in the West. other forms of art, including ceramics, and They soon became highly sought-after, as it is possible to track their early development the pond fish of first choice for the estates from such sources. of the European aristocracy, and were kept in decorative bowls in grand houses. Rather Ancestral lines displaying many of the surprisingly, they did not reach North America features seen in today’s varieties, including until 1874. Nevertheless, their popularity grew telescope-eyes, were well-established by 1600, so rapidly there that the first commercial as were numerous color variants, including goldfish breeding farm was established in some with variegated coloring. The different the United States just 15 years later.

G O L D F I S H ● 335 Carassius auratus Sloping Random dark dorsal fin speckling Shubunkin Pale orange Bristol Shubunkin This form has rounded lobes This popular variety is very close in appearance London Shubunkin This is the most commonly seen on its caudal fin. Enthusiasts strive to breed this and to the Common Goldfish.This is especially so in form of the Shubunkin, with a caudal fin resembling other goldfish varieties to prescribed exhibition standards. the case of the London Shubunkin, which has an that of the Common Goldfish. identical body, and differs only in terms of the arrangement of its iridocytes.This particular Coloration extends Long, flowing variety was developed by London breeders during into the fins caudal fin the 1920s, by which time enthusiasts in the U.S. had already created the long-tailed American Shubunkin. In due course, the two varieties were crossed by breeders of the Bristol Aquarist Society in western England, creating the Bristol Shubunkin—a very distinctive and different form with large, flowing lobes on its caudal fin, which must not be allowed to droop. Shubunkin coloration is generally very variable, but the orange areas tend to be paler than those of Common Goldfish.They may also display dark speckling, as well as bluish shades that range from pale-whitish through to violet. Darkly marked Shubunkins are highly attractive when seen at close range, but they are less conspicuous in ponds unless the water is particularly clear. American Shubunkin The caudal fin lobes of this variety are much narrower than those of the Bristol Shubunkin; they are tapering rather than rounded in shape. Carassius auratus Pearlscale This ancient Chinese variety can be identified by Chocolate Pearlscale The depth of chocolate its rotund body, double caudal fins, and pearl-like coloration can vary from reddish-brown to a markings on the sides of its body. Each scale has much darker brown. a raised whitish center, making it look as if a pearl is embedded in it.The variegated red-and-white form is the most common Pearlscale, but there is a also nacreous variety (see p.333) that resembles the Shubunkin in coloration. Pearlscales are not strong swimmers, and are usually kept in aquariums rather than ponds, where their distinctive appearance is easier Symmetrical to appreciate. caudal fin No pearl markings on the head Entire body shows pearly markings Variegated Pearlscale The pearl-like markings are evident on this goldfish, even against the white areas of the body. These goldfish do not grow especially large. ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds. or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

336 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Carassius auratus Tetsuonaga, especially in Japan.Tetsuonagas have a reputation for both hardiness and the quality Ryukin of their fin shape, so they are useful in Ryukin breeding.The Ryukin is named The most obvious feature of this goldfish is the after Japan’s Ryukyu Islands, where hump between the dorsal fin and the head.The the ancestors of this goldfish were body is relatively short and deep, the dorsal fin first introduced from China. is tall, and the elongated caudal fin is divided to form a double tail. Ryukins are generally brightly colored, with a deep-red and white coloration being the preferred form.The markings on these goldfish should be symmetrical as far as possible. Chocolate (coppery) individuals are often recognized as a separate form, the Tail coloration varies Orange-and-White Ryukin Ryukins have either normal Calico Ryukin Nacreous eyes, as shown in this largely orange form, or, patterning (see p.333) is occasionally, telescope-eyes. not common in double- tailed goldfish, but is seen in the Ryukin. Calico Ryukins often have bold, contrasting markings. Carassius auratus Carassius auratus Carassius auratus Wakin Jikin Black Moor This form displays a variegated pattern of orange The matt-black color of the Black Moor is highly and white body markings.The vibrantly colored distinctive, as is its corpulent body shape.This areas, which can vary from yellow through to goldfish is a telescope-eye variety, with eyes reddish-orange, should extend around the body extending out from the sides of the head.The so that the white areas do not predominate. Pure- Black Moor is a selective color form of the Veiltail white Wakins, which occasionally occur, are not (see p.339). Although developed in the UK, it favored by breeders. Although the reflective is now kept worldwide.These fish are not very metallic form is the most common, a nacreous hardy, and are better suited to an aquarium than variety (see p.333) also exists.The Wakin has a an outdoor pond, especially through the winter body shape similar to the Common Goldfish, but it (in temperate areas).Their coloration makes for an can be instantly distinguished by its double caudal attractive contrast with brightly colored goldfish. fin.Wakins are lively by nature, and grow rapidly; fish reared in ponds can reach 8 in (20 cm) in Descended from Japanese Wakin stock, the Jikin Telescope- Even black coloration length by three years of age. is often known in the West as the Peacock Tail.The eyes over the entire body raised upper lobes of its double caudal fin form Relatively Double slender body an X-shape when viewed from behind.The caudal fin Jikin’s body should be mainly silvery, Divided with red areas restricted to the fins and caudal fin around the lips. However, breeding Jikins Extensive areas with this desired arrangement of markings of color and a well-balanced caudal fin shape always proves difficult, even when the parent fish are both well- marked and from a long-established line. ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds. or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

G O L D F I S H ● 337 FEEDING BEHAVIOR OF GOLDFISH Although many of the foods marketed for and the goldfish may even resort to eating some of such as to aid the growth of the distinctive goldfish float, and therefore encourage these the plants in their tank. Substrate digging does not hoods seen in Lionheads and Orandas (see cyprinids to feed at the surface, this is contrary reflect a desire to spawn, as it does in some other p.338). Goldfish in ponds can benefit to their instincts. Like their carp ancestors, fish, notably various cichlids. from wheat-germ foods, which goldfish are bottom-feeding fish by nature; will prove more digestible they scavenge in the substrate for foods such Goldfish are unusual in that they lack a stomach at lower water as worms and other invertebrates. This means at the start of the digestive tract where food can temperatures that they can be fairly destructive to the decor be stored, so they need to eat small quantities of than most other in the aquarium, since they will instinctively dig food on a frequent basis. Offering them a large food types. around in search of edible items. Larger goldfish amount of food just once a day will therefore be varieties can move quite considerable amounts wasteful, and will also lead to a deterioration in of gravel in this way, sometimes concentrating water quality as the unwanted food breaks down on a particular area of the tank and even and pollutes the water. Instead, give them a small digging right down to the undergravel filter. amount of food four or five times a day, which Plants in an aquarium for goldfish should will meet their appetite. therefore have their bases well-protected by rockwork in order to minimize the likelihood There is now a wide range of different goldfish that they will be uprooted. This type of behavior foods available. Some types are designed to be is most likely to arise when the fish are hungry, used as growth foods for young goldfish. Others are tailored to suit specific varieties or to enhance particular characteristics,

338 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Carassius auratus developed in this variety than in any other. Lionheads exist in a wide range Lionhead of colors, although solid colors such as orange are most commonly seen.They do The absence of a dorsal fin is a key feature of the not thrive at high temperatures, nor are they Lionhead.The result is a smooth back that curves hardy in temperate areas. gently to the double caudal fin, the curvature accentuated by the fish’s relatively long body. As Compact yet broad Lionheads grow older, they develop a distinctive body shape hood that covers the entire head area.This usually starts to become evident at the very top of the Red-and-White head, and takes several years to develop to its Lionhead (above) full extent, when it has a raspberry-like This young fish has appearance.The hood is more yet to develop its hood. Special diets are available to promote the hood’s growth. Hood is in initial stages of development in this blue individual Blue Lionhead When fully grown, the hood should cover the entire head, encircling the eyes. The head has a wide appearance when viewed from above. Carassius auratus Oranda The coloration of these goldfish is sometimes unstable, just as it can be in other hooded The dorsal fin on the back of an Oranda allows it varieties.This is particularly true of black- to be distinguished at a glance from other types of and-orange individuals, in which the hooded goldfish.The Oranda also has a longer orange areas often become more body shape and is a more powerful swimmer.The prominent over time. hood, or wen as it is called in Japan, is normally restricted to the top of the head, extending back Blue Oranda In this over the eyes. In mature individuals, the area increasingly popular color between the folds of the hood may appear whitish. variety, the underparts are Although this can look like a sign of disease, it is usually a lighter shade. actually an accumulation of the protective mucus produced by the fish’s body. Relatively long, Red coloration double caudal fin but no swelling Red-Capped Oranda One of the most common Orandas, this silvery variety is a relatively hardy fish. The red patterning on the head will develop to form the hood. ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds. or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

G O L D F I S H ● 339 Carassius auratus Ranchu Sporting a hood similar to the Lionhead’s, the Short, broad body Relatively small, Ranchu is the Japanese counterpart of that ancient gives an impression symmetrical Chinese breed.The Ranchu can be differentiated of strength caudal fin from the Lionhead by its shorter, more steeply Black Ranchu This is the darkest variety. curved body. As with Lionheads, not all Ranchus Red-and-White Ranchu A mature individual with hood Ranchus are not hardy, and need to over- display smooth body curvature from head to tail, growth on the side of the face is described as okame (the winter in aquariums in temperate areas. and an individual with slight humps along its back name of a Japanese theatrical mask indicating a fat girl). is considered to be seriously flawed.The double Red Ranchu All the Ranchu’s fins are relatively short; the caudal fin may be only partially divided. In Ranchus caudal fin is carried high. The hood has yet to develop in of the highest quality, the top edge of the caudal the young specimen shown above. fin should ideally form an angle of 90 degrees with the caudal peduncle. Ranchus, which are also known as Buffaloheads, are the most popular Japanese goldfish. Four principal founding lines are recognized, each of which is named after its creator.The dominant variety is the Ishikawa lineage; the others are Sakuri, Uno, and Takahashi. All these forms display a hood, but some less- common varieties lack this feature.They include the Osaka Ranchu, named after its city of origin, which also has a more rounded body. Another hoodless variety is the Nankin Ranchu, from the Shimane area of Japan, a silvery-white fish with red gill covers, lips, and fins. In addition, there is the rare Nacreous Ranchu, also called the Edonishiki, in which the hood is poorly developed. Carassius auratus The anal fin is paired and relatively long, and Enlarged dorsal fin Short caudal tends to flow vertically when the fish is swimming. peduncle Veiltail In addition to individuals with normal eyes, telescope-eye examples of this variety are not The elegant fins of the Veiltail are easily damaged, uncommon.The breed was developed from so this goldfish should be housed in a spacious Ryukin stock by American breeders around aquarium—free from obstructions such as large rocks—rather than in a pond.The long caudal Philadelphia in the late 1800s. fin of the Veiltail is fully divided, so that it hangs down in folds.The dorsal fin is tall, and in a The dorsal fin should Bronze Veiltail The Veiltail has been bred in a wide well-proportioned Veiltail it should match start at the highest range of colors, including bronze, as seen in this the height of the body.The overall body point on the back young fish. Even the juveniles display elongated fins. shape of this variety is rounded rather than elongated. Red-Capped Calico Veiltail The nacreous patterning (see p.333) Veiltail This fish of the Calico Veiltail is highly variable, with darker has a variable streaking usually evident in the fins. reddish area on top of its head. Its fins are semitransparent. ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds. or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

340 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Carassius auratus Fantail This striking goldfish gets its name from its Red Fantail These fish rank among the most relatively stiff, double caudal fin, which does popular goldfish. When their fins have a ragged not droop.The dorsal fin is also enlarged, and appearance, it is usually an indication of poor is typically about one-third of the fish’s body environmental conditions. length. Fantails are probably most closely related to Ryukins, but they differ in having a smooth upper profile, with no sign of a hump.The body shape is longer and less rotund than many other double-tailed varieties. Fantails have been developed in a wide range of colors, and telescope-eye forms have also been bred.This is an adaptable variety, suitable for ponds or Patterning aquariums. on the fins Flowing tail Relatively long, slim body Nacreous Fantail Although not often available, this attractive color variant has a pale bluish-white background, coppery orange patches, and dark markings. Carassius auratus It is possible that a number of the fry from a single spawning may develop with one eye being Butterfly normal and the other telescoped, although such individuals are not favored. Butterflies, which exist The tail lobes of these goldfish, when extended in a wide range of color forms, have proved to be and viewed from above, resemble the wings of a butterfly. A good specimen should have a strong relatively hardy goldfish, although caudal fin that does not droop down.The fin also care should be taken, as with needs to be compact and rounded in shape, other fancy varieties, not to rather than tapering to a point.There are expose them to very low no embellishments on the head of the water temperatures. Butterfly; however, the telescope-eye characteristic has been bred into this variety. Predominantly Chocolate Butterfly An even depth of color is an black and white important feature of this goldfish, which is sometimes called the Copper or Iron-Colored Butterfly. Rounded dorsal fin Well-balanced Telescope- caudal fin eyes Panda Butterfly The black- Calico Butterfly (right) and-white coloration of these This is an attractive, goldfish is highly individual, with lightly marked nacreous distinct patches being desirable. variety of the Butterfly. ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds. or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

G O L D F I S H ● 341 BREEDING GOLDFISH IN PONDS AND AQUARIUMS Goldfish can be spawned Male goldfish in successfully in both aquariums and breeding condition ponds. Outdoors, spawning typically have white swellings occurs in the mornings on warm days. on the gill plates. This The males chase after the females and should not be confused nudge at their flanks to encourage them to with the disease white- release their eggs. It is advisable to cover the spot (see p.58), which pond with a net when the fish are likely to affects the entire body. spawn, because they often break the surface at this time. The resulting disturbance can attract White swellings predators, such as cats, herons, and seagulls. also extend along the top edge A special breeding tank is recommended for of the pectoral aquarium fish, which are otherwise likely to eat fins in males. all their spawn. In a well-planted pond, however, with a good undergrowth of oxygenators, some eggs are likely to survive through to hatching. The female lays 500 tiny eggs at a time, which swell on contact with water and then start to sink. The sticky eggs anchor readily to the leaves of plants and other objects. It is vital that the eggs are fertilized immediately after they are laid, because it will be too late once the eggs have absorbed water and become swollen. Infertile eggs are soon attacked by fungus. Fertilized eggs hatch in about four days at a temperature of 68°F (20°C), but at 50°F (10°C) hatching takes about two weeks; this delay increases the vulnerability of fertile eggs to fungal attack. Young aquarium fish need to be reared on a suitable fry food once they are free- swimming. Supplementary feeding is not usually required for those hatched in ponds.

342 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Carassius auratus Orange Celestial Celestial Rich orange is common in these Selective breeding of the goldfish has brought fish. The eyes into being numerous variations in eye shape.The should be equal Celestial has eyes that protrude very obviously. in size and They are not on the sides of the head, as in most symmetrically goldfish, but rather in a semihorizontal plane so positioned. that they point upward, as if toward the stars (hence the name).The fry hatch with a normal eye arrangement, but the eyes rotate and shift position soon afterward.The bodies of these goldfish are relatively elongated, and they have slightly curved backs, with no dorsal fins. Both metallic and nacreous forms of the Celestial exist. Celestial Pom-Pon This unusual form has both the Celestial eye position and the enlarged nasal flaps known as pom-pons (see opposite). Carassius auratus shape.These fluid-filled sacs wobble when the fish Flowing double swims, and become compressed when it searches caudal fin Bubble-Eye for food on the floor of the aquarium. In a good specimen, the combined width of the bubbles and Smooth curve This unmistakable variety is characterized by the head should match that of the body. Bubble-Eyes to back presence of large, bubblelike sacs under its eyes. are only suitable for aquarium surroundings.The tank setup needs to minimize the risk that the fish As in the case of Celestials, Bubble-Eyes have will damage their bubbles and provide them with a long body shape, lack a dorsal fin, and plenty of swimming space. Rockwork should not have a double caudal fin. Symmetry be included, and plants should be restricted to the is a very important feature of this variety, with the sacs ideally back and sides of the tank. If a sac being equal in size and is accidentally punctured, it is likely to deflate. Orange Bubble-Eye The coloration of the bubblelike eye sacs can vary; veins in the sacs are sometimes conspicuous as thin red streaks. Goldfish sees Calico Bubble-Eye The Calico’s under-eye sacs are often over the top almost transparent, although in some individuals they of the sacs may display orange or bluish markings. Black Bubble-Eye The color of the bean- shaped sacs under the eyes corresponds to the goldfish’s overall coloration. ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds. or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

G O L D F I S H ● 343 Carassius auratus Telescope-Eye Goldfish True to its name, this fish has exaggeratedly protruding eyes. Ideally, the eyes should be of equal size, and it is not unusual for them to have a different color from the head. A short, round body and a large dorsal fin are other typical features associated with this breed. If a Telescope-Eye Goldfish is allowed to mate with a goldfish that has normal eyes, all their young will have normal eyes. However, some of their offspring will carry the telescope-eye gene, and when two of these mate together, a small percentage of the resulting fry will display the telescope-eye characteristic. High dorsal fin Variable coloring Black-and-Gold Telescope-Eye around the eyes Telescope-eye goldfish look as if they are staring intently. Dragon-Eye The telescope-eye characteristic can be combined with any color variety. Carassius auratus Pom-Pon The nasal flaps, which are inconspicuous in other Red Magpie Pom-Pon goldfish, are greatly enlarged in this variety. Known In this color variant, the as pom-pons, the flaps may match the surrounding brilliant orange pom-pons coloration, or they may be entirely different. It is are highlighted by the important that the pom-pons are equal in size on black around the head. a particular specimen, although they may be larger in some individuals than others.The pom-pon Pom-pons are evenly characteristic has been introduced to other breeds, balanced in size notably the Oranda, Lionhead, and Ranchu. It is not uncommon for mature Pom-Pons to develop a small raised area on top of the head. Orange Pom-Pon Pom-Pons can be bred in any color, and the size of the pom-pons can vary considerably. ORIGINS Asia, originally from SIZE Highly variable; often DIET Goldfish food (flakes WATER Temperature 50–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively waterways in southern China. exceeds 12 in (30 cm) in ponds or pellets) and livefoods. (10–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social, but does not shoal.

344 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y KOI Few fish inspire greater devotion than koi.These large ornamental carp have now established a dedicated following in the West, matching that which they enjoy in their Japanese homeland. Koi were developed primarily for the beauty of their colors and patterning, when viewed from above.This led to great interest in breeding and showing koi varieties, and the most desirable individuals now change hands for huge sums of money. To appreciate these attractive pond fish fully, they must be clearly visible through the water; as a result, koi are most often kept in well-filtered water in a pond containing few or no plants. When assessing the quality of an individual koi, experts focus not only on the color or patterning but also the overall physical appearance or type, including their length and body width.

K O I ● 345 UNDERSTANDING KOI NOMENCLATURE Distinguishing between koi varieties can be extremely confusing at first, KOI COLORS partly because they are referred to in the West by traditional Japanese Japanese descriptions of color are important in koi nomenclature. Some have descriptions, even if they have been bred in other countries. Knowledge of multiple names depending on the form in which that color appears. a few basic terms, such as the words to describe the various colors (right) and the main varieties (below), is a useful introduction to the complex Red “Aka” (red background) Black “Karasu” (black background) world of koi nomenclature. “Hi” (red markings) Yellow “Sumi” (black markings) Green KOI VARIETIES Blue “Ai” “Ki” (yellow) The illustrations below give examples of the main koi varieties, highlighting “Yamabuki” (pale yellow) their individual characteristics. The most popular varieties, known collectively Orange/ “Beni” (orange/red as “Go Sanke,” are the Showa, Kohaku, and Sanke. Varieties prefixed with the Red background) “Midori” term “Hikari” are metallic koi, which have an overall reflective luster, while all others are known as nonmetallics. Brown “Cha” Grey “Nezu”/”Nezumi” In addition to the color differences described here, the appearance of Silver “Gin” Orange “Orenji” a koi is influenced by its pattern of scalation. “Doitsu” koi, for example, may White “Shiro” have large mirror scales on either side of the dorsal fin, but are scaleless (metallic) elsewhere, while the scale type known as “Kin Gin Rin,” or simply “Gin Rin,” is characterized by the sparkling appearance of the scales. Gold “Kin” (metallic) Kohaku koi have red White body Bekko koi have black White tail Red-and- markings on a white and tail markings on a white, and fins black tail background. red, or yellow Sanke koi have red background. Koromo koi are Utsuri Mono have and black markings white with red white, red, or yellow on a white markings overlaid markings on a black background. with a dark pattern. background. Kohaku Sanke Ki Bekko Ai Goromo Hi Utsuri Small black Variable red Yellow Dark Large patterning markings body patterning black areas Tancho are white White tail Showa koi have Kawarimono Some white on koi with a red mark, and body red and white This group tail and fins ideally circular, on markings on a includes all the head but no Goshiki koi are five- black background. nonmetallic koi not Beni-goi koi red on the body. colored, displaying represented in other are entirely areas of light and categories, including red/orange. dark blue, red, and these two examples: black on a white background. Hajiro Tancho Goshiki Showa Hajiro koi are Kohaku mainly black. Circular Dark markings red Tancho overlap red Large areas Beni-goi spot of black Red tail No markings White tail Hikarimoyo markings on body or tail This group includes all metallic koi not Asagi koi are pale Hikarimuji are Hikari Utsuri are represented in other Hariwake are blue with red and metallic koi of metallic Utsuri categories, including metallic silver white areas. a single color. and Showa. these two examples: koi with orange or yellow Yamatonishiki markings. Asagi Yamabuki Kin Showa Yamatonishiki Pale Ogon koi are metallic blue Metallic Red markings Sanke. Orenji yellow body have a gold Hariwake body sheen

346 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Cyprinus carpio Pure white pectoral fins Kohaku Distinct The earliest forerunners of modern koi displayed “Maruten” simple red-and-white markings. Known as head spot Kohaku, these koi rank today as one of the most popular varieties. Kohaku are characterized by their white body color and red (or “hi”) patterning. In the highest-quality Kohaku, it is particularly important that the white areas show no trace of yellowing (a fault known as “shimis”), while the red areas should be dense.The border, or “kiwa,” at the back of each red patch must be well defined; at the front, however, the white scales overlay the red so the definition is not as sharp. Assessing the potential of young Kohaku can be difficult, because their scales have a translucent nature—a feature described as “kokesuke.” All Kohaku stem from six basic breeding lines, which are named after the Japanese breeders who developed them. Classic and Hiroshima Sakai This Kohaku, of the Kohaku This koi was awarded Kokugyo— Red lipstick desirable white famous Sakai breeding line, was bred on best entry for its size out of all varieties— marking area on the the Sakai family’s farms in Hiroshima. at Japan’s prestigious Wakagoi show. caudal peduncle Kuchibeni Hasegawa This koi from the Hasegawa breeding line has a “Kuchibeni” or lipstick marking on the head. Marking closest to the caudal fin is known as “ojime” Good skin “Hi” markings quality is in Kohaku are important only above the lateral line Maruten head spot Distribution must be distinct from of markings other areas of “hi” in five-step Kohaku varies Maruten Sandan Yagozen The head Maruten Yondan This koi is a Yondan or Godan This is the most complex five-step Matsunosuke A Kohaku from one of the spot, plus two other colored areas, four-step Kohaku, because it has a red Kohaku. In high-quality examples, the most notable bloodlines, this koi has an indicate a Sandan or three-step Kohaku. head marking and three other red patches. dorsal fin must be unmarked. excellent depth of red coloration. ORIGINS Developed in Japan SIZE Slight varietal differences; DIET Specialized commercial WATER Temperature 37–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively from carp brought from China. typically up to 36 in (90 cm). koi foods of various types. (3–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social but do not shoal.

K O I ● 347 THE ORIGINS OF KOI Today’s modern koi varieties are descendants Exhibition in Tokyo, and a number were then of black carp, known as Magoi, which were transferred to the moat surrounding the introduced to Japan from China around Emperor’s Imperial Palace. Their descendants 1000 AD. By the 1600s, these plain-looking can still be found there today. Koi-keeping fish were thriving in the waterways around and breeding subsequently became extremely the paddy fields of Niigata prefecture on popular in Japan, signaling the birth of the Honshu Island, and the local rice farmers lucrative Japanese koi industry of today. caught them for food. Around the early 1800s, individual fish displaying patches of Koi were first introduced to the US in color and patterning on their bodies started the early 1940s. It took longer for them to to appear, and some of the farmers began to gain recognition in Europe; koi were not selectively breed for these characteristics. seen in Great Britain until the 1960s. Since Known as “Nishikigoi,” or \"brocaded carp,\" then, they have gained a huge international these colorful fish attained public recognition following, and are now bred not only in Japan when a group was shown at the 1914 Taisho but in other countries, including the US, Israel, China, Korea, Thailand, and South Africa.

348 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Cyprinus carpio Black areas do Prominent not extend below “sumi” marking Sanke lateral line Red areas not One of the most popular koi varieties, Sanke Extent of broken by “sumi” probably first arose in the late 1800s, but only black striping patterning came to prominence in the early 20th century. on pectoral These tricolored koi display variable black or fins varies “sumi” markings superimposed on red-and-white coloration similar to that of Kohaku.The skin color of high-quality Sanke should be snow white, while large areas of red (“hi”) free from “sumi” are not considered desirable. In addition, black patches should not be present on the head. Although a symmetry of patterning is not required, the overall effect should be balanced; the “sumi” markings, for example, should be evenly distributed and not simply restricted to one side of the body. It can be difficult to assess the exhibition potential of Sanke until they are at least two years old. Before this, some individuals may resemble Kohaku, while the “sumi” patterning in others, although evident, may not be stable and may even vanish for a period. Traditional Sanke This koi has “kasane Hiroshima Sanke Named All-Japan Shintaro Tategoi Koi described as sumi” patterning, in which the black Supreme Champion, this koi displays rare “tategoi” are still developing, and should “sumi” markings overlap the red areas. “tsubo sumi” (black-on-white) patterning. continue improving as they mature. Small white patches or “Sumi” markings “windows” in red areas develop slowly in suggest that color may Matsunosuke Sanke disappear with age No symmetry in body markings Extensive red coloration Pure white coloration Tosai Tategoi The black “sumi” patterning Ogawa Sanke Black markings in the Matsunosuke Sanke One of the most Torazo This koi is from a notable Sanke of this one-year-old Sanke has only just pectoral fins of Sanke koi appear as famous bloodlines, these Sanke appear bloodline named after breeder Torakichi started to become visible. streaks rather than blotches. slim when young, but broaden with age. Kawikame’s father. ORIGINS Developed in Japan SIZE Slight varietal differences; DIET Specialized commercial WATER Temperature 37–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively from carp brought from China. typically up to 36 in (90 cm). koi foods of various types. (3–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social but do not shoal.

K O I ● 349 Cyprinus carpio Cyprinus carpio Cyprinus carpio Bekko Koromo Utsurimono Bekko are white, red, or yellow koi with black The name “Koromo” translates as “robed.”This Utsurimono are black koi with white markings (or “sumi”) patterning. Shiro Bekko, which refers to the characteristic dark scale-edging that (Shiro Utsuri), red markings (Hi Utsuri), or is white with black markings, is the most yellow markings (Ki Utsuri).They can common form.There are physical variants overlays the colored markings of this sometimes be confused with Bekko koi too, such as the “Gin Rin”, with its shiny variety.This feature should not extend (see left), but the black coloration appearance, and the “Doitsu,” which is into the white areas and can take years extends below the lateral line and often described as partially scaled or to develop fully. Also known as over the head. Shiro Utsuri are matt. Bekko koi are often of Sanke Goshiki, these koi are classified in the most frequently seen descent.Top-quality examples the Koromo category in the West, variety, while red-and- should not display any “sumi” but in Japan are still considered black Ki Utsuri are coloration on the head. part of the Kawarimono exceptionally rare. group (see p.356). Shiro Bekko This koi is Shiro Utsuri Contrasting similar in appearance to a Ai Goromo Dark scale- black and pure white areas Sanke, but with no trace edging highlights the on the head and body of red (“hi”) coloration. underlying Kohaku characterize this variety. patterning of this koi. Cyprinus carpio Tancho Kohaku This elegant Black markings koi is characterized by its pure at the base of Tancho snow-white body color and the pectoral fins distinctive red head marking. Named after the Japanese crane (Grus japonensis), Tancho Showa The black Showa or Tancho, which has a distinctive red crown, this No “hi” marking coloration extends over the variety is extremely popular in Japan because its on the body characteristic red Tancho spot head marking echoes the design of the Japanese in this individual. national flag.The red (or “hi”) marking on Tancho spot should the head should be circular in shape and be centred between centrally positioned, with no other red the eyes areas on the body. Unfortunately, creating the ideal Tancho is exceedingly difficult, and well-marked specimens are highly valued. Slight deviations in patterning have now become acceptable, especially if the “hi” marking is symmetrical.Tancho Kohaku are usually considered to be the most desirable form. Black markings do not extend over the Tancho spot Tancho Sanke This koi displays obvious black-and-white Bekko patterning, with a prominent red Tancho spot on its head. ORIGINS Developed in Japan SIZE Slight varietal differences; DIET Specialized commercial WATER Temperature 37–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively from carp brought from China. typically up to 36 in (90 cm). koi foods of various types. (3–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social but do not shoal.

350 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y FEEDING AND NUTRITION structures that grind food before it is swallowed, making it more accessible to Koi eat both plant and animal matter, digestive enzymes. Koi do not have a stomach, instinctively seeking their food close to the where food can be stored, and so can only bottom of the pond. The two pairs of barbels digest small amounts of food at a time. on either side of the mouth serve as sensory Swallowed food passes directly into the feelers, helping them to locate edible items, intestinal tract, and nutrients are absorbed such as worms, hidden in the substrate. Koi as the food passes through before exiting are also able to dig quite effectively using the body. In adult koi, the intestine is two their jaws, a behavior that is likely to prove or three times the length of the body, while disruptive in a planted pond. young koi have much shorter intestines, and so require a higher protein content in their The koi’s jaw structure is surprisingly food to achieve the same levels of nutrition. flexible, which allows them to suck fairly large edible items directly into their mouths. At the back of the throat are toothlike

K O I ● 351 Cyprinus carpio Doitsu Kujaku In this Kujaku Metallic luster koi, red markings cover much of to body and fins Hikarimoyo the body, while dark “Doitsu” scales are evident on the back. Black centers of The Hikarimoyo grouping encompasses all the scales give metallic koi of more than one color that are not “Doitsu” or a pinecone effect categorized as Hikari Utsuri (see p.352).This “mirror” scale includes metallic forms of Kohaku and Sanke, pattern extends and the popular Hariwake, which are metallic down the flanks silver koi with orange (“orenji”) or yellow (“yamabuki”) markings.The metallic appearance of these attractive koi, which first came to prominence in the 1960s, means they are highly visible in the water.The reflective scalation, however, dilutes the depth of their base coloration, so that red areas tend to appear more orange, and black coloration appears grayish. Head should Red (“hi”) markings Yamatonishiki In this variety, be unmarked extend onto head also known as Metallic Sanke, individuals with the richest red Doitsu Hariwake This yellow- Bold red (“hi”) and black markings are favored. and-silver koi has symmetrical coloration mirror or “Doitsu” scaling on Classic Goshiki This koi has either side of the dorsal fin. Snow- larger areas of red and dark white skin reticulated patterning, with little Cyprinus carpio white coloration on the body. Goshiki The name Goshiki literally means “five-colored,” referring to the white, red, light blue, dark blue, and black coloration of these koi.There may even be a sixth color evident, when a blue area is overlaid by black, creating a purple shade. There is considerable variability between the koi of this group.The traditional form is relatively dark in color, but over recent years, some strains have been developed on much more colorful lines. Goshiki are now generally classified with Koromo, but were traditionally included in the Kawarimono category (see p.356). Characteristic reticulated blue scale pattern on the back Goshiki This koi is from an Polo Nippress Goshiki Vibrant red Asagi lineage (see p.352), and Reticulations on areas of the (“hi”) coloration has bluish coloration with a snow-white skin characterize on the head reticulated pattern on the back. this notable Goshiki. ORIGINS Developed in Japan SIZE Slight varietal differences; DIET Specialized commercial WATER Temperature 37–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively from carp brought from China. typically up to 36 in (90 cm). koi foods of various types. (3–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social but do not shoal.

352 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Cyprinus carpio Kin Ki Utsuri An attractive Kikokuryu A fairly new variety, contrast of gold and black, this this metallic “Doitsu” koi is Hikari Utsuri koi’s “sumi” markings extend sometimes classed as a around the sides of the body. Hikarimoyo (see p.351). This category features metallic koi with Showa (see p.355) and Utsuri (see p.349) Rich “sumi” Parallel lines patterning. Hikari Utsuri are often coloration of dark scales strikingly colored, but typically on body on either side display little refinement in their and head of dorsal fin patterning.Their metallic sheen can negate their depth of coloration; Golden base black (or “sumi”) markings, for color example, are not as vivid in Hikari Utsuri as in their nonmetallic Helmet counterparts.This variety was pattern developed when Ogons, which are single-colored metallic koi Cyprinus carpio (see below), were bred with Showa and Utsurimono stock. Asagi “Sumi” coloration This unmistakable variety, whose ancestry more vivid on the fins dates back over 160 years, is distinguished than on the body predominantly by the bluish, scaled pattern over the back, with reddish Kin Showa This metallic variety Choguro Purachina This areas on the fins and on the sides has highly variable patterning. white koi with a lustrous of the head. Symmetry in Both red (“hi”) and black appearance is also known appearance is highly valued (“sumi”) areas are quite pale. as the Platinum Ogon. in these koi. Asagi with “Doitsu” scaling (see p.345) Cyprinus carpio Sparkling (or “furakin”) are known as Shusui, effect created by while there is also a Hikarimuji the metallic nature colorful red (“hi”) of skin and scales form in which blue Members of this group are single- coloration is colored, metallic koi.They are all overlaid with red. descendants of a single wild, black carp (or Magoi) with a golden stripe along its back that was discovered inYamakoshi prefecture in 1921. A selective breeding program from this fish, carried out by the Aoki family, produced the first pure- colored metallic koi (or Ogon) 25 years later. Hikarimuji have become immensely popular with koi enthusiasts, because they show well in ponds, are easily tamed, and grow fast. Head must be Pure white, free from flecks scaleless head of orange contrasts with dark body Yamabuki Ogon Top-quality Ogons, like this metallic gold koi, SIZE Slight varietal differences; DIET Specialized commercial WATER Temperature 37–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively must be well muscled, but not typically up to 36 in (90 cm). koi foods of various types. (3–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social but do not shoal. fat, and have perfect scaling. ORIGINS Developed in Japan from carp brought from China.

K O I ● 353 CLIMATE ISSUES Hot weather also brings its hazards. Increasing water temperature can reduce the amount of Winters can be harsh in places where oxygen in the pond to dangerously low levels. koi originate, and today’s established Evaporation increases, and the pond is likely koi varieties are hardy enough to spend to require regular refilling with dechlorinated the winter in an outdoor pond in all but the water. Fish should be checked more regularly coldest climates. An outdoor koi pond must for signs of disease in summer, because be sufficiently deep, however, to ensure that infectious agents can multiply more quickly the fish will not become trapped in any ice in warm weather. Screening may also be that forms. Pond heaters can help to prevent required in very hot weather, to provide shade the surface from freezing over. over the pond and so help to prevent pale- colored fish from suffering sunburn (see As water temperatures drop, koi spend p.323). Canopies fashioned from bamboo more time at the bottom of the pond, and matting on wooden supports are a popular start to eat less. Young fish may be better decorative option for this purpose. housed in an aquarium over the winter, since spending time in this torpid state temporarily slows their rate of growth.

354 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT Few pond fish live longer than koi; indeed, a growth rate in this time of 1 in (2.5 cm) per a number of the original eight koi transferred month. This rate is largely influenced by the to the moat around Japan’s Imperial Palace koi’s environment—including quality and following the Tokyo exhibition of 1914 (see temperature of the water and the stocking p.347) were still sighted there over 50 years density in the pond—and also by the amount later. Koi also rank among the largest of all and quality of food provided. After this stage, pond fish, with some individuals reputedly the rate of growth declines, and a koi will not reaching up to 6 ft (1.8 m) in length. Overall reach its full adult size until it is 15 years old. size is partly dependent on variety; Chagoi The color and patterning of some varieties (see p.356), for example, naturally grow can change as they grow and develop. This is to a much larger size than most other koi. especially true of Matsukawabake koi, which An individual koi grows to almost half its have unstable black-and-white markings potential adult size in the first two years of that can alter in response to changes in its life, and if kept in optimum conditions, has environmental conditions.

K O I ● 355 Cyprinus carpio Patterning over Large black the full length areas in the Showa of the body to pectoral fins the caudal fin One of the most popular koi varieties, Showa were originally developed during the late 1920s. Semicircular, It was not until the 1960s, however, following black markings crosses with Sanke and Kohaku varieties, that the on the pectoral yellowish markings of these early Showa were fins known as transformed into the vibrant red that is a feature “motoguro” of the variety today. Showa can be confused with Sanke koi (see p.348), which also have red, black, “Sumi” markings and white coloration.They can be distinguished extend to the head by the extent and distribution of black (“sumi”) markings on the head and body. “Sumi” patterning is more dominant in Showa than in Sanke, and the black markings extend on to the head and below the lateral line. In contrast, Sanke only have “sumi” on the body and above the lateral line. The patterning of Showa koi can change considerably as they mature, which makes it extremely difficult to assess the potential of young koi of this variety. Kindai Showa Modern (“Kindai”) Showa Hi Showa Red (“hi”) coloration Traditional Showa This popular koi have more extensive white coloration and predominates in this variety, although variety has large areas of red (“hi”) less black than traditional Showa. the white body color can still be seen. and jet-black (“sumi”) markings. Bold “sumi” Markings do not markings extend onto the caudal fin Vibrant red coloration Modern Showa Snow- can have white white skin pectoral fins Hi Showa This koi has extensive red (“hi”) Matsunosuke Kage Showa Shadowy, Kage Showa This koi has paler “sumi” Kindai Showa This modern Showa is coloration on the head and body, which pale “sumi” markings characterize this Kage than a traditional Showa, although these predominantly white with pale, shadowy contrasts with strong “sumi” patterning. Showa with Matsunosuko Sanke ancestry. markings often alter as the fish matures. “sumi” markings on the head and body. ORIGINS Developed in Japan SIZE Slight varietal differences; DIET Specialized commercial WATER Temperature 37–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively from carp brought from China. typically up to 36 in (90 cm). koi foods of various types. (3–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social but do not shoal.

356 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Cyprinus carpio “Doitsu” koi have an One of the incomplete covering fastest growing Kawarimono of body scales varieties This diverse grouping encompasses all nonmetallic Symmetrical Even, jet-black koi (“Kawari”) that are not included in other white markings body color categories, although most are named and on either side of recognized varieties in their own right. Among the dorsal fin Paler, saffron- the most popular are single-colored koi of various colored individuals colors, which can provide a striking contrast to are favored patterned koi in a pond.This category also includes koi that are predominantly black in color; these are considered to be the koi most closely related to the ancestral Magoi (see p.347). In addition to koi with standard matt coloration, Kawarimono includes partially scaled (“Doitsu”) and shiny-scaled (“Gin Rin”) varieties. Rarities— unique koi that do not fit into other groups and whose parentage may be unknown—also feature in this group. There is some variation between the koi considered to be Kawarimono in Japan and the standards elsewhere in the world. Kumonryu This partially scaled (“Doitsu”) Hageshiro Black coloration predominates Chagoi A variable brownish hue is koi has variable black-and-white on the body of this koi, which has a evident on the body of these broad- coloration, which can alter with age. contrasting white head and pectoral fins. bodied koi, which readily become tame. Dark “mirror” scales Silvery (or are a feature of “Gin Rin”) “Doitsu” koi scalation Red (“hi”) Colored markings “Kuchibeni” or coloration extend to the lipstick marking predominates pectoral fins on the head Doitsu Kujaku Nonmetallic forms Beni Kumonryu This “Doitsu” koi has Gin Rin Matsukawabake The black-and- Gin Rin Ochiba Shigure A newer variety, of the Doitsu Kujaku (see p.351), such a black-and-white body and head with white patterning of this variety changes this striking koi has reflective scales (“Gin as this individual, are fairly unusual. orange-red (or “beni”) patterning. depending on the water temperature. Rin”) that give it a sparkling appearance. ORIGINS Developed in Japan SIZE Slight varietal differences; DIET Specialized commercial WATER Temperature 37–77°F TEMPERAMENT Relatively from carp brought from China. typically up to 36 in (90 cm). koi foods of various types. (3–25°C) and neutral (pH 7.0). social but do not shoal.

K O I ● 357 KOI AND JAPAN Most koi of Japanese origin command famous Matsunosuke line, a breeding line premium prices in the international that has come to prominence since the 1960s. marketplace, reflecting not only the individual There are often subtle but recognizable quality of each koi, but also the rigorous differences between koi of the same variety selection procedures that breeding stock but from different breeding lines, not just must meet in their homeland. Koi-breeding in in the appearance of the adult fish, but also Japan is still largely carried out by a number in the development of their markings. Kichinai of well-known families who have koi- Sanke, for example, have a reputation for breeding lines extending back over centuries; having very stable black (“sumi”) markings, a chosen family name is now often included while the “sumi” patterning on a Sanke with in the name of an individual koi to indicate Matsunosuke ancestry is a pale bluish-gray that it has this ancestry. A Matsunosuke shade at first, but subsequently darkens Sanke, for example, is developed from the as the koi matures.

358 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y OTHER COLDWATER FISH In addition to goldfish and koi, many other fish from a wide range of families thrive in coldwater ponds, from small, colorful species, such as this Red Shiner (see also p.361), to prehistoric-looking sturgeon. However, the keeping of coldwater fish has raised environmental concerns, principally that imported exotic species may escape into the wild and endanger populations of native fish. As a result, there are legal restrictions on the sale and movement of some species. Dealers The Red Shiner should be familiar with these laws, but you can (Cyprinella lutrensis) check with the US Department of Agriculture is an attractive and (or, in Canada, the Department of Fisheries and easily maintained cyprinid. Oceans) for up-to-date regulations. Like most coldwater pond fish, it originates from temperate regions. Etheostoma caeruleum Gasterosteus aculeatus Lepomis humilis Orange-Throated Darter Three-Spined Stickleback Orange-Spotted Sunfish ORIGINS Southeastern Canada and eastern US, near the ORIGINS Occurs widely over much of Europe, northern ORIGINS North America, where it occurs in rivers and Great Lakes; also in Louisiana and Mississippi. Asia, and Africa. Also present in North America. lakes from Texas to North Dakota. SIZE 3 in (8 cm). SIZE 5 in (12.5 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Small livefoods and the eggs of other fish. DIET Prefers fresh and prepared livefoods. DIET Mainly livefoods of different types. WATER Temperature 39–68°F (4–20°C); hard WATER Temperature 39–68°F (4–20°C); soft WATER Temperature 39–72°F (4–22°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 7.0). (50–100 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0 ). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0). TEMPERAMENT Breeding males are territorial. TEMPERAMENT Males become territorial when breeding. TEMPERAMENT Occasionally aggressive. These small, bottom-dwelling fish are difficult to Three spiny projections The small size of these sunfish, coupled with their observe in ponds, but are more visible in well- lie flat along the back attractive appearance, means that they can be kept filtered coldwater aquariums. In a pond setting in coldwater aquariums as well as in ponds. Sexing they supplement their diet by feeding on aquatic Bony plates cover is quite straightforward, since only males display insect larvae. Male Orange-Throated Darters are the sides of the body more brightly colored than females. A rise in the distinctive reddish-orange spots, which are water temperature triggers breeding.The female These sticklebacks show a distinct difference in brown in females.The white edging around the coloration between the sexes during the spawning so-called “ear flap” behind each eye is another lays several hundred eggs over the period, when male fish become red and blue. point of recognition. Avoid housing them with course of two or three days, The male builds a nest out of plant matter and other sunfish, because they will hybridize readily. and buries them in mulm lures a succession of females inside so that they on the pond floor. can lay their eggs, which he fertilizes. In total, the nest may contain as many as 50 eggs from Male different females.The male guards the eggs, and also watches over the newly hatched fry. Ear-flap edging Male

O T H E R C O L D W A T E R F I S H ● 359 Acipenser gueldenstaedtii Acipenser stellatus Acipenser baerii Diamond Sturgeon Star Sterlet Siberian Sturgeon ORIGINS Europe and western Asia, inhabiting the Azov, ORIGINS Europe and western Asia, inhabiting the Azov, ORIGINS Rivers in Siberia, from the Kolyma to the Ob; Caspian, and Black seas; also ventures into rivers. Caspian, and Black seas; also ventures into rivers. also in some larger lakes, including Lake Baikal. SIZE 48 in (125 cm) in ponds. SIZE 60 in (150 cm). SIZE 78 in (200 cm). DIET Sturgeon pellets and livefoods. DIET Pellets high in oil and protein, plus livefoods. DIET Pellets high in oil and protein. Carnivorous. WATER Temperature 50–68°F (10–20°C); hard WATER Temperature 50–68°F (10–20°C); hard WATER Temperature 50–68°F (10–20°C); hard (150–200 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5 ). (150–200 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5 ). (150–200 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5 ). TEMPERAMENT May prey on small fish. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Peaceful. Young Diamond Sturgeon lose their characteristic As with other members of the sturgeon family, the white patterning as they mature, becoming grayer Star Sterlet generally grows much smaller in ponds with age. House them in a large, well-oxygenated than in the wild. It would naturally spend much of pond that is free from blanketweed, among which its early life in the sea, heading up rivers to spawn they can become trapped. Sturgeon are highly in fresh water when mature. Despite this, it can be susceptible to chemical poisoning, so avoid using algicides, which are toxic to these primitive fish, kept in an entirely freshwater environment, as are some medications. but it requires a large pond with a volume of at least 1,200 gallons (4,500 liters). Star Sterlets can be kept with koi. This fast-growing fish is gray or black on top, with white underparts. Like other sturgeons, it requires cool surroundings and highly oxygenated water. It digs with its snout for food, which in its natural habitat is mainly invertebrates. Spawning is not an annual event in the wild, but when a female does spawn, she may lay in excess of 400,000 eggs.This species does not normally breed in ponds. Acipenser ruthenus Sterlets are the most easily accommodated the clear water that these fish require. In the wild, members of the sturgeon family, typically growing Sterlets spawn between May and June, with some Sterlet more slowly and reaching a smaller size than their females producing more than 100,000 eggs, which relatives.Their name derives from the star-shaped hatch in about five days. However, these fish rarely ORIGINS Range extends from tributaries of rivers feeding bony scutes set into the skin. Sterlets are dark in breed in ponds.When buying young sturgeon, the Azov, Caspian, and Black seas to parts of Siberia. color, although juveniles have white lines along regardless of the species, avoid individuals SIZE 48 in (120 cm). their back and sides, and white borders on their with a slightly bent body shape.This is a sign of DIET Pellets high in oil and protein, plus livefoods. pectoral fins.The smaller, so-called albino variant malnutrition, which may be hard to reverse, even WATER Temperature 50–68°F (10–20°C); hard has a pale yellow coloration that shows up well in though specialist sturgeon diets are now available. (150–200 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5). TEMPERAMENT May prey on smaller companions.

360 ● P O N D F I S H D I R E C T O R Y Pimephales promelas Phoxinus erythrogaster Rhodeus sericeus Fathead Minnow Southern Red-Bellied Dace Bitterling ORIGINS Found through much of North America, from ORIGINS North America, extending from Minnesota ORIGINS Europe to the north of the Alps, although it Canada’s Great Slave Lake southward to Mexico. eastward to New York State. does not naturally occur in Scandinavia or Great Britain. SIZE 4 in (10 cm). SIZE 31⁄2 in (9 cm). SIZE 4 in (10 cm). DIET Flake and pelleted foods. DIET Flake, small pellets, and livefoods. DIET Eats a wide variety of foodstuffs, including pellets. WATER Temperature 50–77°F (10–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 50–77°F (10–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 50–70°F (10–21°C); hard (100–150 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral (pH 7.0 ). (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 7.0 ). TEMPERAMENT Active and social. TEMPERAMENT Relatively peaceful. TEMPERAMENT Lively and peaceful. A dark stripe extends The small size of these minnows means that their Blue streak in along the midline attractive coloration will be difficult to appreciate front of the in a pond setting, and they probably look best in caudal fin Brown is the natural coloration a coldwater aquarium. Good oxygenation and filtration is important, since their natural habitat Bitterling will breed successfully only if their pond Fathead Minnows are naturally brown, but there is houses Swan Mussels (Anodonta species).The also a yellowish strain called the Golden Minnow. is fast-flowing streams. Lowering the water female lays her eggs inside an open mussel using These lively shoalers are not entirely hardy, but they temperature over winter and increasing it again her prominent egg-laying tube, or ovipositor, can be moved into an indoor aquarium if necessary in spring should trigger spawning behavior.The which measures about 11⁄2 in (3.75 cm) long.The to protect them from extreme cold. Sexing is easy female scatters her eggs above the substrate. male then fertilizes the eggs before the mussel during spring, when the males develop white spots closes.The fry hatch and emerge from the mussel’s called tubercles on their gill plates.The female lays siphon tube about a month later. her eggs beneath rocks or raised pots, and the male guards them until they hatch about five days later. Tinca tinca Tench tend to be relatively inconspicuous, since Orange-red coloration they congregate at the bottom of the pond.They extends on to the fins Tench are fairly easy to keep, being unfussy about water conditions, although they dislike strong currents. ORIGINS Occurs naturally throughout much of Europe; Adult males are recognizable by their larger pelvic absent from the far south and Scandinavia. fins, but usually only young Tench are offered for SIZE 2 ft (60 cm). sale, which makes sexing difficult. A mature female DIET Eats pellets, which it may take at the surface. lays hundreds of thousands of eggs over the course WATER Temperature 32–86°F (0–30°C); hard of a year.The eggs hatch a week after being laid. (100–150 mg/l) and around neutral (pH 7.0 ). TEMPERAMENT Social; needs to be kept in small shoals. Red Tench This variety is distinguished by vivid orange- red coloration offset against variable dark markings, typically on the head and along the back. The appearance of Red Tench can be improved by color feeding. Red-and-White Tench As in Caudal peduncle is orfe, goldfish, and other carp, long and broad, as shown this coloration is the result of a by this young specimen natural mutation, which has been enhanced by selective breeding. Green Tench This is the natural color form, although its appearance may vary depending on its background. Fish living in water with dense vegetation are a much darker green than those inhabiting sparsely planted ponds.

O T H E R C O L D W A T E R F I S H ● 361 Leuciscus idus Silver Orfe Although this strain corresponds very closely Blue Orfe The coloration of Blue Orfe looks attractive to the wild color form, it is less commonly kept than the in isolation, but is not especially conspicuous in a pond Orfe Golden Orfe. The life-span of Orfe in pond surroundings setting. Unfortunately, however, Orfe generally grow too can be in excess of 15 years. large to be housed in a coldwater aquarium. ORIGINS Widely distributed through northern Europe, although it does not occur naturally in Norway. Golden Orfe Black speckles on the SIZE 24 in (60 cm). upperparts offset the orange-gold DIET Pond foods and livefoods. coloration, which is much richer in WATER Temperature 32–86°F (0–30°C); hard some individuals than others. The (100–150 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5). depth of orange coloration can be TEMPERAMENT Social and active by nature. improved by color feeding. Wild Orfe display the same coloration as the domesticated strain known as the Silver Orfe. All Orfe have a narrow, streamlined body shape, and need plenty of space for swimming, especially as they grow larger. Keep these fish in small groups to make them less nervous. On mild summer evenings, Orfe can often be seen patrolling just below the pond’s surface in search of gnats. At this time of year they are especially vulnerable to low oxygen levels in the water. Including a fountain or waterfall in their pond will help to address this problem by improving the level of dissolved oxygen in the water. Orfe are easy to sex in summer, since the females swell with eggs and mature males develop white tubercles on their gill plates and along the edges of the pectoral fins. These cyprinids can breed successfully by the time they are four years old.They lay their eggs among pond plants. Hatching can take nearly three weeks. Cyprinella lutrensis Scardinius erythrophthalmus Red coloration is evident on the fins Red Shiner Rudd Silver Rudd This is the natural color form, with a silvery ORIGINS North America, occurring in the Midwest, the ORIGINS Widely distributed in northern Europe, but sheen. Rudd can be distinguished from Roach (Ratilius Mississippi drainage basin, and northern Mexico. absent from much of Scotland and Scandinavia. ratilius) by the pelvic fins, which are located in front of SIZE 31⁄2 in (9 cm). SIZE 18 in (45 cm). the dorsal fin, rather than level with it, as in Roach. DIET Flake, livefoods, and small pellets. DIET Pond pellets will be eaten readily. WATER Temperature 50–77°F (10–25°C); hard WATER Temperature 32–93°F (0–34°C); hard (100–200 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5). (100–150 mg/l) and neutral to alkaline (pH 7.0–7.5). TEMPERAMENT Active and social. TEMPERAMENT Social, and peaceful with other species. A Red Shiner’s tank should include lots of These cyprinids are active shoalers that should swimming space, with planting restricted to the be kept in groups.They are often seen patrolling back and sides.The water must be well filtered and the upper reaches of the pond. Rudd sometimes oxygenated. Reduce the temperature over winter nibble aquatic plants, but they prefer to feed on to mimic the changes that occur in the wild.When invertebrates at the surface, often darting out you raise the temperature again in spring, males from beneath water lilies to snatch insects.The will become more colorful and females will swell males develop swellings on the head when with eggs. Spawning then occurs in the substrate. entering breeding condition. Females can lay more than 100,000 eggs in Male developing batches during spring and breeding coloration summer. Hatching may take up to two weeks. Gold Rudd This is a domesticated variant with a golden hue to its body. This coloration is especially evident on the head and back.

DIRECTORY OF POND PLANTS

364 ● P O N D P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y MARGINAL PLANTS These plants are more decorative than functional. However, when planted in containers on the marginal shelf—the ledge around the inside of preformed ponds, about 12 in (30 cm) below the surface—they can provide retreats for young fish. Marginals can also be grown as edging plants, giving the pond a more informal look and creating a barrier that makes it more difficult for predators to reach the fish. Some marginals trail down into the water, which helps to hide the perimeter from view. All the plants featured here are suitable for temperate climates, but some will benefit from protection in winter. A judicious selection of marginals adds floral interest to the pond throughout much of the year. The Skunk Cabbage (Lysichiton americanum) brings color in early spring. Rheum palmatum Sagittaria sagittifolia Myosotis scorpioides Chinese Rhubarb Arrowhead Water Forget-Me-Not ORIGINS Asia, where its distribution is restricted to Tibet ORIGINS North America, where it is widely distributed ORIGINS Europe and Asia, but it has now become and parts of China. throughout much of the United States. naturalized in parts of North America. SIZE Can grow up to 8 ft (2.5 m) tall. SIZE Attains a height of 3 ft (1 m). SIZE Typically reaches 6–12 in (15–30 cm) in height. WATER Grows best in moist soil around the perimeter of WATER Plant in damp soil around the edge of the pond, WATER Fares best in shallow water, rather than being the pond, rather than in water. Hardy to –20°F (–29°C). or on the marginal shelf. Hardy to –10°F (–23°C). submerged. Hardy to –20°F (–29°C). PROPAGATION Easily accomplished by division of the PROPAGATION Easily accomplished by the division of PROPAGATION Can be grown from seed or by the rhizome, although it can also be grown from seed. established plants. division of existing plants. This spectacular poolside plant grows well in both The green leaves of this hardy marginal are held The Water Forget-Me-Not is partial shade and full sun. In spite of its height, it vertically and shaped like arrowheads.White easy to grow, and can help to does not suffer badly from wind damage, so it can flowers on spikes are produced throughout the create a very informal edging be useful in exposed positions.The large leaves are summer. If you wish to restrict the spread of this around a pond, growing both around supported on strong stems.The most commonly fast-growing species, plant it in a container from the margins and also in shallow water. available cultivars have reddish flowers, while the the outset. It forms small tubers that resemble A number of different cultivars are flower spikes of the wild form are white. potatoes, and new plants can be grown from these. now established, of which ‘Mermaid’ is probably the most free-flowering, while ‘Semperflorens’ has a more compact growth pattern.The small, pale-blue flowers have tiny yellow eyes at the center, although in ‘Alba’ the blue coloration is replaced by white. Oblong leaves, which have a slightly hairy appearance

M A R G I N A L P L A N T S ● 365 Carex elata ‘Aurea’ Eriophorum angustifolium Bowles’ Golden Sedge Cotton Grass ORIGINS The native form is widely distributed ORIGINS Widely distributed in temperate regions of the throughout temperate regions of the world. northern hemisphere. SIZE Reaches about 24 in (60 cm) in height. SIZE Grows to a height of about 12 in (30 cm). WATER Can be grown in shallow water, or alternatively WATER Set on the marginal shelf 2 in (5 cm) below the in damp earth. Hardy to –20°F (–29°C). waterline, or in damp soil. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). PROPAGATION This can easily be accomplished by the PROPAGATION Usually by the division of the rootstock, division of existing plants in the spring. although it can also be grown from seed. Clumps of this golden-yellow sedge look their This member of the sedge family has distinctive best when set alongside contrasting red- or green- white flowers resembling cotton swabs that stand leaved marginals.This plant is not particularly on tall stems above its grasslike leaves. Despite its invasive, with individual clumps rarely exceeding rather delicate appearance, Cotton Grass grows 18 in (45 cm) in diameter.The brownish flower and spreads rapidly under favorable conditions. spikes are hard to see among the arching foliage. Preferring a position in full sun and acidic, peaty At the end of the growing season, cut back old soil, this marginal is often found in moorland foliage to ensure renewed growth in the spring. areas. Cotton Grass spreads underground by its rootstock, so it is likely to overrun the margins of a pond if it is not properly containerized. Hardy and evergreen, Cotton Grass will blend very effectively into an informal planting plan around the perimeter of a pond, especially when it is interspersed with taller, more statuesque plants. A related species, known scientifically as E. latifolium, is also occasionally available. It has similar growing needs, and can be distinguished from E. angustifolium by its wider leaves and the purplish-green coloration of its flowering spikes. Cyperus involucratus Umbrella Sedge ORIGINS In eastern parts of Africa, as well as on the island of Madagascar, off Africa’s southeast coast. SIZE Reaches a height of up to 24 in (60 cm). WATER Typically grows at the perimeter of the pond, or in shallow water. Minimum temperature 40°F (5°C). PROPAGATION By the division of existing plants in fall, although it can also be grown from seed. Umbrella Sedge is not frost-hardy, and requires winter protection in all but the mildest areas. It is best suited to being planted in a container that can be moved indoors before the first autumn frosts. Place the container in a trough of water in well-lit surroundings until late spring, when it will be safe to return the plant to the garden. In milder regions, Umbrella Sedge may survive outside if placed in deeper water than normal, which will prevent the base of the plant from becoming encased in ice.The flowers of Umbrella Sedge form on bracts during late summer.The arching leaves of this plant are an attractive light green when growing, but turn brown as fall approaches, with the seed-heads assuming a similar color. For a hardy alternative, Sweet Galingale (C. longus) survives to 0°F (–18°C), but it will still need to be set in a container, because its sharp roots may otherwise damage the pond liner.

366 ● P O N D P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y Zantedeschia aethiopica Acorus calamus Calla palustris Ethiopian Lily Sweet Flag Bog Arum ORIGINS This plant is native to southern and eastern ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout temperate parts ORIGINS Temperate regions of northern Europe and Asia, parts of Africa. of the northern hemisphere. and also North America. SIZE May reach up to 3 ft (90 cm) in height. SIZE Can grow to a height of 3 ft (1 m). SIZE Can grow to a height of 8 in (20 cm). WATER Set in containers on the marginal shelf down to WATER May be planted in damp ground, or 4 in (10 cm) WATER Can be grown on the marginal shelf down to a 8 in (20 cm), or in damp ground. Hardy to –10°F (–12°C). below the water’s surface. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). depth of 4 in (10 cm). Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). PROPAGATION This can be carried out by dividing clumps PROPAGATION This can be achieved easily by dividing PROPAGATION Easily accomplished by the division of the in the spring, and also by taking offsets. clumps in the spring. rhizomes in the spring. There are two forms of this rush, both of which have swordlike leaves resembling those of an iris.The wild green form grows more vigorously than the smaller variegated form, whose foliage is striped with creamy white. Sweet Flag grows well both in sunny conditions and in partial shade. Plant it in clumps for maximum impact.The flowers are fairly inconspicuous. Regular divisions of mature plants will encourage good growth. This arum lily’s dark green leaves emphasize its Although bearing a superficial resemblance to the large white flowers, with their golden central Ethiopian Lily (see left), Bog Arum can be identified spadix.The blooms, which may last for a month, by its smaller size and the lighter green coloration are replaced by yellow berries.The plant is most of its leaves.The white, flattened flowers may be likely to survive outside over winter if it is kept in fertilized by water snails rather than by insects. deep water, which will protect the base from ice. The reddish berries produced after flowering will “Crowborough” is the hardiest cultivar available. maintain the plant’s attractive appearance. Lysichiton americanum Yellow Skunk Cabbage ORIGINS North America, where this species occurs in western parts of the continent. SIZE May grow up to 4 ft (1.2 m) in height. WATER Plant in damp soil at the pond’s edge, or in pots 2 in (5 cm) underwater. Hardy to 0°F (–18°C). PROPAGATION Take offsets from established plants, or grow from seed. The striking yellow flowers of the Yellow Skunk Cabbage are produced in early spring, thus helping to brighten the pond at a time when other plants, such as water lilies, are barely stirring into growth. Measuring up to 8 in (20 cm) high, the flowers unfortunately have a rather unpleasant odor, as the plant’s name suggests.When it is in bloom, the large, deep green leaves, which are heavily veined like those of a cabbage, will emerge and start to unfurl.This lily fares best when set in relatively rich soil at the side of the pond, although it can also be grown in a container on the marginal shelf. It takes time forYellow Skunk Cabbage to become fully established, but it grows more rapidly from divisions than from seed.When growing from seed, sow in late summer, standing the seed pot in a tub of water to keep the seeds damp at all times.

M A R G I N A L P L A N T S ● 367 Iris ensata Iris pseudacorus Japanese Clematis-Flowered Iris Yellow Flag ORIGINS Asia, where it can still be found growing wild in ORIGINS Extends from parts of Europe southward to parts of Japan. North Africa, and eastward into Asia. SIZE Reaches a height of about 3 ft (1 m). SIZE Grows up to 5 ft (1.5 m) in height. WATER Grows better around the pond’s edges, rather WATER Plant either around the pond or in submerged than in the water itself. Hardy to –20°F (–29°C). pots on the marginal shelf. Hardy to –20° F (–29°C). PROPAGATION Can only be increased reliably by PROPAGATION Most quickly accomplished by dividing dividing existing clumps. rhizomes. Can also be grown from seed. This particular iris is one of the most This hardy iris has green leaves and buttercup- beautiful of all poolside flowers, thanks yellow flowers with reddish markings at the top to its large petals, with their relatively of the petals. It blooms fairly early in summer, and broad, flattened shape. It is now although the individual flowers last only for about available in a wide range of a day, a number are produced in succession up colors, from white to pink and the flower stem.Yellow Flag grows rapidly, and lavender, to shades of purple or in ponds it is best to set the rhizomes in marginal blue. Japanese Clematis-Flowered pots to restrict its spread and protect the liner. Irises look best when planted together in groups of the same color. For this reason you should avoid buying a mixed batch of plants, and opt only for named color varieties.These irises dislike being permanently waterlogged, and certainly should be removed from the pond before winter if they are set in containers.They can then be planted in the ground, but must never be allowed to dry out. Choose a sheltered, sunny position where they will not be affected by the wind. Butomus umbellatus Aponogeton distachyos Typha latifolia Flowering Rush Water Hawthorn Common Cattail ORIGINS Naturally found in Europe, Asia, and North ORIGINS Originally from southern Africa, but now occurs ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout much of Europe Africa, but now also occurs in parts of North America. in Europe, Australia, and South America. and North America. SIZE Grows up to 5 ft (1.5 m). SIZE Leaves may reach 8 in (20 cm) long. SIZE Can reach 6 ft (2 m) in height. WATER Will thrive in boggy ground, or in shallow water WATER Extremely adaptable, thriving in water up to WATER Thrives in shallow water, down to a depth of to a depth of 5 in (12.5 cm). Hardy to –20°F (–29°C). 2 ft (60 cm) deep. Hardy to 20°F (–7°C). about 12 in (30 cm). Hardy to –40°F (–40°C). PROPAGATION Achieved by dividing established clumps PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome. Can also be grown PROPAGATION Easily achieved by splitting clumps of of the plant. from seeds, which it produces readily. established plants. The dark green leaves of this rush are 1⁄2 in (1.25 The cattail’s distinctive female flower is soft, dark cm) wide and up to 3 ft (90 cm) long, with sharp brown, and measures up to 9 in (22.5 cm) long. edges that apparently deter cattle from eating them The paler male flower is carried above this on in the wild. From midsummer onward, the plant the same sturdy stem.The flowers may be cut produces spikes of reddish-white flowers, which and dried for use as winter decorations.The are displayed as clusters on stems above the leaves. cattail can be invasive unless its spread is curtailed Flowering Rush makes an attractive addition to the by a suitable container. It grows rapidly, and can border of the pond.While it prefers a sunny spot, contribute to the silting up of larger ponds, since it tends not to thrive in very hot climates. mud becomes trapped in its dense root network. Water Hawthorn will spread across the surface of the pond, readily producing white blooms that have dark centers and a strong smell of vanilla. This marginal grows best in temperate regions, flowering first in the spring and then again in the early fall.Water Hawthorn survives best if set at a depth at which the tubers will not freeze.

368 ● P O N D P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y Pontederia cordata Mimulus guttatus Pickerel Weed Monkey Flower ORIGINS This plant occurs naturally in eastern parts of ORIGINS Occurs naturally in western parts of Canada North America. and the US. SIZE May grow to 3 ft (1 m) tall. SIZE Can reach up to 3 ft (1 m) in height. WATER Grows well on the marginal shelf, to a depth of WATER Grows underwater in the winter, and then puts 5 in (12.5 cm). Hardy to –40°F (–40°C). up sprouts during the spring. Hardy to –10°F (–23°C). PROPAGATION Can be rooted easily by breaking off PROPAGATION Can be grown quite easily from seed, as pieces from existing rootstock. well as from cuttings. This plant has broad, tapering green leaves and This is one of the hardiest of the Mimulus species, upright flowers. Although Pickerel Weed tends which grow wild in the Americas as far south as to be quite slow growing in spring, it has a long Chile.Wide hybridization of the Monkey Flower flowering period that lasts well into late summer, has produced many different varieties. Appreciated when other plants are finished blooming. Pickerel for its vivid flowers, it is usually cultivated as an Weed prefers a position in full sun, either planted annual, even though some varieties can overwinter. in a damp spot such as a bog garden adjacent to Monkey Flower seeds should be sown in the spring. a pond, or permanently submerged in the pond itself. In addition to P. cordata, some other forms of Pickerel Weed are available.Those found in more southerly parts of the US—such as the White- Flowered Pickerel Weed (P. alba), which is naturally restricted to northern Florida—are unlikely to be as hardy as P. cordata.The roots of these marginals should not be allowed to become frozen in ice if they are to continue growing again the following year. Pickerel Weed can spread rapidly, and since it looks best in clumps, set the roots in relatively large planting baskets at the outset. Thalia dealbata Lysimachia nummularia Geum rivale Water Canna Creeping Jenny Water Avens ORIGINS Occurs in southern parts of the US and across ORIGINS Natural distribution in the wild is restricted to ORIGINS Found in temperate regions of Europe, Asia, the border into Mexico. parts of central Europe. and North America. SIZE Can reach up to 6 ft (2 m) in height. SIZE Can grow to a height of 6 in (15 cm). SIZE Can grow to a height of 12 in (30 cm). WATER Needs to be planted quite deep in the pond, WATER Grows best around the edges of ponds, rather WATER Grow in shallow water, or in damp soil around down as far as 18 in (45 cm). Hardy to 0°F (–18°C). than in the water itself. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). the edges of the pond. Hardy to –40°F (–40°C). PROPAGATION This is easily achieved by the division of PROPAGATION Divide established plants or take cuttings. PROPAGATION Take cuttings, which will root easily. the rootstock. Can also be grown from seed. Can also be grown from seed. Hardier than its distribution might suggest, this This low-growing member of the primula family Water Avens is a good choice Water Canna’s angular leaves unfold off a central spreads by shoots, which can reach more than for the surroundings of a pond, stem, which in late summer may be crowned with 12 in (30 cm) in length.With yellow, cup-shaped where low groundcover is a purple flower spike.This plant does well in the flowers and green leaves, Creeping Jenny provides needed. Its green leaves are deeper areas of a pond, especially in temperate excellent groundcover around the pond edge, even reminiscent of those of zones, since this provides the rootstock with a in shady areas. However, it grows vigorously, and strawberries. A number of barrier against ice. For added protection in winter, may even invade the lawn.The variety L.n. ‘Aurea’ different cultivars are now the stems can be wrapped in burlap. is often a better choice, being less invasive and also established, so that plants more attractive, thanks to its golden leaves. with flowers of varying colors are available, ranging from the natural purplish-pink through to shades of orange and yellow.Water Avens is a hardy perennial that will regrow well in spring after being cut back in fall. Each stem produces more than one flower bud

M A R G I N A L P L A N T S ● 369 Gunnera manicata Ranunculus lingua ‘Grandiflorus’ Caltha palustris Gunnera Giant Water Buttercup Marsh Marigold ORIGINS South America, where it grows along ORIGINS Found in temperate regions of Europe, Asia, ORIGINS Widely distributed throughout much of North waterways in Colombia and Brazil. and North America. America, Europe, and Asia. SIZE Stems can grow up to 6 ft (2 m) tall. SIZE Can grow up to 30 in (75 cm) tall. SIZE Can grow 12 in (30 cm) or more in height. WATER Grow beside the pond, rather than in the water WATER Plant in the pond itself, down to 5 in (12.5 cm), WATER Plant in damp ground around the edge of the itself. Hardy to –0°F (–18°C). or in marshy surroundings. Hardy to –20°F (–29°C). pond, or in shallow water. Hardy to –40°F (–40°C). PROPAGATION Can be carried out by the division of PROPAGATION Easily propagated by the division of its PROPAGATION This can be achieved by the division of existing plants. May also be grown from seed. tuberous rootstock. Can also be grown from seed. existing plants, or by growing from seed. This is the most spectacular of all the buttercups, thanks to its large size and the vivid yellow flowers it produces in spring. Like other members of its family, the Giant Water Buttercup can become rampant if its growth is unchecked, so it should be set in marginal containers from the outset.The leaf shape is variable, being broader and longer on stems that do not form flowering shoots. With leaves up to 6 ft (2 m) wide and greenish Flowering both readily and early in the year, Marsh flower spikes standing 3 ft (1 m) tall, this marginal Marigolds look best when planted in small groups. needs very spacious surroundings. Gunnera, also Several cultivars now exist, including the double- known as Giant Rhubarb, grows rapidly in a sunny bloomed ‘Flore Plena’, which may flower again in yet sheltered location with rich, damp soil.When early autumn, and a less vigorous Himalayan white it dies back in winter, use the leaves to mulch the form, C. p. var. alba.The leaves of Marsh Marigolds crown, which will help to prevent frost damage. may suffer from mildew later in the year. Asplenium scolopendrium Hart’s-Tongue Fern ORIGINS This species occurs naturally in temperate parts of Europe. SIZE Individual fronds can be up to 16 in (40 cm) long. WATER Grow in moist soil around the water’s edge. Never submerge this plant. Hardy to –10°F (–23°C). PROPAGATION Divide plants or take leaf cuttings. Propagates naturally through the dispersion of spores. The attractive shape of ferns makes them a popular choice for the surroundings of a pond, and numerous species grow well in such locations. Hart’s-Tongue Fern is one of the hardy ferns, ideal for temperate areas. It has an upright growth habit, especially in the case of new fronds, which are pale green but become darker as they mature. The leaves are wavy and up to 2 in (5 cm) wide. Although ferns will not thrive if kept saturated, they do require a relatively high level of humidity. Plant them in a shady spot where they can draw moisture, such as in a crack in the rockwork around the pond, or even adjacent to a waterfall, where they will benefit from the water spray even in dry weather. Kept in favorable surroundings, they will soon start to reproduce. Small offspring may develop in tiny crevices and grow successfully if they are not allowed to dry out. Ferns generally prefer a shady location, out of direct sunlight.

370 ● P O N D P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y OXYGENATORS These plants, which grow beneath the water’s surface, play a crucial role in creating a healthy environment for pond fish, because they release oxygen into the water as a by-product of photosynthesis.They also help to maintain water clarity by competing for dissolved nutrients with particulate algae (which are responsible for the green hue of pond water). Some species also produce highly attractive flowers. Oxygenators can, however, become rampant, and it may be necessary to remove clumps to ensure that the fish have adequate swimming space. Bubbles of oxygen stream from the leaves of Canadian Pondweed (Elodea canadensis). Bubbles produced by oxygenators can be seen rising to the surface of ponds on sunny days when the water is calm. Ranunculus aquatilis Myriophyllum spicatum Elodea canadensis Water Crowfoot Eurasian Water Milfoil Canadian Pondweed ORIGINS Occurs naturally in parts of North America ORIGINS Grows widely in parts of Europe, Asia, and ORIGINS Naturally occurs in North America, but now and Europe. North Africa; a similar species exists in the US. established in Europe. SIZE Grows in clumps up to 3 ft (1 m) in diameter. SIZE Strands may reach 10 ft (3 m) in length. SIZE Strands can easily grow to 12 in (30 cm) or more. WATER Grows well in both flowing and still water. WATER Plant up to 3 ft (1 m) deep, in brackish and fresh WATER Thrives in clear water in a sunny position. Hardy Hardy to –20°F (–29°C). water. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). to –20°F (–29°C). PROPAGATION Take stem cuttings during the growing PROPAGATION Take stem cuttings from established PROPAGATION Break off pieces about 6 in (15 cm) from season, or sow seeds in late summer. plants in spring or summer. the growing tip. Does not need to be planted. This member of the buttercup family has two leaf The relatively small, dark green leaves help to forms: finely segmented leaves that grow under- distinguish Canadian Pondweed from similar water, and broader ones that float on the surface. species. Pondweed grows readily, especially during Its flowers, which are white with bright buttercup- the warmer months of the year, and is sufficiently yellow centers, are often held above the water. hardy to survive the winter outdoors in temperate As with other oxygenators, cuttings of Water areas. Pondweed is sold as sprigs that simply need Crowfoot can be rooted in containers set on the to be attached to a weight so that they sink to the pond floor. Start them off on the marginal shelf bottom.The sprigs will soon start to grow and (see p.364) and then move them to deeper water. provide a valuable refuge for young fry. Eurasian Water Milfoil spreads rapidly, forming dense thickets that look attractive in shallow water. Its delicate whorls are usually green but sometimes have a reddish hue.The plant may produce small yellowish-white flowers during summer. Eurasian Water Milfoil is an invasive plant that can clog rivers and lakes with dense mats of vegetation, and it should never be released into natural waterways.

O X Y G E N A T O R S ● 371 Utricularia vulgaris Ceratophyllum demersum root, but if in contact with a substrate, the leaves will start to anchor the plant in place. Over the Common Bladderwort Hornwort course of the growing period, hornwort forms long strands. As the leaves start to die back, the ORIGINS Widely distributed in temperate parts of ORIGINS May have originated in Asia, but now occurs budlike tips of the strands drop off (or can be Europe, Asia, and North America. throughout temperate regions of the world. cut off) and sink to the bottom of the pond, and SIZE Stems reach 6 to 18 in (15–45 cm) in length. SIZE Stalks may reach up to 24 in (60 cm) in length. it is from these buds that new plants will develop WATER Prefers relatively calm water in a sunny position. WATER Not fussy about water chemistry; grows well in the following spring. By the end of the growing Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). both sun and shade. Hardy to –10°F (23°C). season, Hornwort becomes very straggly, so it is PROPAGATION Remove young plantlets from an PROPAGATION Break up the stems of established plants best to pull out the plants at this stage. Hornwort established plant during the growing season. during the growing season. is strictly aquatic and dies back if exposed to the air for any length of time. It is also fragile, and The unusual name of this plant originates from the breaks easily when handled. distinctive broad shape of its growing tip, which is reminiscent of a cow’s horn. Hornworts do not This slow-growing, rootless carnivorous plant has bladderlike structures among its foliage; as well as providing buoyancy, they also trap tiny aquatic creatures, including newly hatched fry. In summer it produces a cluster of yellow flowers held above the water on a strong stem. Bladderwort may become choked by blanketweed (see p.319). Fontinalis antipyretica Hottonia palustris Willow Moss Water Violet ORIGINS Widely distributed in parts of Europe, Asia, ORIGINS Found naturally in the wild throughout North Africa, and North America. much of Europe. SIZE Stems can grow to a length of 20 in (50 cm). SIZE Can grow to a height of more than 3 ft (1 m). WATER Prefers clear water, but tolerates either sun or WATER Thrives best under acidic water conditions with a shade. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). pH of 6.0–6.5. Hardy to –20°F (–29°C). PROPAGATION Break off branches from established PROPAGATION Divide clumps during the growing plants and attach them to submerged objects. season, or take cuttings. Although this hardy moss does not flower, it Despite its name, this plant is not related to the has an attractive appearance. It fares best violet, but actually belongs to the primrose in ponds free of filamentous algae, and is particularly suited to areas around family.The large surface area of Water Violet’s waterfalls, since it naturally fine foliage makes it a valuable oxygenator. occurs in fast-flowing During summer, plants develop flower spikes that streams.Willow Moss stand more than 12 in (30 cm) above the water’s will attach itself by its surface.The leaves on the flower spikes are more roots to submerged compact than the fine, feathery foliage that Water objects, such as planting Violet displays on its submerged parts.The flower containers and rocks. color itself can be quite variable, ranging from Hold pieces in place white through pinkish-lilac to blue. As the flowers with a rubber band fade, the flower stems falls back into the water, until the roots get and the seedheads develop.Water Violet dies back a firm grip. naturally in the fall, when the plants form so- called winter buds, or turions, from which new Leaves vary in plants will grow again the following spring. color from green Although Water Violet is hardy, it tends to thrive to olive-brown only in clear water, and it will be adversely affected by any buildup of filamentous algae in the pond.

372 ● P O N D P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y FLOATING PLANTS These plants are not renowned for their flowers, but they give the pond a more natural feel and are important for the well-being of the fish.They spread to form a dense mass, protecting the fish from predators, especially birds, and also from sunburn, in addition to curbing algal growth. Furthermore, they provide spawning sites and food for some species of fish. Floating plants are easy to establish—simply let them drift on the surface until they find a suitable position—and they develop much faster in a new pond than other types of plants, Water Chestnut such as marginals and water lilies. Some popular (Trapa natans) now varieties originate from warm climates, and are occurs far beyond its not hardy in temperate areas.They should be native habitat, and may brought inside to protect them from winter frosts. create environmental problems in these new localities. Azolla caroliniana Trapa natans Eichhornia crassipes Carolina Fairy Moss Water Chestnut Water Hyacinth ORIGINS Occurs naturally from the US to South America, ORIGINS A native European species, it is now naturalized ORIGINS South America, but now naturalized in many but now naturalized in parts of Europe. in parts of the US and Australia. other areas, including Africa. Banned in some places. SIZE Leaves each measure about 1⁄2 in (1.5 cm) long. SIZE Rosettes can reach up to 30 in (75 cm) in diameter. SIZE Leaves 4 in (10 cm) long; flower spikes 6 in (15 cm). WATER This plant needs clear water in order to thrive. WATER Prefers still or slow-moving water. Min. temp. WATER Prefers calm water, so keep away from fountains. Hardy to 0°F (–18°C). 32°F (0°C). This annual plant dies off before winter. Hardy to 32°F (0°C). PROPAGATION Reproduces asexually, so simply divide up PROPAGATION Grown easily from its chestnutlike seeds, PROPAGATION Split small plantlets off the sides of a clump, preferably in spring. which can be set in pots of aquatic soil. existing clumps. This floating green fern spreads rapidly over the This plant gets its name from its mauve blooms, pond’s surface, so its growth may have to be kept which resemble hyacinth flowers. Air trapped in in check. Fairy Moss becomes more reddish during the leaf bases provides buoyancy and enables the summer. It dies back in fall and sinks to the plants to float. Hidden beneath the surface are bottom, but resurfaces again in spring. In temperate long, trailing roots that provide spawning sites for areas, overwinter some of the fern indoors in an goldfish and protection for fry.Water Hyacinth aquarium, or in a plastic container of water on spreads rapidly in warm climates and should never a windowsill; otherwise, the entire stock may be released into natural waterways, where it can be destroyed by very cold weather. cause serious environmental and economic damage. This annual plant has serrated edges on its green, purple-centered leaves, which grow in the form of a rosette.The inconspicuous white flowers are followed by large black fruits, which can be left to overwinter in the pond. Otherwise, store them indoors in damp sphagnum moss.They must not dry out if they are to germinate in the spring.

F L O A T I N G P L A N T S ● 373 Lemna species Stratiotes aloides Pistia stratiotes Duckweed Water Soldier Water Lettuce ORIGINS Found throughout the world, in both temperate ORIGINS Occurs naturally in parts of Europe and as far ORIGINS Originally from Florida and the Gulf Coast of and tropical regions outside polar areas. east as northwest Asia. the US; now present in warmer areas worldwide. SIZE Tiny leaves measure about 1⁄3 in (0.8 cm) across. SIZE Can reach up to 20 in (50 cm) in height. SIZE Can reach 6–12 in (15–30 cm) in height. WATER Grows well in any depth of water, but prefers WATER Prefers hard water with little or no movement, WATER Prefers still water and a sunny location. relatively little movement. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). and a sunny location. Hardy to –20°F (29°C). Minimum temperature 50°F (10°C). PROPAGATION Simply split off a few pieces from a mat, PROPAGATION Detach winter buds, or remove young PROPAGATION Separate young plantlets from large and these will soon start to replicate. plantlets in spring. plants. Water lettuce may occasionally set seed. This plant is only seen on the surface in summer, when it produces white flowers on short stems. Distinct male and female plants do occur, but Water Soldier usually reproduces by division, rather than by seeding.The calcium carbonate it absorbs from its hard-water surroundings causes it to sink to the bottom in winter, where it throws out side shoots called turions.These produce new plants in spring. Duckweed is often accidentally introduced into a The green, velvety leaves of Water Lettuce grow pond with other plants. Once present, it spreads in the form of a rosette above the water’s surface, rapidly, providing cover for fish and even food for while its long, feathery roots, measuring up to some species. Scoop it out with a net if it threatens 18 in (45 cm) long, provide valuable breeding sites to form a suffocating mat over the entire pond. and cover for fish.The small, whitish flowers are You can restrict its spread by using a fountain to easily overlooked.Water Lettuce is sensitive to create surface movement. Duckweed does not cold temperatures, and so must be brought inside compete well with other floating plants or lilies. if it is to survive the winter in temperate areas. Orontium aquaticum Golden Club ORIGINS Occurs naturally in eastern parts of Canada and the US. SIZE Spread is 24–30 in (60–75 cm). WATER Start off in a shallow, sunny position; can later be moved to deeper water. Hardy to –10°F (–23°C). PROPAGATION Divide mature plants in spring or fall, or sow seeds during summer. The versatile Golden Club can be cultivated either as a floating plant, or as a marginal in shallow water around the edge of the pond, where it will look particularly attractive against waterside irises and primulas in early summer.The appearance of Golden Club varies accordingly, with the lance- like leaves measuring about 18 in (45 cm) in the shallows, but rarely exceeding 12 in (30 cm) when floating in deeper water.The leaves are mid-green above, and often purplish beneath. Golden Club blooms from late spring to midsummer, producing unusual blooms that are white at the base and yellow toward their tips. Golden Club is hardy in temperate areas, and capable of forming large clumps. Plant the rhizomes of Golden Club in deep containers, since this species develops a large root system. Do not allow plants to root by themselves, because it is difficult to move clumps successfully once they have become established.

374 ● P O N D P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y WATER LILIES AND LOTUSES Water lilies are among the most attractive of all pond plants, and relatively easy to keep.They help to maintain the water quality in the pond, because their roots absorb nitrates produced by the decomposition of fish feces. A mat of lily leaves on the pond’s surface will reduce the amount of sunlight entering the water, protecting the fish from sunburn and restricting algal growth. It will also enable the fish to dart out of sight when a predator’s shadow darkens the pond. Do not plant tropical lilies in water that is below 75°F (24°C); otherwise, they may not grow but simply remain dormant or even rot. Like many of today’s water lilies, Red Laydeker (Nymphaea x laydekeri ‘Fulgens’) is hardy, since its ancestry includes Nymphaea alba var. rubra, which grows wild in Sweden. Tropical varieties are only suitable for indoor ponds in cold climates. Nymphaea ‘Pearl of the Pool’ Nymphaea pygmaea ‘Helvola’ Nymphaea ‘Aurora’ Pearl of the Pool Helvola Aurora ORIGINS Bred from N. ‘Pink Opal’ crossed with ORIGINS Thought to be the result of crossings involving ORIGINS Believed to have been created by crossings of N. marliacea ‘Rosea’. N. tetragona and N. mexicana. N. alba var. rubra with N. mexicana. SIZE Leaves may spread to 5 ft (1.5 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 3 ft (1 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 3 ft (1 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). to –30°F (–34°C). to –30°F (–34°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome. Plants can be placed PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome. May also set seed PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the down to a depth of 30 in (75 cm). on occasions. growing period. This water lily, which was created in the US, One of the so-called Marliac hybrids, the free- became the first hardy cultivar to be patented in flowering ‘Aurora’ was created at the end of the 1946. It remains popular today, since it flowers 19th century in France by Joseph Latour-Marliac. quite freely once established, especially when The blooms, which typically last for three days, planted in a large container.The pink blooms are undergo a dramatic change in color.They are cup-shaped when they open, but become stellate yellowish-apricot at first, darkening to orange-red (starlike) as they mature.They are also fragrant, on the second day, and finally appearing burgundy- adding to the plant’s appeal.The maximum leaf red before dying off.The leaves are green on top, diameter is about 10 in (25 cm). with purple undersides. This water lily’s dainty yellow flowers, which measure no more than 2 in (5 cm) in diameter, are produced in profusion. ‘Helvola’ tends to flower later in the season than its larger relatives. In addition, the blooms open and close later in the day than those of other water lilies.The small olive leaves are another attractive feature, being heavily blotched with purple on their upper surface.

W A T E R L I L I E S A N D L O T U S E S ● 375 Nymphaea ‘Comanche’ Nymphaea ‘Froebeli’ Comanche Froebeli ORIGINS Ancestry is unclear; this variety was produced ORIGINS This cultivar was developed from a seedling of by Joseph Latour-Marliac’s breeding program. N. alba var. rubra. SIZE Leaves spread to about 5 ft (1.5 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 3 ft (1 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). to –30°F (–34°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the growing period. growing period. With their bright flowers and contrasting dark, This late-flowering variety is an example of the purple-flecked leaves, these free-flowering water dedication that can be involved in breeding lilies can create an impressive effect when planted water lilies. It was created in the 19th century as a group.The color of ‘Comanche’ flowers, like over a period of 40 years by its creator, Otto those of ‘Aurora’, varies with age.They are initially Froebeli of Zurich, who started from a single apricot with a darker center, then golden-orange, seedling. Its petals should be burgundy- and finally orange.The flowers also change shape, red, offset against orange-red stamens with as in ‘Aurora’, starting off cuplike and growing yellow anthers.The squarish blooms are about stellate toward the end of their blooming period. 4 in (10 cm) across.The leaves are bronze when they first unfurl, and then turn green. They are relatively small, rarely exceeding 6 in (15 cm) in width.‘Froebeli’ flowers freely, creating an impressive display, and it is especially suitable for growing in colder areas, although it prefers a sunny site.This cultivar can even be grown successfully in a patio tub, where fish may be housed temporarily over the summer. Nymphaea ‘Gonnère’ Nymphaea ‘René Gérard’ Gonnère René Gérard ORIGINS Bred from N. tuberosa ‘Richardsonii’ crossed ORIGINS Ancestry is unclear; this variety was produced with another water lily of unknown origins. by Joseph Latour-Marliac’s breeding program. SIZE Leaves may spread to about 4 ft (1.2 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 5 ft (1.5 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). to –30°F (–34°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start growing period. of the growing period. This variety is often available under the name of Created at the Latour-Marliac nursery in France ‘Snowball’. It has ball-shaped white flowers with in 1914, ‘René Gérard’ has endeared itself to upward-curving petals, and dark green leaves that pond enthusiasts because of the ease with measure up to 10 in (25 cm) across. Although it which it can be grown. Another factor grows vigorously, it has a short flowering season. underlying its popularity is its free-flowering Like all water lilies, it may take a year or two to nature.The star-shaped blooms are relatively large become established. compared to the leaves, measuring up to 9 in (23 cm) in diameter.The lightly fragranced flowers are predominantly rose pink, with darker flecking especially evident on the outer petals.The central area of the flower is a crimson shade, while the stamens are yellow.Variable darker streaking extends into the pale pink areas, although this inconsistency in coloring does not have universal appeal. At the back of the green, almost circular leaves there is a deep,V-shaped indentation. Mature leaves typically reach up to about 11 in (28 cm) in diameter; new leaves display an attractive bronzy tone on their upper surface.

376 ● P O N D P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y Nymphaea odorata var. minor Nymphaea odorata ‘Sulphurea Grandiflora’ Nymphaea ‘Rose Airey’ Odorata Minor Sunrise Rose Airey ORIGINS Found in Newfoundland through eastern North ORIGINS Created in France in 1888, probably from ORIGINS Created in the US in 1913, probably from America to the Caribbean. N. odorata var. gigantea x N. mexicana. N. odorata stock, but precise origins are unknown. SIZE Leaves may spread to about 4 ft (1.2 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 5 ft (1.5 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 5 ft (1.5 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). (–34°C). (–34°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the growing period. May self-seed. growing period. growing period. May also self-seed. The eye-catching yellow flowers of ‘Sunrise’ rank among the largest of all the hardy water lilies, up to 10 in (25 cm) in diameter. It only grows well in reasonably warm localities, however, and produces twisted leaves in the spring if the weather is cold. This plant was given the alternative name Nymphaea ‘Sunrise’ by a California supplier around 1930. N. odorata var. minor is a stable cultivar whose This strain was created by breeder Helen Fowler at fragrant, pure white petals contrast with the bright Kenilworth Gardens,Washington, DC, and named yellow stamens and green leaves. Flower size can after her cousin. It requires a large basket, about be increased by planting it in special aquatic soil. 24 x 24 x 12 in (60 x 60 x 30 cm), to allow the In the wild, its flowers vary greatly in appearance rhizomes to multiply. It grows slowly, but the pink across its extensive range, with some forms having flowers are fragrant and beautifully proportioned. much broader petals than others. The green leaves are purple when they first unfurl. Nymphaea ‘Lucida’ Lucida ORIGINS From the breeding program of Joseph Latour- Marliac; its ancestry is unknown. SIZE Leaves may spread to about 5 ft (1.5 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the growing period. As is the case with a number of other Marliac cultivars of uncertain origin, it is thought that ‘Lucida’ may have arisen simply from bee pollination during the course of Joseph Latour- Marliac’s breeding program, rather than from deliberate crossings between plants. ‘Lucida’ is essentially a red variety, although the outer petals are more pinkish in color, with the stamens being deep yellow.The color of the individual flowers becomes more intense with age.The leaves, too, are attractive—their upper surfaces are green with prominent purple mottling. ‘Lucida’ flowers freely, but care needs to be taken because it is more susceptible than many other water lilies to the disease called crown rot, which is caused by Phytophthora fungus. (Make sure plants are not affected before buying.) Removing an affected water lily from the pond and treating it separately with a fungicide may resolve the problem.

W A T E R L I L I E S A N D L O T U S E S ● 377 Nymphaea caroliniana ‘Nivea’ Nymphaea ‘Madame Wilfron Gonnère’ Caroliniana Nivea Madame Wilfron Gonnère ORIGINS Created by Joseph Latour-Marliac in 1893, this ORIGINS Created soon after 1912, but this cultivar’s cultivar includes N. odorata in its parentage. ancestry is unclear. SIZE Leaves may spread to about 5 ft (1.5 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 4 ft (1.2 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). (–34°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the growing period. growing period. The popularity of this white cultivar has faded over This beautiful pink water lily is easy to recent years in the face of competition from other, grow, and will flower for many years once more free-flowering varieties. Nevertheless, it established, producing double blooms produces large, very fragrant blooms, typically resembling those of a peony. It should not be up to 6 in (15 cm) across, with the leaves being confused with the cultivar known as ‘Gonnère’ entirely green on both surfaces. Plant ‘Caroliniana (see p.377), although it does have a similar Nivea’ so that the rhizomes have space to spread. flower shape. ‘Madame Wilfron Gonnère’ is yet another cultivar created at Joseph Latour-Marliac’s nursery in Temple-sur-Lot, near Bordeaux, France, although it was not developed until after his death in 1911.The flowers of ‘Madame Wilfron Gonnère’ are rather ball-shaped when in bud, but they open rapidly and stay open until late in the afternoon.There is a slight color change as the flowers mature, with the petals becoming a darker shade of pink. Fully open, they measure about 5 in (12.5 cm) in diameter.The leaves, which can be double the flower size, are green, with early leaves often displaying a yellowish stripe in the spring. Nymphaea ‘Vesuve’ Nymphaea x laydekeri ‘Fulgens’ Vesuve Fulgens ORIGINS Created by M. Latour-Marliac in 1906, but this ORIGINS Created by Joseph Latour-Marliac in 1895, but cultivar’s ancestry is unknown. this cultivar’s ancestry is unknown. SIZE Leaves may spread to about 4 ft (1.2 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 5 ft (1.5 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). (–34°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the growing period. growing period. ‘Vesuve’ blooms over a longer period than most The flowering period of ‘Fulgens’ begins in early hardy water lilies.The stellate flowers, with their spring and can continue into fall, with the cup- dark orange stamens, are predominantly red, shaped, deep red blooms darkening as they becoming a deeper, fiery shade as they age.The mature.The stamens are fiery red, while the concave petals are quite distinctive, and often outer sepals around the bud are streaked appear to be folded along their length. Because of with rose pink.The leaves are purplish- its glowing color, this water lily was named after green at first, turning fully green as they Mount Vesuvius, the Italian volcano. age.This fast-growing hybrid establishes itself quickly, flowering profusely yet not choking the pond with its leaves. It can be included in a small pond, but is ideal for large expanses of water, where a number planted close together create a spectacular display. Choose a sunny site, both to encourage early growth in the spring and to maximize the flowering period.The scientific name commemorates Joseph Latour-Marliac’s son-in- law, Maurice Laydeker, who took over the running of the nursery after his father-in-law’s death.

378 ● P O N D P L A N T D I R E C T O R Y Nymphaea ‘James Brydon’ Nymphaea x marliacea ‘Chromatella’ James Brydon Chromatella ORIGINS Ancestral species probably included N. alba var. ORIGINS This cultivar was bred in France from N. alba rubra, N. candida, and a N. x laydekeri hybrid. crossed with N. mexicana. SIZE Leaves may spread to about 4 ft (1.2 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 3 ft (1 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F (–34°C). (–34°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the growing period. growing period. Created by Dreer Nurseries in Philadelphia during ‘Chromatella’ (also known as Golden Cup) is a the late 1890s, ‘James Brydon’ soon built up an proven variety of long standing. Its yellow blooms international following, which it maintains to this have golden centers and measure up to 6 in day.This colorful cultivar is very resistant to (15 cm) across.The green leaves with reddish- disease, especially to fungal crown rot. It will brown blotches are attractive in their own right. flower even when sited in partial shade, and can grow well in shallow water.The raised Chromatella grows well even goblet shape of the flowers, which reach in shady places, and up to 6 in (15 cm) in diameter, is flowers throughout particularly striking.The flowers are the season. Check naturally two-toned, with paler outer the rootstock of petals and a more reddish center, offset this vigorous against yellow stamens.The fragrance of plant regularly, the flowers is also unusual, being said to and divide it as resemble that of ripe apples.The leaves required. The are an attractive purplish-brown when they rhizomes bear first unfurl, but gradually change to green. an unmistakable The leaf shape is decidedly rounded, with just a resemblance slit rather than a V-shaped area at the rear edge. to pineapples. Nymphaea ‘Pink Sensation’ Nymphaea ‘Blue Beauty’ Nymphaea ‘William C. Uber’ Pink Sensation Blue Beauty William C. Uber ORIGINS This cultivar was developed in the US as a ORIGINS Crossings of N. caerulea and N. capensis var. ORIGINS Nothing has been documented regarding the variant of N. ‘Lustrous’. zanzibariensis at the University of Pennsylvania in 1897. origins of this water lily. SIZE Leaves may spread to about 4 ft (1.2 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 6 ft (2 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 6 ft (2 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Hardy to –30°F WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Minimum WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Minimum (–34°C). temperature 30°F (–1°C). temperature 30°F (–1°C). PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the growing period. growing period. growing period. The flowers of this mid-20th-century American Introduced in 1970 by Van Ness Water Gardens of introduction are up to 8 in (20 cm) across and California, this tropical day-blooming cultivar has have silver-tipped petals.They are soft pink and grown in popularity, thanks to its striking fuschia- cup-shaped at first, but the pink grows stronger pink coloration and attractive scent.The leaves are with age and the shape becomes more stellate. green on both surfaces and measure up to 12 in There is a slight scent to the flowers, which (30 cm) in width, while the mature flowers can remain open late into the day.The leaves are dark reach 9 in (22.5 cm) in diameter. green, with reddish undersides. Although the blue coloration is not as vivid as that of its N. capensis var. parent, ‘Blue Beauty’ flowers readily and will grow in slightly shaded places. The large, fragrant daytime blooms, up to 12 in (30 cm) across, rise above the water surface on stems.The leaves, which may be twice as wide as the flowers, are green and brown on top.

W A T E R L I L I E S A N D L O T U S E S ● 379 Nymphaea capensis Nymphaea ‘White Delight’ blend in with the inner petals.The flowers open during the day (some tropical species are night- Cape Blue Water Lily White Delight flowering), and measure up to 12 in (30 cm) in diameter.They have a strong scent, which is best ORIGINS This popular species occurs naturally in the ORIGINS Introduced as recently as 1984, the origins of appreciated in a conservatory pond setting. New Cape of Good Hope area of South Africa. this day-blooming water lily are unknown. leaves are purple-mottled on top, but gradually SIZE Leaves may spread to about 8 ft (2.5 m). SIZE Leaves may spread to about 6 ft (2 m). become all-green.The leaves are relatively large, WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Minimum WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Minimum and tend to be raised slightly above the water. temperature 30°F (–1°C). temperature 30°F (–1°C). ‘White Delight’ reproduces by rhizomes, but some PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the other tropical species produce small plantlets at the growing period. Can also be grown from seed. growing period. center of their leaves, which Despite being called ‘White Delight’, this water split off to form new lily’s dahlia-like blooms are light yellow with a water lilies. darker center.The stamens, which are also yellow, This day-blooming species fares well even in relatively small conservatory ponds, producing a succession of stellate, light blue blooms raised on stems.The green leaves are round, with serrated edges.The Cape Blue’s seeds can be germinated in small containers in a brightly lit aquarium with a water temperature of about 75°F (24°C). Nelumbo ‘Mrs. Perry D. Slocum’ Mrs. Perry D. Slocum ORIGINS Bred from a crossing carried out by Perry Slocum involving N. lutea and N. ‘Rosea Plena’. SIZE Grows to a height of about 5 ft (1.5 m). WATER Not fussy about water chemistry. Min. temp. 30°F (–1°C); set 6 in (15 cm) deep to protect from frost. PROPAGATION Divide the rhizome at the start of the growing period. Can also be grown from seed. Lotuses will only thrive outdoors in areas where summer temperatures are 75–84°F (24–29°C). This particular cultivar is named after the wife of one of the most famous US breeders of water lilies and lotuses, Perry D. Slocum. Its aniseed-scented flowers measure up to 12 in (30 cm) across. On opening, they are pinkish with a yellow flush, but the following day they develop a more even pink- and-yellow coloration. On maturity, the flowers are again transformed, this time to cream with a slight pink suffusion. A well-established lotus may thus display several different-colored blooms at once. After the flowers die back, the seed capsules form, being yellow at first, then turning green. As well as being suitable for inclusion in ponds, lotuses are often grown on patios in half whiskey barrels. If fish are going to be included, put a pond liner in the barrel in case there are any residues that may be toxic. Plastic containers are a safer option.

380 ● G L O S S A R Y Glossary Acidic A reading below 7.0 on the Breeding brush An artificial Conditioning Managing the fish Filter bed A layer of substrate pH scale. spawning medium that is typically and their surroundings to encourage through which water passes during used in ponds. Fish spawn over the breeding. Conditioning also refers to the filtration process. Activated carbon A manufactured brush and their eggs attach to its the way in which water is treated to form of carbon that is highly porous. bristles.The brush is then removed make it safe for the tank occupants. Filter feeder from the pond so that the eggs can An invertebrate that feeds by sifting Adipose fin A small fin between be hatched elsewhere in safety. Coral sand Crushed coral, with a tiny food particles from water. the dorsal and caudal fins, most particle size similar to that of sand. notable in tetras and other characoids. Breeding trap A device used to Coral sand can be added to the filter Filter medium Any material used separate a gravid female livebearer to make the water more alkaline. in a filtration system to remove Adsorption The way that dissolved from other tank occupants. It also waste, or which can be colonized by waste binds onto the surface of a filter prevents her from eating her own fry. Crown The central area of a plant, beneficial aerobic bacteria. medium, such as activated carbon, from which new growth develops. during chemical filtration. Brood The offspring produced by a Filtration The removal of waste pair of fish; typically a group of fry Cultivar A cultivated example of a from water in aquariums and ponds. Aeration Adding extra air into that is guarded by one or both adults. plant that does not occur in the wild. water to improve its oxygen content. The common name is often suffixed Fins The projections on a fish’s body Brood pouch A pouch on the body by “cv,” meaning “cultivated variety.” that enable it to move through water. Aerobic bacteria Bacteria that of male sea horses and pipefish, in They are also often used for display require oxygen to survive. which the eggs are incubated. Cutting Part of a plant that is and even mating purposes. removed and used for propagation. Airstone A porous device that Bubble-nest A nest made by many Flake Manufactured fish food in the splits up the airflow from an air anabantoids and some catfish to Dechlorinator A chemical form of thin, waferlike fragments pump into small bubbles to improve protect eggs and fry. It consists of air preparation that removes chlorine- that float at the surface. Suitable for water movement and oxygenation. bubbles trapped in mucus, and is based compounds from tap water. both freshwater and marine fish. usually anchored to vegetation. Algae Primitive aquatic plants Dorsal fin The unpaired fin that Flexible liner A sheet of butyl that photosynthesize. Cartilage A tough, flexible body runs along the center of the back. rubber or PVC that is used to form tissue. In some fish, the skeleton is Some fish have a divided dorsal fin. a watertight lining for a pond. Alkaline A reading that is above made entirely of cartilage. 7.0 on the pH scale. Ectothermic Describes an animal Flow adjuster A valve that Caudal fin The tail fin, which is whose internal body temperature regulates the movement of water Anal fin An unpaired fin on the often divided into lobes. varies according to its surroundings. through a pump. underside of the body, near the vent. Caudal peduncle The muscular Egg-layer Any fish in which the Frost-hardy Describes a plant that Annual A plant that grows, flowers, shaft that links the body of a fish to eggs are fertilized and hatched is able to survive frost unprotected, sets seed, and dies within a year. the tail (caudal) fin. outside the body. but not extreme cold. Aquarium peat Peat that can be Chemical filtration The use of Egg spots Egg-shaped markings on Fry Newly hatched or newborn fish. added to the aquarium filter to chemicals to remove dissolved waste the anal fin of some male cichlids. As acidify the water. Unlike garden by adsorption. mouth-brooding females nibble at the Genetics The branch of science that peat, it is free from additives. egg spots, they take in sperm released deals with the way characteristics Chromosome A gene-carrying by the male, ensuring that the eggs in pass from one generation to the next. Barbels Sensory growths around the structure found in the nucleus of their mouth become fertilized. mouths of various bottom-dwelling every living cell. Genes determine Genital pore An opening on the fish, including catfish and koi. the characteristics of all organisms. Environment A living thing’s underside of the body, marking surroundings. For a fish, this includes the entrance to the genital tract. Biological filtration The use of Classification A method of the water, the substrate, and the plants aerobic bacteria to break down waste grouping living things to show the and animals with which it interacts. Genus (plural genera) A group matter in aquariums and ponds. relationships between them. of closely related species. Evolution The origin of species by Blackwater Water that has been Community tank An aquarium development from earlier forms. Gills The main respiratory organs acidified and darkened by tannin that houses a number of different yet of a fish, located on each side of the produced by decaying vegetation. compatible species. Family A group of related genera. head behind and below the eyes. Gills Blackwater is used to encourage extract dissolved oxygen from water. spawning in fish such as tetras. Compatibility The degree to Fancy Describes fish that have been which fish interact favorably with one bred to emphasize ornamental Gonopodium The modified anal Brackish water A mix of fresh and another; also, the bonding of a pair qualities, such as coloration or fin fin of male livebearers, which is used salt water found in estuaries. of fish prior to spawning. shape, that are not seen in wild forms. for mating purposes.

G L O S S A R Y ● 381 Gravid Describes a female whose Lateral line A fluid-filled canal New tank syndrome The sudden Plankton Microscopic plant and body is swollen with eggs or that runs horizontally along each illness and/or death of fish that occurs animal life found in the sea. Plankton developing young. side of a fish’s body. It contains when inefficient filtration allows provides a rich source of nourishment sensory pores that detect pressure toxic chemicals such as nitrite and for many marine creatures. Habitat The place where a plant or changes in the water, aiding ammonia to build up in the water. animal naturally lives. navigation and giving early warning Power filter A self-contained of impending danger. Nitrogen cycle The natural filtration system that incorporates a Half-hardy Describes a plant that process by which nitrogenous waste motorized pump to move water is likely to be killed off by frost if Length A standard dimension for is recycled in aquatic environments. through the filter. left unprotected. describing fish, taken from the snout Ammonia excreted by fish is broken to the end of the caudal peduncle, down by bacteria, first into nitrite Powerhead A small pump that Hand-stripping The manual but not including the caudal fin. and subsequently into nitrate. Plants creates surface water movement to removal of eggs from a female fish absorb the nitrate and use it for improve aeration. and sperm from a male. Livebearer A fish whose eggs are growth. Fish then eat the plants, fertilized and develop inside the body. completing the cycle. Prepared foods Foods that have Hard water Fresh water containing been specifically formulated to meet a high level of dissolved calcium and Livefoods Invertebrates used as Nuchal hump The swelling on the the nutritional needs of fish. magnesium mineral salts, typically in fish food.They can be bred at home forehead of mature male cichlids. excess of 150 milligrams per liter. and fed to the fish alive, or purchased Protein skimmer A filtration in frozen or freeze-dried form. Offset A new plant that develops device that creates and collects an Hardy Describes a plant that can when a runner sets down roots and electrically charged foam, which withstand regular exposure to Live rock Marine rock that harbors detaches from the parent plant. draws waste products from the water. freezing winter temperatures. many different invertebrate and plant organisms, some of which will not be Operculum (plural opercula) Rays The bony supports found in the Hermaphrodite An animal with apparent to the naked eye. The covering over the gills, fins of many different types of fish. both male and female sexual organs. sometimes called the gill flap. Marginals Plants that can be grown Reverse osmosis (RO) A process Hospital tank A small, simply in shallow water around the pond Ovipositor An extendable tube used by some water-softening units, equipped tank that allows sick fish to edge (includes so-called bog plants). used by some egg-layers to deposit in which water is forced through a be treated and recover in isolation their eggs at breeding times. membrane to remove mineral salts. from those in the main aquarium. Mechanical filtration A method of filtration that relies on straining Oxygenators Plants that mostly Rhizome A swollen plant stem that Hybridization The cross-breeding particulate matter out of the water. grow below the surface and give off spreads underground and produces of different species together. streams of oxygen bubbles in sunlight. shoots along its length, which then Metabolism The biochemical develop above ground. Hydrometer A device used to processes that occur in living things. Parasite An organism that lives on measure the specific gravity—and or in the body of a host animal or Rotifer A component of plankton, hence the salinity—of water. Midline The central horizontal axis plant, and feeds off it. used by fishkeepers as a first food for of a fish’s body. rearing marine fish. Invertebrates Animals without a Pectoral fins Paired fins, one on backbone (vertebral column). Morph A naturally occurring color each side of the body behind the gills. Runner A creeping horizontal stem variant of a species. that grows above the ground, and on Ion-exchange column A water- Pelvic fins Paired fins on the which new plants (offsets) develop. softening device that uses resins to Mouth-brooder An egg-laying underside of the body in front remove mineral salts from tap water. fish that incubates and hatches its of the anal fin. Salinity The concentration of eggs in the mouth. Some cichlids and dissolved mineral salts, especially Isolation tank A tank in which anabantoids are mouth-brooders. pH An expression of the hydrogen sodium chloride, in water. new fish are quarantined before being ion content of water.The pH scale added to the main aquarium, to make Mulm Waste matter, such as fish runs from 1 to 14, with a pH of 7 Scales Small protective platelets sure that they are free from disease. feces, unwanted food, and decaying being neutral. Low numbers indicate that cover the bodies of most fish. plant debris, that builds up on the acidity, and higher numbers alkalinity. Larva (plural larvae) The post- floor of the aquarium or pond. School A group of fish that hatching stage in an invertebrate’s Pharyngeal teeth Projections in associate together, usually (but not lifecycle. Marine fish fry are often Mutation An unexpected change in the throat of cyprinids and some other always) of the same species. called larvae, since they are poorly the genetic makeup of an organism. fish, which help to break down food. developed when they hatch. Scute A scale modified into a bony Nauplius (plural nauplii) The Photosynthesis The process by plate, found especially in some catfish. Labyrinth organs Auxiliary larval stage in the life cycle of the which plants use light energy to make respiratory organs, located close to brine shrimp, which is an important food from carbon dioxide and water, Sessile Attached to a surface. the gills, that enable anabantoids to rearing food for fry. releasing oxygen as a waste product. breathe air at the water’s surface.

382 ● G L O S S A R Y • U S E F U L W E B S I T E S Sexual dimorphism A difference Species A group of animals or Territorial The readiness of an Vent The anogenital opening, which in the appearance of the sexes. In fish plants with similar characteristics animal to defend a particular area. is located close to the anal fin in fish. this may include differences in size, that can breed together in the wild color, patterning, or fin shape. to produce fertile offspring. Trace element Minerals, such as Ventral fins An alternative name iron, that an organism needs in small for the pelvic fins. Shoal A group of fish of the same Specific gravity (SG) The density amounts to ensure its well-being. species that swims together. of a liquid containing dissolved Vertebrate An animal with a minerals compared to that of pure Tube feet Projections on the backbone (vertebral column). Siphon A tube for removing water water, which has an SG of 1.00. underside of starfish and some other from an aquarium; also, a tube through SG can be used to measure salinity. marine invertebrates, which propel Water conditioner A preparation which water enters and leaves the body the animal over the sea floor. that makes tap water habitable for of mussels and other invertebrates. Strain A selectively bred form that fish. It combines a dechlorinator with has distinctive characteristics. Tuber The swollen storage organ of other ingredients, such as aloe vera. Soft water Fresh water containing a plant, which normally grows at less than 100 milligrams per liter of Substrate The material on the floor least partially underground. Yolk sac The part of an egg that dissolved calcium and magnesium of an aquarium, pond, river, or lake. nourishes a young fish before and mineral salts. Tubercles White swellings seen on immediately after hatching. Subspecies A distinct population male cyprinids prior to spawning. Spawning The process of egg- within a species. Zeolite A clay-based compound laying and fertilization. Undergravel filter A filtration that removes ammonia from water. Swim bladder A fish’s buoyancy system in which a perforated plate Spawning mop Strands of synthetic organ. It may also produce sounds. sits under the gravel substrate.This Zooxanthellae Single-celled yarn attached to a float, on which fish allows oxygenated water to flow algae that live inside animals such as can be persuaded to spawn. Symbiosis A beneficial relationship through the gravel, promoting the corals in a symbiotic relationship. between two different species. growth there of aerobic bacteria, The algae grow in the relative Spawning pit An area of substrate which break down waste matter. safety of the coral’s body, and excavated by some species of fish, in Taxonomy The study of the naming provide food for the coral when which they spawn or guard their fry. and classification of living things. Variety Another word for a strain. they photosynthesize. Useful websites Most aquatic organizations have websites Aqualink Fishbase Marine Aquarium Council that give up-to-date contact telephone www.aqualink.com www.fishbase.org/home.htm www.aquariumcouncil.org numbers and mailing addresses. If you do A good starting point when looking An invaluable, comprehensive online Promotes international standards for not have Internet access, you can use a for information; includes a disease taxonomic resource, which also the aquarium trade in order to help computer at your local library, or visit an encyclopedia for diagnosing illness. provides a great deal of information conserve marine habitats. Internet café and connect for a small fee. about individual species, many of The following is a selection of currently Australia New Guinea Fishes which are illustrated. Marine Aquarium Societies of operating sites: Association North America www.angfa.org.au Goldfish Society of America www.masna.org American Cichlid Association A site devoted to the freshwater fish www.goldfishsociety.org An extensive online resource dealing www.cichlid.org of Australia and New Guinea, An essential point of reference for with all aspects of marine fishkeeping. Features news, advice, contacts, and a especially rainbowfish. ANGFA links fans of these coldwater fish. gallery and chatroom for fans of these both hobbyists and scientists. North American Native Fishes popular aquarium fish. International Federation of Association Breeders Registry Online Clubs and Aquatic www.nanfa.org American Killifish Association www.breeders-registry.gen.ca.us Societies (IFOCAS) Covers native species occurring in www.aka.org A group concerned with breeding www.ifocas.fsworld.co.uk Canada, the US, and Mexico. Helps to promote the keeping and marine fish and invertebrates. Umbrella body linking organizations breeding of these attractive and in more than 50 countries. Pet Industry Joint Advisory interesting egg-layers. Canadian Association of Committee (PIJAC) Aquarium Clubs Koi Vet www.pijac.org American Livebearer Association www.caoac.on.ca www.koivet.com US-based trade organization involved www.livebearers.org Covers all aspects of fishkeeping, Site specializing in the health of koi with regulatory issues. PIJAC is also Livebearer photos and links. including pond fish. and goldfish; covers koi herpes. represented in Canada. Aquabotanic Canadian Cichlid Association Loaches Online Planet Catfish www.aquabotanic.com www.cichlidae.ca www.loaches.com www.planetcatfish.com Includes a glossary of aquarium plant Information on cichlid-keeping and Includes a species database, details of In-depth website, with information terms and an online library. related events, primarily in Canada. disease treatment, and much more. on L-numbers and breeding.

I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S ● 383 Index of common and scientific names A Allen’s Pomacentrus see Allen’s Damselfish Aplocheilus Aurora (water lily) 374 Alligator Pipefish 279 annulatus see Epiplatys annulatus Australian Blue-Eye 177 Abramites hypselonotus 88 Allogalathea elegans 291 blockii 173 Austrolebias Abudefduf Allotoca dugesii 159 dayi 173 Altum Angelfish 141 panchax 173 adloffi 174 oxyodon 241 Amazon Frogbit 192 sexfasciatus see Epiplatys sexfasciatus alexandri 174 saxatilis 241 Amazon Leaf Fish see Barbeled Leaf Fish nigripennis 175 sexfasciatus 241 Amazon Molly 168 Aponogeton Avrainvillea species 213 Acanthophthalmus kuhlii see Pangio kuhlii Amazon Puffer 182 crispus 36 Axelrod’s Rasbora 78 Acanthurus Amblydoras hancocki 118 distachyos 367 Axinella species 286 achilles 236 Amblyglyphidodon curacao 240 madagascariensis 194 Azolla japonicus 236 Ameca splendens 159 caroliniana 192, 372 leucosternon 237 American Flagfish 175 Apteronotus albifrons 183 filiculoides 192 lineatus 237 Amphilophus Arabian Angelfish see Asfur Angelfish olivaceus 237 Arabian Cleaner Wrasse see Four-Line B pyroferus 236 chrinellus 136 sohal 238 labiatus 67, 137 Wrasse Bacopa caroliniana 196 triostegus 237 Amphiprion Arawana 66, 182 Badgerface see Foxface Acantopsis akallopisos 244 Arc-Eyed Hawkfish 278 Badis 114 choirorhynchus 181 bicinctus 244 Arched Corydoras see Skunk Corydoras Badis badis 114 dialuzona see Acantopsis choirorhynchus clarkii 245 Archer Fish 185 Baensch’s Peacock see Sunshine Peacock Acestra acus see Farowella acus ephippium 244 Archocentrus nigrofasciatus 137 bagrid catfish 134–5 Acestrorhynchus altus 93 ocellaris 244, 245 Arcuatus Catfish see Skunk Corydoras Bagrus pictus see Leiarius pictus Achilles Tang 236 perideraion 245 Argentine Bloodfin 102 Balantiocheilos melanopterus 74 Acipenser anabantoids 104–15 Argentine Pearl Fish 62 Bala Shark see Tri-Color Shark baerii 359 Anabas testudineus 114 Argulus species 324 Balistapus undulatus 247 gueldenstaedtii 359 Anableps anableps 156 Argus Grouper see Blue-Spotted Grouper Balistes vetula 247 ruthenus 359 Anaspidoglanis macrostoma 135 Arius seemanni 117 Balistoides stellatus 359 Ancistrus dolichopterus 129 Armored Catfish see Slender Armored Acorus calamus 366 Andaman Damsel see Allen’s Damselfish bursa see Sufflamen bursa Adolfo’s Corydoras 125 Andaman Foxface see Magnificent Foxface Catfish conspicillum 247 Aeneus Cory see Green Corydoras Anemone Crab 290 armored catfish (group) 120–1 Balloonfish see Spiny Puffer Aeoliscus strigatus 280 Anemone Demoiselle see False Percula Arnoldichthys spilopterus 101 Balloon Molly 57 Aequidens anemonefish see clownfish Arrowhead 364 Banana Plant 197 maronii see Cleithracra maronii anemones 286–7 Artemia salina 68 Banana Wrasse see Four-Spot Wrasse pulcher 138 Angel Catfish see Polkadot African Catfish Arulius Barb 85 Banded Barb 82 rivulatus 138 angelfish 140–1, 252–5 Arusetta asfur 254 Banded Blenny see Jeweled Rockskipper Afra Cichlid 153 Angelicus Catfish see Polkadot African Asagi (koi) 352 Banded Boxing Shrimp see Coral Banded African Barb 86 Catfish Asfur Angelfish 254 Shrimp African Eye-Eater see Malawi Eye-Biter Anistotremus virginicus 271 Asian Bumblebee Catfish 134 Banded Bushfish 114 African Glass Catfish 117 annelids 294–5 Aspidoras Banded Catfish see Bearded Corydoras African Knifefish 187 Annularis Angelfish 254 Banded Chromide see Green Chromide African Long-Finned Characin see Long- Anostomus anostomus 91 lakoi 120 Banded Cichlid see Severum Finned African Tetra Ansorge’s Neolebias 102 pauciradiatus 120 Banded Cleaner Shrimp see Coral Banded African Lungfish 186, 187 Anubias barteri 198 Asplenium scolopendrium 369 Shrimp African Red-Eyed Characin 101 Aphyocharax anisitsi 102 Astronotus ocellatus 139 Banded Epiplatys see Orange Panchax African Spotted Catfish see Flatnose Aphyosemion Astyanax Banded Gourami see Little Giant Gourami Catfish australe 170 fasciatus see Astyanax mexicanus Banded Mystus 134 African Three Spot Barb see Black-Spotted bitaeniatum 171 mexicanus 102 Banded Panchax 172 Gold Barb bivittatum 171 Atlantic Fanged Blenny 276 Banded Pearlfish 174 African Tiger Lotus 195 gardneri see Fundulopanchax gardneri Atlantic Molly see Pacific Mexican Molly Banded Pipefish 279 Agamyxis pectinifrons 119 multicolor see Aphyosemion bitaeniatum Atlantic Mudskipper see Mudskipper Banded Rummy-Nose 97 Agassiz’s Corydoras 124 sjostedti see Fundulopanchax sjostedti Atlantic Porkfish see Porkfish Bandit Corydoras see Masked Corydoras Agassiz’s Dwarf Cichlid 144 striatum 170 Atlantic Trumpetfish 280 Bangaii Cardinalfish 281 Ahli see Electric Blue walkeri see Fundulopanchax walkeri Auchenipterichthys thoracatus 116 Banjo Catfish 117 Ahl’s Rummy-Nosed Tetra see Banded Apistogramma Auchenoglanis occidentalis 134 Bannerfish 259 Rummy-Nose agassizii 144 Aulonocara Barbeled Leaf Fish 115 Alberti Catfish 126 borellii 144 baenschi 152 Barbodes Albert’s Synodontis see Alberti Catfish cacatuoides 54, 145 hansbaenschi 152 daruphani 86 Albino Paradise Fish 108 macmasteri 144 jacobfreibergi 152 lateristriga see Puntius lateristriga Alestes longipinnis see Brycinus longipinnis nijsseni 145 korneliae 153 pentazona see Puntius pentazona Alfaro cultratus 159 reitzigi see Apistogramma borelli roberti 152 rhomboocellatus see Puntius rhomboocellatus Allen’s Damselfish 242 viejita 61 stuartgranti 153 schwanenfeldi 85 Aulostomus maculatus 280 trispilus 87 Auratus Cichlid 64, 151 Auriga Butterflyfish see Threadfin Butterflyfish

384 ● I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S Barbonymus schwanenfeldi see Barbodes Bicolor Cherub see Bicolor Angelfish Blind Cavefish see Blind Cave Tetra Blue Streak Goby seeYellowhead schwanenfeldi Big-Eyed Squirrelfish see Bigeye Soldierfish Blind Cave Tetra 102, 103 Sleeper Goby Bigeye Soldierfish 262 Blonde Guppy 165 Barbour’s Sea Horse 279 Big-Fin Bristlenose 129 Bloodfin see Argentine Bloodfin Blue Surgeonfish see Blue Tang barbs 82–7 Big-Spot Rasbora 78 Bloodfin Tetra see Argentine Bloodfin Blue Tang 224, 238 Barbus Birdnest Coral see Raspberry Coral Blood-Red Jewel Cichlid see Lilalili Blue Tanganyika Killifish 174 Bird Wrasse 267 Blue Tetra see Croaking Tetra arulius see Puntius arulius Bitter Cress 197 Cichlid Blue Triggerfish 246 barilioides see Puntius sachsi Bitterling 360 Blood Shrimp see Scarlet Cleaner Shrimp Blue Tuxedo Guppy 167 bimaculatus see Puntius bimaculatus Black Angelfish 140 Blotched Mudskipper see Mudskipper Blue Tuxedo Platy Variatus 164 camptacanthus see Barbodes trispilus Black Back Butterflyfish 256 Blotch-Fin Aspidoras see Sixray Corydoras Blue Tuxedo Variatus Platy see Blue conchonius see Puntius conchonius Black-Banded Pearl Fish see Fighting Blue Acara 138 cumingi see Puntius cumingi Blue-and-Gold Angelfish see Bicolor Tuxedo Platy Variatus daruphani see Barbodes daruphani Gaucho Blue Velvet Damselfish see Black Neon eburneensis see Barbodes trispilus Black-Banded Pyrrhulina 90 Angelfish everetti see Puntius everetti Blackbarred Limia 157 Blue-and-Gold Triggerfish see Blueline Damsel filamentosus see Puntius filamentosus Black-Bellied Limia see Blackbelly Limia Blue White Labido see Labidochromis gelius see Puntius gelius Blackbelly Limia 157 Triggerfish kalopterus see Epalzeorhynchus Black Belt Cichlid 38, 138 Blue-and-Yellow Ribbon Eel see Blue Electric Black Calico Swordtail 160 Bodianus kalopterus Blackcap Basslet 274 Ribbon Eel lateristriga see Puntius lateristriga Black-Capped Basslet see Blackcap Basslet Blue-Banded Goby see Catalina Goby anthiodes 268 lineatus see Puntius lineatus Black Doradid 118 Blue-Barred Barb see African Barb diana 268 nigrofasciatus see Puntius nigrofasciatus Blackfin Icefish 14 Blue Beauty (water lily) 378 rufus 267 oligolepis see Puntius oligolepis Black-Finned Pacu see Black-Fin Pacu Blue Betta see Emerald-Green Betta Boehlke’s Penguin Fish see Hockey Sticks pentazona see Puntius pentazona Black-Finned Pearlfish 175 Blue Boxfish 250 Boeseman’s Rainbowfish 178 rhomboocellatus see Puntius Black-Fin Pacu 94 Blue Chromis 242 Bog Arum 366 Black-Fin Shark Catfish 117 Blue Clam 294 Bokerman’s Cynolebias 175 rhomboocellatus Blackfin Squirrelfish 263 Blue Coral Platy 163 Boomerang Triggerfish see Triggerfish roloffi 87 Black Ghost Knifefish 183 Blue Damselfish see Neon Damselfish Boraras schwanenfeldi see Barbodes schwanenfeldi Black-Headed Filefish see Orange-Head Blue Danio 77 maculatus 78 semifasciolatus see Puntius semifasciolatus Blue Diamond Discus 142 urophthalmoides 80 tetrazona see Puntius tetrazona Filefish Blue Discus 142–3 Borelli’s Dwarf Cichlid see Umbrella ticto see Puntius ticto Black Hi-Fin Pleco 131 Blue Emperor 101 Dwarf Cichlid titteya see Puntius titteya Black-Line Thayeria see Hockey Sticks Blue-Eyed Catfish see Hancock’s Doradid Borneo Cardinalfish see Bangaii Cardinalfish trispilus see Barbodes trispilus Black-Lined Rainbowfish see Dwarf Blue-Faced Angelfish 255 Botia Barclaya longifolia 196 Blue-Girdled Angelfish see Majestic horae see Botia morleti Barred Siamese Catfish see Asian Rainbowfish macracanthus 180 Bumblebee Catfish Black-Lined Silver Hatchetfish see Silver Angelfish modesta 180 Bar-Tailed Bagrid see Two Spot Catfish Blue-Gold Peacock 153 morleti 181 Bar-Tailed Dwarf Cichlid 147 Hatchetfish Blue Gourami 113 sidthimunki 180 Barter’s Anubias 198 Black Long-Nosed Butterflyfish see Long- Blue-Green Chromis see Green Chromis striata 180 Baryancistrus species 128 Blue-Green Reef Fish see Green Chromis Bowfish 176 Batavian Batfish see Humpbacked Batfish Nosed Butterflyfish Blue Gularis 171 Bowles’ Golden Sedge 365 batfish 270 Black Moor (goldfish) 333, 336 Blue Hamlet 272 Box Crab see Shame-Faced Crab Beacon Tetra see Head-and-Taillight Tetra Black Neon Damsel 241 Blue King Angelfish see Annularis Angelfish boxfish 204, 250–1 Beaked Leatherjacket see Long-Nosed Black Neon Tetra 98 Blue Limia see Blackbelly Limia Brachionus plicatilis 233 Filefish Black Paradise Fish 108 Blueline Triggerfish 246 Brachydanio Bearded Corydoras 125 Black Phantom Tetra 96 Blue Loach see Redtail Loach albolineatus 76 Bedotia Black Platy 163 Blue Loreto Tetra see Peruvian Tetra analipunctatus see Brachydanio geayi see Bedotia madagascariensis Black Ruby Barb 82 Blue-Masked Angelfish see Blue-Faced madagascariensis 176 Black-Saddled Toby see Saddled Toby nigrofasciatus Bekko (koi) 349 Black Sail Corydoras 123 Angelfish kerri 77 Belonesox belizanus 158 Black Spot Barb see Black-Spot Filament Blue Moon Angelfish seeYellow Bar nigrofasciatus 77 Belontia rerio 76 hasselti 112 Barb Angelfish rerio var. frankei 76 signata 112 Black-Spot Filament Barb 82 Blue Oranda (goldfish) 316 Brachygobius xanthozona 189 Belted Barb see Banded Barb Black-Spotted Gold Barb 87 Blue Panchax 173 Brachyrhamdia meesi see Pimelodella meesi Bengal Danio 77 Blacktail Damsel 241 Blue Peacock Cichlid 152 Brazil Cichlid see Pearl Cichlid Betta Black-Tailed Damselfish see Blacktail Blue Platy 162 Brazilian Cichlid see Pearl Cichlid bellica 21, 107 Blue Pom-Pon (goldfish) 333 Brazilian Freshwater Puffer see Amazon coccina 21, 107 Damsel Blue Ribbon Eel 204, 280, 283 Puffer imbellis 107 Blacktail Humbug see Blacktail Damsel Blue Ring Angelfish see Annularis Brichardi 155 pugnax 106 Blacktip Grouper 271, 272 Brilliant Rasbora see Long-Band Rasbora simplex 107 Black-Tipped Grouper see Blacktip Angelfish Brilliant Red Hawkfish see Flame Hawkfish smaragdina 106 Blue Spiny Lobster see Purple Spiny Britski’s Catfish see Greenhump Catfish splendens 21, 83, 104 Grouper Brittle Starfish 296 Betta see Siamese Fighting Fish Black Triggerfish see Niger Triggerfish Lobster Brochis bettas (group) 104–7 Black Wedge Tetra see Garnet Tetra Blue-Spot Cichlid see Blue Acara britskii 121 Bicolor see Red-Tailed Shark Bladed Sand Moss 213 Blue-Spotted Damsel see Cloudy Damsel multiradiatus 121 Bicolor Angelfish 253 Blade-Eyed Hermit Crab 291 Blue-Spotted Dascyllus see Cloudy Damsel splendens 121 Bicolor Blenny 275 Blanketweed 319 Blue-Spotted Grouper 272 Brochus coeruleus see Brochis splendens Bleeding Heart Tetra 98 Blue-Spotted Ray 283 Broken-Back Shrimp 293 Bleher’s Rainbowfish 177 Blue-Spotted Stingray see Blue-Spotted Ray Broken Line Royal Pleco see Royal Panaque Blennidae istiblennius 276 Blue Starfish 296 blennies 275–6 Blue Streak Cleaner Wrasse 267, 268 Blue Streak Devil see Black Neon Damsel

I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S ● 385 Bronze Corydoras see Green Corydoras Caribbean Trumpetfish see Atlantic Chinese Rhubarb 364 Colombian Shark Catfish see Black-Fin Brown Discus 143 Trumpetfish Chinese Zebra Goby see Zebra Goby Shark Catfish Brown Marble Sailfin Molly 169 Chlorodesmis fastigiata 213 Brown-Red Alancea Discus 71 Carnegiella Chocolate Catfish see Chocolate Frogmouth Colomesus asellus 182 Brown Sailfin Tang see Brown Tang myersi 89 Chocolate Doradid 118 Colossoma Brown Tang 239 strigata 89 Chocolate Frogmouth 116 Brycinus longipinnis 91 Chocolate Gourami 28, 112 macropomum see Colossoma oculus Bryconaethiops microstoma 103 Carolina Fairy Moss 192, 372 Chocolate Surgeonfish 236 oculus 94 Bubble Coral 288 Caroliniana Nivea (water lily) 377 Choerodon fasciatus see Lienardella fasciatus Comanche (water lily) 375 Bubble-Eye (goldfish) 342 Catalina Goby 260 Chromatella (water lily) 378 Combtail 112 Buck-Toothed Tetra 92 catfish 116–35 Chromis Comet (goldfish) 333 Buenos Aires Tetra 97 Caulerpa Common Ancistrus see Big-Fin Bristlenose Bumblebee Catfish 132 cyanea 242 Common Bladderwort 371 Bumblebee Goby 57, 189 prolifera 213 viridis 242 Common Boxing Crab 291 Bunocephalus coracoideus 117 racemosa 213 Chrysichthys Common Brochis see Emerald Catfish Bun Starfish 297 Celebes Rainbowfish 177 ornatus 135 Common Clown see False Percula Burrfish see Striped Burrfish Celestial (goldfish) 342 stappersii 135 Common Goldfish 16, 332 Bursa Triggerfish see Triggerfish Centropyge Cichlasoma Common Hatchetfish see Silver Hatchetfish bushfish 114–5 bicolor 253 citrinellum see Amphilophus chrinellus Common Lyretail 170, 171 Bushmouth Catfish see Big-Fin Bristlenose bispinosus 252 festae 139 Common Nandus see Nandus Bushmouth Sucker see Big-Fin Bristlenose eibli 253 labiatum see Amphilophus labiatus Common Pleco see Pleco Hypostomus Butomus umbellatus 367 flavissimus 253 maculicauda 138 Common Sea Horse 279 Butterball Angelfish 70 loricula 252 meeki see Thorichthys meeki Common Squirrelfish see Clown Butterfly (goldfish) 340 potteri 253 octofasciatum 136 Squirrelfish Butterfly Catfish 118 vrolikii 252 severum 137 Common Trahira see Wolf Fish Butterfly Cichlid 136 Cephalopholis cichlids 136–55 Common Tropical Octopus 295 Butterfly Fern 36, 193 argus 272 Cirrhilabrus rubriventralis 266 Compressiceps see Malawi Eye-Biter Butterflyfish 186 miniata 214 Cirrhitichthys oxycephalus 278 Conchino see Queen Triggerfish butterflyfish (group) 256–9 Ceratophyllum Citharinus citharus 95 Condylactis see Pink-Tipped Anemone Butterfly Goodeid see Butterfly Splitfin demersum 371 Citron Goby 261 Condylactis gigantea 286 Butterfly Peacock 152 submersum 197 Claret Betta see Wine-Red Betta Congo Characin see Congo Tetra Butterfly Peckoltia 130 Ceratopteris thalictroides 193 Clarkii Clown 245 Congo Dwarf Cichlid see Bar-Tailed Butterfly Splitfin 159 Cerianthus 286 Clark’s Clownfish see Clarkii Clown Dwarf Cichlid Ceylon Killifish see Day’s Green Panchax Clausen’s Steel-Blue Killie 170 Congo Hi-Fin Synodontis see Alberti C Chaca bankanensis 116 Cleaner Shrimp 292 Catfish Chaetodermis pencilligerus 249 Cleaner Wrasse see Four-Line Wrasse Congo Synodontis 126 Cabomba 197 Chaetodon Clearfin Lionfish 264 Congo Tetra 100 Cabomba caroliniana 36, 197 adiergastos 256 Cleithracra maronii 138 Convict Cichlid 137 Calappa flammea 290 auriga 257 Climbing Perch 114 Convict Surgeonfish 237 Calico Platy Variatus 164 collare 257 Cloudy Damsel 240 Coolie Loach 181 Calico Variatus Platy see Calico Platy ephippium 257 Clown Anemone Shrimp see Spotted Copadichromis borleyi 151 lunula 257 Cleaner Shrimp Copeina Variatus melannotus 256 Clown Barb 84 arnoldi see Copella arnoldi Calla palustris 366 mertensii 258 Clown Filefish see White-Spotted guttata 90 Callichthys callichthys 120 punctatofasciatus 257 Filefish Copella Callichthys Catfish see Slender Armored rafflesii 256 clownfish 244–5 arnoldi 90 semilarvatus 258 Clown Killifish see Banded Panchax nigrofasciata 90 Catfish tinkeri 259 Clown Loach 180 Copper-Band Butterflyfish 259 Caltha palustris 369 ulietensis 256 Clown Rasbora see Big-Spot Rasbora Copper Tetra see False Silver-Tipped Tetra Cambodian Betta 105 unimaculatus 259 Clown Squirrelfish 263 Coral Anemone see Elephant Ears Campylomormyrus rhynchophorus 186 vagabundus 258 Clown Surgeonfish 237 Coral Banded Shrimp 293 Canadian Pondweed 370 Chagoi (koi) 354 Clown Synodontis 127 Coral Beauty 252 Candy Shrimp see Dancing Shrimp Chain Loach see Dwarf Loach Clown Triggerfish 247 Coral Catfish see Saltwater Catfish Candy-Striped Catfish see Saltwater Catfish Chalceus Clown Wrasse 266 corals 288–9 Canna flaccida 309 erythrurus 91 Coahman see Bannerfish Coral Shrimpfish 280 Cantherhines macroceros 248 macrolepidotus 93 Cobalt Blue Discus 143 Coral Trout 214 Canthigaster valentini 251 Chameleon Fish see Badis Cockatoo Dwarf Cichlid 54, 145 Coris Cape Blue Water Lily 379 Chanda ranga see Paramsassis ranga Coelacanth 20 aygula 266 Cape Lopez Lyretail see Common Lyretail Characodon lateralis 159 Coelurichthys microlepis 102 formosa 266 Capoeta tetrazona see Puntius tetrazona characoids 88–103 Coffee and Ink Platy 162 frerei see Coris formosa Carassius auratus 74, 322, 332–43 Checkerboard Cichlid see Chessboard Coius microlepis 188 gaimard 266 Cardamine lyrata 197 Cichlid Colisa Cornflower Blue Delta Guppy 166 Cardinal Cleaner Shrimp see Scarlet Checkered Barb 85 chuna see Colisa sota Corydoras Chelmon rostratus 259 fasciata see Polyacanthus fasciatus adolfoi 125 Cleaner Shrimp Cherry Barb 84 labiosa see Trichogaster labiosus aeneus 122 Cardinal Tetra 99 Chessboard Cichlid 17, 144 lalia 21, 111 agassizii 124 Carex elata ‘Aurea’ 365 Chilatherina bleheri 177 sota 111 arcuatus 125 Caribbean Anemone see Pink-Tipped Chilodus punctatus 88 Collare Butterflyfish see Red-Tail barbatus 125 Chilomycterus schoepfii 251 Butterflyfish haraldschultzi 124 Anemone Chilotilapia rhoadesii 153 melanistius 123 Caribbean Redlip Blenny see Atlantic Chinese Paradise Fish 108 Fanged Blenny

386 ● I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S Corydoras cont. Dancing Shrimp 292 Dwarf Egyptian Mouth Brooder see South Eurasian Water Milfoil 370 metae 125 Danio African Mouth-Brooder Eutropiellus debauwi 117 paleatus 123 Euxiphipops panda 122 aequipinnatus 77 Dwarf Gourami 111 pygmaeus 123 devario 77 Dwarf Hatchetfish 89 navarchus see Pomacanthus navarchus rabauti 124 danios 76–7 Dwarf Hygrophilia 198 xanthometapon see Pomacanthus robineae 124 Dardanus lagopodes 291 Dwarf Loach 180 schwartzi 122 Dascyllus Dwarf Neon Rainbowfish see Peacock xanthometopon trilineatus 122 aruanus 240 Exodon paradoxus 92 wotroi see Corydoras melanistius carneus 240 Rainbowfish Exodon Tetra see Buck-Toothed Tetra melanurus 241 Dwarf Panchax 173 Eyespot Cichlid see Severum corydoras catfish 122–5 trimaculatus 240 Dwarf Pencilfish 88 Eyespot Krib 146 Corynopoma riisei 90 Dathioides microlepis see Coius microlepis Dwarf Rainbowfish 178 Eyespot Rasbora see Hi-Spot Rasbora Cotton Grass 365 Day’s Green Panchax 173 Dwarf Rasbora see Spotted Rasbora Eye-Spot Sleeper 185 Cowfish see Long-Horned Cowfish Day’s Paradise Fish 109 Dwarf Sagittaria 199 crabs 290–1 Day’s Spike-Tailed Paradise Fish see Day’s Dwarf Top Minnow see Least Killifish F Creeping Jenny 368 Paradise Fish Crenicara filamentosa see Dicrossus filamentosus Debauwi debauwi see African Glass Catfish E Fairy Cichlid see Brichardi Crenuchus spilurus 100 Decorated Firefish see Purple Fire Goby Fairy Moss 192 Crescent Betta 107 Decorated Synodontis see Clown Eastern Cushion Star see Bun Starfish Fairy Wrasse 266 Crested Dwarf Cichlid see Cockatoo Synodontis Echidna nebulosa 283 False Corydoras see Sixray Corydoras Deep Angelfish see Altum Angelfish echinoderms 296–7 False Gramma see Royal Dottyback Dwarf Cichlid Dekeyseria pulcher 129 Echinodorus False Magnificent Rasbora 80 Crinum thaianum 195 Dendrochirus False Percula 244, 245 Croaking Gourami 19, 110 biocellatus 265 major 141 False Silver-Tipped Tetra 103 Croaking Tetra 102 brachypterus 265 tenellus 199 False Skunk-Striped Anemonefish see Pink Cromileptes altivelis 271 zebra 264 Ecsenius bicolor 275 Crossocheilus siamensis see Epalzeorhynchus Dermogenys pusilla 158 Eduardi 149 Skunk Clownfish Desert Pupfish 14 Eduard’s Mbuna see Eduardi False Tenellus 199 siamensis Devil Lionfish 265 eels 283 Fan-Bellied Leatherjacket 248 Crown Betta 105 Diadem Basslet 274 Egyptian Mouth-Brooder 147 Fantail (goldfish) 322, 340 Crown Squirrelfish see Clown Squirrelfish Diamond Sturgeon 359 Eibl’s Angelfish 253 Fantail Filefish 249 crustaceans 290–3 Diana’s Hogfish 268 Eichhornia crassipes 372 Fan Weed 213 Cryptocentrus cinctus 260 Dianema longibarbus 120 Eigenmannia virescens 183 Fanworm see Featherduster Worm Cryptocoryne Dicrossus filamentosus 144 Electric Blue 51, 150 Farlowella acus 117 Dimidiochromis compressiceps see ElectricYellow see Lupingo Labidochromis Fathead Minnow 327, 360 nevillii 194 Haplochromis compressiceps Elegant Rasbora 80 Featherduster Worm 295 species 36, 194 Diodon holocanthus 250 Elephant Ears 287 Featherfin Rainbowfish see Threadfin Crystalwort see Liverwort Discus see Blue Discus Elodea canadensis 370 Ctenolucius hujeta 93 discus (group) 142–3 Emerald Betta see Emerald-Green Betta Rainbowfish Ctenopoma Disichthys coracoideus see Bunocephalus Emerald Catfish 121 Featherfin Synodontis 127 acutirostre 114 coracoideus Emerald-Green Betta 106 Feather Starfish 297 ansorgii 115 Distichodus Emperor Angelfish 255 Feather Star Squat Lobster 291 fasciolatum 114 affinis 95 Emperor Tetra 50, 100 Fenestratus 148 Ctenops nobilis 110 sexfasciatus 95 Encrusting Coral see Pulsing Coral Festa’s Cichlid see Festivus Culcita novaeguineae 297 Dogtooth Cichlid see Afra Cichlid Endler’s Livebearer 167 Festive Cichlid see Festivus Cuming’s Barb 87 Domino Damselfish 240 Enoplometopus occidentalis 290 Festivum see Festivus Cuvier’s Bichir 186, 187 doradid catfish 119 Entacmaea quadricolor 286 Festivus 139 Cynolebias Doryrhamphus dactyliophorus 279 Entre Rios Pearlfish 174 Fighting Gaucho 175 adloffi see Austrolebias adloffi Double-Barred Spinefoot 277 Epalzeorhynchus Filagree Cory see Bearded Corydoras alexandri see Austrolebias alexandri Double-Saddle Butterflyfish 256 bicolor 75 Filament Barb see Black-Spot bokermanni see Simpsonichthys Down Poker 186 frenatus see Labeo frenatus Dragon Fish 184 kalopterus 74 Filament Barb bokermanni Dragon Wrasse 269 siamensis 74 Filamentosis Barb see Black-Spot melanotaenia 175 Duckweed 193, 319, 373 Epinecephelus polyphekaidon 272 nigripinnis see Austrolebias nigripennis Dunkerocampus dactyliophorus see Epinephelus fasciatus 271, 272 Filament Barb Cynopoecilus melanotaenia see Cynolebias Doryrhamphus dactyliophorus Epiplatys Filament Tetra see Small-Mouth Featherfin melanotaenia Dutoiti Dottyback 273 annulatus 172 Cynotilapia afra 153 Dwarf Angelfish 252 fasciolatus 174 Tetra Cyperus involucratus 365 Dwarf Argentine Pearlfish see Black- sexfasciatus 173 filefish 248–9 Cyphotilapia frontosa 154 Finned Pearlfish Equetus lanceolatus 281 Filigree Corydoras see Bearded Corydoras Cypraea tigris 295 dwarf cichlids 144–5 Eriophorum angustifolium 365 Fingerfish see Mono Cyprinella lutrensis 358, 361 Dwarf Climbing Perch see Banded Bushfish Erpetoichthys calabaricus 186 Fire Clown see Red Saddleback Clown cyprinids 74–87, 332–57 Dwarf Copper Mouthbrooder see South Espe’s Rasbora see Narrow-Wedge Firecracker Moorii see Moorii Cyprinus carpio 74, 344–57 African Mouth-Brooder Harlequin Firefish 261 Cyrtocara Dwarf Croaking Gourami see Pygmy Estuarine Stonefish see Horrid Stonefish Firemouth Cichlid 67, 136, 137 livingstonii see Nimbochromis livingstonii Gourami Etheostoma caeruleum 358 Fire Rasbora see Orange-Finned Rasbora moorii 148 Dwarf Crypt 194 Ethiopian Lily 366 Five-Banded Barb see Banded Barb Dwarf Duckweed see Watermeal Etroplus Five-Lined Killifish see Red-Striped Killie D maculatus 146 Flag Cichlid see Festivus suratensis 146 Flagtail Corydoras see Robina’s Corydoras Dactylogyrus species 58, 324 Flagweed 213 damselfish 240–3 Flame Angelfish 252 Flame Hawkfish 278 Flame Scallop 294

I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S ● 387 Flamingo Guppy 167 Giant Brochis see Greenhump Catfish goldfish 332–43 Haplochromis cont. Flatnose Catfish 135 Giant Danio see Bengal Danio Gold Marbled Veiltail Angelfish 141 livingstonii see Nimbochromis livingstonii Flower Coral see Red Brain Coral Giant Gourami (Osphronemus goramy) 109, Gold-Spotted Pleco 130 moorii see Cyrtocara moorii Flowering Rush 367 Goldy Pleco see Gold-Spotted Pleco steveni see Protomelas fenestratus Flowerpot Coral 218, 289 113 Gomphosus varius 267 Flying Fox 74 Giant Gourami (Polyacanthus fasciatus) see Goniopora species 289 Haplochromis Borleyi see Red Kadango Fontinalis antipyretica 371 Gonnère (water lily) 375 Haplochromis Electric Blue see Electric Forcipiger longirostris 258, 259 Little Giant Gourami goodeids 158–9 Forktail Blenny 276 Giant Moray Eel 281 Goose Scorpionfish 264 Blue Forktailed Blue Eye 177 Giant Rasbora see Spot-Tailed Rasbora Goshiki (koi) 351 Haplochromis Goldfin see Red Kadango Forktailed Rainbowfish see Forktailed Giant Red Bacopa 196 gouramis 108–13 Hara hara 118 Giant Red Rotala 195 Gramma Harald Schultz’s Corydoras 124 Blue Eye Giant Scissortail see Spot-Tailed Rasbora Hard-Bellied Silver Dollar 94 Formosa Wrasse 266 Giant Tanganyika Cichlid 155 loreto 273, 274 Hard-Lipped Barb see Golden Bony- Four-Colored Anemone 286 Giant Vallisneria 199 melacara 274 Four-Eyed Fish see Four-Eyes Giant Water Buttercup 369 grammas 273–4 Lipped Barb Four-Eyes 19, 156, 157 Giraffe Catfish 134 Grant’s Peacock see Regal Peacock Harlequin Filefish see Long-Nosed Filefish Four-Line Wrasse 268 Giraffe-Nosed Catfish see Giraffe Catfish Grape Caulerpa 213 Harlequin Rasbora 79 Four-Spot Barb see Arulius Barb Girardinus 158 Gray Bichir see Cuvier’s Bichir Harlequin Tuskfish 267 Four-Spot Wrasse 267 Girardinus metallicus 158 Great Danio 77 Hart’s Tongue Fern 369 Four-Striped Damselfish see Blacktail Glass Bloodfin 103 Greater Scissortail see Spot-Tailed Hasemania nana 103 Glassfish 188 Rasbora Hawaiian Filefish see Fantail Filefish Damsel Glass Knifefish 183 Green Cabomba 36 Hawaiian Reef Lobster see Red Lobster Foxface 277 Glass Rasbora 80 Green Chromide 146 hawkfish 278 Frail Gourami 110 Glosso 196 Green Chromis 242 Head-and-Taillight Tetra 96 Freiberg’s Peacock see Butterfly Peacock Glossolepis incisus 176 Green Corydoras 122 Heckel’s Discus 142 French Angelfish 255 Glossostigma elatinoides 196 Greenhump Catfish 121 Helostoma temminckii 113 Freshwater Pufferfish 182 Glowlight Rasbora see Redline Rasbora Green Knifefish see Glass Knifefish Helvola (water lily) 374 Froebeli (water lily) 375 Glowlight Tetra 97 Green Molly 169 Hemichromis Frogmouth Catfish see Chocolate Glow Line Rasbora see Redline Rasbora Green Panchax see Dwarf Panchax Gnathonemus petersii 186 Green Platy Variatus 164 bimaculatus 147 Frogmouth gobies 260–1 Green Royal Pleco see Royal Panaque lifalili 147 Fromia elegans 296 Gobiodon citrinus 261 Green Swordtail 160 Hemigrammus Frontosa 154 Gobioides broussonnetii 182 Green Terror 138 caudovittatus see Hyphessobrycon anisitsi Frying Pan Catfish see Banjo Catfish Gobiosoma oceanops 260 Green Tiger Barb 83 erthyrozonus 97 Fuelleborn’s Cichlid 149 Gobius apogonius see Stigmatogobius Green Variatus Platy see Green Platy ocellifer 96 Fulgens (water lily) 377 Variatus peruvianus see Hyphessobrycon Fumanchu Lionfish 265 sadanundio Green Variegated Delta Guppy 167 Fundulopanchax Gold Barb 84 Greshoff’s Synodontis see Congo peruvianus Gold-Cheek Krib see Eyespot Krib Synodontis pulcher 96 gardneri 170 Gold Cobra Delta Guppy 166 groupers 271–2 rhodostomus 97 sjoestedti 171 Gold Comet Platy 162 grunts 271–2 ulreyi 98 walkeri 171 Golden Angelfish 140 Guitarrita see Indian Catfish Hemiodopsis gracilis see Hemiodus gracilis Fuscus Triggerfish see Blueline Triggerfish Golden Apple Snail 46 Gunnera 369 Hemiodus gracilis 94 Fuzzy Dwarf Lionfish see Shortfin Lionfish Golden Barb 85 Gunnera manicata 369 Hemisorubim platyrhynchos 132 Golden Bony-Lipped Barb 75 Gunther’s Nothobranch 172 Heniochus see Bannerfish G Golden Bumblebee Goodeid 159 Guppy 165–7 Heniochus acuminatus 259 Golden Club 373 Gymnothorax Hepsetus odoe 93 Gagata Golden Comet Swordtail 160 javanicus 281 Heros cenia see Gagata schmidti Golden Dottyback 274 species 15, 292 managuense 35 schmidti 118 Golden Dwarf Barb see Golden Barb Gyrodactylus species 58 nigrofasciatum see Archocentrus Golden Dwarf Cichlid 144 Gaimardi Wrasse see Clown Wrasse Golden-Eyed Dwarf Cichlid see Golden H nigrofasciatus Gambusia severus see Cichlasoma severum Dwarf Cichlid Hagfish 20 Heteractis magnifica 287 affinis 156 Golden Fuscoides 149 Half-Black Angelfish 252 Heterandria sexradiata 156 Golden-Headed Sleeper Goby see Half Moon Angelfish seeYellow Bar bimaculata 157 Gar Characin 93 formosa 157 Gardneri see Clausen’s Steel-Blue Killie Yellowhead Sleeper Goby Angelfish Hexabranchus imperialis 294 Gardner’s Killifish see Clausen’s Steel- Golden Lyretail Guppy 166 Half-Moon Betta 104 Hexamita species 58 Blue Killie Golden Marble Angelfish 141 Half-Striped Barb see Gold Barb Hi-Fin Golden Parrot Platy Variatus 164 Garnet Tetra 96 Golden Nugget Pleco 128 Halichoeres trispilus 267 Hi-Fin Golden Parrot Variatus see Hi-Fin Gasteropelecus Golden Opaline Gourami 113 Haliclona compressa 287 Golden Parrot Platy Variatus coronatus see Gasteropelecus sternicla Golden Pencilfish 88 Haliotis varia 295 High-Backed Headstander 88 sternicla 89 Golden Platy Variatus 164 Halymenia floresia 213 Highfin Cardinalfish see Bangaii Gasterosteus aculeatus 358 Golden Rasbora see Orange-Finned Hancock’s Catfish see Hancock’s Doradid Cardinalfish Geophagus Hancock’s Doradid 118 Hikarimoyo (koi) 351 brasiliensis 139 Rasbora Haplochromis Hikarimuji (koi) 352 steindachneri 63 Golden Snakeskin Delta Guppy 166 Hikari Utsuri (koi) 352 German Blue Blushing Angelfish 141 Golden-Spotted Spinefoot 277 ahli see Sciaenochromis fryeri Himerometra robustipinna 297 GermanYellow Guppy 165 Golden Variatus Platy see Golden Platy compressiceps 150 Hippocampus Geum rivale 368 barbouri 279 Ghost Catfish see Glass Catfish Variatus erectus 279 Ghost Discus 70 Golden Zebra Danio 76 kuda 279 Goldfin Metallic Marble Sailfin 169

388 ● I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S Hippo Tang see Blue Tang Iris L076 see Orange-Tipped Pleco Lined Citharoid 95 Hi-Spot Rasbora 80 ensata 367 L103 see Pretty Peckoltia Lined Sea Horse 279 Hockey Sticks 90, 91 laevigata ‘Variegata’ 309 L106 see Zebra Pleco Lined Surgeonfish see Clown Surgeonfish Hog-Nosed Brochis see Long-Finned pseudacorus 367 L108 see Black Hi-Fin Pleco Lionfish see Volitans Lionfish L131 see Longtail Pleco lionfish (group) 204, 225, 264–5 Brochis Irwin’s Soldier Cat 119 L144a see Big-Fin Bristlenose Lionhead (goldfish) 337, 338 Holocentrus Island Barb see Checkered Barb L191 see Royal Panaque Lioproproma rubre 271 Labeo Lissocarcinus laevis 291 diadema 263 J Lithoxus species 130 rufus 263 bicolor see Epalzeorhynchus bicolor Little Giant Gourami 111 Honey Gourami 111 Jack Dempsey Cichlid 136 frenatus 75 Little Red Starfish 296 Hoplias malabaricus 93 Jack-Knife Fish 281 Labeotropheus livebearers 156–69 Hoplos catfish 62 Jacobfreibergi see Butterfly Peacock fuelleborni 149 Liverwort 193 Hoplosternum thoracatum 120 Jaguar Cichlid 35 trewavasae 149 Livingstoni 150 Hora’s Loach see Skunk Loach James Brydon (water lily) 378 Labidochromis Lizard’s Tail 199 Hornwort 197, 371 Jansen’s Wrasse 269 caeruleus 148 Lo Horrid Stonefish 282 Japanese Clematis-Flowered Iris 367 sp. Lupingo 148 Horse-Faced Loach see Horse-Face Loach Japanese Cress see Bitter Cress Labidochromis Electric 148 magnificus 277 Horse-Face Loach 181 Japanese Medaka see Medaka Labroides dimidiatus 268 unimaculatus 277 Hottonia palustris 371 Japanese Ricefish see Medaka Lace-Finned Leatherjacket see Orange- vulpinus see Siganus vulpinus Hovercraft Boxfish see Humpback Java Combtail 112 Head Filefish loaches 180–1 Turretfish Java Fern 40, 194 Lace Gourami see Pearl Gourami Lobophyllia hemprichii 288 Hujeta Pike Characin see Gar Characin Java Moss 194 Lactoria cornuta 251 lobsters 290–1 Humbug Catfish see Chocolate Doradid Jelly Bean Tetra 100 Ladigesia roloffi 100 Long-Banded Rasbora see Long-Band Humbug Damselfish see Three-Stripe Jenynsia lineata 61 Lake Kutubu Rainbowfish 178 Rasbora Damsel Jewel Cichlid see Jewel Fish Lake Tebera Rainbowfish 179 Long-Band Rasbora 78 Humpbacked Batfish 270 Jeweled Rockskipper 276 Lamprichthys tanganicanus 174 Longfin Albino Oscar 139 Humpbacked Limia see Blackbarred Jewel Fish 147 Lamprologus Long Fin Fairy Wrasse see Fairy Wrasse Limia Jewel Grouper see Blue-Spotted Grouper leleupi 155 Long-Finned African Tetra 91 Humpback Turretfish 251 Jikin (goldfish) 336 signatus 155 Longfinned Batfish see Pinnate Batfish Humped Rock Cod see Panther Grouper Jordanella floridae 175 Larabicus quadrilineatus 268 Long-Finned Brochis 121 Humuhumu see Picasso Triggerfish Julidochromis regani 154 Latticed Butterflyfish 256 Longfin Zebra Danio 76 Hyalobagrus ornatus 135 Jumping Characin see Splashing Tetra Latticework Squirrelfish see Violet Long-Horned Cowfish 251 Hygrophila polysperma 198 Squirrelfish Long-Nosed Butterflyfish 258, 259 Hypancistrus zebra 130 K Lavender Mbuna see Rusty Cichlid Long-Nosed Filefish 249 Hyphessobrycon Leaf Fish see Barbeled Leaf Fish Longnosed Hawkfish 278 anisitsi 97 Kafue Pike Characin 93 Least Killifish 63, 157 Long-Nosed Loach see Horse-Face Loach bentosi 98 Kalochroma Rasbora see Big-Spot Rasbora Least Rasbora see Glass Rasbora Long-Nose Elephant Nosefish see Peter’s bifasciatus 99 Kawarimono (koi) 356 leatherjackets 248–9 Elephant-Nose erythrostigma 98 Kerr’s Danio see Blue Danio Leiarius pictus 133 Longnose Gar 20 herbertaxelrodi 98 Keyhole Cichlid 138 Leiocassis siamensis 134 Long-Spined Porcupinefish see Spiny megalopterus 96 killifish 170–5 Leleupi 155 Puffer peruvianus 97 King Tiger Peckoltia see Tiger Clown Lemna minor 193 Longspine Squirrelfish 263 pulchripinnis 98 Lemna species 373 Longtail Pleco 131 rosaceus see Hyphessobrycon bentosi Pleco Lemon Cichlid see Leleupi loricariid catfish 128–31 rubrostigma see Hyphessobrycon Kissing Gourami 113 Lemon Damsel 243 lotuses 379 Knife-Edge Livebearer 159 Lemon-Fin Barb see Pale Barb Lucida (water lily) 376 erythrostigma Knifefish 182 Lemonpeel Angelfish 253 Ludwigia mullertii 197 sweglesi 96 Knife Livebearer see Knife-Edge Lemon Tetra 98 Lungfish 20 Hypoplectrus Leopard Bushfish see Leopard Ctenopoma Lupingo Labidochromis 148 gemma 272 Livebearer Leopard Ctenopoma 114 Lybia tessellata 291 guttavarius 272 Knight Goby 184, 185 Leopard Danio 76 Lyretail see Common Lyretail Hypostomus Kohaku (koi) 346 Lepomis humilis 358 Lyretail Bruchardi see Brichardi cf. emarginatus 131 koi 344–57 Lernaea species 58, 324 Lyre-Tailed Black Balloon Molly 169 plecostomus 128 Koran Angelfish 254 Lesser Spiny Eel 189 Lyretailed Lamprologus see Brichardi Hystricodon paradoxus see Exodon paradoxus Koromo (koi) 349 Leuciscus idus 361 Lyretail Hogfish 268 Korthaus’s Nothobranch see Korthaus’s Licorice Dwarf Gourami see Licorice Lysichiton americanum 364, 366 I Gourami Lysimachia nummularia 368 Notho Licorice Gourami 109 Lysmata Ichthyophthirius multifilis 58, 324 Korthaus’s Notho 172 Lienardella fasciatus 267 amboinensis 292 Imperator Angelfish see Emperor Krabi Mouth-Brooder 107 Lilaeopsis novaezelandiae 199 debelius 292 Kryptopterus bicirrhis 116 Lilalili Cichlid 147 Lythrypnus dalli 260 Angelfish Kuhli Loach see Coolie Loach Limaria scabra 294 Imperial Zebra Pleco see Zebra Pleco Limia M Indian Catfish 118 L melanogaster see Poecilia melanogaster Indian Fern see Watersprite nigrofasciata see Poecilia nigrofasciata MacCulloch’s Rainbowfish see Dwarf Indian Glassfish see Glassfish L014 see Gold-Spotted Pleco Limnobium laevigatum 192 Rainbowfish Indian Gourami see Frail Gourami L018 see Golden Nugget Pleco Linckia laevigata 296 Inimicus didactylus 282 L025 see Scarlet Acanthicus Lined Citharinid see Lined Citharoid Macmaster’s Dwarf Cichlid see Red-Tailed Inpaichthys kerri 101 L030 see Peppermint Pleco Dwarf Cichlid Iodotropheus sprengerae 150 L052 see Butterfly Peckoltia Iriatherina werneri 176 L066 see Tiger Clown Pleco

I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S ● 389 Macrodon auritus see Hoplias malabaricus Melanotaenia cont. Myripristinae 262 Nymphaea cont. Macrognathus aculeatus 189 praecox 179 Myripristis ‘Aurora’ 374 Macropodus splendida 179 ‘Blue Beauty’ 378 bernelti 262 capensis 379 concolor see Macropodus spechti Melonistius see Schwartz’s Corydoras murdjan see Myripristis bernelti caroliniana ‘Nivea’ 377 ocellatus 108 Merlet Scorpionfish 265 vittata 262 ‘Comanche’ 375 opercularis 108 Merry Widow 158 Mystus ‘Escarboucle’ 309 spechti 108 Mertens’s Butterflyfish 258 micracanthus 134 ‘Froebeli’ 375 Madagascar Laceplant 194 Mesonauta festivus see Cichlasoma festae vittatus 134 ‘Gladstoneana’ 309 Madagascar Rainbow Fish see Bowfish Metallic Longfin Zebra Danio 76 ‘Gonnère’ 375 Mafia Nothobranch see Korthaus’s Notho Metallic-Top Minnow see Girardinus N ‘James Brydon’ 378 Magenta Dottyback 273 Metriaclima x laydekeri ‘Fulgens’ 374, 377 Magnificent Anemone 287 Nagy’s Licorice Gourami 109 ‘Lucida’ 376 Magnificent Foxface 277 barlowi see Pseudotropheus barlowi Nandopsis octofasciatus see Cichlasoma maculata 195 Magnificent Rasbora see False Magnificent zebra see Pseudotropheus zebra ‘Madame Wilfron Gonnère’ 377 Rasbora Metynnis argenteus 94, 95 octofasciatum ‘Marliacea Albida’ 309 Majestic Angelfish 254 Mexican Molly see Pacific Mexican Molly Nandus 115 x marliacea ‘Chromatella’ 378 Majestic Surgeonfish see Sohal Surgeonfish Mexican Oak-Leaf Plant 198 Nandus nandus 115 odorata ‘Sulphurea Grandiflora’ 376 Malawi Blue Dolphin 148 Micralestes interruptus see Phenacogrammus Nannacara anomala 144 odorata var. minor 376 Malawi Butterfly see Butterfly Peacock interruptus Nannaethiops unitaeniatus 102 ‘Pearl of the Pool’ 374 Malawi Eye-Biter 150 Microgeophagus ramirezi 63, 136 Nannostomus ‘Pink Sensation’ 378 Malawi Golden Cichlid see Auratus Cichlid Microglanis iheringi 132 pygmaea ‘Helvola’ 374 Malayan Halfbeak 158, 159 Microsorum pteropus 194 beckfordi 88 ‘René Gérard’ 375 Mandarin Fish 275 Microspathodon chrysurus 243 marginatus 88 ‘Rose Airey’ 376 mandarinfish (group) 275–6 Midas Cichlid 136 mortenthaleri 15 ‘Vesuve’ 377 Map Angelfish seeYellow Bar Angelfish Midnight Catfish 116 Nanochromis ‘White Delight’ 379 Marbled Batfish see Humpbacked Batfish Mimulus guttatus 368 nudiceps see Nanochromis parilus ‘William C. Uber’ 378 Marbled Grouper 272 Mink Tang see Brown Tang parilus 147 ‘William Falconer’ 309 Marbled Hatchetfish 89 Mme.Wilfron Gonnère (water lily) 377 Narrow-Wedge Harlequin 74, 80, 81 Marbled Headstander see High-Backed Moenkhausia sanctaefilomenae 101 Naso lituratus 239 Nymphoides aquatica 197 Headstander Mogurnda mogurnda 184 Naso Tang 20, 239 Marbled Lyretail Molly 168 mollies 168–9 Naso unicornis 239 O Marbled Molly 168 mollusks 294–5 Nelumbo ‘Mrs. Perry D. Slocum’ 379 Marble Shrimp 292 Molucca Damsel see Lemon Damsel Nemateleotris Oceanic Sea Horse see Common Sea Horse Marigold Hi-Fin Platy 163 Monacanthus decora 282 Ocellaris Clown see False Percula Marmalade Molly 169 chinensis 248 magnifica 261 Ocellated Stingray 182, 183 Maroon Clown 245 hispidus 248 Nematobrycon palmeri 100 Octopus cyanea 295 Marosatherina ladigesi 177 tuckeri 248 Neocirrhites armatus 278 Odonus niger 246 Marsh Marigold 369 Monkey Flower 368 Neolamprologus Odorata Minor (water lily) 376 Masked Corydoras 125 Mono 188 brichardi 155 Ogon (koi) 314 Meat Coral see Red Brain Coral Monocentrus japonica 280 leleupi see Lamprologus leleupi One-Lined African Tetra 102 Medaka 184 Monocirrhus polyacanthus 115 Neolebias ansorgii 102 One Line Rasbora see Long-Band Rasbora Mees’ Pimelodid see Pin Catfish Monodactylus argenteus 188 Neon-Backed Gramma see Dutoiti One-Sided Livebearer 61 Megalamphodus Montezuma Swordtail 161 Dottyback One-Spot Foxface 277 megalopterus see Hyphessobrycon Moonlight Gourami 113 Neon Damselfish 242 One-Striped African Tetra see One-Lined Moor (goldfish) see Black Moor Neon Goby 260 megalopterus Moorii 154 Neoniphon opercularis 263 African Tetra sweglesi see Hyphessobrycon sweglesi Moorish Idol 281 Neon Pseudochromis see Golden Onion Plant 195 Megalechis thoracata see Hoplosternum Moray Eel 292 Dottyback Oodinium species 58, 244 thoracatum Mosquitofish 156 Neon Tetra 58, 99, 314 Ophioblennius atlanticus 276 Megalodoras irwini 119 Moss-Banded Barb see Green Tiger Barb Neopetrolisthes ohshimai 290 Ophiomastix species 296 Megalonema rhabdostigma see Pimelodus Mother of Snails Catfish see Black Doradid Network Pleco see Tiger Clown Pleco Opistognathus aurifrons 282 ornatus Mottled Catfish 135 New Guinea Rainbowfish 179 Oranda (goldfish) 337, 338 Meiacanthus Mountain Fish see White Cloud Mountain Niger Tetra see African Red-Eyed Orange Barb see African Barb atrodorsalis 276 Minnow Characin Orange Bushfish see Ornate Ctenopoma smithi 276 Mountain Rainbowfish 179 Niger Triggerfish 246 Orange Chromide 146 Melannotus see Black Back Butterflyfish Mouse Botia see Skunk Loach Nijssen’s Dwarf Cichlid 145 Orange Cup Sponge 286 Melanochromis Mouth-Brooding Betta 106 Nile Cabbage see Water Lettuce Orange Damselfish see Three Spot Damsel auratus 151 Mrs Perry D. Slocum (lotus) 379 Nimbochromis livingstonii 150 Orange-Epaulette Surgeonfish see exasperatus 151 Mudskipper 43, 189 Northern Rainbowfish see New Guinea joanjohnsoni see Melanochromis Multi-Colored Lyretail see Twin-Banded Rainbowfish Orange-Shoulder Surgeonfish Killifish Northern Sea Horse see Lined Sea Horse Orange-Finned Loach see Redtail Loach exasperatus Mushroom Coral see Elephant Ears Notatus 127 Orange-Finned Rasbora 79 Melanotaenia Myer’s Hatchetfish see Dwarf Hatchetfish Nothobranchius Orange-Head Filefish 249 Myletes duriventris see Mylossoma duriventre guntheri 172 Orange-Lined Triggerfish 247 affinis 179 Mylossoma duriventre 94 korthausae 172 Orange Panchax 174 boesemani 178 Myosotis scorpioides 364 palmqvisti 172 Orange Polyp Coral 288 herbertaxelrodi 179 Myriophyllum Novaculichthys taeniourus 269 Orange Seam Pleco see Orange-Tipped lacustris 178 spicatum 370 Nyassa Blue Cichlid see Zebra Cichlid maccullochi 178 verticillatum 309 Nymphaea Pleco monticola 179 alba var. rubra 374 Orange-Shouldered Peacock 152 parkinsoni 178 Orange-Shoulder Surgeonfish 237

390 ● I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S Orange-Spine Unicorn Fish see Naso Tang Parazoanthus species 287 Pimelodus Pomacentrus Orange-Spot Blenny 276 Parkinsoni Rainbowfish 178 ornatus 133 alleni 242 Orange-Spotted Sleeper Goby 261 Parkinson’s Rainbowfish see Parkinsoni pictus 132, 133 caeruleus 243 Orange-Spotted Sunfish 358 coelestris 242 Orange-Spot Wrasse 266 Rainbowfish Pimephales promelas 360 moluccensis 243 Orange-Throated Darter 358 Parosphromenus Pin Catfish 133 Orange-Tipped Pleco 129 Pineapplefish see Pine-Cone Fish Pom-Pon (goldfish) 343 Orbicularis Batfish 270 deissneri 109 Pineapple Swordtail 160 Pontederia cordata 368 Orbiculate Batfish see Orbicularis Batfish nagyi 109 Pine-Cone Fish 280 Popeyed Sea Goblin 282 Orchid Lily 196 Parrot Cichlid 71 Pink Sensation (water lily) 378 Porcelain Shrimp see Feather Star Orfe 326, 361 Peaceful Betta see Crescent Betta Pink Skunk Clownfish 245 Oriole Angelfish see Bicolor Angelfish Peacock Goby see Eye-Spot Sleeper Pink-Tailed Characin 93 Squat Lobster Ornate Bagrid 135 Peacock Rainbowfish 179 Pink-Tipped Anemone 286 porcupinefish 250–1 Ornate Ctenopoma 115 Pearl Cichlid 41, 139 Pinnate Batfish 270 Porkfish 271 Ornate Fin-Nipper 92 Pearl Coral see Bubble Coral Pinnatus Batfish see Pinnate Batfish Porthole Catfish 120 Ornate Pimelodus 133 Pearl Danio 76 Pintail Red Wagtail Platy 162 Port Hoplo Catfish see Thorocatum Orontium aquaticum 373 pearlfish 174–5 pipefish 15, 279 Oryzias latipes 184 Pearl Gourami 62, 112 piranhas 17, 33, 92 Catfish Oscar 26, 139 Pearl of Likoma 67, 151 Pistia stratiotes 192, 373 Potamotrygon Osphronemus goramy 109, 113 Pearl of the Pool (water lily) 374 Pistol Shrimp 293 Osteochilus hasseltii 75 Pearlscale (goldfish) 335 Pixy Hawkfish 278 histrix 183 Osteoglossum bicirrhosum 182 Pearl-Scaled Angelfish see Half-Black Plain-Bodied Prochilodus see Silver laticeps see Potamotrygon motoro Ostracion Angelfish motoro 182, 183 Pearly Rasbora see Orange-Finned Rasbora Prochilodus Potter’s Angelfish 253 cubicus 250 Peckoltia Plainhead Filefish 248 Powder Blue Hap see Electric Blue meleagris 250 pulcher see Dekeyseria pulcher Platax Powder Blue Tang 231, 237 solorensis 250 species 130 Premnas biaculeatus 245 Oxycirrhites typus 278 Pelmatochromis humilis see Pelvicachromis batavianus 270 Pretty Peckoltia 129 Oxydoras niger 118 humilis orbicularis 270 Pretty Prawn Goby see Orange-Spotted Oxymonacanthus longirostris 249 Pelteobagrus ornatus see Hyalobagrus ornatus pinnatus 270 Sleeper Goby Pelvicachromis tiera 270 Pretty Tetra see Garnet Tetra P humilis 146 Plated Sturgeon 20 Prickly Leatherjacket see Tasseled subocellatus 146 platies 162–4 Filefish Pachycerianthus species 286 Penang Mouth-Brooding Betta see Mouth- Platy 162–3 Prionobrama filigera 103 Pacific Blue-Eye see Australian Blue-Eye Brooding Betta Platydoras costatus 118 Pristella Pacific Blue Tang see Blue Tang Penguin Fish see Hockey Sticks Platysoma sturio see Platystomatichthys sturio maxillaris 101 Pacific Mexican Molly 168 Penicillus capitatus 213 Platystomatichthys sturio 132 riddlei see Pristella maxillaris Pacific Sailfin Tang 238 Pennant Glider seeYellowhead Sleeper Platy Variatus 164 Protomelas fenestratus 148 Painted Triggerfish see Picasso Triggerfish Goby Pleco Hypostomus 128 Protopterus annectens 187 Pajama Cardinalfish 283 Peppered Corydoras 123 Plecostomus see Pleco Hypostomus Protoreaster lincki 296 Paleatus see Black Sail Corydoras Peppermint Basslet see Swiss Guard Plerogyra sinuosa 288 Pseudacanthicus species 128 Pale Barb 86 Basslet Plotosus lineatus 281 Pseudobagrus ornatus see Hyalobagrus ornatus Palmquisti see Palmqvist’s Notho Peppermint Pleco 131 Pocillopora damicornis 288, 289 Pseudobalistes fuscus 246 Palmqvist’s Notho 172 Periclimenes yucatanicus 292 Poecilia Pseudocheilinus hexataenia 269 Palmqvist’s Nothobranch see Palmqvist’s Periophthalmus barbarus 189 butleri 168 Pseudochromis Peruvian Tetra 97 formosa 168 aureus see Pseudochromis fuscus Notho Pervagor melanogaster 157 diadema 274 Panaque nigrolineatus 131 melanocephalus 249 mexicana see Poecilia butleri dutoiti 273 Panda Corydoras 122 spilosoma 249 nigrofasciata 157 fuscus 274 Panda Dwarf Cichlid see Nijssen’s Dwarf Peter’s Elephant-Nose 19, 186 reticulata 71, 165–7 paccagnellae 273 Petrotilapia tridentiger see Iodotropheus velifera 169 porphyreus 273 Cichlid sprengerae Polkadot African Catfish 126 Pseudocolochirus axiologus 297 Pangio kuhlii 181 Phago ornatus 92 Polka Dot Boxfish see Spotted Cube Pseudocrenilabrus Pantherfish see Panther Grouper Phallichthys amates 158 Polkadot Cardinalfish see Pajama multicolor 147 Panther Grouper 271 Phenacogrammus interruptus 100 Cardinalfish philander 147 Pantodon buchholzi 186 Philippine Butterflyfish 256 Polka Dot Grouper see Panther Grouper Pseudodoras niger see Oxydoras niger Panulirus versicolor 291 Phoxinus erythrogaster 360 Polkadot Synodontis see Polkadot African Pseudomugil Paracanthurus hepatus 224, 238 Phractocephalus hemioliopterus 133 Catfish furcatus 177 Paracheirodon Picasso Triggerfish 246 Polyacanthus fasciatus 111 signifer 177 Pickerel Weed 368 Polycentrus schomburgki 115 Pseudomystus siamensis see Leiocassis siamensis axelrodi 99 Picturesque Dragonet see Spotted Polypterus senegalus 187 Pseudosphromenus innesi 99 Mandarin Pomacanthus cupanus 108 Parachenoglansis macrostoma see Pictus Catfish 132, 133 annularis 254 dayi 109 Anaspidoglanis macrostoma Pigeon Blood Discus 143 asfur see Arusetta asfur Pseudotropheus Paracirrhites arcatus 278 Pike Killi Fish see Pike-Top Minnow imperator 255 barlowi 149 Paradise Fish 22, 108, 109 Pike-Top Livebearer see Pike-Top maculosus 254 elongatus 14 paradisefish (group) 108–13 Minnow navarchus 254 lombardoi 14 Paraglyphidodon oxyodon see Abudefduf oxyodon Pike-Top Minnow 158 paru 255 socolofi 149 Paramsassis ranga 188 Pimelodella meesi 133 semicirculatus 254 zebra 14, 151 Parancistrus pimelodid catfish 132–3 xanthometopon 255 Psychedelic Fish see Spotted Mandarin species 129 Pomacea bridgesi 46 Pterapogon kauderni 281 tocantins 131 Ptereleotris zebra 260, 282

I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S ● 391 Pterois Radiata Lionish see Clearfin Lionfish Red Ludwigia 197 Rhynchocinetes uritai 292 antennata 265 Raffles’ Butterflyfish see Latticed Red Lyretail see Two-Striped Killie Ribbonfish see Jack-Knife Fish miles 265 Red-Orange Soldierfish see Whitetip Ribbon-Striped Soldierfish see Whitetip radiata 264 Butterflyfish volitans 264 Rafflesi Butterflyfish see Latticed Soldierfish Soldierfish Red Phantom Tetra see Swegles’s Tetra Riccia see Liverwort Pterophyllum Butterflyfish Red Rainbowfish see Salmon-Red Riccia fluitans 193 altum 141 Rainbow Cobweb Delta Guppy 165 Rice Fish 70 scalare 140 rainbowfish 176–9 Rainbowfish Rinecanthus species 70, 83 Rainbow Goodeid 159 Red Saddleback Clown 244 Rainbow Moorii see Moorii Red Sea Clown Surgeon see Sohal aculeatus see Rinecanthus assasi Pterosynchiropus splendidus 275 Ram 63, 136 assasi 246 Pufferfish 204, 224 Ramirez Dwarf Cichlid 57 Surgeonfish Rip Saw Catfish see Black Doradid Pulsing Coral 289 Ranchu (goldfish) 339 Red Shiner 327, 358, 361 Robina’s Corydoras 124 Puntius Ranunculus Red Snakeskin Discus 143 Rocket Panchax see Banded Panchax Red-Spotted Characin see Red-Spotted Rock Fish 204 arulius 85 aquatilis 370 Rohita hasseltii see Osteochilus hasseltii bimaculatus 87 lingua ‘Grandiflorus’ 369 Copeina Roloff’s Barb 87 conchonius 82 Rasbora Red-Spotted Copeina 90 Rose Airey (water lily) 376 cumingi 87 axelrodi see Sundadamo axelrodi Red-Spotted Leopard Discus 143 Rosy Barb 65, 82 everetti 84 borapetensis 80 Red Spotted Turquoise Discus 71 Rosy-Finned Tetra see Rosy Tetra filamentosus 82 caudimaculata 81 Red-Striped Barb 87 Rosy Tetra 98 gelius 85 daniconius 81 Red-Striped Killie 170 Rotala macrandra 195 lateristriga 86 dorsiocellata 80 Red-Striped Rasbora see Redline Rasbora Round-Banded Barb 86 lineatus 84 einthovenii 78 Red-Tail Butterflyfish 257 Roundfaced Batfish see Tiera Batfish nigrofasciatus 82 elegans 80 Red-Tailed Black Shark see Red-Tailed Round-Tailed Betta 106 oligolepis 85 espei see Trigonostigma espei Round-Tailed Cambodian Betta 106 pentazona 82 heteromorpha see Trigonostigma Shark Royal Dottyback 273 rhomboocellatus 86 Red-Tailed Butterflyfish see Red-Tail Royal Gramma 273, 274 sachsi 86 heteromorpha Royal Panaque 131 semifasciolatus 84 heteromorpha espei see Trigonostigma Butterflyfish Royal Pleco see Royal Panaque tetrazona 83, 84 Red-Tailed Catfish 133 Royal Tang see Blue Tang ticto 83 espei Red-Tailed Chalceus see Long-Finned Rudd 326, 361 titteya 84 kalochroma 78 Ruffled Amazon Swordplant 141 Purple Firefish see Purple Fire Goby leptosoma see Rasbora pauciperforata African Tetra Rummy-Nose Tetra see Banded Purple Fire Goby 282 maculata see Boraras maculatus Red-Tailed Dwarf Cichlid 144 Rummy-Nose Purple-Headed Barb see Black Ruby Barb pauciperforata 79 Red-Tailed Goodeid 156 Russet Dwarf Angelfish see Potter’s Purple Spiny Lobster 291 trilineata 79 Red-Tailed Rasbora see False Magnificent Angelfish Purple-Striped Gudgeon 184 vaterifloris 79 Rusty Cichlid 150 Purple-Striped Sleeper Goby see Purple- rasboras 78–81 Rasbora Ryukin (goldfish) 336 Striped Gudgeon Raspberry Coral 288, 289 Red-Tailed Shark 27, 75 Purple Tang seeYellow Sailfin Tang Ratfish 20 Redtail Filefish see Orange-Head Filefish S pygmy basslets 273–4 Red Aphyosemion see Blue Gularis Red Tail Half-Black Guppy 165 Pygmy Catfish 123 Red-Bellied Piranha 92 Redtail Loach 180 Sabellastarte magnifica 295 Pygmy Chain Swordplant 199 Red Betta 105 Red-Tail Notho see Gunther’s Saddle Anemonefish see Red Saddleback Pygmy Gourami 110 Red Brain Coral 288 Pygmy Rasbora see Spotted Rasbora Red Crested Dwarf Cichlid 145 Nothobranch Clown Pygocentrus Red Crinoid see Feather Starfish Red Telanthera 196 Saddleback Butterflyfish 257 altus see Serrasalmus nattereri Red Devil 67, 137 Red Tiger Barb 83, 87 Saddle-Back Wrasse see Saddle Wrasse nattereri see Serrasalmus nattereri Red Dog Characin see Torpedo Pike Red Tiger Oscar 139 Saddled Banded Butterflyfish see Double- Pygoplites diacanthus 252 Characin Red Tiger Scat see Tiger Scat Pyjama Cardinalfish see Pajama Red Dwarf Lobster see Red Lobster Red-Tipped Cichlid see Trewavas’s Cichlid Saddle Butterflyfish Cardinalfish Red Dwarf Pencilfish 15 Red-Tooth Triggerfish see Niger Triggerfish Saddled Butterflyfish see Double-Saddle Pyjama Synodontis see Striped Synodontis Red-Eyed Moenkhausia seeYellow-Banded Red-Topped Trewavasae see Trewavas’s Pyrrhulina nigrofasciata see Copella Tetra Butterflyfish nigrofasciata Red-Eyed Red Swordtail 49 Cichlid Saddled Toby 251 Red-Eyed Tetra seeYellow-Banded Tetra Red Tree Sponge 287 Saddle Wrasse 269 Q Red-Finned Batfish see Pinnate Batfish Red Varitail Guppy 166 Sagittaria Red-Finned Cichlid see Trewavas’s Cichlid Red Wag Lyre Swordtail 160 Queen Angelfish 16 Red-Finned Shark see Red-Fin Shark Reed Fish 186 sagittifolia 364 Queen Conch 295 Red-Finned Tetra see Argentine Bloodfin Reedmace 367 subulata 199 Queen Coris see Formosa Wrasse Red-Fin Shark 75 Regal Angelfish 252 Sailfin Characin see Sailfin Tetra Queen Triggerfish 247 Redfin Wrasse see Fairy Wrasse Regal Peacock 153 Sailfin Marbled Catfish 133 Queen Wrasse see Formosa Wrasse Red Heckel Discus see Blue Discus Regal Tang see Blue Tang Sailfin Molly 169 Redhump Eartheater 63 Regan’s Julie see Striped Julie Sailfin Pimelodid see Sailfin Marbled R Red Kadango 151 Reindeer Wrasse see Dragon Wrasse Catfish Red-Knobbed Starfish 296 René Gérard (water lily) 375 Sailfin Tetra 100 Rabaut’s Corydoras 124 Red Laydeker 374 Rheum palmatum 364 Sailfish see Celebes Rainbowfish rabbitfish 277 Red-Lined Butterflyfish 258 Rhinomuraena amboinensis 280, 283 Salarias fasciatus 276 Raccoon Butterflyfish 257 Red-Lined Triggerfish see Orange-Lined Rhinopias Salmon Clownfish see Pink Skunk Radianthus ritteri see Heteractis magnifica Triggerfish Clownfish Redline Rasbora 79 aphanes 265 Salmon-Red Rainbowfish 176 Red Lobster 290 frondosa 264 Salt and Pepper Platy 163 Rhoadesii Cichlid 153 Saltwater Catfish 281 Rhoades’s Chilo see Rhoadesii Cichlid Rhoades’s Cichlid see Rhoadesii Cichlid Rhodactis species 287 Rhodeus sericeus 360 Rhopalaea crassa 297

392 ● I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S Salvinia Siganus Spanish Dancer 294 Striped Barb 84 auriculata 193 chrysospilos 277 Spanish Hogfish 267 Striped Burrfish 251 species 36 magnificus see Lo magnificus Spanner Barb see T-Barb Striped Catfish see Banded Mystus virgatus 277 Speckled Sawfin Goodeid see Spotted Striped Glass Catfish see African Glass Sanke (koi) 348 vulpinus 277 Sargocentron Skiffia Catfish Signatus 41, 155 Sphaeramia nematoptera 283 Striped Headstander 91 caudimaculatum 262 Silver Angelfish 140 Sphaerichthys osphromenoides 112 Striped Julie 154 violaceum 263 Silver Arowana see Arawana Spike-Tailed Paradise Fish 108 Striped Raphael Catfish see Chocolate Saron species 292 Silver-Backed Tuxedo Guppy 165 Spine-Cheeked Anemonefish see Maroon Saururus cernuus 199 Silver Distichodus 95 Doradid Scaides longibarbis see Leiarius pictus Silver Dollar 37, 94, 95 Clown Striped Synodontis 126 Scardinius erythrophthalmus 361 Silver Hatchetfish 89 Spiny Boxfish see Striped Burrfish Stripetail Damsel see Scissor-Tail Scarlet Acanthicus 128 Silver Mono see Mono Spiny Dogfish 20 Strombus gigas 295 Scarlet Cleaner Shrimp 292 Silver Mylossoma see Hard-Bellied Silver Spiny Puffer 250 Sturgeon Catfish 132 Scarlet Pleco see Scarlet Acanthicus Splashing Characin see Splashing Tetra Sufflamen bursa 247 Scatophagus argus 189 Dollar Splashing Tetra 90 Sulphur Goby seeYellow Prawn Goby Schomburgk’s Leaf Fish 115 Silver Needlefish 185 Splendid Rainbowfish 179 Sumatra Barb see Tiger Barb Schubert’s Barb see Gold barb Silver Pacu see Silver Dollar Split-Tailed Betta 106 Sunburst Crested Dwarf Cichlid 145 Schwanenfeld’s Barb see Tinfoil Barb Silver Prochilodus 95 sponges 286–7 Sun Coral see Orange Polyp Coral Schwartz’s Catfish see Schwartz’s Silver Shark see Tri-Color Shark Spotband Butterflyfish 257 Sundadamo axelrodi 78 Corydoras Silverspot Squirrelfish see Tailspot Spotfin Lionfish 265 Sunrise (water lily) 376 Schwartz’s Corydoras 122 Spotless Watermeal see Watermeal Sunset Hi-Fin Platy see Marigold Hi-Fin Sciaenochromis Squirrelfish Spotline Aspidoras 120 ahli see Sciaenochromis fryeri Silver-Tipped Tetra see False Silver- Spot-Tailed Rasbora 81 Platy fryeri 150 Spotted Boxfish see Blue Boxfish Sunshine Peacock 152 Scissor-Tail 241 Tipped Tetra Spotted Catfish 48, 132 Sunshine Pleco see Gold-Spotted Pleco Scissor-Tailed Rasbora see Scissortail Simpsonichthys bokermanni 175 Spotted Cleaner Shrimp 292 surgeonfish 236–9 Rasbora Six-Barred Epiplatys see Six-Barred Spotted Climbing Perch see Leopard Sweet Flag 366 Scissortail Rasbora 79 Swegles’s Tetra 96 Scleropages formosus 184 Panchax Ctenopoma Swimming Crab 290 Scobinancistrus aureatus 130 Six-Barred Panchax 173 Spotted Cube 250 Swiss Guard Basslet 271 Scopas Tang see Brown Tang Six-Bar Wrasse 269 Spotted Danio 77 Swordtail 160 scorpionfish 204, 264–5 Six-Line Wrasse 269 Spotted Doradid see White-Spotted Swordtail Characin 90 Scribbled Boxfish 250 Sixray Corydoras 120 swordtails (group) 160–1 Sea Apple 297 Six-Striped Distichodus 95 Doradid Symphysodon aequifasciata 142 Sea Cucumber see Sea Apple Six Stripe Wrasse see Six-Line Wrasse Spotted Goby see Knight Goby Synalpheus species 293 sea horses 279 Skiffia multipunctata 158 Spotted Headstander 88 Synanceia horrida 282 Sea Lamprey 20 Skunk Cabbage 364, 366 Spotted Hoplo see Thorocatum Catfish Synchiropus Semaprochilodus taeniurus 95 Skunk Clownfish 244 Spotted Mandarin 275 Semicircle Angelfish see Koran Angelfish Skunk Cory see Skunk Corydoras Spotted Moray Eel 15 picturatus 275 Semilarvatus Butterflyfish see Red-Lined Skunk Corydoras 125 Spotted Puffer 188 splendidus see Pterosynchiropus Butterflyfish Skunk Loach 181 Spotted Rasbora 78 Senegal Bichir see Cuvier’s Bichir Skunk-Striped Anemonefish see Skunk Spotted Scat see Tiger Scat splendidus Senegalis senegalis see Polypterus senegalus Spotted Shovel-Nosed Catfish see Spotted Syngnathoides Sergeant Major 241 Clownfish Serrasalmus nattereri 92 Slant-Nosed Gar see Gar Characin Catfish biaculeatus 279 Severum 137 Slender Armored Catfish 120 Spotted Silver Molly 169 species 15 Sexy Shrimp see Broken-Back Shrimp Slender Betta see Slim Betta Spotted Skiffia 158 synodontid catfish 126–7 Shame-Faced Crab 290 Slender Filefish 248 Spotted Synodontis see Notatus Synodontis Shaving Brush 213 Slender Hemiodus 94 Squaliforma cf. emarginatus see Hypostomus alberti 126 Sheephead Swordtail 161 Slender Rasbora 81 angelicus 126 Shinnersia rivularis 198 Slim Betta 107 cf. emarginatus decorus 127 Shoenoplectus lacustris 309 Slim Harlequin see Narrow-Wedge Squat Anemone Shrimp see Broken-Back eupterus 127 Shortfin Lionfish 265 flavitaeniatus 126 Shortfin Molly see Pacific Mexican Molly Harlequin Shrimp greshoffi 126 Showa (koi) 355 Small-Mouth Featherfin Tetra 103 squirrelfish 262–3 nigriventris 127 shrimp 292–3 Small-Scaled Tetra see Croaking Tetra Staghorn Damselfish 240 notatus 127 Shrimpfish see Coral Shrimpfish Smith’s Blenny see Smith’s Sawtail Blenny Stappers’ Catfish 135 ocellifer see Synodontis notatus Shubunkin (goldfish) 312, 333, 335 Smith’s Sawtail Blenny 276 starfish 296–7 schoutedeni 126 Shy Hamlet 272 Snail-Eating Doradid see Irwin’s Star Sterlet 359 Siamese Algae-Eater see Siamese Flying Fox Steel-Blue Betta 105 T Siamese Fighting Fish 17, 22, 60, 62, 63, Soldier Cat Steel-Blue Killifish see Clausen’s Steel- 64, 68, 69, 83, 104, 105 Snakeskin Gourami 112 Taeniura lymma 283 Siamese Flying Fox 74 Snowflake Moray Eel 283 Blue Killie Tailbar Lionfish see Clearfin Lionfish Siamese Tiger see Siamese Tigerfish Social Fairy Wrasse see Fairy Wrasse Stegastes planifrons 243 Tailspot Squirrelfish 262 Siamese Tigerfish 188 Sohal Surgeonfish 237, 238 Stenopus hispidus 293 Tancho (koi) 349 Siberian Sturgeon 359 soldierfish 262–3 Sterlet 308, 359 Tangerine Orange Discus 70 Sierra Leone Dwarf Characin see Jelly Sorumbin mena see Platystomatichthys sturio Stevardia albipinnis see Corynopoma riisei tangs 236–9 Bean Tetra South African Mouth-Brooder 147 Stick Catfish see Whiptail Catfish Tanichthys albonubes 81 South American Leaf Fish see Barbeled Stigmatogobius sadanundio 185 Tan’s Fish see White Cloud Mountain Stratiotes aloides 373 Leaf Fish Strawberry Gramma see Magenta Minnow South American Tiger Fish see Wolf Fish Tasseled Filefish 249 Southern Blue-Eye see Australian Blue-Eye Dottyback Tateurndina ocellicauda 185 Southern Platy see Platy Striped Aphyosemion see Red-Striped Southern Red-Bellied Dace 360 Killie

I N D E X O F C O M M O N A N D S C I E N T I F I C N A M E S ● 393 T-Barb 86 Tri-Color Shark 74 Variable Platy see Platy Variatus Xenomystus nigri 187 Teardrop Butterflyfish 259 Tridacna crocea 294 Variatus see Platy Variatus Xenoteca eiseni 156 Teardrop Mosquito Fish see Tropical Triggerfish 247 Variegated Platy see Platy Variatus Xenotilapia flavipinnis 154 triggerfish (group) 246–7 Veiltail (goldfish) 339 Xiphophorus Mosquitofish Trigonostigma Velvet Cichlid see Oscar Telanthera lilacina 196 Vermiculated Synodontis 126 birchmanni 161 Telescope-Eye Goldfish 343 espei 74, 81 Vesicularia dubyana 194 hellerii 160 Telmatherina ladigesi see Marosatherina ladigesi heteromorpha 79 Vesuve (water lily) 377 maculatus 162 Tench 360 Tropheus moorii 154 Viejita Dwarf Cichlid 61 montezumae 161 Tetraodon fluviatilis 188 Tropical Hornwort see Hornwort Violet Betta 105 variatus 164 tetras 96–103 Tropical Mosquitofish 156 Violet Goby 182 X-Ray Fish see X-Ray Tetra Tetrosomus gibbosus 251 Tubastrea aurea 288 Violet Squirrelfish 263 X-Ray Tetra 101 Thalassoma Tube Anemone see Cerianthus Volitans Lionfish 18, 264 Tube Anemone Swimming Crab 291 Y duperrey 269 Turban Snail 295 W hardwicke 269 Turbo Snail 295 Yellow-Band Angelfish seeYellow Bar jansenii 269 Turkeyfish see Volitans Lionfish Wakin (goldfish) 336 Angelfish Thalia dealbata 368 Turquoise Discus 71, 142 Walker’s Aphyosemion 171 Thayeria boehlkei 90 Turtleweed 213 Walking Perch see Climbing Perch Yellow-Banded Tetra 101 Thick-Lipped Gourami 110 Tuxedo Multicolored Delta Guppy 167 Water Avens 368 Yellow Bar Angelfish 254 Thor amboinensis 293 Tuxedo Rainbow Delta Guppy 166 Water Canna 368 Yellow-Bellied Blue Damsel 243 Thorichthys meeki 136, 137 Twig Catfish see Whiptail Catfish Water Chestnut 372 Yellow Boxfish see Spotted Cube Thornback Boxfish see Humpback Twin-Banded Killifish 171 Water Crowfoot 370 Yellow Dwarf Cichlid see Umbrella Turretfish Twinspot Lionfish see Fumanchu Lionfish Water Forget-Me-Not 364 Thorocatum Catfish 120 Twisted Vallisneria 198 Water Goldfinch see X-Ray Tetra Dwarf Cichlid Threadfin Butterflyfish 18, 257 Two-Band Clownfish 244 Water Hawthorn 367 Yellow-Faced Angelfish see Blue-Faced Threadfin Rainbowfish 176 Two-Banded Anemonefish see Two-Band Water Hyacinth 372 Three-Lined Corydoras see Three-Striped Clownfish Water Lettuce 192, 373 Angelfish Corydoras Two-Colored Angelfish see Bicolor Angelfish water lilies 374–9 Yellow-Finned Xenotilapia 154 Three-Lined Rasbora see Scissortail Rasbora Two-Colored Banjo Catfish see Indian Watermeal 193 Yellow Flag 367 Three-Spined Stickleback 358 Catfish Watermelon Fish 91 Yellow-Headed Jawfish 232, 282 Three Spot Damsel 243 Two-Colored Blenny see Bicolor Blenny Water Soldier 373 Yellowhead Sleeper Goby 261 Three-Spot Gourami see Blue Gourami Two Spot Barb see Tic-Tac-Toe Barb Watersprite 193 Yellow Indonesian Polyp 287 Three-Spot Rasbora see Big-Spot Rasbora Two Spot Catfish 134 Water Violet 371 Yellow Krib 146 Three-Stripe Damsel 240 Two-Spot Livebearer 157 Wavy-Edged Swordplant 36 Yellow Peacock see Sunshine Peacock Three-Striped Corydoras 122 Two Spot Rasbora see Elegant Rasbora Weedy Scorpionfish see Goose Scorpionfish Yellow Prawn Goby 260 Three-Striped Glass Catfish see African Two-Striped Aphyosemion see Two- Western Mosquito Fish see Mosquitofish Yellow Sailfin Tang 219, 236, 238, 239 Glass Catfish Striped Killie Whiptail Catfish 117 Yellow Sea Horse see Common Sea Horse Thresher Pleco see Black Hi-Fin Pleco Two-Striped Killie 171 White Cloud Minnow see White Cloud Yellow Skunk Clown see Skunk Clownfish Tic-Tac-Toe Barb 83 Two-Striped Lyretail see Two-Striped Killie Yellow-Spotted Triggerfish see Blueline Tiera Batfish 270 Typha latifolia 367 Mountain Minnow Tiger Barb 83, 84 White Cloud Mountain Minnow 33, 81 Triggerfish Tiger Clown Pleco 130 U White Delight (water lily) 379 Yellowtail Coris see Clown Wrasse Tiger Cowrie 295 White-Faced Surgeonfish 236 Yellowtail Damselfish 243 Tiger Scat 189 Ulreyi Tetra 98 White-Fin Lionfish see Clearfin Lionfish Yellow-Tailed Clownfish see Clarkii Clown Tiger Tetra see Wolf Fish Ulrey’s Tetra see Ulreyi Tetra White-Lined Triggerfish see Triggerfish Yellowtail Sailfin Tang 238 Tinca tinca 360 Umbrella Dwarf Cichlid 144 White Shark 20 Yellow Tetra 99 Tinfoil Barb 85 Umbrella Sedge 365 White-Spotted Doradid 119 Yellow Veiltail Guppy 83 Tinkeri Butterflyfish see Tinker’s Undulate Ray 20 White-Spotted Filefish 248 Yucatan Commensal Shrimp see Spotted Butterflyfish Undulate Triggerfish see Orange-Lined White-Tailed Damselfish see Three-Stripe Tinker’s Butterflyfish 259 Cleaner Shrimp Torpedo Pike Characin 93 Triggerfish Damsel Yucatan Molly see Sailfin Molly Toxotes Undulatus Triggerfish see Orange-Lined White-Tipped Soldierfish see Whitetip jaculator see Toxotes jaculatrix Z jaculatrix 185 Triggerfish Soldierfish Translucent Bloodfin see Glass Bloodfin Unicorn Fish see Unicorn Tang Whitetip Soldierfish 262 Zamora Catfish see Midnight Catfish Trapa natans 372 Unicorn Tang 239 Wild Guppy 165 Zamora Woodcat see Midnight Catfish Trewavas’s Cichlid 149 Upside-Down Synodontis 127 William C. Uber (water lily) 378 Zanclus Trichogaster Utricularia vulgaris 371 Willow Moss 371 chuna see Colisa sota Utsurimono (koi) 349 Wimplefish see Bannerfish canescens see Zanclus cornutus labiosus 110 Wine-Red Betta 107 cornutus 281 leerii 112 V Wolffia arrhiza 193 Zantedeschia aethiopica 366 microlepis 113 Wolf Fish 93 Zebra Cichlid 151 pectoralis 112 Vagabond Butterflyfish 258 wrasse 266–9 Zebra Danio 70, 76 trichopterus 113 Valencienna Wrestling Halfbeak see Malayan Halfbeak Zebra Goby 260, 282 trichopterus sumatranus 113 Zebra Lionfish 264 Trichopsis puellaris 261 X Zebra Loach 180 pumila 110 strigata 261 Zebra Malawi Cichlid see Zebra Cichlid vittata 110 Valentini’s Toby see Saddled Toby Xanthichthys marginatus 246 Zebra Pleco 130 Trichoronis rivularis see Shinnersia rivularis Vallisneria Xenentodon cancila 185 Zebrasoma gigantea 199 Xenia species 289 flavescens 236, 238 tortifolia 198 scopas 239 veliferum 238 xanthurus 238

394 ● G E N E R A L I N D E X General index A angelfish cont. bottom-dwelling fish catfish 116–35 breeding 61, 62, 64, 230 mouths 17 armored catfish 120–1 Acanthodii 20 camouflage 255 scales 16 barbels 117, 123 Acanthuridae 237 changing sex 230 breeding 41, 62, 63 acidity, water 46, 212 fin-nipping 83 boxfish 250–1 choosing fish 44 acrylic tanks 31, 209 hiding places 253 brackish water 43, 46, 188 defensive rays 134 actinic lighting 207 brain 18, 19 evolution 20 adipose fins 17, 88 annelids 294–5, 324 breathing 18–19 feeding 48, 49 aeration, water 34, 35 aquariums life-span 28 aggression corydoras catfish 124 scales 16 choosing 27, 30–1 labyrinth organs 104, 110 beak wrestling 159 community aquariums 28, 204 lungfish 187 caudal fins 16, 17, 183 damselfish 243 history 22–3 breeding cauliflower disease 228 preventing 161 see also tanks amateur breeders 28 caves 41, 65, 145 Siamese Fighting Fish 105 aragonite sand 209 cave-spawners 145 cephalopods 294 spawning time 65, 66 armored catfish 120–1 commercial 23, 329 changing sex 230, 244 territorial species 69, 230 artificial rock 40 freshwater fish 59–71 characoids 17, 62, 88–103 tangs 239 asymmetrical markings 76 invertebrates 231 chemical filters 34, 211 Agnatha 20 automatic feeders 317 marine fish 229–33 chilling 58 airlift system, filtration 34–5 pond fish 325–9 China 22, 334, 347 air pumps 35, 42 B breeding brushes 326 chironomus worms 49 airstones 34, 35, 41 breeding traps 66 chloramine 42, 215 alcohol thermometers 42 backbones 20 brine shrimp 49, 68, 204, 218, 219, chlorine 42, 58, 215 algae backdrops 40, 209 233 chromosomes 70, 168 algal blooms 319, 327 bacteria bristlenoses 62 cichlids 136–55 coral skeletons 213 bristleworms 224 decorative 213 biological filters 34, 51, 211, brittle stars 296 breeding 39, 41, 62, 65, 145 dried green algae 219 307, 318 Brooklynellosis 227 choosing fish 44 freshwater tanks 51–2 bubble-nesters 62, 63, 65, 107, 109 colors 152 lighting tanks 33, 206–7 in marine tanks 216 budding, corals 289 diseases 57 live rock 213 seed culture 42, 51 bullying 228, 239, 240 evolution 15 marine tanks 203, 220 bacterial diseases buoyancy 18 excavations 138 ponds 308 freshwater fish 57 burrowing 181, 187 eyes 152 ultraviolet systems 306 marine fish 224, 228 bushfish 114–5 feeding 48 zooxanthellae 288 pond fish 318, 322, 324 butterflyfish 230, 256–9 fins 17 alkalinity, water 46 bagrid catfish 134–5 butyl-rubber pond liners 302 motion detectors 151 aloe vera, water conditioner 42 balance, loss of 228 buying fish 26, 44, 204, 311 mouth-brooding 62, 147, 148 ammonia 46 Balitoridae 18 buying tanks 30 parasites 58 filters 210, 211, 213 barbels 19, 75, 332 parental care 62–3, 155 maturation process 216 catfish 117, 123 C cirri 276 new tank syndrome 52 koi 350 clams 294 nitrogen cycle 34 barbs calcium classification of fish 21 pond water 307, 318 breeding 62, 64, 69, 82–87 corals 288 clones 168, 287 amphibians 16 cannibalism 84 deficiency 224 clownfish 202, 244–5 anabantoid organs 68–9 fin-nipping 83 live rock 213 breeding 230, 232 anabantoids 104–15 batfish 270 marine tanks 209, 215 changing sex 230, 244 breeding 62, 63, 109 beak wrestling 159 diseases 227 feelers 110 behavior, signs of disease 56, 226 camouflage 18 feeding 204 labyrinth organs 104, 110 bettas 62, 104–7 angelfish 255 parental care 231, 232–3 parasites 58 biological filters colors 19, 263 sea anemones 245, 286 anal fins 17, 60, 156 freshwater tanks 34, 42, 51 crustaceans 291 Cobitidae 180 anchor worm 58, 324 marine tanks 203, 210–11, 213 mudskippers 189 cockles 219 anemonefish see clownfish ponds 307, 318 stingrays 183 cold-blooded animals 16, 317 anemones 286–7 bivalves 294 coldwater fish see pond fish breeding 231 black spot 227 cannibalism 84 colonies clownfish 245, 286 blackwater extract 97 carbohydrates 48, 218, 316 anemones 287 colonies 287 blennies 275–6 carbon dioxide 32, 34 corals 288 health problems 225 bloat 322 carnivores, digestive system 18 colors 19 marine tanks 202, 204, 215 bloodworms 49, 219 carp age-related changes 268 reef tanks 206–7 body plans 16 camouflage 19, 263 tentacles 287 body shapes 15, 182 diseases 324 cichlids 152 angelfish 57, 140–1, 252–5 signs of disease 56, 226 history of fishkeeping 22, 334 genetics 70–1 body shape 141 body temperature 16, 317 see also koi goldfish 333 bogwood 39, 40, 97, 131, 212 carp pox 324 killifish 171 bony fish 20, 21 carrots, feeding fish 49 bony plates 16, 121 cartilaginous fish 20, 21 catching fish 45, 216

G E N E R A L I N D E X ● 395 colors cont. digestive system 18 external filters cont. fluorescent lighting 32, 33, 206, 207 koi 345 goldfish 337 tanks 35, 211 food see feeding sexing fish 230 koi 350 fossils 20, 186 signs of disease 56, 226 vegetarian fish 95 eye-lobes, loricariid catfish 129 fountains, ponds 306, 310, 319, 320 specialist foods 317 eyes 16, 19 foxfaces 277 squirrelfish 263 discus 15, 142–3 freeze-dried food 219 tannins 97 breeding 62, 63, 64, 66 Blind Cavefish 103 freshwater fish 24–189 color forms and genetics 70–1 camouflage 19 color vision 152 discus milk 63, 143 cichlids 152 breeding 59–71 combtails 112 exhibiting 28 diseases 56, 226 choosing 44 commensalism 245 parasites 58 Four-Eyes 157 diversity 15 communication 19 water requirements 27, 52 loaches 181 evolution 20 squirrelfish 262 feeding 48–9 doradid catfish 119 diseases eyespots, false 18, 19 illness 54–8 inter-species 267 freshwater fish 53–8 introducing to tank 44–5, 52 community aquariums 28, 204 human safety 308 F preparing tanks 38–42 conditioning fish, breeding 65–6 marine fish 224–8 frogs, in ponds 326 Condrichthyes 20, 21 pond fish 321–4 families, classification 21 frozen food 219 conservation 23, 203 fats, feeding fish 48, 49, 316 fry convection currents 41–2 disinfectant 39, 40 feather stars 296 cannibalism 84 copper, in water 215, 225 disruptive camouflage 255 feeding commercial breeding 329 corals 288–9 dither fish 44, 155 feeding 49, 67–8, 69, 233 calcium deficiency 224 diversity 14–15 conditioning fish 65–6 hatching 61, 232–3 health problems 225 DNA 21 freshwater fish 48–9 livebearers 66–7 in marine tanks 215 doradid catfish 41, 119 fry 67–8, 69, 233 marine fish 230–1 in reef tanks 206–7 dorsal fins 17 marine fish 204, 218–19 mouth-brooders 62, 63, 67, reefs 14, 203 overfeeding 316, 322 reproduction 231, 289 defensive rays 134 pond fish 316–17 231, 232 skeletons 212–13 rainbowfish 177 predators 27 parental care 62–3, 155, 231 coral sand 46, 208, 209, 212 dorsal spines 248 feelers, cirri 276 pond fish 327 corydoras catfish 17, 54, 122–5 dropsy 322 fertilization, eggs 60–1, 156, 230, 327 rearing 67, 68–9 courtship 60, 61, 64, 66, 230 drugs 55, 225, 323 fertilizers, for plants 37 removing from tank 232–3 crabs 290–1 dry food 219 fiber, feeding fish 48, 316 yolk sac 61, 62, 66 cross-breeding 69 dwarf cichlids 144–5 fights, territorial disputes 69, 230 fun furnishings 41, 212 crustaceans 290–3 dyed gravel, substrate 39 filefish 248–9 fungal diseases ctenoid scales 16 filters freshwater fish 54, 57, 69 cucumber, feeding fish 49 E freshwater tanks 34–5, 37, 67 marine fish 224, 228 Cumberland stone, rockwork 40 marine tanks 203, 208, 209, pond fish 322, 324 cuttlefish 16 echinoderms 296–7 cycloid scales 16 ectothermic animals 16, 317 210–11, 214 G cyprinids 74–87, 332–57 edging materials, ponds 304, 305, 310 nitrate filters 215 barbels 75 eels 218, 225, 283 ponds 301, 306–7, 318 garlic, feeding koi 317 breeding 62 egg fungus 57 reverse osmosis (RO) filters 215 gas-exchange, and stocking density 30 mouthparts 80 eggs 28 filtration sand 38 gastropods 294 fin rot 57, 228, 322, 324 genetically modified fish 70 D annual killifish 172, 174 fins 16–17, 18 genetics 70–1 brine shrimp 68, 233 adaptations 17, 261 genitals 60, 61 damselfish 216, 240–3 bubble-nesters 109 diseases 56, 226 genus, classification 21 aggression 243 cannibalism 84 evolution 20 geographical separation, and evolution 14 parental care 231 clones 168 fin-nipping 83 gestation times 66 shoaling 241 corals 289 split fins 177, 248 gill flukes 58, 227, 323, 324 fertilization 60–1, 156, 230, 327 fish gill rakers 19 danios 76–7 freshwater fish 60, 61–2 anatomy 16–19 gills 16, 17, 18–19 breeding 62 hand-stripping 326 catching 45, 216 fin-nipping 83 marine fish 230–1 classification 21 signs of illness 52 markings 76 mouth-brooders 61–2, 147, 148, diversity 14–15 glass beads, substrate 39 parasites 58 evolution 20–1 glass tanks 30, 31 231, 232 history of fishkeeping 22–3 Glofish 70 daphnia 49, 68 parental care 231 transporting 45 gobies 260–1 dartfish 260 pond fish 326, 328 water position and buoyancy 18 daylight, simulating 207 removing from tank 232–3 see also freshwater fish; marine fish; breeding 230, 231 dechlorinators 215 spawning 230–1 suckerlike device 261 defenses 18, 19 spawning tanks 65 pond fish goldfish 74, 332–43 electrical fields 19, 186 fish houses 27 breeding 326, 327, 328, 341 crustaceans 291 electricity fish lice 322, 323, 324 designing ponds for 300 marine fish 204 pumps 306 flakes diseases 324 porcupinefish 250, 251 safety 32, 33, 209 feeding 316, 337 rays 134 electronic meters, testing water 46, 52 feeding fish 49, 219, 224, 233, hand-stripping 326 scutes 121 elephant fish 186 316, 317 indoor tanks 312, 313 shoaling 241 environmental problems 58, 228 origins and ancestry 22, 334 spines 17, 119, 237 evolution 14, 20–1 feeding fry 68 pigmentation and sheen 333 stingrays 183 exhibiting fish 28, 329 flatfish 15, 19 scales 16 diet see feeding external filters floating plants 36, 42, 192–3, 308, ponds 306, 310 372–3 flukes 58, 227, 323, 324

396 ● G E N E R A L I N D E X goldfish bowls 313 incubation, eggs 61 L marine fish cont. gonopodium 60, 61, 69, 156 inflation, porcupinefish 251 feeding 204, 218–19 goodeids 158–9 infusoria 67–8, 327, 328 L-numbering system 21 illness 224–8 gouramis 108–13 injuries 54, 58, 228 labyrinth organs 104, 110 introducing to tank 216 internal filters 34, 35, 42, 306 lampreys 21 diseases 57 intestinal worms 227 Lamprologus cichlids 61 marine fungus 228 fin-nipping 83 intestines 18 lancefish, as food 219 marine tanks 202–4 fins 17 invertebrates 215, 286 landscaping ponds 310 fry 68 larvae decor 212–13 “kissing” behavior 113 breeding 231 filters 210–11, 214 labyrinth organ 104 feeding 218 corals 289 heating 210 grammas 273–4 health problems 225 feeding fish 49, 218, 233 lighting 206–7 granules, feeding fish 49 live rock 213, 295, 297 see also fry maturation process 216 gravel substrate 38–9, 209 marine tanks 203, 204 lateral line 19, 103, 151 preparation 214–16 cleaning 50, 51 reef tanks 206–7 Latin names 21 salt mixes 214, 215 undergravel filters 34, 35, 38, 39 ion-exchange columns 27, 46 lava, rockwork 40 siting 208–9 gravel mesh 208, 209 iridescence 19, 333 LCD thermometers 42 stocking 204, 216 gravid spot, livebearers 167 iridiocytes 333 leatherjackets 248–9 stocking density 202, 216 growlights 207 iridovirus 57 leeches 324 substrate 209 groupers 271–2 iron, fertilizers 37 legal restrictions, pond fish 358 marine velvet disease 227 grunts 271–2 isolation tanks 54, 55, 224, 225 leptospirosis 308 marine white spot 227 guanine 19 life-spans 28, 100, 354 markings guppies 165–7 J lighting asymmetrical 76 breeding 28, 61 tanks 32–3, 203, 206–7, 312 camouflage 255 exhibiting 28 Japan 23 ponds 310 koi 345, 354 fin-nipping 83 goldfish 334 limestone 39, 40, 46 mating 60, 61, 64 life-span 28 koi 347, 354, 357 limias 156 maturation process, marine tanks 216 liners, ponds 302, 304–5 mechanical filters 34, 211 H jawfish 209, 231, 232 lionfish 204, 225, 264–5 media, filters 35, 211, 306, 307 jawless fish 20 livebearers 60–1, 66–7, 156–69 medications 55, 225, 323 habitat, and diversity 14–15 jaws breeding 28 metal-halide lighting 207 hagfish, evolution 21 gravid spot 167 meters, testing water 46, 52 handling fish 225 evolution 20 marine fish 232 methylene blue 55, 69 hand-stripping, breeding pond fish 326 koi 350 livefoods 48, 49, 219 midwater feeders, mouths 17 haplochromid cichlids 61 mouth-brooders 107 liver 18 mimicry 275 hard water 39, 46, 215 rasboras 80 live rock 212, 213, 214, 295, 297 minerals, feeding fish 48, 218, 224, 316 hatchetfish 17, 89 vegetarian fish 95 loaches 180–1 minnows 312 hawkfish 230, 278 jellyfish 16 burrowing 181 mobile feeders 218 head and lateral line erosion disease jolting 63, 155 eyes 181 mollies 58, 61, 168–9 juvenile fish 26, 224 spines 180 mollusks 206, 231, 294–5 227 suction cups 18 mormyrids 19, 186 head shapes 107 K lobsters 290–1 mosquito larvae 49 health locomotion 16–17 motion detectors 151 kidneys 18 London Zoo 22 mouth-brooders 109 freshwater fish 53–8 killifish 170–5 loricariid catfish 128–31 cichlids 147, 148 marine fish 224–8 breeding 62 freshwater fish 61–2, 63, 67 pond fish 321–4 annual killifish 40–1, 171, 172 eye-lobes 129 head shape 107 hearing, tetras 99 breeding 62, 66, 172, 174 L-numbers 21, 116 marine fish 231, 232 heater guards 210, 233 color morphs 171 mouthparts 131 mouth fungus 57 heaters, ponds 320, 353 “kissing” behavior, gouramis 113 lotuses 379 mouthparts heating tanks 33, 41–2, 210 koi 74, 344–57 lungfish 20, 186, 187 beak wrestling 159 herbicides 323 breeding 326–9, 357 “lungs” 19 loricariid catfish 131 herbivorous fish 18, 218, 219 diseases 324 lymphocystis 57, 324 shapes 17 hiding places 281 feeding 316, 317, 350 mucus, excessive production 228 history of fishkeeping 22–3 growth and size 354 M mudskippers 188, 189 hole-in-the-head disease 58 hand-stripping 326 mulm 39, 40 hospital tanks 55, 225 hardiness 353 macroalgae 213 mussels 218 human activity, and fish habitats 14 history of fishkeeping 22, 347 magnesium, in marine tanks 215 mutations, genetics 70 hunting see predators life-span 354 Malawi bloat 57 hybrids 64, 69, 168, 176 markings 345, 354 mandarinfish 275–6 N hydrometers 46, 215 showing 329 mangrove swamps 14, 189 hypoxia 58 sunburn 323, 353 mangrove tanks 43, 188 nacreous goldfish 333 varieties 345 mantis shrimp 224 names, scientific 21 I koi herpes virus (KHV) 323 marble, rockwork 40 naturalistic ponds 300, 301 koi ponds marginal plants, ponds 308, 309, 364–9 natural selection 14 ice, in ponds 301, 320, 353 depth 353 marine fish 200–297 nauplii 68, 204 ich 54 designing 300, 301, 306 Neon Tetra disease 58 illness indoor ponds 314 breeding 229–33 nervous fish, choosing fish 44 landscaping 310 choosing 204, 224 new tank syndrome 52, 222 freshwater fish 53–8 plants 308 diversity 14–15 night blooming, corals 289 marine fish 224–8 screening 353 pond fish 321–4 krill 219

G E N E R A L I N D E X ● 397 nitrate filters 215 plants cont. predators cont. scorpionfish 264–5 nitrates 215, 308 photosynthesis 32 mouths 17 scrapers, removing algae 51 nitrites 34, 46, 52, 210, 211, 213, 216 planting 36–7, 42, 308–9 piranhas 92 scuba diving 23 nitrogen cycle 34, 213 plastic plants 37 scutes 121 nitrogen toxicity 58 ponds 308–9, 318, 362–79 pregnancy 62 sea anemones see anemones nutrition see feeding substrate plants 194–9 proteins 48, 65, 218, 316 sea cucumbers 296 vegetarian fish 95 protein skimmers 211, 213 sea horses 279 O protozoan parasites 54 platies 156, 162–4 pseudomonasis 57 breeding 230 ocelli 19 breeding 69, 163 pufferfish 210 feeding 204, 218 octopuses 294 hybrids 69 pumps parental care 231–2 omnivores, mouths 17 sea slugs 294 opercula 18 plecos 17 air pumps 35, 42 sea squirts 297 oranges, feeding koi 317 “plug-and-go” tanks 27, 31 filtration systems 34, 35 sea urchins 296 organs 18 poisons 58, 228 ponds 306–7 second-hand tanks 31 osmotic shock 225 PVC pond liners 302 seed culture, bacteria 42, 51 Osteichthyes 20, 21 chlorine 58 pygmy basslets 273–4 senses 19, 75 overcrowding 68, 216, 322 garden chemicals 323 lateral line 19, 103, 151 oxheart, feeding fish 49 handling fish 225 Q motion detectors 151 oxygen lionfish 264 septicemia 324 marine fish 204 quarantine 216, 313 sessile feeders 218 aerating water 34, 35 porcupinefish 250 quartz, rockwork 40 sessile invertebrates 215, 225, 286 breathing 16, 18–19 scorpionfish 264 sex, changing 230, 244 hypoxia 58 stingrays 183 R sexing fish 61, 64, 230 labyrinth organs 104, 110 stonefish 282 sharks, evolution 21 photosynthesis 32 venomous spines 18 rabbitfish 277 shellfish, frozen 219 pond water 319, 322 pollution 52, 215 rainbowfish 176–9 shells, marine tank substrate 209 spray bars 211 polyps, corals 288 rasboras 62, 78–81 shelter, rockwork 212 stocking density 30 polythene pond liners 302 rays 21, 134 shoaling fish oxygenating plants 308, 370–1 pond fish 298–361 rearing tanks 67, 68, 233 coordinated movements 19 ozonizers 211 breeding 325–9 redox meters 222 damselfish 241 choosing 311 reef fish, spawning 230–1 fins 17 P feeding 316–17 reefs rasboras 78 illness 321–4 spawning 87 paradisefish 108–13 indoor tanks 312–14 coral 14, 203 shows 28, 329 parasites introducing to ponds 311 hiding places 281 shrimp 292–3 spawning 326, 328 reef tanks 203 brine 49, 68, 204, 218, 219, 233 freshwater fish 54, 58 ponds health problems 224 feeding pond fish 316–17 marine fish 224, 225, 227 algae 308, 319, 327 lighting 206–7 mantis 224 pond fish 313, 322–3, 324 building 304–5 live rock 213 marine tanks 204 parental care 62–3, 155, 231 cleaning out 320 reflective hoods 32, 41 shubunkins 326 pea gravel 39 depth 301 reproduction see breeding Singapore angel disease (SAD) 57 pearlfish 174–5 designing 300–1 respiratory system see breathing siting peas, feeding fish 49, 219, 316 edging materials 304, 305, 310 reverse osmosis (RO) filters 215 marine tanks 208–9 peat 46, 97 filters 301, 306–7, 318 rhizomes, planting 36 ponds 301 pectoral fins 17, 18, 183 freezing 301, 320, 353 Rift Valley cichlids 27, 36 skeleton 20, 21 pellets, feeding fish 49, 219, 316, 317 heaters 320, 353 river sand 38 skin pelvic fins 17, 63, 261 indoor ponds 314 rockwork 39–40, 212–13, 214, 215 diseases 56, 226 Pepys, Samuel 22 landscaping 310 rotifers 233 flukes 58 pesticides 323 liners 302, 304–5 scales 16 petrified wood 212 management 318–20 S slate, rockwork 40, 212 pheromones 110 plants 308–9, 318, 362–79 smell, sense of 103 phosphates 215 preformed units 302, 305 safety snails 36, 46 phosphorus, fertilizers 37 pumps 306–7 electricity 32, 33, 209 snail shells, spawning in 41 photosynthesis 32, 207, 370 safety 301, 323 handling fish 225 sociability, choosing fish 44 pH values, water 46, 215 siting 301 heaters 210 soft water 39, 40 pigments 19, 333 stocking density 311, 322 human health 55 soldierfish 262–3 pimelodid catfish 132–3 types of 302 ponds 301, 323 sound, communication 19 pipefish 231–2, 279 winter 319–20, 353 rockwork 212 South America 23 piscine tuberculosis 57, 228 pop eye 228 spawning 64 Placodermi 20 porcupinefish 18, 202, 250–1 salinity cave-spawners 145 plankton 230, 233 potassium, fertilizers 37 brackish water 43, 46, 188 conditioning fish 65–6 plants pouchbrooders 231–2 marine tanks 214, 215 livebearers 60–1 algal overgrowth 51 power filters 34, 35, 37, 42, 46, 67, testing water 46, 221 marine fish 230–1 brackish water tanks 43, 188 211, 233 pond fish 326, 328 care and maintenance 37 powerheads 35, 215 salt imbalance 228 shoaling fish 64, 87 choosing 36 predators sand 38, 209 spawning boxes 66 floating plants 192–3 Archer Fish 185 sandstone, rockwork 40 spawning mops 326 freshwater plants 190–9 choosing fish 44 Saprolegnia fungus 57 spawning pits 62 lighting 33 feeding 27, 219 scales 16 fins 17 filefish 249 iridescence 19 scientific names 21

398 ● G E N E R A L I N D E X spawning tanks 65, 66 swim bladder cont. transporting fish 45 water cont. species lungfish 187 transporting tanks 30 soft water 39, 40 swim bladder disorder 57 Trichogaster gouramis 17, 112–13 sterilization 211 classification 21 trickle filters 211 testing 215, 216 evolution 14–15 swimming 16–17 triggerfish 202, 246–7 interspecies communication 267 swordtails 160–1 tropical fish waterfalls 306, 320 specific gravity (SG) scale, salinity 215 water jets, Archer Fish 185 sperm aggression 161 camouflage 19 water lilies 308, 309, 310, 374–9 corals 289 gravid spot 167 fishkeeping 22 wavelengths, daylight 207 hand-stripping 326 hybrids 69 illness 55 wheatgerm, feeding pond fish 317, 337 livebearers 60–1 symbiosis, algae 206 life-span 28 whirling fungus 228 subfetation 63, 69 synodontid catfish 16, 126–7 spawning 230–1 white spot 54, 58, 227, 324 spinefoot 277 water temperature 210 winter care, ponds 319–20, 353 spines T tube anemones 290 wood, petrified 212 defenses 17, 18, 20 tubercles 326–7 worms, intestinal 227 doradid catfish 119 tablets, feeding fish 49, 219 tuberculosis, piscine 57, 228 Woynárovich’s solution 326 dorsal 248 tail rot 324 tubers, planting 36–7 wrasse 266–9 loaches 180 tangs 236–9 tubifex worms 48 marine fish 204 tubular body shapes 15 XYZ porcupinefish 250, 251 aggression 239 tufa 212 stingrays 183 diseases 227 tungsten lighting 32, 207 yolk sac 61, 62, 66 stonefish 282 Tang turbellarian disease 227 zeolite 34, 52, 307, 318 surgeonfish 237 tank hoods 32, 41 U zooxanthellae 206, 288 spirulina, feeding pond fish 317 tanks sponge filters 51, 67, 68 adding water 42 ultraviolet (UV) light sponge matting 38 aeration 34, 35 pond filters 306 sponges 215, 231, 286–7 backdrops 40, 209 water sterilization 211 spring viraemia of carp (SVC) 324 brackish water tanks 43, 188 squid 294 breeding in 64–9 undergravel filters squirrelfish 204, 262–3 calculating volume 214 freshwater tanks 34, 35, 38, 39, 67 stands 31, 208 choosing 27, 30–1 marine tanks 208, 209, 211 starfish 16, 204, 296–7 coldwater fish 312–14 breeding 231 filling 215 upside-down swimming 127 feeding 218 filters 34–5, 37, 210–11, 214 uronemosis 227 starvation 228 fish houses 27 sterilization heating 33, 41–2, 210 V coral skeletons 213 introducing fish 44–5, 52, 216 water 211 isolation tanks 54, 55, 224, 225 vacation care 49, 52, 222 sticklebacks 327 lighting 32–3, 206–7 vegetables, feeding pond fish 316 stingrays 183 marine tanks 202–4 vegetable wafers 219 stings, marine fish 204 plants 36–7 vegetarian fish 95, 219 stocking density preparation 38–42, 214–16 velvet disease 58 freshwater tanks 30, 44, 52 rearing tanks 67, 68, 233 venoms see poisons marine tanks 202, 216 routine maintenance 50–2 ventral fins 17, 18 ponds 311, 322 siting 31, 208–9 vertebrates 16, 20–1 stomach 18 spawning tanks 65, 66 vibriosis 57, 228 stonefish, spines 282 stocking density 30, 44, 52, 202 vinegar test, limestone 39, 40 streamlining 16, 89, 99 substrate 209 viral diseases 57, 224, 228, 324 sturgeons 312, 358 transporting 30 vision see eyes submersible pumps 306, 307 types 31 vitamins 48, 218–19, 224, 316 subspecies 21 see also aquariums substrate 38–9, 209 tannins 40, 97 W substrate plants 36, 42, 194–9 teeth 17, 204, 247 suckermouth catfish 131 temperature wastes, filtration 34–5, 37 suction cups 18 body 16, 317 water suffocation 324 and gestation times 66 sunburn 323, 353 heating tanks 33, 210 adding to tanks 42 sunlight, simulating 207 and spawning 326 aeration 34, 35 superfetation 63 tentacles, anemones 287 brackish water 43, 46, 188 surface-dwelling fish territorial disputes 230 calculating volume of tank 214 body shapes 15 tetras 96–103 changing 50–1, 221 eyes 19 breeding 62, 64 chemistry 27, 39, 220 mouths 17 color 97 coldwater tanks 313 surgeonfish 236–9 hearing 99 conditioners 27, 42, 50, 51, 215 handling 225 life-spans 100 filters 34–5, 37, 67, 210–11, 214 spines 237 mouths 17 hardness 39, 46, 215 swim bladder 18, 278 streamlining 99 marine tanks 15, 202–3, 214 breathing via 19 thermometers 33, 42, 210 monitoring quality 46, 52 evolution 20 thermostats 33, 42, 210 new tank syndrome 52 toxins 46 parasite treatments 225 trade, marine fish 203 pH values 46, 215, 221 ponds 306

A C K N O W L E D G M E N T S ● 399 Acknowledgments Author’s acknowledgments Picture credits K. A.Webb: 21box5, 105cr, 105tc, 106tl, 106br, Producing a book of this type relies on the skills The publisher would like to thank the following 107bl, 108bc, 109tc, 115tc. of many people, and I have been fortunate to be for their kind permission to reproduce their working with two very talented teams at cobalt id photographs: Masterfile: Brad Wrobleski 321; Carl Valiquet and Dorling Kindersley. Many thanks to everyone 298–9. involved, for your enthusiasm, commitment and Abbreviations key: t = top; b = bottom; l = left; hospitality which helped to make it such an r = right; c = center. NASA (photographersdirect.com): 14tr. enjoyable experience. I’d also like to thank the Pictures within boxes contain the word box illustrators, as well as all the photographers, followed by a number indicating position. Pictures National Geographic Image Collection: especially Max Gibbs and his team at PhotoMax, in columns are numbered top to bottom; pictures Nick Caloyianis 210cc;Wolcott Henry 200–201. and Nigel Caddock of Nishikigoi International for in rows are numbered left to right. their essential input, and the unsung enthusiasts Natural Visions: Heather Angel 47, 318bl, who so readily provided various fish for Alamy: Andy Cutler-Davies 2–3; Malie Rich- 318br, 319tr, 322br, 326br, 370bc, 371tl, 371bl, photographic purposes.They included the late Griffith 8–9; Paul Springett 10; pintailpictures 344. 372tr; Ian Took 15bl; Jeff Collett 207b; Norman T. Derek Lambert, who did much to promote the Nicoll 20box3; Soames Summerhays 289tr. study of livebearers and will be sadly missed. Animal Graphics: Scott W. Michael 16box3, I’d also like to express my gratitude to Marshall 105cc, 115tr, 120tc, 218box1, 287tr, 289tl, 290bl, NHPA: B. Jones & M. Shimlock 15bc2; Eric Soder Meyers and his colleagues; Michael Kokoscha, 291tl, 291tr, 291bl, 292tl, 292tr, 292br, 295bl, 183tr; Ernie Janes 318tr; Gerard Lacz 19box2; editor of the German aquarium magazine Datz; my 296br, 297tl;William J. Zarnick 21box6, 86tc, 86b, Image Quest 3-D 370tr; Linda Pitkin 231b; agent Sheila Watson; and my daughters Isabel and 105tr, 106tr, 106cr, 108bl, 109tl, 109tr, 110tr, LUTRA 359tr; Pete Atkinson 231tr; Stephen Lucinda for their help. 158tr, 192br, 193tc, 193bl, 193br, 194bl, 196tl, Dalton 370br. 196tc, 196tr, 197tr, 197bc, 197br, 198bl, 198bc, Publisher’s acknowledgments 199tr, 199br, 213box1, 213box3, 213box6, 297tr, Nigel Caddock: 310tr, 328tr, 329cl, 329cc, Cobalt id would like to thank the following for 316bl, 333box1, 338br, 339tr1, 339bl, 340bl, 329cr, 329br, 346tl, 346tc, 346tr, 346bl, 346bc1, their assistance with this book: Hilary Bird for 342bl, 342cr, 373tl. 346bc2, 346br, 348tl, 348tc, 348tr, 348bl, indexing; Kate Humby for proofreading; Christine 348bc1, 348bc2, 348br, 349tl, 349tc, 349tr, Heilman for Americanization; Max Gibbs and Aquarium Design/Richard Goldberg: 349bl, 349bc, 349br, 350, 351tl, 351tc, 351tr, Craig Wardrop for their wonderful pictures and Howard Barash 23tl. 351bl, 351bc, 351br, 352tl, 352tc, 352tr, 352bl, invaluable help and advice; Barry Allday at the 352bc, 352br, 353, 354, 355tl, 355tc, 355tr, Goldfish Bowl; the late Derek Lambert for Ardea: Ken Lucas 22tr; Liz Bomford 67tl; 355bl, 355bc1, 355bc2, 355br, 356tl, 356tc, providing hard-to-find fish species to be Liz & Tony Bomford 64b. 356tr, 356bl, 356bc1, 356bc2, 356br, 357. photographed; Bill Zarnick at Animal Graphics; Nigel Caddock at Nishikigoi International; and Bruce Coleman: Hans Reinhard 17tl; Jane Burton Oxford Scientific Film: Alan Root/SAL 187tr; Chris Clarke and Kevin Webb of the Anabantoids 67b; Jim Watt 232tr; Kim Taylor 185br; Luiz Larry Crowhurst 371br; Mark Deeble & Victoria Association of Great Britain.Thanks also to Neal Claudio Marigo 14b3; PhotobankYokohama 15br. Stone 347; OSF 206box2; Paul Kay 19b; Paulo De Cross at Aquadesign; Nicholas Stantiford at Oliveira 63tr, 67cl;Tony Bomford 69br. Aquarium Technology; Richard Goldberg at Corbis: Brandon D. Cole 20box2; Jeff Albertson Aquarium Design, NY (www.aquariumdesign. 326bl; Kevin R. Morris/Bohemian Nomad PhotoMax: 1b, 12–13, 15tr, 15box3, 17tr, 17tc, com);Tim Gallantree at BiOrb (www.bi-orb. Picturemakers 311bl; Richard T. Nowitz 301tl; 17box3, 17br, 18bl, 19box1, 19box3, 19box4, 19box5, com); Paul Trott and Clair Fitton at Rolf C. Hagen Vince Streano 323br. 20b, 20tr, 20b, 21box2, 21box4, 21bl, 22bl, 24–5, UK Ltd (www.hagen.com); David Zoltowski and 26tl, 26tr, 27br, 28bl, 28br, 28tc, 28tr, 29, 30bl, Sabine Schulz at Eheim (www.eheim.com); David Alderton: 375tl, 376tl, 377tr. 33br, 35b, 36bl, 37br, 38tr, 40tr, 41br, 44tl, 45tl, Kylie Arthur at Pet-Mate (www.pet-mate.com); 46tr, 48b, 49tl, 50tr, 50b, 51tl2, 51tr, 52bl, 53, Maryja Johnson at Dransfield Owens de Silva, Frank Lane Picture Agency: Dos Winkel/Foto 54tl1, 54tl2, 54tr, 55tr, 55b, 59, 60bl, 61tl1, 61tl2, for kindly providing a picture of their indoor Natura 14b1; Linda Lewis 143br; Lode Greven 61tr, 61br, 62tl, 62br, 63tl, 63bl, 63br, 64tr, 65br1, pond (Project architect: Richard Truscott; Interior /Foto Natura 14b2; Michel Gunther/Foto Natura 65br2, 66tl, 68tr, 69tl1, 69tl2, 69tl3, 69tr, 70bl, designer: Marjorie Abéla; Photographer: Rupert 23tr;Wil Meinderts/Foto Natura 60tr. 70bc, 70br, 71tr, 71cr, 71bl, 71bc, 71br, 72–3, Truman); the Press Office, London Aquarium 74tr, 74bl, 74br, 75bl, 75br, 75tr, 76tl, 76tr1, (www.londonaquarium.co.uk); Chermayeff, Garden Picture Library: Howard Rice 320tl; 76tr3, 76bc, 76br, 77tl, 77tc, 77b, 78tl, 78tr, 78bc, Sollogub and Poole, Inc. J. S. Sira 364tr, 368tc; John Baker 368tr; John 79tc, 79br, 80tc, 80bl, 80br, 81t, 81br, 82t, 82tr, Glover 373br; Steven Wooster 304tr. 82bc, 83tl, 83tr, 83b, 84tr, 84tl, 84bc, 85tc, 85bc, Commissioned photography: 87tl, 87tr, 87bc, 88tr, 88bl, 89tr, 89tc, 89br, 90tl, PhotoMax/Max Gibbs and Craig Wardrop Getty Images: Bryan Mullennix 325; Georgette 90tc, 90bl, 91tr, 91bl, 91bc, 92tr, 92bc, 92br, 93tl, Douwma 6–7; James F. Housel 314bl; Jeffrey 93tc, 93bl, 93br, 94tr, 94bc, 94br, 95tl, 95tc, 95bl, Commissioned illustration: Sylvester 315; Jonelle Weaver 303; Lionel Isy- 95br, 96t, 96bl, 97tl, 97tr, 97bl, 98tl, 98bc, 99tl, Debbie Maizels, John Plumer Schwart 4–5. 99tr, 99br, 100tr, 100bl, 100bc, 100br, 101tc,

400 ● A C K N O W L E D G M E N T S PhotoMax continued: 101br, 102tc, 102tr, 179br, 180tr, 180bl, 180br, 181tc, 181bl, 181br, 282br, 283tr, 283bl, 283bc, 283br, 286tr, 286bl, 102bl, 103tl, 103bl, 104tr, 104bc, 104br, 105bl, 182tr, 182bl, 182br, 183tl, 183bl, 184tr, 184bl, 286bc, 286br, 287tl, 287bl, 287bc, 287br, 288tr, 105br, 106bl, 107tr, 107bc, 107br, 108tr, 108c, 184br, 185tc, 185bl, 185br, 186tr, 186bc, 187tl, 288bl, 288bc, 288br, 289bl, 289br, 290tr, 290bc, 108br, 109br, 110tl, 110tc, 110bl, 110br, 111tr1, 187tc, 187b, 188tr, 188bc, 189tl, 189tc, 189tr, 290br, 291tc, 291br, 292bl, 293tr, 293bl, 293br, 111tr2, 111br, 112tr, 112bl, 112br, 113tr1, 113bl, 189bl, 189br, 190–1, 192tr, 194tr, 194bc, 194br, 294tr, 294bl, 294br, 295tl, 295tc, 295tr, 295br, 113br, 114tr, 114bc, 115bl, 115br, 116tr, 116bc, 195tr, 195b, 196br, 197tl, 198tr, 199bl, 202cr, 296bl, 296tr, 296bc, 297tc, 297br, 308b3, 312tr, 116br, 117tl, 117tc, 117bl, 118tl, 118tr, 118bl, 202bl, 203cl, 203b, 204cl, 204br, 205, 206bl1, 312bl, 313tr, 316tr, 317tl, 317br, 322bl, 322br1, 118br, 119t, 119br, 120bl, 120br, 121tr, 121bc, 207tl1, 207tl2, 212tr, 213box2, 213box4, 213box5, 322br2, 323tl, 326tr1, 326tr2, 327br, 327tr2, 121br, 122tr, 122bl, 122br, 123tl, 123tr, 123br, 213b, 214tr, 217, 218b, 219bl, 220tr, 223, 224tr, 327tr3, 330–1, 332tr, 332cr, 332bl, 333tr, 333br2, 124tl, 124tr, 124bl, 124br, 125tr, 125bl, 125bc, 224tl, 224box1, 224box2, 225bl, 229, 230tr, 230bl, 334, 335tr1, 335tr2, 335tr3, 335br, 336tl, 336tr, 125br, 126tl, 126tr, 126bc, 126br, 127tl, 127tr, 232l1, 232l2, 232l3, 232l4, 233br, 234–5, 236tr, 336bc, 337, 338tl, 339tr2, 339br2, 340tr, 340br1, 127tc, 127br, 128tl, 128tc, 128tr, 128bl, 128br, 236bl, 236bc, 236br, 237tc, 237tr, 237bl, 237br, 340br2, 341, 342tl, 342tr, 342br2, 343tl, 343tr, 129t, 129bc, 129br, 130tl, 130tc, 130tr, 130br, 238tl, 238tr, 238bl, 238br, 239tl, 239tc, 239tr, 343bl, 343br, 358tr, 358bl, 359tl, 359tc, 359bl, 131tl, 131tr, 131bl, 131bc, 131br, 132tl, 132tc, 239br, 240tr, 240bc, 241tc, 241tr, 241bl, 241br, 360tc, 360bl, 360br1, 361tr1, 361tr2, 361tr3, 132tr, 132br, 133tl, 133tr, 133bl, 133br, 134tl, 242tr, 242bl, 242br, 243tl, 243tc, 243tr, 243bl, 361bl, 361br1, 362–3, 371tr, 372bl, 372br, 374tr. 134tr, 134bl, 134br, 135tl, 135tr, 135b, 136tr, 243br, 244tr, 244bl, 244bc, 244br, 245tl, 245tr, 136bl, 136br, 137tl, 137tr, 137br, 138tl, 138tr, 245bl, 245br, 246tr, 246bl, 246bc, 246br, 247tl, Red Cover: Chris Tubbs 208tr; Ken Hayden 300tr. 138b, 139tl, 139tr1, 139tr2, 139bl, 139br, 140tc, 247tr, 247bl, 247br, 248tr, 248bl, 248bc, 248br, 140tr, 140b, 141tl, 141tr, 141cr, 141br, 142tr, 249tl, 249tr, 249bl, 249br, 250tr, 250bl, 250bc, Reuters Picture Agency: Simon Kwong 70tr. 142b, 143tl, 143tr, 143cc, 143bl, 144tl, 144tr, 250br, 251tc, 251tr, 251bl, 251br, 252tr, 252bc, 144bl, 145tr, 145bl, 145br1, 145br2, 146tc, 146tr, 253tc, 253bl, 253br, 254tl, 254tr, 254bl, 254bc, Science Photo Library: John Walsh 233bl; 146br, 147tl, 147tr, 147bl, 147bc, 147br, 148tl, 254br, 255tl, 255tc, 255tr, 255br, 256tr, 256bl, Peter Scoones 20box11, 155tl;Tom McHugh 66br. 148tr, 148bl, 148bc, 148br, 149tl, 149tc, 149tr, 256bc, 256br, 257tc, 257tr, 257bl, 257br, 258tl, 149br, 150tl, 150tc, 150tr, 150br, 151tl, 151tc, 258tc, 258tr, 258br, 259tr, 259bl, 259bc, 259br, The Bridgeman Art Library: Kobayashi Eitaku 151tr, 151bl, 151br, 152tl, 152tc, 152tr, 152bl, 260tr, 260bl, 260bc, 260br, 261tl, 261tr, 261tc, 22br. 152br, 153tr, 153bl, 153bc, 153br, 154tr, 154bl, 261bl, 261br, 262tr, 262bl, 262bc, 262br, 263tl, 154br, 155bl, 156tr, 156bl, 156bc, 157tr, 157bl, 263tc, 263bl, 263br, 264tr, 264bl, 265tl, 265tr, Uwe Werner: 112 tc. 157br, 158tl, 158bl, 158br, 159tl, 159tr, 159bc, 265bl, 265bc, 265br, 266tr, 266bl, 266bc, 266br, 160tr, 160bl, 161tl, 161tr, 161bl, 162tr, 162cc, 267bl, 267tc, 267tr, 267br, 268tr, 268bc, 268br, Every effort has been made to trace the copyright 162b, 163tr, 163b, 164tr, 164cl, 164br, 165tr, 269tl, 269tc, 269tr, 269bl, 269br, 270tl, 270tr, holders.The publisher apologizes for any 165tc, 165bl, 165br, 166tr, 166bl, 166br1, 166br2, 270bc, 270br, 271tr, 271bl, 271br, 272tl, 272tr, unintentional omissions and would be pleased, 167tl, 167tr, 167c, 167bl, 167bc, 167br, 168tl, 272tc, 272bl, 272br, 273tr, 273bl, 273bc, 273br, in such cases, to place an acknowledgment in 168tr, 168b, 169tr, 169bl, 170tr, 170bc, 171tc, 274tl, 274tr, 274bl, 274br, 275tr, 275bl, 275bc, future editions of this book. 171bl, 171br, 172tl, 172tr, 172bl, 172bc, 173tl, 276tl, 276tr, 276bl, 276br, 277tl, 277tr, 277bl, 173tc, 173tr, 173b, 174tl, 174bl, 174br, 175tl, 277br, 278tl, 278tr, 278bl, 278br, 279tl, 279bl, All other images © Dorling Kindersley 175tc, 175br, 176tr, 176bc, 176br, 177tl, 177tc, 279br, 280tr, 280bl, 280bc, 280br, 281tl, 281tc, For further information see: www.dkimages.com 177tr, 177bl, 177br, 178tr, 178bc, 179tc, 179bl, 281tr, 281bl, 281br, 282tl, 282tc, 282tr, 282bl,

“This page left intentionally blank.”

e n c y c l o p e d i a of aquarium&pond fish The definitive guide to choosing and keeping freshwater or marine fish, for aquariums and ponds At-a-glance directories cover hundreds of different types of fish and invertebrates, for all types of environments Complete practical advice on setting up a tank or building a pond, as well as caring for your fish and breeding David Alderton is a widely respected writer, broadcaster, and expert in the care and breeding of aquarium and pond fish Discover more at www.dk.com